ne ee ter it eng

ee ee Be ee eee

Ce ee eg eae By Be Ry Pneit natty ln ainnat tag
= Death pitt yan Mretahants i Taare alt aM enile ow gM uw
NNSA MeN tn a Pl IN RM opens.)

th FAP seggherrenni. ae Ante ch, “es

eee ne OT ON OEE OE CRA, hh BND Metin edinn te
A lh om oe r

Santee Be ih nal Bore Fly Ethene enpin

en eo enn 5 fh San Ah Oe Ac memati

hina e ea ediptanaeieatani te ee
A Meet NAR Bone aR A Boh An entire Oe Dalton

29 pe Nl mars aaa

ce ae

SP DE PRI aD AL BNA es mt i IRAN roca =A x
Ate A ym ns eshte Hi Daw etn sae PSone ante eae . :. “Sel shen
rot Pt ant ten oy m
P bes Oa

See ie ta Se Ee ee eee a ee
. Ae Pa end Robe
i iepmininabiten Madedtedat Ee Te ee
ed Te i et a ml tne YM Tt AN hen RS th
9 FF Maen Oo 00s, bade - we,

angie

6 OR gin ry be

BN ah NOB oe ALIN TN ORRIN Pi ee Pm

ON Net NA ae MP al,

nt Ae ts er OS aye,

A etna nang a Meee oy anil J

te OO INA att tren Ah hon Eye PO AS sehen ty

FT PRE ane ema iy Rew

a8 Pate A oh Pe 7d dois tage abe
Tia A eM ethan one Py Motes

WC Tp eae Bn ma
rin Oath ve Pn ena

hen BeNOR Ve
Ss SN Cah RN a Bee I Cee
+ Ankenes

Mes
A aNd Beene tinea

Swaadbiidetet ee
patie ee a

OA RD eer yt oe Pon
AA ated otic Pi tha mie 9
np star ett ge
et ee ae we ee ee ar ae
Pte AN ad ht ee a res
SPR Be Eo Bd nde getty that MGM
sat REBT Radler Pad Sam *

FH tape Be doe BH

TAPS Mantes tS any oe
LM ne Pegi he Aad
ee Te Rte ek a ein ty,
anilahaeem han ih as ee fo itin

OR ane at ee ey MBA

we ee oe Le
Re Sts wake FF Bem A Bihar

an Paes) em
eg Mas ee Rae GR,

Aah Fhe,
Anite rmrnge. nett EEN AASB SID oi
Papeliiatetabeer ciaaetil oine ta ae ee
Serer simran nicateh en ee

RIE, RO te, + swte &

- Vyewinetetentm Ta MMe by ‘eaten | aero rane gett e

ecilthee ice ee Oe eee Soe =

Stee eaten ~s see “un aM ets SAR RNR NA RRNA AR Ae RTS thar The Sine Mae a ain en te
4 + tea nee tee stalk waite ® ate Debamataese tO mw Seay Aaa SAM VemCR AA

AR eee MO ce TN RNR Ro ee an ee en Me te i rte

Pet

PO eA cee nie Bada Ho
RLM ee atin Dod SO a? OC Rei Dae 2 poy Pm hg ge pet
AP eGR Pia ESE I Sine Bisel oo cH ed oe

et at ee

oe te tN

Rage sane g teal paty og aye Ee
Fite se a Bin a Fl na

ae eee ee
~ =i -~
eg OTe

Te en nk ee Se te et
ee Neha ne en Me ho i AB Beetle

ee ee ee er ee

Sp iaieaiatiiehaher: Laan terdeiiiedan th tertieeetetaak tate isens eras

ast “pe Rete eee

Fee PH 8
Sher eh es

eRe ing eS RAN ewer a ee ee te Pe
+p ee BOR ie Te ie ew entmeette e A

= 7 7 rt = ~ . wee, pe - - - 7 : - -
7 is : : 7 - =- = - . - ~ Es ars + +s kala - WES 2S =
= - nile - . wa z »
“o*< - Ant . - _ “s) - .
4 a - = - 5 Eee 7 >
2 - . : P m
# ee - 2 ~se
7 . =~ = = - = sat = oe OS
. 2 - > pee
= ~ “ - 7 oe a 7

- Es /

.

‘ '

Zz tsa ay geat Sea. eee ee 2 Si
= ; ae
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uvHY
oa z
& iis S) = =
= <S 3 af >
bE = = =
- v a a —
= = ae, -
= me a m y
z Zz a Ne
MLSNI NVINOSHLINS SAlYWYGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT
.< = _< \ = = Sg
> Sys WS S =
: 8 Geg FN 2 2
= 2 = SX 2 E
= > zi = Ca =
” = op) S me i
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3iuvY
oe 2 = ae n .
Sh Some z 6 We #
eo ff = a = Pe
<Vf LY a <x = ie
ac GY ce oc
n “YA 3 & = co
—J
LILSNI_ NWS <<< <=
| Be SA ARB AS
w _. iG =
> sa. Zt
20 . =
= Ss
m™ as
a Bo,
ARIES SN S
OQ = ): Ss
oN w (3 | =
SS SS O ‘| ke “T | Mt 3 IS
S Ses) i,
LN > | Ps = : =
~ 2 | pied Wilham Healey Dall || 4a
LILSNI Nw | | en
= Division of Mollusks i |
c Sectional Library ls
RIES §

>

SE AZREZEEREEE

oO

INSTITUTION

GunnaKkEe

b

BY y-\\ aN |
ay (ee

a

AW

GX

es

"fl m Non De e iS m * g
LILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVHSII LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT]
z n z ae 7) z= ke
as = pres W Pe x \
AS ay ae NS = Zz
tp >, a D Wx — a D
yp = o. = SL, : S
= > = 2 iS =
“ = ” -. 7) +
RIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SJ1uVUs
a o59) hie 2 ae ” SS - aon
tL Mi y a oH yf \ SS aS
z LG = < = YS <
oc ug fae i S
“Uy on SF VO &

Zi alin
Po)
= yp >
ae =
ALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
e z =
Med =
Fig Sy
fe) =i
ep) wm ,
se O 4
a =
ae *
RARIES INSTITUTION
ie ~”
o =
<4
ec
= a
Xe ic O
o ot Z
AINLILSNI S3StYVudl
CULT =
ate? je =
7 “al wit YO) =|
ie 3) = e
ad 4 Bs oe -
| x Wasco” - Zz
IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION
We 7 3
PS eS
OILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YVYSII
NSTITU ap)
sa
o=
ml
a
O
Pas

SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION

LLINLILSNI

SMITHSONIAN

IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

SRARIES
ILNLILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVNGIT LIBRARIES

SMITHSONIAN

SJIYVYEIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLIWS

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES

NOILALILSNI

LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

INSTITUTION NOILNLIL

INSTITUTION

S3IYVUEIT LIBR

SMITHSONIAN

BRARIES

‘\
&

SNI

NVINOSHLINS S3INVYUdIT

NVINOSHLINS S31uvual LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN

INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI
SaIUVYGIT LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NOILALILSNI

NVINOSHLIWS

INSTITUTION

SMITHSONIAN

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SLALILSNI
SRARIES

NVINOSHLIWS

INST

Salk

INST

Sil.

INST

Sali

ery
COMETS eh

PROCEEDINGS

: Diviaton of
OF THE Sectionc ongag

Moston Society of Hatural History.

aaa

NeOuieg XO Vcb:

LLL SIIIS

1I1S73S3-18 74.

BOSTON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY.
1874.

PUBLISHING COMMITTEE.

T. T. Bouv#. Tuomas M. BREWER.
SAMUEL L. ABBOT. A. 8. PAcKARD, JR.

Epw. BURGESS.

PRESS OF A. A. KINGMAN.
MUSEUM OF BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY,
BERKELEY STREET.

PRINCIPAL CONTENTS OF VOL. XVI.

Epw. BurGEss. Custodian’s Report
Epw. Picxerine. Treasurer’s Report ee Sato mores
A. §. PackArpD, Jr., M.D. Californian Pualenide (Plate | Gp ee
W. H. NILEs. Pionoineud at the Monson Quarry, Mass. :
Robert RipGway. Catalogue of the Society’s Ornithological ellen!
tion, Falconidee BRON
Reichs of the Genera Miorastin: Goranvenien:
Rupornis, and Glaucidium Mera ere ore
T. M. Brewer, M.D. Description of the Nests and Tees of some
Arizona Birds : :
A. S. PACKARD, JR., M.D. Rare Myriapods t in Meceschiestts:
T. Dwient, JR., M.D. Action of the Intercostal Muscles
F. W. Purnam. Remarks on the Sai
S. H. ScuppER. Rabbit-cats :
T. M. Brewer, M.D. Remarks on the croup of ier mit a Tisanence
T. Srperry Hunt. On the Crystalline Rocks of the Blue Ridge
S. H. ScuppER. Remarks on Papilio Ajax .
Tuos. Dwieut, Jr., M.D. Structure and Action of Striated Maes
lar Fibre (Plate II.) .
F. W. Putnam. Notes on the Genus Myxine . . :
A. S. Packarp, Jr., M.D. Transformation of the Cotman Aes
Fly (Plate III.) ;
L. S. BurBANK. Surface Geology of North Carolina
¥. W. Purnam. Notes on Bdellostoma
ALEX. MurrAy. Notice of a Gigantic Squid .

B. P. Mann. Ona Monstrous Female Imago of Anisopteryx pPometaria:

S. H. ScuppER. Ocelli in Butterflies
A. Hyarr. Evolution of the Arietide

Joun McCrapy. Observations on Ostrea virginiana, and a new Pavaite.

H. Hagen, M.D. Origin of the “‘ Tailed Man.”’

lv CONTENTS.

H. K. Morrison. New Phalenidz se
B. P. Mann. Anisopteryx vernata and pometaria

Tributes to the Memory of LOUIS AGASSIZ. . . . . . . 210, 211,

. STERRY Hunt. Stratification of Rock-masses
. R. Grorrt. Notes on the Noctuide .
. F. PourTALES. Remarks on Crinoids . :
A. ALLEN. Metamorphism produced by the pocung ee Tipe Beds °
M. BrREwER, M.D. Hybridism among the Ducks ata
. P. Austin. Catalogue of Mt. Washington Coleoptera
L. LEConTE. New Coleoptera
. A. ALLEN. Geographical Variation in Nowalt AneHees Squires with
a List of the N. A. Sciuride .
H. Hacen, M.D. On Amber in North America
T. Srerry Hunt. Deposition of Clays :
Rospert Rripeway. The Lower Wabash Valley, and Fe) ‘Avia Thane
T. SterrRyY Hunt. On Dr. Genth’s Researches on Corundum and its
associated Minerals.
S. KNEELAND, M.D. Remarks on the inonetees ua Tanieen Pec) oes
Evidence for and against the existence of the so-
called Sea-serpent. :
F. W. Putnam. Notes on the Ophidiide and Ficratienties :
T. M. Brewer, M.D. Notes: on the Nesting and Te of Lagopus
leucurus : > -
H. Hacen, M.D. The Odense Fauna ‘of Genre.
F. W. Purnam. Remarks on the Family Nemophide .
SAMUEL WELLS. A simple Heliostat .
S. KNEELAND, M.D. On the Geology of the Pacific Rutivonde

HUA Ue >

194
204
225
237
239
245
246
263
265
272

276
296
802
804

332
335

337
339

348
349
366
3874
375

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

BOSTON SOCIETY OF NATURAL HISTORY.

TAKEN FROM THE SOCIETY’S RECORDS.

Annual Meeting. May 7, 1878.

Vice-President Dr. Chas. T. Jackson in the chair. Thirty-
five persons present.

Mr. Edward Burgess presented the following report : —

In the absence of the Custodian, the duty of presenting
the usual Annual Report on the condition and operations of
the Society falls upon me, and I may, I think, congratulate
myself in being able to review a year which, on the whole,
has been very prosperous.

During the past year, two Honorary Members, one Corres-
ponding and twenty Resident Members have been elected.
Kighteen general Meetings of the Society, six of the Section
of Microscopy, and six of the Section of Entomology, have
been held. The average attendance at the former has been
twenty-five, which shows, I am sorry to say, a diminished
attendance, partly to be explained, perhaps as the effect of
the “ great fire”, while the great number of lectures and other

attractions in the city during the winter has also tended to
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.—VOL. XVI. 1

- Annual Report.) 2 [May 7,

diminish our numbers. Nevertheless, as from sister Societies
reports of similar decrease in the interest of their meetings
reach us, we must believe that the causes referred to cannot
wholly account for the fact in our own.case. There seems to
be a feeling growing up among naturalists that Society meet-
ings are unnecessary; they often do not care to hear the
results of studies in fields outside of their own specialties, or
they prefer to read the papers printed in a Society’s publica-
tions, rather than to hear what is often an unsatisfactory oral
abstract of their contents. But whatever the causes may be,
it can hardly be doubted that the meetings, if rendered inter-
esting, would do much to create and foster a taste for the
study of Nature among our members, and I earnestly hope
that your attention may be given to a subject I believe so
important.

Four courses of “Lowell Lectures” have been given during
the winter, and a fifth, a course on Comparative Anatomy,
by Mr. B. Waterhouse Hawkins, is in progress. The first
course, The Principles of Zoology, by Prof. Edw. 8. Morse,
had an average audience of sixty persons; the second, Min-
eralogy, by Mr. L. 8. Burbank, forty persons; the third,
Evenings with the Microscope, by the Rev. E. C. Bolles, two
hundred and fifty persons; and the fourth, Chemical and .
Physical Geology, by Prof. T. Sterry Hunt, one hundred and
fifty persons. Mr. Hawkins’ lectures have had, thus far, an
average attendance of fifty. 3

The “ Teachers’ School of Science ” has unfortunately been
necessarily suspended this winter, but it is to be hoped, will
be again in operation next season. The course of instruction
in Botany by Dr. Farlow was completed last June, and the
number of teachers attending remained undiminished to the
end. The value of the school in advancing the study of
Natural History can not be overestimated.

We have published since the last Annual Meeting, two
numbers of the Memoirs, one on the embryology of Limulus
Polyphemus, by Dr. A. 8. Packard, Jr., and a description of

1873.] 3 jAnnual Report.

Balenoptera musculus, by Dr. T. Dwight Jr. A third num-
ber, containing a paper on the fossil Myriapods of Nova Sco-
tia, by Mr. 8. H. Scudder, will be issued in a few days.

Of the “Proceedings,” two parts, completing the four-
teenth volume, have been issued, and the first part of Vol.
xv.; the second part will be distributed in a few days. This
part contains the printed record of meetings down to Janu-
ary 1, 1873, besides which matter nearly sufficient for a third
part, which will include reports of the meeting of last month,
isin type. It will therefore be seen that our publications are
in a comparatively. satisfactory condition.

Six Societies have favored us for the first time with their

publications :—
Société Académique de Maine et Loire. . . . Angers.
Société des Sciences historiques et naturelles de
IP YEON sa ss Re aera ae nehn tes dace eth ema eo aac so Auxerre.
Accademia Gioenia di Scienze Naturali .. . Catania.
Naturwissenschaftliche Verein fiir Steiermark. Gratz.
Société d’Agriculture, Industrie, Sciences et Arts
dueDGpartmentdevla Hozere. 35). 5)... Mende.

Scientific Association of Trinidad. .... . Trinidad.

Important sets of publications have also been received
from the Batarvaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten-
schappen, the Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft Isis zu
Dresden, the Scientific Association of Trinidad, and, espec-
ially, the Société d’ Agriculture, Industrie, Sciences et Arts du
Département de la Lozére, 4 Mende.

We have also subscribed to several new scientific journals,
among them Max Schultze’s Archiv fiir Mikroskopische Ana-
tomie, of which we have obtained a complete set, and exchan ge
with the “Lens”, published by the Illinois State Microscop-
ical Society, of Chicago.

No important change has been made in the Library since
the last Report. One hundred and twenty-five volumes have
been bound, but a large outlay for this work is still most nec-
essary. Miss Foster has condensed the card catalogue, by the
omission of cross references to such general words as “re-

Annual Report. ] 4 [May 7,

port” “memoir,” “monograph,” and the like, which will
greatly facilitate its use.

The pressing need of adding a gallery to the back library
has been referred to in the Annual Reports for several years,
and I hope for the last-time in vain. Many alcoves are run-
ning over with thé rapidly multiplying publications of
Societies, and until the new gallery allows a rearrange-
ment of the library, nothing can be done for their relief. So,
too, it is useless to correct the many false references of the
card catalogue, until the rearrangement is effected.

To complete our many incomplete sets of Society publica-
tion, or scientific journals, much outlay is needed at once, as
many of them are out of print, and are becoming more rare
and expensive. We lack, also, many recent works in all de-
partments.

The additions to the Library during the year number
1338, which may be classified as follows : —

8vo. 4to. Fol. Total.

Volumes 222 50 5 277
Parts 668 179 5 852
Pamphlets 167 22 189
Maps and Charts 20
Total 1338

During the year 532 books have been taken from the Li-
brary by 101 persons.

The chief improvement in the Museum has been the alter-
ation of the cases in the upper galleries for the reception of
the extensive collection of birds. Since the last Report the
cases on the west side of the main upper gallery, and those
around the galleries of the four corner rooms, have been al-
tered. This work is therefore now completed, and the entire
bird collection is already placed in the new cases. The railing
eases around the lower gallery, containing birds’ nests and
egos, have been exchanged with those of the upper, contain-
ing the New England collection of insects, thus bringing both
these collections into their appropriate places.

New and admirable cases have also been made on the

1873.] 5 {Annual Report.

entrance floor for the reception of the valuable Herbarium
presented by John Amory Lowell, Esq.

The superintendence of the exchange of the various col-
lections of the two galleries occupied most of Prof. Hyatt’s
time before his departure for Europe, in August. These
changes, suggested and executed by Prof. Hyatt, enable the
visitor, by entering the first gallery and passing around to the
right, to study, in order, the Zoological collections, beginning
with the sponges and passing to the higher groups. In this
series, the birds will be represented by a type collection rep-
resenting the principal modifications of the group, while the
grand ornithological collection will be confined to the gallery
above, and from its great size can never be of great value as
an instructive public collection. That portion of the gallery
unoccupied by the general collections, is reserved for the
New England Faunal collections, which are quite complete,
except in the group of Mammals. This, however, can be
readily improved. The New England insects will occupy the
railing cases around the gallery, the Coleoptera and Lepi-
doptera being already displayed and identified as far as possi-
ble, and the other groups will be added, I hope, before long.

The position of assistant in the Museum, left vacant by
the resignation of Mr. F. G. Sanborn last May, has been
filled by Mr. James H. Emerton. Mr. Emerton entered
upon his duties in June, and his work will show for itself
throughout the remainder of this report.

A beginning at a comprehensive system of labelling the
collections has been made. Large labels have already been
placed over the zoological collections indicating the class
groups, and others will soon be added, showing the families
or giving other information. This is an important step
towards publishing a visitor’s catalogue, and will add greatly
to the value of the Museum as a means of instruction.
The Crustacea and a few other groups have also been la-
belled with printed labels, and their neatness and legibility is
so striking that it would be well to replace the old labels in
a similar way, throughout the Museum.

Annual Report.) 6 [May 7,

The duplicates of all the zoological collections have been
assorted by Mr. Emerton, and arranged in the basement or
elsewhere, so that they are easily available for the many
purposes to which they can be applied.

Little has been done during the year in the collection of
mammals, except the change of arrangement implied in the
alterations of which I have already spoken. A Moose skin
has been purchased and is now being stuffed for the N. E.
collection.

The principal work done in the bird collections has also
been referred to. The transfer of these collections has been
a work of much labor. Mr. Allen has given fifty days to
their rearrangement, and much of Prof. Hyatt’s time was
also devoted to the work, and important assistance has been
given by Messrs. Emerton and Saltonstall. The collection
seems quite free from Anthreni or other pests, and the new
cases will easily preserve it in the future.

Much work remains to be done in identifying and label-
ling. Mr. Robert Ridgway has, during the winter, carefully
studied and identified the birds of prey, and similar work is
needed in other groups. Dr. Brewer has examined and
identified the whole collection of skins, and distributed them
in groups so as to be easily accessible. The species in this
collection not represented among the mounted birds have
been laid aside, and Mr. Arthur Smith has already nicely
mounted a large number of them, and will continue the
work until completed.

Valuable donations have been received from the Smithson-
~jan Institution, principally a large collection of American
waders, and from Messrs. Kumlien, Aiken and Bendire; be-
sides numerous smaller gifts. A number of birds have also
been purchased of Mr. Maynard for the New England Faunal
Collection.

The reptiles have been arranged by Mr. Emerton, and but
little other work has been done. Quite a number of New

1873.] Tf [Annual Report..

England fishes have been stuffed and placed in the cases.
For specimens in these classes we are indebted to Mrs. Rh. C.
Greenleaf, Jr.. and to Dr. Kneeland, Mr. T. M. Coffin, and
others, but especially tothe U.S. Fish Commission for a large
number of specimens from Eastport.

Mr. Sprague has been engaged during the greater part of
the year with the insect collections, and has revised the Har-
ris Coleoptera from the Carabide through the Elateride,
besides arranging and naming the New England species to
the same extent. Mr. Sprague has also examined and safely
secured our collections of the other orders of insects. Dr.
Hagen has kindly studied and identified the Harris Neurop-
tera and pseudo-Neuroptera, and prepared an exhaustive re-
port on these groups, which is in type for the Proceedings.
Mr. Emerton is engaged in the arrangement of the spiders,
when his other duties permit, and has greatly increased their
number from his own extensive collections. Mr. Emerton
has also arranged the biological collection in one of the wall-
cases on the western end of the gallery.

We are indebted to Mr. Sanborn for very large donations
of insects of all orders, also to Mr. Ernest Papendiek for a
fine collection of Kuropean Coleoptera carefully identified,
and containing many rare forms, and to many others for
smaller gifts.

Dr. P. P. Carpenter is still engaged in the study of our
Mollusca in Montreal. During the year he has devoted 592
hours to this work, which has been done slowly and
thoroughly. The shells have been carefully compared with
the Cuming collection, and the original authorities have been
consulted. Since the beginning of the work Dr. Carpenter
has arranged more than 1900 species, and has selected and
mounted for the permanent collection 10,500 specimens.
The remaining specimens have been named and distributed
into about 90 series of various sizes, suitable for exchange or
for colleges, schools, etc. The principal set has been pre-
pared for the Chicago Academy of Sciences. Dr. Carpenter

-Annual Report.] 8 ‘ [May 7,

has chiefly been occupied with the larger and more showy
genera, and has completed the Proboscidefera, the Toxifera
and a few families of the Rostrifers and Opisthobranchiates,

As for the remaining invertebrates Mr. Emerton has
‘labelled over 2000 bottles of Crustacea, and also many New
England worms and radiates. He has mounted on plaster of
Paris or wooden stands many corals and sponges, and pre-
pared new labels for the former.

Collections of marine invertebrates were made at Hast-
port last summer by Messrs. Emerton and Saltonstall, and
presented to the Society.

No change has been made during the year in the collec-
tion of the Microscopical department. I would suggest that
as soon as possible a suitable person be employed to arrange
this large collection, and put it in available order for stu-
dents.

The increasing duties of the members of the committee on
Comparative Anatomy have not allowed them to devote so
much time to their collection as in the last two years. The
“homological series,” however, has been nearly completed,
and several dissections and wet preparations have been
added. ‘The series of hearts is now in good condition.

During the winter new locks have been put on the cases
in the two corner rooms, and the same should be done with
the cases around the main hall, as the present fastenings are
very inconvenient. It would be well, also, to introduce glass
partitions at suitable points in the cases, as a prevention
against dust.

Much work has been done during the year on the collec-_
tion of fossils, which is now arranged in the best possible
manner, for exhibition and study. Few additions have been
made to the collection, a most valuable one, however, is a
trunk of a Sigillaria from the Jogging Mine, Nova Scotia,
presented by the Institute of Technology. The trunk is
about six feet in height, and will make a striking object

1873.] 9 [Annual Report.

in our entrance hall. A number of specimens have also been
received from Mr. Ernest Papendiek.

In the Botanical Department the chief work has been the
transfer of the Lowell Herbarium to the new cases already
mentioned. The other specimens have also been examined
and dusted during the year, but the present cases are so
poorly made that such an examination should be made every
two or three months to preserve the collection. The Com-
mittee reports the collection to be now as large, or perhaps
larger, than it should be, and, until a catalogue is published
it can be of little use to any one.

Few additions have been made during the year, the most
important being some fruits from the Sandwich Islands pre-
served in alcohol, collected and presented by Dr. Kneeland.

The collections of minerals is now in good condition, a
very large and valuable addition, the collection of Rev. Mr.
Beadle, of Philadelphia, has been made by purchase, a por-
tion of the cost being subscribed by two members of the
Society, and a part of the remainder obtained by the sale of
duplicates. The specimens thus obtained, include many of
large size and exceeding beauty, and when they can be
placed on exhibition will greatly add to the interest of the
collection. New cases will have to be constructed, however
for its proper arrangement.

Mr. Thos. Gafficld has presented a beautiful Japanese
crystal globe to the collection.

The ntmber of visitors to the Museum seems steadily to
increase, quite a number of schools have also visited the
collection with their teachers during the year. The Museum
was open daily to the public during the Peace Jubilee, when
the city provided two special police for its protection. Dur-
ing the summer, owing to the neglect of the city government
to send police officers on visitor’s days, considerable injury
was done by visitors to the building and collections, it was
therefore decided in October to close the doors until a per-

Annual Report.] 10 [May 7,

manent arrangement for protection could be made. The
building was therefore closed for two weeks, during which
time, owing to the exertion of the President and others, we
were promised two policemen regularly on public days. The
promise was however but ill kept, and often only one officer
appeared, and he perhaps quite late, and the Museum was
even necessarily closed several times during the winter. In
March however, exertions were made to obtain police pro-
tection which could be depended on, and since that time
no difticulty has been experienced, two men being always in
attendance.

Mr. Edward Pickering presented the following report of
the Treasurer for the past year: —

Report of E. Pickering, Treasurer, on the Financial Affairs of the
Society, for the year ending April 30th, 1878.

Receipts.
Dividends and Interest . 6 5 ; ‘5 $9,422.98
Courtis Fund Income 3 0 A 6 5 . 666.98
Pratt Fund Income. : 4 5 4 5 3 872.00
H. F. Wolcott Fund Income . 0 5 ° 3 ; 464.00
Walker Fund Income, one half 0 : ‘ 1,283.15
Entomological Fund Income . 2 c . 4 40.00
Bulfinch Street Estate Fund Income 5 5 5 : 1,632.00
Admission Fees : . 6 : : 5 5 1380.00
Annual Assessments . : 3 ‘ A 1,215.00
Lowell Institute ppbedy for Lectures sel Pes ips Scbae Wee 1,157.73
Miscellaneous Receipts. ° ° 5 5 O 870.31
J Cummins? sO) Onabloneire iiss tiie) iter onner mnt 298.39
$17,508.54
Accumulation of Walker Prize Fund . ; F ‘ 1,024.06
$18,532.60
Expenditures.

Museum and Furniture . 5 . 5 S 5 : $1,166.49

Cabinet ; i ; 5 3 5 6 A ; A 2,042.87

Library 3 0 0 : 9 2 940.88

Memoirs and Publications e e e e $1,153.86
Less receipts . : . 5 0 ; - 809.82

—_—— 844.04

Gas. 5 0 6 0 2 5 ; : : 152.21

Fuel . : i ‘ 6 ; 6 4 - . d 5038.05

Repairs of Museum . ite 3 é 5 1,551.05

Lectures 4 5 4 5 : 3 1,157.78

Salaries : . 5 ; - . 5 C : - 5,775.18

Insurance . s ; 5 : 6 2 s 5 2.846.00

General Expenses i fe 5 5 5 ‘ 1,260.12
—_—— $17,189.62
Balance . ; ° ° ° 5 D ; 5 1,842.98

$18,582.60

e

11

1873.]

[Annual Report.

The following is a statement of the Property of the Society, ex-

clusive of the Cabinet and Library.

Museum.
Museum and Furniture per last Report . 0 0 .
Expended during the year : c luis ° :
Walker Fund.

Notes secured by mortgage . . . « «
Walker Prize Fund.
18 Shares National Webster Bank .
Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. Co.
nee & Lake Chalet R.R. Co. Preferred.
Cash . ° ° °
Bulfinch St. Bowie lean:

126 Shares Chicago, Burl. & Quincy R. R. Le: é

84 “ ‘Tremont National Bank. 5 6

2 “ Globe se

12 “ Ogdensburg & Tale Champlain R.R. Co.
Preferred . ;

19 “ Phila., Wilmington & Balt. B.R. Co. . .

Courtis Fund.

50 Shares Globe National Bank
30 Shares Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. Co.
$400 U.S. 5-20 Bonds : : .

S. P. Pratt Pung.
58 Shares Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. Co.

x0) Norwich & Worcester R.R. Co. ‘
10 <“ National Webster Bank . : 5
6 ‘ Boston National GG s 5 6 3 5

H, F. Wolcott Fund.

60 Shares Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. Co.
28 “ Ogd. & Lake Champlain R.R. Co. Preferred.
Entomological Fund.

§ Shares National Webster Bank . Siem senate
General Fund.

uy Shares Bates ep uracrurine Co.

Everett Mills ~ ‘ : 5 5
Hamilton Woolen Mills ‘ ‘ ‘ 6

380 66
80 ‘“ Washington Mills . : : : .
18 ‘** Cocheco Manuf. Co. ; : 5 5 5

2 ‘ Lowell Manuf. Co.

See enluacomia iam. OO é :

4 ‘ Pepperell Manuf. Co. . c 0 °

1 ‘“ Amoskeag Manuf. Co. ‘ 2 6 5
38 ‘ Essex County Manuf.Co. . 6 ° .
2 ‘* Manchester Print Works . 6 0 5
1 ‘“ New England Glass Co c 6

2 “ Merrimack Manuf. Co.

141 +“ Vermont and Canada R. R. Co., Pref. St’ k.

98 “ Michigan Central R.R. Co. .

50 “ Ogdensb’g & Lake Champl’n R. R. Pref. Stk.

x0) 09 Philadelphia, Wilmington & Balt. R.R. Co.
24-5“ Boston & Lowell R.R. Co., . é

50 ‘“ Norwich & Worcester R. R. Co.

12 <“ United States Hotel Co.

20 ‘“ National Bank of Redemption

26 “ ‘Tremont National Bank A , ‘ 9

DO Mee Abas UG 6 4 , 6
CasGlobe ee Of : ‘ F 4
10 ‘“ National Webster “ 5 Q 5

Carried forward G a ° 3

$188,989.94
1,166.49

$140,156.43

41,105.00

$1,966.00
1,582.92
077.00

812.95 5,888.87

$15,980.75
10,122.00
257.12

1,281.50
1.088.75

ed

28,680.12

$6,256 00
1,827.50
8,502.50

$3,057.25
5,212.75
1,072.75

657.25 10,000.00

$8, Ovi he 70

3,031.25] 6,808.95

550.00

$1,700.00
38,000.00
7,000.00
8,000.00
7,800.00
1,800.00
8,228.69

1,134. 00 91,392.93

SS

$332,084.80

Annual Report.] 12 [May 7,

Brought forward é é “ 5 A é : $332,084.80
Cash on hand and Assets . : B 5 ‘ s ‘ $1,566.53
Amount of Indebtedness . A 4 A 5 5 3 1,047.70 518.83

Total Value of ER OpERyy, exclave oh eat ang se
Library . : $332,603.63

The Fire of November, 1872, subjected the Society to the loss of
$2,346.00, in consequence of assessments, and for premiums of insu-
rance; and the following stocks received under the will of our bene-
factor, W. J. Walker, have become valueless in consequence of the
same event.

11 Shares Neptune Ins. Co. - 5 - - - - : : - - $8,160.00
1833s BOstonwe es 5 ; : A : : : j - 2,160.00
«« ‘Washington Ins. Co. - - Ser : : - : 960.00
Total. P 2 2 4 ‘ ‘ 2 ‘ - $6,280.00

All which is respectfully submitted,
E. PickERING, Treasurer,
Boston Society of Natural History.

Boston, May 5, 1873.

The report of the Nominating Committee, presented at
the last meeting, was again read, and a ballot ordered.

Messrs. Mann and Minot were appointed to collect the
votes, and they reported that twenty-seven had been cast, all
for the nominees of the committee. The following gentle-
men were therefore elected officers for 1873-4.

PRESIDENT,
THOMAS T. BOUVE.
VICE-PRESIDENTS,
CHARLES T. JACKSON, M.D., R. C. GREENLEAF.
CORRESPONDING SECRETARY,
SAMUEL L. ABBOT, M.D.

RECORDING SECRETARY,
EDWARD BURGESS.
TREASURER,
EDWARD PICKERING.
LIBRARIAN,
EDWARD BURGESS.

CUSTODIAN,
ALPHEUS HYATT.

1873.] 13 [Packard.

COMMITTEES ON DEPARTMENTS.

Minerals. Geology.
THOMAS T. Bouvk, Wo. H. NILEs,
CHARLES T. JACKSON, M.D., JOHN CUMMINGS.
L. S. BURBANK.
Paleontology. Botany.
THos. T. Bouvek, Wo. T. BRIGHAM,
N.S. SHALER, CHARLES J. SPRAGUE,
Ww. Hi. NILEs. J. AMORY LOWELL.
Microscopy. Comparative Anatomy.
EDWIN BICKNELL, THoMAS DwieGut, JR., M.D.,
R. C. GREENLEAF, JEFFRIES WYMAN, M.D.,
B. Joy JEFFRIES, M.D. J.C. WHITE, M.D. :
Radiates, Crustaceans and Worms. Mollusks.
A. S. PACKARD, JR., M.D., EDWARD S. MorRszE,
A. E. VERRILL, J. HENBY BLAKE,
ALEX. E. AGASSIZ. _ Levi L. THAXTER.
Insects. Fishes and Repiiles.
S. H. ScuDDER, F. W. Putnam,
EDWARD BURGESS, S. KNEELAND, M.D.,
A. S. PACKARD, JR., M.D. RICHARD BLIss, JR.
Birds. Mammals.
THomas M. BREWER, M.D., J. A. ALLEN,
SAMUEL CaBot, M.D., J. H. EMERTON,
J. A. ALLEN, J. B. 8. Jackson, M.D.

The following paper was presented :

CATALOGUE OF THE PHALANIDA OF CALIFORNIA. No. 2.
By A. S, Pacxarp, JR., M.D.

The receipt of a valuable collection from Mr. Henry Edwards of
San Francisco leads me to publish a number of new species con-
tained in the collection, in addition to those described in these Pro-
ceedines, Vol. xu, p. 881. A large proportion of the species
received from Mr. Edwards are unique specimens from his collection,
and I am much indebted to the liberal spirit he has shown in entrust-
ing them to me for study.

Thanks to his exertions, and the labors of Mr. J. Behrens of the
same city, and Mr. Junius Holleman of Goose Lake, Siskiyou Co.,
Cal., and a collection made by Mr. A. Agassiz for the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, as well as the account of Californian species
given by M. Guenée, in his work on the “‘ Phalenites,” we are able to
enumerate about 90 species from California, Nevada and Oregon.
Though this is probably less than one-third of the number that will
be found to inhabit California and the States adjacent, yet I think
we have sufficient data to enable us to make a preliminary compari-
son, our conclusions being strengthened by what we know of other

Packard.] 14 [May 7,

Lepidopterous families inhabiting the Pacific States (Oregon,
Nevada and California, in distinction from the Atlantic States lying
eastward of, and including, the Mississippi basin). I shall reserve
for a final monograph of the family, now well advanced, a more com-
plete discussion of the geographical distribution of our Lepidoptera,
and itis hoped that much new material may: be accumulated, either
to disprove or confirm the suggestions here thrown out, and which I
wish to be simply regarded as provisional and tentative. I am also
hampered in treating of the Californian Phalenid fauna by our
scanty knowledge of the species of the Atlantic States, as the num-
ber of species which I have been able to accumulate is very small:
compared with those known to inhabit Europe.

The Phalenidge (Geometrids) of California (including Oregon and
Nevada) seem to be composed of four elements :

1. Of species of genera exclusively American (North and South).
Such are Cherodes, Sicya, Hesperumia, Tetracis, Azelina, Gorytodes
and Metanema. Certain species of these, with several of Tephrosia
(a genus largely found in the New World) are the most characteristic
of the Pacific slope of the United States.

2. The species next most characteristic belong to the following
genera: — Halia, Tephrina, Selidosema and Heterolocha. Species of
these groups occur in Europe, but especially (all except Halia which
has a species, H. wavaria, living in northern Europe) in southern
Europe, around the Mediterranean Sea, Western Asia, and Asia
Minor; while species of Heterolocha occur in Abyssinia and South
America (Quito).

3. The next group comprises a few arctic or circumpolar species
of Coremia, Cidaria and Larentia, or of cosmopolite genera, such as
Hypsipetes, Cidaria, Coremia, Eupithecia, Scotosia, Acidalia and
Boarmia.

4. There are four species common to both the Pacific and Atlantic
States, viz., Larentia cumatilis, Camptogramma gemmata, Tephrosia
Canadaria and Azelina Hiibneraria.

In the brief introductory remarks to the first part of this Catalogue
(these Proceedings, Vol. x111, 381) we briefly alluded to the fact
that some Californian Lepidoptera repeat certain features peculiar to
the fauna of Europe. I find that there are but two forms strikingly
European among the Phalenide, viz., Numeria Californiaria Pack.
(wrongly described by me as Ellopia Californiaria, x11, p. 384),
which is very near: the European Numeria pulveraria, and quite dif-

1873.] 15 [Packard.

ferent from the Atlantic States NV. obfirmaria, and the genus Chesias,
which does not, so far as yet known, occur in the Atlantic region.!

But if we find a very few species which recall the European fauna,
there are, on the other hand, many peculiar European genera which
do not occur in the Pacific region. In other groups of Lepidoptera
there are some species that recall European types; such, especially,
are Papilio Zolicaon Boisd., representing the European P. Machaon,
and the genus Parnassius, which does not occur in the Atlantic region.

Going out of the Phalenide, we find a few European types of
Bombycide which occur in California, and are not found in the At-
lantic States, such as the genera Epicallia and Callarctia.

On the other hand, we find in California no such development of
the genus Lithosia as in Europe, no species of Zygena, no Psychide
(except Phryganidia, an aberrant form); no such development of
Hepialus, while Xyleutes robinie, as in the Atlantic States, represents
the European Cossus ligniperda; moreover the various forms of
Lasiocampa, and other allied genera, are far less numerous, if not
quite wanting in the Pacific region .?

We miss again in the Pacific States any species of Telea or Tro-
pea, forms linking the Atlantic or northeastern American entomo-
logical fauna with that of northeastern Asia (Telea being represented
by the closely allied Antherea, and Tropea Luna being represented
by T. Selene Leach). California has evidently not borrowed her
insect fauna from northern China or Japan.

In the Neuroptera we have strong European features, the genus
Ihaphidia * occurring in the Pacific States, and not in the Atlantic,

17 also referred to a supposed species of Rumza. On further examination I find
that this and the Maine species are types of a genus different from, though allied
to, Rumia, and accordingly in the present paper call it Hesperumia.

2 L. carpinifolia Boisd. is, according to Grote, a species of Gastropacha.

3 Dr. Boisduval, who was the first to publish a lepidopterous fauna of California,
enumerates the following species of Lepidoptera as being common to California
and Europe: Vanessa Atalanta, V. cardui, V. Antiopa, Chelonia caja and C. Dahu-
rica, Arctia (Phragmatobia) fuliginosa, Gonoptera libatrix, Phlogophora metricu-
losa, Amphipyra pyramidea, Agrotis exclamationis, A. annexa, A. saucia, A.
Jumosa, A. ravida, Cucullia asteris, C. lucipara, Plastenis subtusa, Noctua trian-
gulum, N. plecta, Hadena pisi, H. protea, Monogona Hormos, Plusia festuce, P.
questionis, P. ni.

These are scarcely more distinctive of Europe than of America, some of them
being common to the subarctic regions of the two continents, and others may yet
prove to be distinct from the European species.

1 Rhaphidia has as yet only been found in Europe, northern Asia, and western
North America (MacLachlan). i

Packard.] 16 [May 7,

while Boreus Californicus is more like the European B. hyemalis than
our two Atlantic species.

The crustacean fauna of northeastern America, with Limulus as
its most remarkable feature, repeats that of eastern Asia; but on the
other hand Dr. Hagen states that the European genus Astacus oc-
curs in California, while Cambarus is only found east of the Rocky
Mountains.

Mr. F. W. Putnam informs me that of one hundred and seventy-
three genera of fishes given by Giinther as inhabiting the seas about
Japan, only about thirty-six are represented on the northwestern
coast of America, and of these thirty-six the majority are also found
in the Atlantic, while about eighty others of the Japanese genera are
also represented on the southeastern coast of North America and in
the West Indian seas, of which a number are found on the western
coast of Central America as well. He also tells me that the fresh
water fishes of northern Asia, when compared with those of other
regions, more nearly resemble those of the northeastern parts of
North America, though a number of the genera are also common to
both North America and Europe. By the same authority I am in-
formed that there is a striking resemblance between the reptiles and
batrachians of northeastern Asia and northeastern America.

My attention has been drawn to a consideration of these features
in the geographical distribution of animals by a perusal of the able
and suggestive essay by Prof. Gray on the distribution of Californian
plants, in his address at the Dubuque meeting (Aug., 1872) of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science, and of Mr.
Lesquereux’ able papers in Hayden’s Geological Reports on the Ter-
ritories, 1872. The main features in the geographical distribution of
land animals are apparently the same with those of plants. Prof.
Gray shows that “almost every characteristic form in the vegetation
of the Atlantic States is wanting in California, and the characteristic
plants and trees of California are wanting here” (7.e.,in the Atlantic
States). We may, on the whole, say of the Californian Lepidoptera,
at least, as Dr. Gray remarks of the plants, that they are “as differ-
ent from [those] of the eastern Asiatic region (Japan, China and
Mandchuria) as they are from those of Atlantic North America.
Their near relatives, when they have any in other lands, are mostly
southward, on the Mexican plateau. ... The same may be said of
the [insects] of the intervening great plains, except that northward

1873.] urd (Packard.

and in the subsaline [insects!] there are some close alliances with the
[insects] of the steppes of Siberia. And along the crests of high
mountain ranges the arctic-alpine [insect-fauna] has sent southward
more or less numerous representatives through the whole length of
the country” (p. 10). He then refers to the “astonishing similarity ”
of the flora of the Atlantic United States with that of northeastern
Asia. Our actual knowledge of the insect species of northeastern
Asia is most vague compared with the exact knowledge of the botan-
ist, and the comparison we have drawn relates only to generic types.

It is evident that the notion of continental bridges in quaternary
times, connecting, for example, Asia and California, is quite unneces-
sary, since there are, so farasis yet known, no forms characteristic of
Asia in the Californian fauna, and the grand difficulty is to account for
the presence of a certain resemblance to the European fauna in that
of California. Here I think Dr. Gray has been the first to indicate a
solution of the problem. Our knowledge of American fossil tertiary
insects is at present almost nz/; we must, then, in the absence of any
evidence to the eontrary, follow the conclusions of Gray with the
later confirmation of Lesquereux.

The ancestors of the Californian Parnassius, Rhaphidia, and other
European forms, may have inhabited the Arctic tertiary continent,
of which Greenland and Spitzbergen are the remains, and their de-
scendants forced southward have probably lost their foothold in the
Atlantic region, and survived in California and Europe, like the
Sequoia in California. Something more than similarity of climate is
needed to account for the similarity of generic forms; hence com-
munity of origin, with high antiquity and a southward migration of

1 Dr. Leconte has noticed the similarity of our saline-plains beetles, containing
so many species of Tenebrionide, to the fauna of the deserts and steppes of Asia.
(Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1851. Albany meeting, 252.) He also states that
“the only manner in which the insect fauna of California approaches that of Eu-
rope, isin the great abundance of apterous Tenebrionide. But in this respect it
does not differ from a large part of South America; and by the very form of these
Tenebrionide, which bear no resemblance at all to those of Europe, the greater
relation of the Californian fauna to that of the rest of America, is clearly proved.”
Mr. Andrew Murray (On the Geographical Relations of the chief Coleopterous
Faune, p. 36, 1871) also refers to this fact; the genus Hodes in California replacing
the genus Blaps. Headds: ‘‘ other Heteromerous forms, reminding us of Mediterra-
nean and Asiatic species, occur in California, and the whole of the northwest of
America has a greater preponderance of the microtypal stirps than perhaps occurs
east of the Rocky Mountains.”’? I should add that Mr. Murray, in explaining the
term microtypal, states that ‘‘ the fauna and flora of our own land [Great Britain]
may be taken as its type and standard.’”’

PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 2 NOVEMBER, 1873.

Packard.] 18 [May 7,

forms not of tropical origin, are the factors needed to work out the
problem. That something of this sort has taken place in marine
animals we know to be the fact. Certain forms now supposed to be
extinct on the coast of New England and Scandinavia, such as Yoldia
arctica Gray (Nucula Portlandica Hitchcock), are still living in the
seas of Greenland and Spitzbergen. ‘The quaternary fauna of Maine
indicates a much more purely arctic assemblage than is at present to
be found. This is also the case with the Scandinavian quaternary
fauna, according to the researches of Prof. M. Sars. As we have
before shown, the cireumpolar marine fauna runs down along the
coast of northeastern America and of Europe, and the‘forms common
to the two shores have not come one from the other. Europe has not
perhaps borrowed in quaternary times from America, but both have
been peopled from a purely circumpolar fauna. If there has been any
borrowing it has been on the part of Europe, since the fossil musk
ox of France and Central Europe is said to be identical with the musk
ox of Arctic America. So also on the coast of northeastern Asia and
Alaska are circumpolar forms, which have evidently followed the
flow of the arctic currents down each coast. The forms which are
identical or representative on these two coasts are species derived from
the circumpolar fauna; so the forms which are so strikingly similar in
northern Japan to those on the coast of New England are, if we
mistake not, also derived from the northward. I believe it to be a
matter of fact that the Atlantic States species of insects which are
common to the two countries, are, if not of circumpolar, at least of
subarctical or boreal origin. From these facts we are led to accept the
conclusions of Gray and Lesquereux, that co-specific or congeneric
forms occurring in California and Europe and Asia, are the remnants
of a southward migration from polar tertiary lands during tertiary,
and even perhaps cretaceous times; and in proportion to the high
antiquity of the migrations there have been changes and extinctions
causing the present anomalies in the distribution of organized beings
which are now so difficult to account for on any other hypothesis.

For this reason it is not improbable that those species of insects
which are more or less cosmopolite (and independently so of human
agency) are the most ancient, just as some forms taxonomically the
most remote are remnants of earlier geological periods. For exam-
ple, the curious anomalies in the geographical distribution of Limulus,
the genus only occurring on the eastern coasts of Asia and North
America, accord with its isolation from other Crustacea. Geological

1873.] 19 [Packard.

extinction has gone hand in hand with geographical isolation. It
was a common form in Europe in the jurassic period, and in the next
lower (permian) period but one (the triassic intervening), we find
other Merostomata and a few Trilobites.

We make these speculations, hoping that much light will be thrown
upon the subject by studies on the rich tertiary insect beds of the
west, and of the fossil insects in the arctic tertiary and cretaceous
formations. Until then we must regard all foundations for these
hypotheses as laid by the fossil botanist.

Camptogramma fluviata (Hiibn.).

Two females, i.e., C. gemmata (Hiibn.), now shown to be the
female of C. fluviata by a writer in the “Entomologists’ Intelli-
eencer,” 1858, as quoted in Newman’s “ Illustrated Natural History
of [Peitish Moths,” p. 172.

California (Edwards).

Larentia 12-lineata n.sp. 3 ¢, 5°.
An unusually small species, half the size of £. dilutata, and about

as large as L. albulata of Europe. ¢ Antenne well ciliated. Head
above whitish gray, in front dark brown; palpi brown at tip, paler
below. Body and wings white, with a slight grayish tinge on costa
of fore wings and on thorax. Wings of the same form as in C. dilu-
tata, except that the apex of the fore wings is rather more pointed.
Fore wings white, crossed by about twelve black thread-like lines,
waved or scalloped, the outer ones mostly represented by venular
black dots. ‘The inner lines are usually scalloped. All the lines are
more distinct and broader on the costa, and angulated outwards more
or less acutely just below the costa. Across the middle of the wings
run three parallel lines finer and nearer together than the others.
The marginal row of intervenular black spots distinct on both wings.
Hind wings white, with four or five dark slightly marked lines, of
which the two inner are scalloped, while the vanes outer are repre-
sented by venular dark points.

Beneath a little more dusky than above, with the lines on the inner
half of fore wings wanting; a median double dusky line, ending in a
dark clear spot on the costa and inner edge. ‘The lines beyond faint.
The marginal black line distinct on both wings. Hind wings marked
like fore wings. Discal dots indistinct on both pairs of wings.
Abdomen dull whitish unspotted. Fore legs brown, banded with
narrow white rings; hind legs whitish.

Length of body 3, .33, 2, .80 inch; fore wing ¢, .45, 2, .40 inch.

Packard.] 20 [May 7,

This diminutive species seems to occur commonly in California,
where it has been collected by Mr. Edwards. It also occurs at San
Mateo, Cal., specimens having been collected by Mr. Alex. Agassiz
(Mus. Comp. Zoology). It may be recognized by its small size and
white, many lineated wings. From Guenée’s L. implicata it differs in
the wings being entirely white and alsoin the markings as well as the
smaller size. We have in the Eastern States a species very near to
it, which I describe below as L. perlineata,! introducing the descrip-
tion here for the sake of comparison.

Larentia cumatilis Pack.

Cidaria cumatilis Grote and Rob. Annals Lyceum Nat. Hist.,
IN. YY, vin (CAtprilS siz).

Cidaria 4-punctata Pack. Proc. B. 8S. N. H., x1m, 385 (1871).

I can find no differences between two specimens from the Atlantic
States (one G. and R’s. type from Buffalo, and one from Maine, col-
lected by myself), and twelve examples from California, collected by
Mr. Edwards. It seems to be much more common in California than
in the east. It is nearly related to, and congeneric with, Larentia
polata Boisd. from Labrador and Arctic Europe.

Cidaria nubilata Pack. Proc. B.S. N. H., x11, 400.

One specimen from Springfield, Oregon, collected by Mr. Junius
Holleman.

Cidaria glaucata n.sp. 1 2.

Of the size and form of C. nubilata Pack., but with the palpi much
longer, being of unusual length, the second joint projecting out far-
ther than the head is long, while the third joint is longer and larger
than usual. Head whitish on vertex and front; palpi ash brown;

1 Larentia perlineata n. sp. 1 7,1 9, closely resembling in size, shape and mark-
ings of wings Z. 12-lineata. The head is whitish gray above, in front dark brown;
the palpi brown at tips above. The fore wings are white, crossed by numerous wavy
fine lines about twelve in number, It differs chiefly from Z. 12-lineata, however, in
the median line being much broader and more distinct, and with a broad ochreous
shade between it and the line beyond. The hind wings are white, with the scalloped
lines on the outer half of the wing very distinct, being continuous and a little
diffuse. Beneath much as in Z. 12-lineata, but with four well marked lines in the
hind wings, the innermost quite near the base of the wing. Abdomen whitish
gray, unspotted. Legs, two anterior pair dusky above, hinder pair white.

Length of body, ¢ .32, 2 .80; fore wing, ¢ .45, 2 .42inch. Albany, N. Y., May —
4th. (Lintner.)

This small species is half the size of ZL. dilutata, and differs in having about
twelve fine lines on the fore wings, and four or five unbroken lines on the hind
wings. The median line on the fore wings being very distinct and with a brownish
and ochreous shade beyond.

1873.] 91 (Packard.

antenne minutely ringed with white and brown. Thorax and fore
wings pale glaucous green. Fore wings with a brown squarish spot
at base of submedian space; wing clear green beyond, just
within the middle crossed by a broad compound band directed
obliquely outwards towards the middle of the inner edge; the band is
made up of two filiform slightly sinuated blackish and red lines, en-
closing on each side of the median wavy smoky gray band a broad
green band. Beyondis abroad clear space. A much sinuate submar-
ginal smoky band starts from the inner angle, and after a long outward
curve ends on the costa (just below which it is dislocated), at a dis-
tance from the apex equal to the thickness of the thorax; some black
and reddish scales are strewn along the edge of the band. From a
squarish thickened portion, as if broken off from the band, reaches out
towards the apical black streak, a similar short black stripe; a mar-
ginal narrow thread-like black line. Fringe whitish, dark at the ends
of bands. Hind wings whitish, with two parallel curved, slightly
scalloped dusky lines, situated nearer the outer edge than usual.
Both wings beneath pale whitish, concolorous with the upper side of
the hind wings, with very faint indications of two outer parallel
dusky lines common to both wings. Legs brown, ringed with white.

Length of body .60, fore wing .70 inch. California (Edwards).

This fine species may at once be known by the pale sea green
thorax and fore wings, the latter with the obliquely broad band di-
rected outwards, and by the unusually pale hind wings and under
surface of both wings, as well as by the very long palpi.

Hypsipetes viridata n.sp. 1 .

Tn a perfect state of preservation. Closely allied structurally and
as regards size to H. 5-fasciata, the palpi being long, and extended as
far in front of the head as the latter is long; the outer edge, much as
in H. 5-fasciata, being less oblique than in some other species; the
third subcostal interspace is narrower than in H. 5-fasciata. Head,
thorax and fore wings deep sea green, mixed with dull clear dark
smoky ash, and some yellowish green and a few black scales. Palpi
with no green scales, but black and pale ash, being darker below than
above. Antenne finely ringed with white and blackish. Fore wings
of a sea green ground color, with numerous fine transverse strige,
crossed by five clear smoky ashen sinuous bands finely edged with
black; the basal very short and narrow close to the base of the wing;
the second line is narrow, ends farther from the base of the wing on
inner than on costal edge, and is angulated outward conspicuously on

Packard.] 29, ; [May 7,

median vein. The third band is close to, and parallel with, the sec-
ond, and twice as wide; it is bent outwards on the median and sub-
median vein. A fourth faint narrow band close to third. The fifth,
or submarginal line, is twice as broad as third, and very remote from
the latter (which is within the middle of the wing); it is nearly
straight on the inner edge, though curved outwards just below the
costa, while the outer edge is deeply and subacutely scalloped be-
tween the venules much as in ZH. 5-fasciata; the band is half as wide
on the inner edge as on the costa. Fringe on both wings with a faint
median line. Hind wings smoky, with two transverse parallel dusky
lines. Beneath much asin #7. 5-fasciata, being smoky ash, with two
dusky bands on both wings beyond the middle, broadest and darkest
on costa, less curved and farther apart, and farther from outer edge
than in H. 5-fasciata. A faint discal dot, better marked on hind
wings. ' Abdomen and legs nearly concolorous with hind wings.

Length of body .52, fore wing .67inch. California (J. Behrens).

This handsome species may be readily recognized by the sea green
color of the fore wings, and by wanting the apical oblique streak.

Hypsipetes speciosatan.sp. 24.

This is by far the largest and most showy species of this genus yet
known to us. Body pale ash, with a luteous tinge; palpi long, brown.
Fore wings pale green, arranged in broad bands alternating with
equally broad blackish bands, varying as usual in width. The green
band in the middle of the wing is partly, or almost wholly white.
Six unusually distinct black bands; the insertion of wing black; the
first band beyond very narrow, and bent outwards on the median
vein; the second very broad and more regular than those beyond,
bent outwards at right angles in the discal space; the whitish line is
edged on each side by blackish interrupted lines, the spots varying
much in size. The submarginal band also dislocated, and very irreg-
ular, bordered internally with whitish; this band is merged towards
the apex with the marginal band, consisting of a row of triangular
spots. Fringe dark brown. Beneath costa paler than rest of wing,
with five large square dark brown conspicuous spots. Hind wings
smoky gray, beneath with two broad, submarginal dusky bands.

Length of body (not including palpi) ¢ .54 inch; fore wing ¢
.73 inch. Mendocino City (A. Agassiz, Mus. Comp. Zool.).

This showy species may be identified by the black and green bands
on the fore wings, the central band more or less whitish, and by the
large square costal spots on the under side. In one specimen the

1873.] 23 [Packard.

margin of the fore wing is almost wholly black, with a short vein of
whitish green spots.

Melanippe Kodiakata n.sp. 1 &.

A little smaller than, but closely allied to, M. concordata Walk.from
New England. Body and wings blackish, body whitish beneath.
Fore wings blackish on basal half, with greyish scales, and a zigzag
line just before the black discal mark. Just beyond the discal dot a
broad whitish band, wider on costal than on inner edge, diffuse
externally; on the inside scalloped, and slightly excavated on the
median vein, but not so much so asin M. concordata. Beyond this
band are two obscure pale wavy lines, the outer ending on the costa,
close to the apex (these are wanting in M.concordaia). Edge of
wing with a narrower black line; fringe paler than in the other spe-
cies, checkered with black. Hind wings with a broad white band,
obseure on the hind edge, and angulated outwards just below the
middle of the wing. Beneath both wings white, with wide black
borders, but white at base, with a basal blackish shade; an outer
blackish band enclosing the darker large distinct oval discal dot, and
below this angulated outwards. Hind wings white, with a broad
black border, and a narrow dark line just beyond the distinct black
discal dot, which is much smaller than that on primaries. Legs
blackish, ringed with white.

Length of body .37, of fore wing .52 inch. Kodiak Is., Alaska
(Edwards).

A smaller species than M. concordata Walk., from Hudson’s Bay
and New England; it differs in the white band on the primaries
being much straighter on the inner edge, as it is much less excavated,
and in having two greyish lines beyond, while the hind wings have a
broad white band, where in MZ. concordata they are entirely black.

Cleora umbrosaria n. sp. 1 ¢.

Body and wings ash colored, or pepper and salt; vertex of head
pale ash. Fore wings crossed by two scalloped lines, the scallops
rounded, not pointed; the basal line straicht from the costa to the
median vein, thence curved inwards to the inner edge of the wing;
outer line begins on the outer quarter of costa, and follows a nearly
straight course to outer third of inner edge, there being no great
curve above the third median venule, as in C. pulchraria Minot and
pellucidaria Pack., of the Eastern States. Discal dot black. Hind
wings in my single specimen without any line; the wing is speckled
with dark gray on the outer third. Beneath, the wings are uniform

Packard.] 24 } [May 7,

ash colored, the fore wings scarcely darker than hinder pair. No
discal spots, or other markings.

Length of body .55, of fore wing, .75 inch. California (Edwards).

This seems to be a larger species than the two eastern ones, and
differs in the outer line being nearly straight in its course, the scal-
lops being well rounded, and in having no line on the hind wings,
and no markings apparent on the under side of either pair. The
fore wings are much produced at the apex, as in C. pellucidaria Pack.
The antenne are broadly pectinated, as usual.

Gorytodes uncanaria Guen. 1 ¢.

Body and antennee (which are broadly pectinated) pale ash, con-
colorous with the hind wings. Fore wings ash, speckled with brown,
with two dark short longitudinal streaks, one on each side of the
base of the median vein. ‘The costal half of the middle area of the
wing occupied with a large low irregular triangular dark brown area,
edged externally with darker; apex ending in a knob, in one speci-
men produced angularly outwards, and connected with (sometimes
separated from) an irregularly oval patch under the third median
venule, and which is traversed by a longitudinal mesial white line.
A sinuate white marginal line, beginning just before the apex, and
ending on the inner angle, and edged within with dark brown.
Fringe pale ash checkered with blackish. A black conspicuous dis-
cal dot, in rubbed specimens centered with white. Hind wings pale
ash, with a faint discal dot, and a dark narrow marginal line. Be-
neath more or less marbled with dark speckles. Fore wings with two
parallel white lines fading away below the costal region, a slight
ochreous tint along the costa; a faint discal dot. Hind wings pepper
and salt, with two dark, parallel, broad shades, angulated on the dis-
cal interspace; the outer line nearly touching the edge of the wing;
discal dot larger and more distinct than on fore wings.

Length of body .60, of fore wing .75 inch. California (Edwards).

A fresh specimen received from Mr. Edwards differs from certain
others more rubbed (and which better agree with M. Guenée’s de-
scription) in having the large oval brown spot below the median vein
of fore wings distinctly united with the large costal triangular area,
and in the more distinct bands on the under side of the wings.

Gorytodes trilinearia n.sp. 2d.

Whitish ochreous. A larger species than G. uncanaria, the an-
tenne with much shorter pectinations, the palpi as long, but slen-
derer, the wings of the same form, but with the apex of primaries

1873.] AS [Packard.

more rounded, the wing being a little less faleate. Fore wings white
at base, and traversed by three white zigzag lines, the basal one on
the inner fourth of wing, with a large angle on the submedian space,
the apex of the angle filled in with‘a few black scales, as also the
outer side of the line (widest here) in the discal space; from the sub-
median angle is thrown out a narrow white line, running through the
middle of an oval ochreous patch. A longitudinal white streak in
the discal space, and beyond a large lunate transverse white spot, the
two forming a very distinct exclamation mark. Beyond two parallel
zigzag white lines, the inner scalloped deeply below the first median
venule; the outer is curved at the apex, and with a broad angle on
the independent vein. Fringe white, checkered with dark brown.
Hind wings white, fringe white. Beneath as above, but the hind
wings are crossed by two irregular, rather distinct and broad bands
of ochreous with black scales, and the base of the wing is faintly
peppered with dark and ochreous scales.

Length of body .66, fore wing. .82 inch. Nevada (Edwards) .
Arizona (Dr. Palmer, from the Museum of the Department of Agri-
culture at Washington).

An exceedingly elegant moth, at once recognizable by the three
white lines and the mark of exclamation in the discal space, and
the narrowly pectinated antenne. ‘The specimen from Arizona is
in bad condition, but does not seem to differ from the Nevada ex-
ample.

Panagra subminiata n.sp. 1 &.

Differs from any other species known to me, by the vermillion red
on the costa and veins, especially beneath, the upper side of body
and wings being uniform ash, tinged faintly with vermillion. Front
reddish ash, dull red on orbits; the greyish hairs projecting between
the palpi well marked. Palpi stout and bushy, concolorous with the
orbits, with a dark spot beneath; vertex grey, like the thorax. An-
tenne reddish. Fore wings reddish ash, especially on the costa and
veins. A linear pale brown interrupted curved line, ending in a
wider costal spot. Discal dot, distinct, brown. Outer line forming a
broad sinuate shade ending just before the costa. Fringe concolor-
ous with the rest of the wing, with a faint pale line just beyond the
middle. Hind wings a little paler than fore wings, speckled with
brown scales ; fringe a little darker, as in fore wings. Beneath, both
wings deeply tinged with vermillion, especially costa of fore pair and

Packard.) 26 [May 7,

entire hind wings, veins vermillion; between them finely marbled
with ash and brown scales. Legs tinged with reddish.

Length of body ? (abdomen wanting); of fore wing .63 inch.
Goose Lake, Siskiyou Co., Cal. (J. Holleman).

This fine species, communicated by Mr. Holleman, to whom the
Museum of the Peabody Academy is indebted for a good many rare
specimens from Northern California and Oregon, may at once be
known by the reddish ash upper side of the body and the vermillion
color of the under side of the wings, by the absence of the usual line
on the hind wings, and by the outer line on primaries being diffuse,
not sharply defined as usual.

Halia 4-linearia n.sp. 2 ¢.

Closely resembling H. wavaria, to which section of the genus it
belongs, the wings being less falcate than in the other species, mar-
cessaria and tripunciaria. The antenne are more broadly pectinated
than in H. wavaria, being in this respect intermediate between H.
wavaria and tripunctaria. Pale ash grey. Head, palpi and body
being concolorous with the wings. Sore wings marked as in H. wa-
varia, having four distinct costal brown spots, from which as many
lines run parallel to each other to the costa; the second one includes
the discal dot, but is straighter, not so much aneulated as in H. wa-
varia, nor so wide just above the discal dot; the two outer lines be-
come obsolete in the middle of the wing, but are indicated on the
hind edge, the third being close to the fourth, while beyond is a
small dusky patch. A row of intervenular black marks, fringe con-
colorous with the rest of the wings. Hind wings with no marking,
except the discal dot, which is quite distinct. Beneath pale ash,
more uniformly so than in H. wavaria, tinged faintly with ochreous,
deeper on costa of fore wings. Discal dots present on both wings,
and three faint costal patches.

Length of body .48; fore wing .64 inch. Sierra Nevada, Cal.
(Edwards).

Closely resembling H. wavaria, it differs in the more broadly pec-
tinated antenne, the less angulated narrower second line on prima-
ries, and the duller ash on under side of wings, which, especially the
secondaries, are beautifully marbled in wavaria; in these respects it
resembles the species of Macaria.

Halia tripunctaria n.sp. 14,1 &.

Antenne with much longer pectinations than usual, being much
longer than in H. marcessaria. Palpias usual. Fore wings with the

1873.] a7 [Packard.

apex more produced than in H. marcessaria, being acutely falcated.
Abdomen without the two rows of black dots present in marcessaria.
Fore wings uniform fawn color, body and hind wings paler. An
inner straight brown line, edged externally with yellowish brown ;
outer line slightly sinuate. Discal dot large oval lanceolate; two
conspicuous dark spots midway between the outer line and the edge
of the wing, one being subapical in position. Fringe on both wings a
little darker than the wings themselves. No markings on hind wings,
no discal dot. Beneath, a decided ochreous tinge, no lines, discal
dots distinct on both wings; fringe considerably darker than the rest
of the wing. differs from ¢ in the lines being farther apart.

Length of body ¢ .50, 2 .50 inch; of fore wing ¢ .60, 2 .66 inch.
California (Edwards and Behrens). ‘

This species differs from marcessaria Guen. and cineraria Pack., in
the much more pectinated antenne and the absence of lines on the
under side of the wings, which beneath are clear ochreous, not speckled
with dark scales, while the two spots with the discal spot arranged in
a triangle, gives it a characteristic appearance.

Macaria Californiaria Pack. Proc. B. 8. N. H., xm1., p. 392.

Two 2, collected by Mr. J. Holleman, differ from those previously
described by me in some important respects; the present description
therefore applies better to the more normal form of the species.
Pale whitish grey. Orbits and palpi tinged with ochreous. Fore
wings with four costal spots, from which more or less obsolete lines
run in a faint series of dots across the wing, second spot the broadest,
the discal dot forming a part of the line, third spot forming with a
part of the line proceeding from it, a large irregular S extending to
the middle of the wing, the line continuing beyond in an interrupted
series of fine dots, and with a supplementary spot at the end of the
S. Halfway between the S and the apex is a fourth small costal dot.
Hind wings with an obscure discal spot, and a submarginal transverse
shade; the wing is faintly mottled with smoky dots. Beneath both
wings with fine transverse subochreous spots, the lines appear beneath
of a smoky ochreous, the third line being less sigmoid than above, as
it is curved outwards to the angle, and then goes obliquely and ina
straight course to outer third of inner side. LDiscal dots distinct, as
above. Hind wings with a distinct outer subochreous broad band
near the edge of the wing. A row of dark dots along edge of both
wings.

Packard.] 28 [May 7,

Length of body .82, fore wing .55 inch. Goose Lake, Siskiyou
Co., Cal., (J. Holleman).

It may be known by the S-like third costal spot, the more yellow-
ish tint of the under side of the wings, and by the presence of an
outer shade on hind wings. The sigmoid spot is much like the bent
spot in the middle of the wing in Halia wavaria.

Acidalia subalbaria n.sp. 1 &.

Allied in general form to A. 5-linearia, but with the apex of fore
wings much blunter, with the hind wings much shorter, and with the
outer edge rounded, instead of angulated. Head and antenne white,
front with a broad black band just below the insertion of antenne.
Cream colored, being whitish with a very faint ochreous tinge, whiter
and less speekled, with darker scales than A. 5-linearia. Primaries
crossed by three light brown lines, the basal slightly curved, farther
from the base of the wing than usual. The two outer lines much
nearer together than usual, the inner one being narrower and less
distinct ; both are less oblique than usual, and not waved. Discal
dot obsolete. Hind wings with a discal dot, and beyond the two
parallel outer lines same as on hind wings. Both wings with a nar-
row black line at base of the whitish fringe. Beneath cream white,
discal dots distinct on both wings, those on primaries largest ; beyond
them a common diffuse dusky line, straight on fore wings. A fine
narrow brown line at base of fringe. Legs white, fore femora and
tibize blackish in front.

Length of body .30, fore wing .47 inch. California (Edwards).

In this species the wings are clearer whitish than usual, especially
on the under side, and the two outer lines are nearer together than
usual, while the hind wings are shorter, and with the outer edge less
convex than usual in those species in which the hind wings are
rounded instead of angulated.

Acidalia rubrolinearia n.sp. 1d, 1 &.

Closely allied to A. Californiaria. Dull reddish ash; the fore
wings with four dull brick red wavy lines (three on hind wings).
Body and appendages, including legs, a little darker than wings,
especially on the under side of body, where there are black scales
mixed with the brown ones. Palpi stout and bushy, with unusually
long hairs. Antenne with long dense cilie ; beneath black, above
pale brown. Wings a little darker at base than externally; fore
‘wings with a basal curved reddish brown line; an indistinct brown
discal dot ; beyond three parallel dull reddish brown wavy lines, the.

1873.] 29 [Packard.

inner twice as broad as the outer. An interrupted fine black line at
the edge of the fringe on both wings. Hind wings with three lines,
the inner straight, the broadest and darkest wavy, within which the
wing is dusky. Fringe on both wings reddish snuff brown.

Beneath, the wings are a little clearer than above, with the two
middle lines very distinct, reddish brown, the inner less wavy than
the outer, the wing within being dusky, edge of wing with the black
line and fringe as above. Legs reddish brown, tarsi paler, though
with scattered black scales. |

Length of body ¢, .35, 2, .83 inch; fore wing ¢ .43, ? .43 inch.
California (Edwards).

This species is deeper brick red than usual, and the scales on the
palpi are longer and more spreading than usual, with four brick red
lines crossing the fore wings; the middle line on hind wings is much
more waved than in A. Californiaria Pack.

Hyria occidentaria n. sp. 1¢.

Fore wings with much the same shape as in H. auroraria of Eu-
rope, though the apex is slightly more rounded, while the hind wings
have the outer edee more rotund. Antenne finely ciliated. Body
and wings very pale fawn brown, tinged very faintly with vinous,
vertex of head pale; front and palpi dark brown. Fore wings clear
pale fawn, with the middle occupied with a broad dark hour-glass
shaped band, wider on the front edge than on the inner; the inner
side quite regularly hollowed out, the outer side produced outwards
in the middle, with two acute parallel teeth, and a third below situ-
ated farther within the wing; below this the band dilates on the
inner edge, while on the costal side it goes nearly straight to the
costa; a diffuse faint submarginal shade. On both wings a row of
venular marginal black dots. Fringe long, silky, concolorous with
the wing. Hind wings with same markings as on fore wings, but
with the submarginal shade rather more distinct; the broad band has
two larger teeth on the outer edge, and the shade beyond has two
zigzag angles parallel with it. Obscure yellowish discal dots on both
wings (distinct under a lens). Legs pale, fore femora and tibie dark,
Beneath smoky, the bands being replaced by diffuse smoky lines.

Length of body .24, fore wing .33 inch. California (Edwards).

This fine species differs from an undescribed Texan species to
which it is structurally closely allied, in having rather darker wings,
with the submarginal band much darker, and the form of the middle
band quite different.

Packard.] 30 [May 7,

Hunemoria n.gen. ¢.
Allied to Nemoria, but the head is much narrower in front, and.

not so broad on the vertex; in front the sides are nearly parallel.
Palpi about as long as in Nemoria, but much stouter, slightly ascend-
ing, third joint distinct, thick, rounded. Antenne pectinated nearly
to the ends, the branches short, those in the middle of antenne
about twice as long as the joints. Fore wings shaped much as in
Nemoria, but rather more pointed at th eapex; outer edge straighter,
hind wings long, much more rounded, and not angulated, as in
Nemoria.

The costal space of fore wings is very much narrower than in
Nemoria. Abdomen shaped much as in Nemoria, being acutely
pointed at the tip, which just reaches the anal angle of the hind
wings. Hind tibiz swollen, with four stout acute spurs, while there
are but two (terminal) in Memoria (male); a long large accessory
tuft, as in Nemoria. Hind tarsi slender, nearly two-thirds as long as
tibie, while in Nemoria they are half as long as tibie and stouter.
The single species known is light green, with a single rather broad
common line, not wavy and straight on the fore wings, curved on, the
hind wings.

Eunemoria unitaria Pack. 14d.

Palpi pink; front red; vertex white and antennz white above;
abdomen white; thorax and wings deep pea green, deeper than in
most species of Nemoria. Extreme costal edge white. A single
common white line crosses both wings; on the primaries it is straight
and situated just beyond middle of wing; on hind wings it is well
curved, and situated just beyond the middle of the wing. Fringe
white, on the outer edge pinkish. Two anterior pair of legs reddish.

Length of body .45, fore wing .53 inch. Nevada (Edwards). ©

The narrow red front, and structure of hind legs, the pinkish edge
to fringe, and rather large size, are the distinguishing marks of this
species. :

Eunemoria tricoloraria Pack. 1 ¢.

Antenne well pectinated, white above; palpi stout, red, white
along the lower edge, wing much as in the eastern species, EH. rubi-
vora (Riley sp.) Pack. Front duller red than palpi, vertex white,
with a few reddish scales at base. Body and wings pea green. Fore
Wings green, costa white, tinged with red at the base. Two curved,
much wrinkled white lines cross each wing, nearer together and more
waved than usual. Fringe green. Whitish at insertion, and at the

‘

1873.] 31 [Packard.

outer edge. Fore and prdolle tibise and tarsi reddish. Beneath fore
wings pale, deeper green on the costal half; basal two-thirds of costa
deep red. Hind wings whitish green. The outer line on fore wings
faintly reappears. Abdomen wanting.

Length of fore wing .40 inch. California (dwards).

Chlorosea ! n. gen.

Belonging apparently to the same group as Nemoria and Eunemo-
ria, and less closely to Phorodesma. Head with the vertex not so
broad in proportion as in Nemoria or Pseudoterpna; front moderately
broad, less so, however, than in Nemoria. Palpi rather long and
slender, projecting farther than usual beyond the front (though not
nearly so much so as in Synchlora), slightly ascending; third joint
small, but distinct. Antenne pectinated almost to the tip; branches
about half as long in proportion as in Nemoria; in ? slender and
filiform. Fore wings shaped much as in Nemoria, costa curved in
the same manner, apex subacute, outer edge curved in much the
same way. ‘The costal space is slightly narrower in proportion than
in Nemoria, and the fifth subcostal or subapical space is small, being
one-fourth as long as the wing, while in Nemoria it is much larger,
being one-third as long as the costa of the wing. Hind wings of
much the same shape as in Phorodesma and Pseudoterpna, not being
produced and subangulated, as in Nemoria, or so long and fully
rounded, as in Hunemoria; the apical region is full and rounded,
while the outer edge is very straight. The abdomen does not reach
the anal angle of the hind wings; its shape is much as in Nemoria.
Hind legs unusually small, tibiz very slender and short, shorter than
the tarsi, and with but a single terminal pair of spurs in both sexes.
No essential difference between the sexes.

Coloration much as in Nemoria. The known species are of larger
size than usual in the allied genera.

Palpi less ascending than in Nemoria, antenne one-half as widely
pectinated, but wider than in Hunemoria. The hind legs are much
as in Phorodesma, but there is but one pair of spurs, and the vertex
is not so broad as in that genus, while the antenne are pectinated
nearer the tip.

Chlorosea Nevadaria n. sp. 1 ¢, 2 °.

Pale pea green. Head whitish at the insertion of the antenne
(which are white above), but greenish on the hinder edge of vertex;
front pale greenish, pink on the orbits; palpi whitish; thorax green;

1 KAwpés, green; o7s, moth.

Packard.] 32 [May 7,

abdomen white. Both wings pale oreen; fore wings whitish on
extreme edge of costa; an oblique, rather broad band, straight in its
course, crosses the wing from just beyond the middle of the inner
edge to the outer fifth of the costa; it is situated nearer the outer
edge in the 2. No other markings. Hind wings slightly paler than
primaries, with no markings. Beneath uniformly pale green, hind
wings a little paler than primaries. Legs whitish, two anterior pairs
of tibie pink.

Length of body ¢, .55, 2, .45-.50 inch; fore wing d,.70, 2, 60-
.68 inch. Nevada (Edwards).

The smaller of the two ¢ has paler hind wings, and an entirely
reddish front. The species may be recognized by the large size, the
want of any markings on the hind wings, and by the very slender
hind legs with the single pair of tibial spurs.

Tephrosia nigroseriata n.sp. 2d.

Differs from any other Californian species by its rust red color, and
its two rows of black points. Palpi long and slender; antenne thick-
ened, ciliated. Head and thorax pale rust red, concolorous with
primaries. Fore wings not falcate, apex, bowever, subacutely
pointed; outer edge full, convex; hind wings not so sinuate as usual
on outer edge. Fore wings uniformly pale rust red, with obscure
scattered dark scales, and a slight dark discal point; two series of
black points, inner oblique, but not curved, angulated slightly on
costa; outer row of submarginal venular black dots, and a corres-
ponding series on hind wings. A row of fine black dots along the
base of the fringe. Hind wings with no apparent discal dot, paler
than fore wings, with no specks. Fringe concolorous with the rest
of the wing. Beneath of the same tint as above, with the row of
black submarginal dots common to both wings; no inner line. Hind
wings much more speckled with black than above, and with a con-
spicuous black dot. A dusky shade in the middle of the fore wings.
Abdomen long and slender, passing beyond the inner angle of sec-
ondaries.

Length of body .55, fore wing .60 inch. California (Edwards).

The pale rust red tint, and two distant rows of black points, will
serve to distinguish this species from any described by Guenée.

Tephrosia falcataria n. sp. 1¢.

This species has remarkably faleate wings, the tip of the fore wings
being acute, the costa being more bent down at the tip, and the outer
edge excavated much deeper than usual; the costal area is wider,

1878.] , 33 [Packard.

hence the four subcostal venules are shorter than usual, but their
mode of branching off is the same, being much as in 7. nigroseriata
Pack., to which the species is more closely allied than any other form
' known tome. Antenne well pectinated, dark brown, as usual, con-
trasting with the rest of the body. Head, thorax and fore wings pale
reddish fawn color; hind wings and abdomen much paler, much more
whitish than in the other species. Fore wings with very uniformly
reddish fawn, with no conspicuous bands or rows of spots and re-
markably few scattered dark scales, the wings in all the other species
known to me being more or less densely dusted. Discal dot small,
black; a submarginal row of about six obscure dusky spots, arranged
in a straight line parallel to the outer edge. A marginal series of
black venular points. Fringe deeper reddish than wing itself. Hind
wings almost whitish fawn, unusually clear, with a few faint scat-
tered dark scales; a dark discal dot; fringe reddish, concolorous with
that on fore wings; no other markings on the wing. Beneath both
wings alike, a little less pale than hind wings behind, but tinged with
reddish on the edges, and more specks. Discal dot and marginal
row of dots as above. Fringe darker than rest of wings. Hind
wings a little more dusted than primaries. Discal dot much larger
and more conspicuous than above. Abdomen not spotted.

Length of body .50, fore wing .64 inch. California (Edwards).

Known by its unusually falcate primaries; its clear wings free from
the usual bands and scales, and by its reddish hue.

Tephrosia Canadaria Guen.? ¢. I cannot find any differ-
ence between one rubbed ¢ specimen of this species, and individ-
uals from New England, but others are needed for a more thorough
comparison.

Hemerophila latifasciaria n.sp. 1 ¢.

Of medium size; antennz broadly pectinated, hind wings rounded,
as usual well dentated. Body and wings pale ash; front with a
round dark spot; palpi with the third joint black. Hind edge of
prothorax, and hinder edge of the basal segments of the abdomen
with a black band. Fore wings pale ash, with a broad curved basal
blackish band; outer line slightly oblique; straight on the inner edge,
curved inwards in the middle of the wing; thence going straight to
the costa; this portion of the line is represented by three or four
venular dots, the costal one being the largest, while the posterior
two-thirds of the line is bordered externally by two diffuse parallel

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 3 NOVEMBER, 1873.

Packard.] Ot SOA ' [May 7,

broad lines, the whole making a broad band. Costal edge speckled
with dark ash. Outer edge scalloped, with a black point between
each scallop. Hind wings concolorous with fore wings; two parallel
slightly waved lines; beyond the middle of the wing a very distinct,
nearly straight blackish line, with a supplementary brown shade
beyond. A submarginal broad shade. A. black line follows the
scallops. Fringe whitish. Beneath uniformly pale, costa with trans-
verse dark strige, the outer band forms a smoky shade beneath, and
on hind wings a smoky line. Legs ash, two anterior pairs of tibie
and tarsi broadly banded with blackish.

Length of body .60, fore wing .73 inch. California (Edwards).

Metanema aurantiacaria n.sp. 1 &.

Body ochreous, wings orange-ochreous. Palpi slender, passing
slightly beyond the front. Fore wings orange-ochreous, no inner
line apparent, outer line oblique, but in its course very straight, not
bent on the costa; it is brick red in color, shaded inside towards the
middle of the wing with deep ferruginous orange. No markings on
the edge of the wing. A single line on hind wings, straight, not
reaching the costa, and of the same color as that on the front wings.
Beneath, the wings are of the same color as above, but a little clearer
yellow and the lines faintly reappear, that on the fore wings being a
little curved. :

This species belongs to the same section of the genus as M. cervi-
naria Pack., and is a little smaller, with the apex and angles of the
wing more acute; behind the angles the wings are entire. There are
no discal dots, and the moth is quite different from Guenée’s MW. for-
Jficaria, which does not yet seem to occur in American collections.

Length of body .60, of fore wing .77 inch. Nevada (Edwards). _

Recognized by the acutely angled wings, the straight ferruginous
line, and the deep orange ochre of the wings.

Eurhinosea! nov. gen. {

Allied to Caustoloma. Head of medium size. Front very wide,
much as in Caustoloma, the surface being convex, and the sides con-
verging slightly in front. On anterior edge a pointed tuft of con-
verging hairs extending between the palpi. ¢$ antennz subsimple,
being ciliated, each joint widening anteriorly, the scales on the front
edge being raised and spreading out; in ? much more filiform, slightly
ciliated. Palpi remarkably long, second joint passing beyond the
head by a distance about equal to the width of the front, third joint

1E%, well, ‘pis, ‘puvds, nose.

1873.] 30 [Packard.

unusually long and pointed, as long as second joint is wide. Tongue
feebler than in Caustoloma, but of about the same size as in Nemato-
campa. Wings somewhat resembling those of Caustoloma, but not
aneulated; fore wings with costa more convex than in Caustoloma,
but just as in Nematocampa and Venilia; apex obtusely pointed;
outer edge full convex, but not angulated; inner edge two-thirds as
long as costa. Hind wings much like those of Caustoloma in outline;
but not hollowed out below the apex, neither are they convex, but
the edge is straight between the apex and middle of the wing. The
venation differs from that of Caustoloma, which it resembles most, in
the costal area being wider, and consequently the costal vein and
first three subcostal venules shorter and more oblique, and they are
nearer together. On the secondaries the second subcostal venule
arises much farther than usual from the discal spot, a third of the
way from the dot to the end of the vein, while in Caustoloma it arises
at the dot. The venation of the secondaries is more like Nemato-
campa.

Hind legs long and slender, tibiz with four stout spurs. Abdomen
long and slender, just reaching the anal angle. In style of coloration
the genus reminds us of Caustoloma, and more remotely of Nemato-
campa. ‘The body and wings are yellow, with fawn colored costal
spots, and the edges of the wings are stained with fawn. In size the
only species yet known is. intermediate between Caustoloma and
Nematocampa. Its large, long, acute palpi, simple antenne with tri-
angular joints, and its non-angulated wings, will distinguish the genus.

Eurhinosea flavaria. 44,2 °.

Body and wings deep ochreous yellow. Palpi brown on sides of
second joint. Fore wings clear yellow, costa fawn brown at base,
two costal brown spots in the middle of the wing, the inner oblique,
the outer nearly straight. No lines in the middle area of the wing;
a small discal dot (sometimes wanting), a minute dot on the origin
of the third or lower median venule; outer edge of the wing below
the apex broadly margined with fawn brown to, and enclosing, the
anal angle, the band being as broad as the thorax. Hind wings con-
colorous with the fore wings; a rather large dark dot close to the
origin of the first subcostal venule, a triangular marginal patch just
below the apex; otherwise no markings. Beneath, from a large
basal costal spot, proceeds a fine curved line across the wing, and
with a much curved one within, forms a ringlet. Beyond the con-
spicuous dark discal dot a broad diffuse pale brown shade crosses the

Packard.] 36 [May 7,

wing, slightly scalloped externally; the shade does not connect with
the outer costal spot; the marginal shade is dark on the oblique
upper edge, but is fainter towards the anal angle than on the upper
side of the wing. A faint row of diffuse smali spots between this
shade and the middle shade. Hind wings with a very distinct discal
dot. A narrow, fine, much curved line crosses the middle of the
wing; another sinuate line midway between this and the margin; the -
part just below the apex is oblong rather than triangular, as above.

Fringe brown on both wings, with darker spots on ends of venules

beneath ; towards anal angle of secondaries fringe becomes yellow-

ish. The two 2 and one ¢ are paler, without the marginal dark

band, while the lines below are well marked, the ¢ median shade of

primaries being represented by a very distinct sinuate line, with

three rude ringlets on the inside of the line, and the fringe is yellow-

ish; in another specimen the lines are much more distinct.

Length of body ¢, .45, 2, .40 inch; fore wing d, .50, 2, .50 ineh.
Sierra Wenn (Edwards).

This interesting species may be known by the non-angulated yellow
wings, with the broad marginal shade, and the subtriangular spot on-
hind wing, and the large discal dots on hind wing on inner third of
wing.

Sicya crocearia n.sp. 34,4 &.

Sulphur yellow; palpi and orbits deep reddish orange; thorax
sulphur yellow, concolorous with the primaries; hind wings pale yel-
low, a little deeper than the abdomen. Primaries crossed by two
light brown lines, the inner (often obsolete) oblique, scarcely curved
and bent at right angles on the costa; the outer runs straight from
just beyond the middle of the inner edge of the wing to the costa,
on which it forks, ending just before the apex; beyond this line the
wing is pale fawn brown, the apical region clear yellow. Hind wings
with a single sinuate reddish or brown line, beyond which the wing
is tinged with reddish, while within the line it is inclined to be whit-
ish. Beneath whitish yellow, primaries more yellow than seconda-
ries; the outer line a broad reddish orange band, with the wing
beyond tinged with the same color, the apical region yellowish; a
brown or paler curved line on hind wings, with a few brown
flecks beyond, though those are often wanting. Legs pale, a little
darker at the ends of tibie, or broadly ringed with dark brown.

Length of body ¢,.45, @, .35-.50; of fore wing 3, .55, 2, .47-
72 inch. California (Edwards and Behrens) ; Nevada (Edwards).

‘1873.] 3T [Packard.

The inner line is often obsolete, or represented by a few spots; the
outer varying in depth of color, usually but little darker than the
brown portion beyond. Hind wings sometimes yellowish, with a brown
line. A large 2 from California, received from Mr. Behrens, differs
from the others in having the outer line on fore wings obsolete between
the median vein and the costa, and the lines brown, and hind wings
more yellowish and speckled with brown scales.

In a single ¢ specimen from California, the costa of fore wings is
arched, the wings being much broader and fuller; a distinct dark tri-
angular costo-apical spot, while the base of costa is reddish, the
secondaries much more rounded, and the line nearer the middle of
the wing, and distinctly scalloped, but I judge the three forms to be
simple local varieties, as the markings vary considerably in this genus.
The five Nevada individuals are smaller than the others, and with
narrower wings. ‘This species differs from Sicya truncataria Gn.,
which it very closely resembles, in the more sinuate outer line on the
fore wings, while the margin of the wing is deeper brown. Whether
these differences are permanent cannot be determined unless we
have more material.

Hesperumia n. gen.

Closely related to Angerona, agreeing with it in the strongly pec-
tinated antennz, the branches reaching to the tip, and in the large,
well developed head, which is quite free from the thorax; the palpi
much the same, but a little larger and blunter. Fore wings more
pointed at the apex, and less angulated in the middle of the outer
edge. The subcostal venules are shorter, sent more direct to the
costa, and the costal interspace narrower than in Angerona. Hind
wings full, not sinuate, the sinus being almost obsolete. Hind legs
as in Angerona, the spurs of the same relative size. The female is
much smaller than the male, while in Angerona the female is consid-
erably larger than the male. In its mode of coloration this genus
recalls Rumia, hence our generic name.

Hesperumia ochreata n. sp.

Deep ochreous, with brown flecks, and a large discal rine. Head
ochreous, becoming reddish on the sides and anterior edge of the
front; palpi dark brown, especially on the tips, with ochreous hairs
at base on under side; antennz brown, concolorous with the palpi.
Front of the thorax deep ochreous, hinder portion, abdomen and
legs much paler. Fore wings deep ochreous, more or less flecked with
brown, sometimes the flecks are wanting; two lines, one crossing the

Packard.] 38 [May 7,

middle of the wing and forming a large discal ring larger than in the
European Rumia crategata, and enclosing a pale dot; the line is a
little sinuate, and is often obsolete, es ecially in rubbed specimens,
leaving a distinct distal ring and costal spot just in front of it. An
outer very sinuate row of spots, often obsolete, except on the costa.
Wings brown.

Hind wings paler than fore wings, with no markings, but a little
deeper ochreous towards the outer edge. Fringe concolorous with
the rest of the wing.

Beneath on fore wings no lines or discal spot, but the outer costal
brown spot is present, and there are brownish costal spots within.
Hind wings same as above. Legs a little dusky at the femoro-tibial
joints ; tibie a little dusky.

Length of body ¢, .55, 2, .50 inch; of fore wing ¢, .72, 2, .62 inch.
1 ¢, 2 2, Sierra Nevada, Cal., and Nevada (Edwards).

Metrocampa virido-perlata n.sp. 1d¢,1 2.

More nearly allied to our eastern species than to the European,
but still it differs in the two bands on fore wing being nearer together,
the inner band crossing the base of the origin of the third median
venule. Antenne the same.

Thouch the moths expand equally, yet in both sexes the head is
much smaller than in perlata, an unusual distinction, while in perlata
and margaritacea the head of the ¢ (no 2 of margaritacea for com-
parison) are of the same size. The Nevada species is also a little
greener than our species. Red band below antennz, as in perlata.

Until a large number of specimens are compared I shall consider
the species distinct, though they would be easily confounded at first.

Length of body ¢, .50, 2, .60 inch; fore wing d, .77, 2, 1 inch.

Sierra Nevada, Cal., (Edwards).

Selidosema juturnaria Guen.

Alaska (J. Behrens); Colorado Terr., (Ridings, Coll. Amer. Ent.
Soc.).

Tetracis parallelia n. sp.

Allied in general form to 7’. truxaliata. The two outer subcostal
venules much shorter than in that species. A fresh specimen, though
smaller (length of fore wing .42), from Mr. Behrens, is ochreous,
though paler than in 7’. truraliata, with deep reddish ochreous lines
on fore wings. Angle of hind wings well marked, though much less
distinct than in 7’. truzaliata.

California (Behrens).

1873.] 39 / [Packard.

Eutrapela falcata n.sp. 1°.

A slighter, though not smaller, moth than L. egrotata,) and with
the wings much more angulated, and the apex of the fore wings
much more falcate than in EH. transversata, or any other species
known tome. Antenne slightly slenderer than in ZL. transversata.
Pale ochreous. Head, body and wings, of the same hue. Fore
wings with no lines, and with only a few scattered blackish speckles,
a conspicuous black discal dot, and three subapical -black spots, one
just behind the costal edge. Hind wings with a few scattered specks
and a distinct black discal dot. Beneath marked, just as above,
the three subapical and discal spots being reproduced. Wings a
little more densely speckled with black, and the fore wings a little
deeper ochreous.

Length of body .65, fore wing .82 inch. California (Edwards).

This fine species may be at once known by the very acute falcate
apex, the want of lines on the wings, and the three subapical large
black spots. The front of the head is ochreous, like the rest of the
body.

An egg retained on the end of the abdomen is apparently spheri-
cal, with numerous high, and very distinct longitudinal ridges.

Drepanodes Panamaria n.sp. 2 ¢.

This species differs structurally in some important characters from
the more northern species known to me. The wings are: a little
shorter, and the apex much less falcate than usual; the first subcostal
interspace is much shorter and smaller than in D. varus and sesqui-
linea, and all the venules sent off towards the outer edge of the wing
are shorter than usual. The hind tibie are greatly swollen, nearly
twice as much so.as in D. sesquilinea, and the spurs are much shorter.
Antenne broadly. pectinated, fully as much as usual. Body and
wings pale yellow ochreous, and of the’ same shade as above and
beneath, including the legs. Fore wings with traces of a narrow
basal curved ferruginous line. An outer oblique pale ferruginous
line straight in its course (not curved as usual), just below the apex.
On the costa, just in front of the angle, is a geminate black spot,
and another spot on the apex. Another larger spot between the
first and second median venules, and a large round black patch on

1~ regard Cherodes as congeneric with Eutrapela clemataria Hiibner, and nubi-
lata Pack.; C. egrotata(Guen.) should therefore fall into Hiibner’s genus Entrapela.

Packard.] | 40 [May 7,

the inner angle. Beyond the outer line the wing is fawn brown, and
also the hind wings; the latter are crossed by a single faint narrow
ferruginous straight line. Both wings have scattered black speckles.
Beneath as above, except that there are no lines, but the brownish
margins of both wings are as well marked as above. Minute discal
dots above and below, on both pairs of wings. Fore tibie a littie
dusky.

Length of body .45, of fore wings .50 inch. Panama (Edwards).

Revonnned, besides its singular structural features, by the edge of
both wings being broadly shaded with pale fawn brown.

This Tegcnoe of a Panama species of Drepanodes is appended,
as the genus may yet occur in southern California,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1.

Fig. 1, bis. Larentia 12-lineata Pack.
‘6 ~6©2. +Eupithecia Nevadata Pack.
« 8. Larentia cretaceata Pack.
«~~ 4, ~Hyria occidentaria Pack.
« 5. Hypsipetes albifasciata Pack.
« 6-6. ©6(Cidaria glaucata Pack.
‘7. Melanippe Kodiakata Pack.
«8. Larentia cumatilis (Grote).
« 9. Phibalapteryx carnata Pack.
‘¢ 10. Melanthia brunneiciliata Pack.
s¢ 11. Coremia lignicolorata Pack.
«© 12. Scotosia Californiata Pack.
« 13. Cidaria leoninata Pack.
s¢ 14. Acidalia rubrolinearia Pack.
¢ 15. Acidalia subalbaria Pack.
“¢ 16. Acidalia Californiaria Pack.
‘¢ 17. Acidalia 5-linearia Pack.
‘¢ 18. Acidalia rubromarginaria Pack.
‘* 19. Selidosema juturnaria Guen.
“© 20. Tephrosia falcataria Pack.
‘© 21. Tephrosia ferruginosaria Pack.

«¢ 22. Eutrapela falcata Pack.
Gorytodes trilinearia Pack.
Gorytodes uncanaria Guen,

xox nN
an nN
bo tS
B=

Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. XVI. Plate |.

PACKARD, PHALAENIDA.

1873.] 41 [Niles.

Dr. T. M. Brewer presented by title the following paper,
which will appear in the Society’s Memoirs : — Catalogue of
the Birds of Western and North Western Mexico, based on
the collections of Grayson, Xantus and Bischoff; with the
notes of Grayson and his biographies of several of the spe-
cies. By Geo. N. Lawrence.

Prof. W. H. Niles read an extract from a letter from Mr.
A. T. Wing, concerning the continuance of the spontaneous
fractures and movements of rock, at the quarry of Mr. W.
N. Flynt, at Monson, Mass.

An account of the character of some of the phenomena at the
quarry had been previously communicated to the Society by Prof.
Niles, and was published in the Proceedings, Vol. x1v., pp. 80-87.
As there stated, the quarry is on a small hill near the village of Mon-
son. The rock is gneiss, dipping westward at an angle of about
eighty degrees. Joints running nearly parallel to the general sur-
face of the hill divide the rock into beds varying in thickness from
one inch and a half to several feet. These beds extend for long dis-
tances unbroken by any divisional planes, and on that account are
remarkably well adapted to manifest any lateral pressure to which
_ they may be subjected. ‘That there is a lateral force exerted pow-

erfully in north and south directions is evident from the facts.
When portions of the beds are removed by quarrying the force
which was originally distributed throughout the extent of the beds is
concentrated upon the remaining parts. When the force becomes,
by this concentration, greater than the strength of the rock, as is
often the case, the rock is broken, often upheaved, and sometimes
with violence and attended by explosions. He had requested Mr.
Wing to observe and report such additional phenomena as might
occur during his absence last year, and the present letter was in
accordance therewith.

“ The spontaneous fractures or breaks have been more frequent
and on a larger scale during the past summer and autumn, than for
any previous season, which is accounted for, I think, by the fact that
the quarries have been worked more extensively. One occurred in
the latter part of June, in the new quarry on the west side of the ridge,
near where you took a sketch of a break, in the autumn of 1871, and
again in the spring of 1872. The break extended about two

Niles.] 42 [May 1,

hundred and seventy-five feet, and was. about seventy feet back
from the working face, and parallel to it. About ten thousand
tons of rock were moved southward three-fourths of an inch.
The break extended perpendicularly through several sheets or
layers. The north end of the mass did not break from the pa-
rent rock. But few days or evenings passed that a fracture did
not occur and usually accompanied by reports. Within a few days,
while a north and south split of about one hundred feet in length
was being made in the old quarry, the stone suddenly freed itself,
and the liberated side moved northward five-eighths of an inch, the
south end still remaining fast. This liberated stone came in contact,
in its movement, with a projection, causing the crack to deflect to
the north-east and thirty feet beyond the wedges, breaking loose one
hundred tons of rock in addition to that spkt off by the wedges,
showing conclusively the north and south pressure. From the above
observations I note the following facts, viz.: —

“In June the mass of ten thousand tons expanded southward down
the incline, the north or upper end remaining joined to the main
ledge. At the lower end the amount of movement was three-fourths
of an inch, but this movement gradually decreased in amount north-
ward till it was imperceptible at the upper end.

“In November, a mass of three hundred tons expanded‘ north or
up the incline five-eighths of an inch, the south end being fast to the
parent rock. The same decrease in the amount of movement was
observed as in the break of June.

‘““T notice, furthermore, that the deeper we go in the rock the
greater the amount of expansive movement.”

Dr. Brewer announced the donation of nine species of
birds from Chas. E. Aiken, Esq., and of the rare Micrathene
Whitneyt and Harporhynchus crissalis from Capt. Charles
Bendire. The thanks of the Society were voted to both
gentlemen for these valuable gifts.

1878.] 43 [Ridgway.

May 21, 1873.
The President in the chair. Twenty persons present.

Mr. Wm. T. Brigham, nominated at the previous meeting,
was elected to fill the vacancy in the Committee on Ge-

ology.
‘The following papers were read : —

CATALOGUE OF THE ORNITHOLOGICAL COLLECTION OF THE
Boston Society oF NAtTuRAL History. ParrIl. FaAt-
conipz. By Rospertr RIpGway.

The following list of the species and specimens of Falconide ccn-
tained in the Museum of the Society is intended as one of a series
of Catalogues which it is the plan of the Society to continue as
fast as a careful preparation of the lists, based upon a thorough
revision of the specimens, will permit. The series was commenced
by a catalogue of the Spheniscide, by Prof. A. Hyatt, published in
disci.

Acknowledgements are due from the author to T. T. Bouvé, Esq.,
the courteous President of the Society, and to Dr. T. M. Brewer,
Chairman of the Commitiee on Birds, for invaluable assistance which
they rendered him in the preparation of this work, by kindly furnish-
ing every facility needed. He is also under many obligations to Mr.
J. H. Gurney, Curator of the Norwich Museum, England, and well
known as the first authority upon Raptorial birds, for very much
information concerning the identification of certain Old World
species.

The numbers affixed to the names in this catalogue correspond
with those of Gray’s Hand List of Birds,? the nomenclature of which
is mainly adopted. The arrangement, however, expresses the pecu-
liar views of the present author, so far as they have become fixed, re-
garding the classification of the family.

1 Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., x1v., 237.

* Hand List of the Genera and Species of Birds, distinguishing those contained
in the British Museum. By George Robert Gray, Assistant Keeper of the Zoolog-
ical Collections. Part 1. Raptores, Fissirostres, Tenuirostres and Dentirostres.
London, 1869. i

&

Ridgway.] 44 [May a1,

Family FALCONID A.
Subfamily FALCONINZ.
(Group Falcones.)
Falco (Hierofalco) sacer Forst.

a. var. candicans Gmel. (158.)
1438, ¢ ad. North Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 435.
1440, 2 “ Greenland. F e “ 436.
b. var. islandicus Briin. (159.)

1441, 2 ad. . Greenland. Lafr. Coll., No. 437.
, 1442, Q « (13 ? 74 6 “& 488,
1443, — juv. CUD HinD ice Eek SSCs aaa

c. var. labradora Aud.
11, 3 ad. Labrador ?

Falco (Hierofalco) lanarius Linn.

a. var. mexicanus Schleg. (179.).
1438, d juv. Mexico. Lafr. Coll., No. 434.

b. var. polyagrus Cassin. (178.)

10, 2 ad. Sonoma Co., California. From Sm. Institution.
— djuv. Sherman, Wyoming Ter.; C. N. Holden.

Falco (Hierofaleco) cervicalis Licht. (172.)
1444, gad. Cape of Good Hope. Lafr. Coll., No. 440.
é

1445, “ South Africa. ei
1446, rot 14 66 14 ee ce ce 442,
1447, d juv. Cape of Good Hope. “ 66 Sees
1448, ¢ ad. 23 “s ee os he 6 SSP ees

Falco communis Gmel.

a. var. communis Linn. (163.)
1430, ¢ ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 426.
ce

1431, 2 “ « c “427,
1432, 3 juv. a “ “ cee
1433, 2 74 ce 6e &6 73 429,

9528,¢ ad. “ & & 8452,

1873.] 45 [Ridgway.

b. var.anatum Bonap. (166 and sub 165.)

5, 2 juv. Vermont. Tracy Sheaf.
Boe North America.

430, o ad. ‘ Gi?

ee ae 6 6

1437, ¢ juv. co « Lafr. Coll., No. 433.
eg, “c a ? Dr. A. Binney.

ce. var. melanogenys Gould. (167.)

1435, ¢ ad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 431.
1436, 2 « 66 66 66 “ 439,

Falco aurantius Gmel. (185.)
1461, 2 ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 457.
1462, 2juv. “ Ce nar Pte 458:

Falco rufigularis Daud. (184.)

1463, dad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 459.
Mi 2 Bolivia... “ % “ 460.
HAG, oc, ° sein, ute cc VA GIL.

Base. Gs

—— ? “ Tehuantepec. °F. Sumichrast.

Faleo (Hypotriorchis) cuvieri Smith. (183.)
1460, ¢. Cape of Good Hope. Lafr. Coll., No. 456.

Falco (Hypotriorchis) severus Horsf. (182.)
1453, d ad. Manilla. Lafr. Coll., No. 449.

Faleo (Hypotriorchis) lunulatus Leath. (181.)

1454, 2 juv. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 450.
1455, rot 66 66 66 66 66 451.
— cc Smithsonian Institution (No. 13860.)

Falco (Hypotriorchis) subbuteo Linn. (180.)

1456, ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 452.
1457, 66 66 66 66 66 453.

1458, juv. « fers een 6 Cra AA,

Ridgway.] 46 [May 21,

Falco (Dissodectes) ardesiacus Vieillot.
1469, 9 ad. Senegal. Lafr. Coll., No. 465.

Falco (Aésalon) lithofalco Gmel.

a. var. lithofalco Gmel. (492.)
1466, ¢ ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 462.
146 i fot 66 66 66 6c (73 4638.
1468, g 66 66 66 6c ce 464.
452, 0 juv. ef J. F. Bumstead: (Labelled F’. subbuteo.)

b. var. columbarius Linn. (193.)

1459, 9 ad. North America? Lafr. Coll., No. 455. (Labelled
“F’, subbuteo, young, Europe.”)
1470, ¢ “ Cuba. Lafr. Coll., No. 466. (Very dark.)
1471.9. -Guadeloupe. “Ys AGa-
g “ San José, California. Jan., 1871. Wm. Holden.
i, 6 “ - Boston: Wr. Ay Binney.
73, ¢juv. Dane Co., Wisconsin. 8S. Kumlein.

ae et a «“ « Sept. 4, 1869.
Ok Fe ven “ «“ Sept. 6, 1869.
71, 2 ad. Sonoma Co., California.
2 6c ree ?

Q “ Spanishtown, Jamaica. W. T. March.
72,9 “ Boston. Dr. Binney.

Falco (Rhynchofalco!) femoralis Temm. (194.)
1472, ¢ ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 468.

1473, fof ce 66 66 66 & 46 9,
1474,djuv. “ OCC AON
@ ad. South America? J. A. Reynolds.
Q juv. 2 « >? A. Vattemare.

1 Rhynchofalco Nobis. Similar to Hypotriorchis, but frontal scutelle of the
tarsus and toes large, well-defined, and scarcely interrupted in the region of the
digito-tarsal joint. Two outer primaries with inner webs cut. Bill very strong,
the cere more elongated than in Hypotriorchis and allied subgenera, its length on

top being about one-third the chord of the culmen. Type, Falco femoralis Tem-
minck.

1873.] 47 [Ridgway.

Falco (Tinnunculus) alaudarius Gmel.

a. var. alaudarius Gmel. (203.)
1475, d ad. Kurope. Lafr. Coll., No. 471.

1476, Q 66 66 66 6 66 472.
Mags juv. . “ cS Ce ATS
1478, ¢ ad. India. G&A,
— 3? “ Europe. Dr. Bumstead.
— 9 es Dr. S. Cabot.

b. var. rupicoleformis Wirt. (sub 203.)
9530, ——. South Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 8454.

c. var. japonicus Schleg. (sub. 203.)

1479, ¢d ad. Japan. Lafr. Coll., No. 475.
1480, 9 “ 73 és G3 “ 476.

Falco (Tinnunculus) rupicolus Daud. (204.)

1481, ¢ ad. Cape of Good Hope. Lafr. Coll., No. 477.
1482,¢ “ South Africa. oe Seite CCUM oe
1483, 9 79 66 6c 66 66 479.

Falco (Tinnunculus) rupicoloides Smith.
1484, 9 ad. Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 480.

Falco (Tinnunculus) punctatus Cuv. (206.)
1486, d juv. Madagascar. Lafr. Coll., No. 484.

1489, ? ad. « Esta eg SOAS
1490, ¢ juv. oh . se “486.
1491, 9 « “6 3 66 “& 487,
| 1492, 9 6 3 6 3 “& AR88,

Faleo (Tinnunculus) cenchroides Vig. (209.)

1485, d ad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 481.
1486, 3 juv. « “8 fey ght AB 2:
—- 9 ad. ‘s Smithsonian Institution (No. 13870).

Ridgway.] 48 [May 21,

Falco (Tinnunculus) sparverius Linn. (216 ezel. syn.)

a. var. sparverius Linn.

g ad. Guatemala. Van Patten.

ee WR 6 66

SERS SG “ 66

eee a: 66 &

NS ‘“ 66

— ¢ “ Costa Rica (Carmiol). Smithsonian Institution.
9531, ¢ “ North America. Lafr. Coll., No. 8455.
TAOS Ue ef Ke ec (6 495. COE sparve:

roides.”’)

¢ “ North America?
¢ juv. Guatemala. Van Patten.

Peta Se A 6 6

Res Mente ce 6 “c

Se 73 6

EEO mee ‘ 6

ES OF ee & 73

bt ate OMe 73 “c

ae Orne 13 &

SSR OR 6 6

Hee AOE é ‘

es Okc 3 46

1505, 2“ © Mexico. “Wate Colle Nona01
1504, 2 “ North America. Lafr. Coll., No. 500.

— ¢ “ Yreka, California, May 21. (Vuille.) Smithsonian
Institution (No. 21328).

? juv. United States. Lafr. Coll., No. 496.
— ? “ North America.

b. var. isabellinus Swains. (sub. 216.)

1493, d-ad. “Cuba”? Lafr. Coll., No. 489.
1499.01 9 ‘)Georeta: os se eae

c. var. australis Ridgw.

1496, ¢ ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 492.
1498, fol 66 66 66 66 66 494,
8459, Q & 66 66 66 66 ?

1873.] 49 [Ridgway.

d. var. dominicensis Gmel. (218 excl. syn.)

1502, 3 ad. “North America.” Lafr. Coll., No. 498. (Locality
erroneous !)

— ¢ ad. Porto Rico (R. Swift). Smithsonian Institution
(No. 364388).

—— ¢ ad. Porto Rico. Bryant Coll., No. 171.

Falco (Tinnunculus) leucophrys Ridew.

1495, ¢ ad. Cuba. Lafr. Coll., No. 491.

1503, S juv. Mens tuiics “CU 499. =“ United States.”)

— ? « co (Remedios; N. H. Bishop.) Smithsonian
Institution (No. 34235).

Falco (Tinnunculus) sparverioides Vig. (sub 218.)

1494, ¢ juv. Cuba. Lafr. Coll., No. 490.
HOOT 2. Ces onte aes oa 4975 1 CoNortheAmerica.:*)
— ¢ & cs (Monte Verde; Wright.) Smithsonian In-
stitution (No. 23545).
Falco (Tichornis) cenchris Naum. (215.)

1487, ¢ ad. Morea. Lafr. Coll., No. 483.

Falco (EKrythropus) vespertinus Linn. (213.)

1506, ¢ ad. Russia. Lafr. Coll., No. 502.
1507,2 “ Austria “ “ & 503,

Falco (Chicquera) chicquera Daud. (195.)

1449, ¢ ad. Jondia. Lafr. Coll., No. 445.
1450, 5 Java. ae cs 446.

Faleo (Chicquera) ruficollis Swains. (196.)

1451, ¢ ad. Senegal. Lafr. Coll., No. 447.
1452, 2 66 66 66 66 6c 448,

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVI. 4 DECEMBER, 1873.

Ridgway.) 50 - [May-21,

Ieracidea berigora (Vig.). (199.)

1424,juv. Australia, Lafr. Coll., No. 420.
1495, —— & és 66 “ A991,

Ieracidea occidentalis Gould. (200.)

1426, ¢ ad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 422.
1427, Q 66 66 66 66 66 493.

Teracidea noveezealandize (Gmel.) (201.).

1428, ¢ — Auckland. Lafr. Coll., No. 424.
; WSS, = G3 “ 3 & ADS,

Ierax ceerulescens (Linn.). (219.)

1509, ¢ ad. India. Lafr. Coll., No. 504.
SO, ee Sumatra. lLafr. Coll., No. 505.
Sane gt site 2 Dr. S. Cabot. (“I. maylayensis.”)

Ierax eutolmos Hodgs.? (220.)

1510," ¢ ad. India. Iafr. Coll., No. 506. (‘bengalensis, Briss.”)

Ierax sericeus Kittl. (222.)
1511, ¢ ad. Philippines. Lafr. Coll., No. 507.

(Group Polybori.)
Milvago chimango (Vieill.). (80.)
1702, ¢ ad. Chile. Lafr. Coll., No. 697.
— — “ « ? Dr. Vattemare.
Milvago chimachima (Vieill.). (29.)
1703, ¢ ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 698.

1704, 2 66 66 66 66 66 699.
1705,¢ juv. CO Vast CET OOS
ere ee “ ? Dr. U. Cragin. (“Ibycter fasciatus Spix.”)

Phalcobeenas megalopterus (Meyen). (32.) —

1706, $ ad. Bolivia. Lafr. Coll., No. 701.
1707, 2 juv. Chile. ee oy) Nef

1873.] 51 [Ridgway

Polyborus tharus (Mol.).

a. var. tharus Mol. (85.)
1709, 2 ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 704.
1710, 2 juv. * cs o So 105s
— f ad. T. Vattemare.
——— “ South America. Smithsonian Institution (No.
13924).
b. var. auduboni Cass. (sub 35.)
1708, ¢ ad. “Brazil.” Lafr. Coll., No. 703. (Locality erroneous!)
— ¢ “ Cape St. Lucas. Smithsonian Institution (No. 29454).

Ibycter americanus (Bodd.). (25.)

1699, dad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 694.
1700, 2 66 66 66 66 66 695.
— so * oo 8 BOW. Cragin.
Ibycter (Daptrius) ater Vieill. (27.)
1701, — ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 696.

(Group Micrasturee.)
Micrastur semitorquatus (Vieillot). (290.)

tob4 9 ad. Brazil. Wafr. Coll:, No. 549.
1555, 2 66 66 oe 66 66 550.

Micrastur mirandollei (Temm.). (291.)
flapd,¢o ag.) brazil, “Jaf. Coll:, No. 548,

Micrastur ruficollis (Vieill.). (292.) (See Appendix.)

1556, ¢ ad. Cordilleras. lLafr. Coll., No. 551. (Labelled “con-
centricus Illig.”)

1558, —juv. Brazil. “ “553. (Rufous phase.)
1559, rot iT4 66 66 66 66 554, 66 6
1560, 2 ad. 66 (13 6 &“ 8655S. 66 66
fool. 9 ‘trans. Cire DO Ok c &
1562, 2 juv. 66 66 66 66 557, 66 6
—— —ad. Guatemala. Van Patten. (Gray phase.)
ee juv. 66 : 66 66

66

SS — —_—- (Rufous phase.)

Ridgway.] 52

Micrastur concentricus (lllig.). (sub 294.)

1557, ? ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 552.

(Group Herpetotheree.)

Herpetotheres cachinnans (Linn.). (298.)

1317, — ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 315.
1318, — ‘“ Cayenne. “ GE cone oegestiGe
— — * — Brazil.

Subfamily BUTEONINA.
(Group Pandiones.)

Pandion halisetus (Linn.). ©

a. var. halicetus Linn. (131.)
1303, —— kurope. Lafr. Coll., No. 301.
1304, = 6 ‘ & “ 309,

6. var. carolinensis Gmel. (182.)

1306,— ad. America. Lafr. Coll., No. 304.
1207, —= 66 66 6 %3 “ 3805,

——— a No label.

66

— — ad. Massachusetts?

c. var. leucocephalus Gould. (133.)
1305, Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 303.

Nauclerus forficatus (Linn.). (249.)
1412, — ad. Lafr. Coll., No. 408.

(Group Pernes.)

Pernis apivorus (Linn.). (237.)
1389, —— India. Lafr. Coll., No. 385.
1390, —— 66 6 6c “ 386.
1391, Le ae (73 66 66 &c 387.
1392, —— ce rage dearemen axersy

[May 21

1873.] 53 [Ridgway.

Pernis ptilorhynchus (Temm.). (239.)
1393, —— Lafr. Coll., No. 389.

Baza lophotes (Temm.). (227.)
1394, d ad. India. Lafr. Coll., No. 390.
1395, Q 66 66 66 66 66 391.
Cymindis (Aviceda) subcristatus (Gould). (231.)
1396, dad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 392.
1397, 2 66 66 66 66 66 393.
Cymindis (Aviceda) verreauxi (Lafr.). (234.)
1399, —— Lafr. Coll., No. 395.

Cymindis cayennensis (Gmel.). (252.)

1404, dad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 400.

1405, 2 “ South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 401.
1406, —juv. é se 202:
— — ad. oo Ce SASL 50.

Regerhinus uncinatus (lllig.) (253.)

1407, juv. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 403. (Transition dress.)

1408, 66 66 66 66 66 404. 66 19

HA09) © Bogota. “ “ % ~405. (Buff-collared plumage.)

1410, “ Tropical America. Lafr. Coll. No. 406. (White-
collared plumage. Labelled “ Western North Am.”)

12 South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 407. (Melanistic
plumage.)

— «* South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 8451. (Rufous-
collared plumage.)

(Group Elani.)
Elanus leucurus.

a. var. leucurus Vieill. (263.)

1418, — ad. Paraguay. Lafr. Coll., No. 414.

35,— “ Chile.
— —— * « Smithsonian Institution (No. 13914).
— @juv. Orizaba. és ut (No. 37693).

Ridgway.] 54 [May 21,

b. var. axillaris Lath. (261.)
1417, ad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 413.

Elanus melanopterus.

b. var. minor Bonap. (259.)
1413, ad. Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 409.

1414, juv. a se Bora thee
1415, 66 3 6é 66 Coe Anite
1416, eats 66 66 66 “& 412.

Hianus (Gampsonyx) swainsoni (Vig.). (265.)

1419, dS ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 415.
1420, 2 - & 3 “66 AG,
— —“ No label.

(Group Ictinie.)
Ictinia plumbea (Vieill.). (267.)

1421, ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 417.
1422, 66 (44 6é ce (74 418.
1423, juv. ae es e crt4d 9:
ad. “2? J. N. Reynolds.

Harpagus bidentatus (Lath.). (224.)

1572, ¢ ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 508.
1513, 2 juv. Brazil. «6 BOQ.

Harpagus diodon (Temm.). (225.)

1514,— ad. Brazil? Lafr. Coll., No. 510.
1515, 2 -“ | Guiana. cone
1516, —juv. Brazil. se ws hes 3
9533, peer ry {4 66 cé 79 6é 8457.

Rostrhamus sociabilis (Vieill.). (251.)

1400,— ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 396.
1402, rol be (13 66 6e 6 398.
1403, —juv. « « & & 399,

1873.] 55

Rostrhamus hamatus (lllig.). (sub 251.)
1400, — ad. Brazil? Lafr. Coll., No. 397.

(Group Circee.)

Circus ceruginosus (Linn.). (356.)

1666, ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 661.

1667, juv. ct <n ce tan a GG2:
1668, 66 6 66 66 “« 663.
1669, 66 6 66 66 & 6664,

Circus ranivorus (Daud.). (357.)

1674, 2? ad. South Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 669.

Circus spilonotus Kaup. (360.)

1676, 2? juv. Asia. Lafr. Coll., No. 671.

Circus maillardi J. Verr. (861.)

1675, ¢ ad. Lafr. Coll., No. 670.

Circus jardinii Gould. (363.)

1681, ¢ juv. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 676.

1682, ¥ ad. 66 6 66 ‘“

Circus cyaneus.

a. var. cyaneus Linn. (364.)

677.

1689, d ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 684.

1690, rot 6 66 66 66 ‘13
1691, 2 6 66 66 6é 19
1692,? “ Algerian “ « &
— ¢ “ Kurope. S. Lyman.

6. var. hudsonius Linn. (3865.)

3g ad. No label.

rot 66 66

@ “ #$Wiseonsin. T. Kumlein.
g juv. No label.

685.
686.
687.

[Ridgway.

Ridgway.] 56 [May 21,

— @?juv. California. F. Gruber. (4329.)
—— dad. New England.

141, ¢ “ No label.
—— ¢?juv. New England. Dr. Binney.

c. var. cinereus Vieill. (368.)

1696, d ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No.691. (“C. histrionicus Quoy.”)
—_ c & “6? A. Vattemare.
— ju. “ ? tt

Circus melanoleucus (Gmel.). (3866.)

1693, dad. India. afr. Coll., No. 688.
1694,¢ “ Ceylon « “« « 689,

Circus maurus (Temm.). (367.)
1695, d ad. Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 690.

Circus cinerarius (Mont.).

1683, d ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 678.
be

1684, 2 e oO ES KOMiO.)

1685, 2 juv. ty rs ite GS 0:

1686, — — a “ e681. (Melanisiie.)
1687, Pac hein Lakes 66 66 66 66 682. 66

Circus pallidus Sykes.
1688, ¢ ad. Manilla. Lafr. Coll., No. 683. (“C. swainsoni Smith.”)

Circus mulleri Heuel.

1671, 3 juv. Lafr. Coll., No. 666.
GTB. Oa . 0 “ 667. (Melanistic.)

Circus macropterus Vieill. (371.)

1677, ¢ ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 672.
1678, ees 66 66 13 “ 673.
1679, Q 66 66 66 66 66 674.
1680, fe) 14 66 66 66 66 675.

1873.] 5T [Ridgway.

Circus gouldi Bonap. (sub 371.)
1673, juv. Marquesas. Lafr. Coll., No. 668.

Circus poliopterus Tsch. (372.)

1697, ¢ ad. Paraguay. Lafr. Coll., No. 692. (“‘C. histriontcus

Quoy.’’)
1698, 2 ad. Paraguay. Lafr. Coll., No. 693. (“C. histrionicus

Quoy.”)
(Group Nis.)
Nisus (Astur) palumbarius.

a. var. palumbarius Linn. (268.)
1569, 2 ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 564.

1570, Q 66 66 66 66 66 565.
1571, 3 juv. BG BG
1572, Q 66 66 66 66 66 567.

b. var. atricapillus Wils. (269.)

— —ad. Locality unknown.
— ojuv. a i
14,— ad. New England.

66 66

——— ——

— —juv. a5

Nisus (Astur) melanoleucus (Smith). (270.)

1567, 2 ad. Port Natal. Lafr. Coll., No. 562.
1568, ? juv. oe es Gh c «C668.

Nisus (Astur) novehollandiz Gmel. (276.)

1563, gd ad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 568.
1565, rot 66 66 66 66 66 560.
— — “* oe Smithsonian Institution (No. 13831).

Nisus (Astur) rayi Vig. and Horsf. (277.)

1564, 2 ad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 559.
1566, ¢ ad. se $e Goh AEC GUE:

Ridgway.] 58 [May 21,

Nisus fringillarius (Ray). (299.)
1635, ¢ ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 630.
¢

1636, ¢ “ « “ <7) 63il)
1637, 3 (73 6c (74 (¢4 (14 632.
16388, o juv. a “ a “¢ 633.
16389, rot 66 (44 (74 (4 (13 634.
1640, Q 6¢ ce (74 {4 “ 635.
— vg * 6 Verreaux.
= ode NOM anel
— ¢gjuv. i
aren 3 (45 (73

2 é¢ (13
= 8 al, ce

? “ Europe. Dr. Bumstead.

Nisus rufiventris Smith. (300.)
1650, ¢ ad. Cape of Good Hope. Lafr. Coll., No. 645.
1651, 2 “ Abyssinia. s $6 Re Gre
1652, Q 6 6é 6 & if 647.
Nisus tachiro (Daud.). (801.)

1597, ¢ juv. Abyssinia. Lafr. Coll., No. 592.

1598, 2 74 6 66 (79 ee 593.
1 599, ' 2 (i4 ¢é 45 (74 6c 594,
? 1600, — “ « «“ & —& 459A is.

Nisus toussenelli Verr. (302.)

1605, d ad. Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 600.
1606, ? juv. 3 ee ge & © GOT.

Nisus erythronemius (Gray). (3805.)

1648, ¢ juv. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 643.
1649, ¢ ad. LE MeO “ “644.

Nisus madagascariensis (Verr.). (308.)

1642, ¢ ad. Madagascar. Lafr. Coll., No. 637.
1643, fd juv. c. 3 S| ReneS:

1873.]

Nisus cooperi.

59

a. var. coopert Bonap. (312.)

1644, d ad. North America.

62 eae w

1646, 2 juv. | a

1647,2 “ § ¥ «“

— gad | ac
ize ol ac 66

— éju.w *

—— ¢ “ Wisconsin.
adic * Massachusetts.

AN :
b. var. mexicanus Swains.

Lafr. Coll., No. 639.

(13 66 66
66 66 (7

66 66 6¢

Dr. Binney.

T. Kumlein.
K. Samuels.

(313.)

1581, d ad. Mexico. Lafr. Coll., No. 576.

1582, rot 66 66 66

Nisus pileatus.

66 66 adie

a. var. pileatus Max. (815.)
1575, 2 juv. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 570.

1576, Q & 6c 66
1577, 3 ad. a é

Temm.”)
1578, 3 ad.

Temm.”)

1583, ¢ juv. Brazil? Lafr. Coll., No. 578.

b. var. bicolor Vieill. (318.) \
Coll., No. 574. (Labelled “poliogaster

1579, d juv. Cayenne. Lafr.
Temm.”)

1580, ¢ juv. Cayenne. Lafr.
Temm.”)

Nisus tinus (Lath.). (320.)

Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 563.

66 66 571.

(Ridgway.

‘6 “ 572. (Labelled “poltogaster

(Labelled “poliogaster

(Labelled “Mexico.”)

Coll., No. 580. (Labelled “pologaster

1653, gd ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 648.

Merida. ‘“
Cayenne. “

1654, «
1655, 2 «

6 6é 649.-

66 66 650.

Ridgway.]' 60

Nisus virgatus (Temm.). (322.)

1607, ad. Calcutta. Lafr. Coll., No. 602.

1608," lindas és to ke 6 0B:

1609, — juv. Ue $6 re “ 6604.

1610, — (7 (73 66 66 44 605.

1615, do ad. és “ CO EGO:
America.”)

Nisus minullus (Daud.). (323.)

[May 21,

(Labelled “ South

1656, ¢juv. South Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 651.

1657, 2 ad. 66 6 “ “

1658, Q juv. 66 6 3 (i

Nisus torquatus Cuv. (327.)

1622, 2 ad. Timor. Lafr. Coll., No. 617.
1623 og SUN le MMM er sy on ilicr

Nisus cirrhocephalus (Lath.?). (829?)

1624, dad. Australia. lLafr. Coll., No. 619.
1625, ¢ juv. «“ «690,
1626, 2 66 66 66 66 14 521.

Nisus approximans (Vig. & Horsf). (830.)
1616, dad. Australia. lLafr. Coll., No. 611.

IL OIL a & 66 66 66 “& 612.
1618, Q & 6 66 66 “« 613,
1619, 3 juv. « ee Gi
G20, 2 & 66 13 66 “ 615.
1621, Q « 66 66 66 “ 616.

Nisus rufitorques (Peale). (331.)

652.
653.

—— cad. Feejee Islands. Smithsonian Institution (No. 13851).

Nisus trinotatus (Bonap.). (337.)

1627, dad. Java. Lafr. Coll., No. 622.
1628, 2 6¢ 66 66 66 ce 623.
1629, ? juv. India. es sf Oe:

1873.] 61 [Ridgway.

Nisus gabar (Daud.). (3842.)

1659, dad. Senegal. Lafr. Coll., No. 654.
1660, 2 “ Abyssinia. 6 Ste IG:
66H: * Senegal. af cs “ 656.
1662, ¢ juv. oe hd SO SEC Oo:

1663, 2 “ Cape of Good Hope. ¢ cy ee 658.

Nisus niger (Vieill.). (343.)
1664, ¢ ad. East Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 659.
1665, 2 66 66 66 66 66 660.
Nisus sphenurus Riipp. (244.)
1600, ? ad. Abyssinia. Lafr. Coll., No. 595..

1601, 3 « «“ « &@ «& 596. (A. brachydac-
tylus.”’)

1602, ¢ trans. Senegal. Lafr. Coll., No. 597. (“A. brachydactylus.”)

1603, 3 juv. 66 66 66 “& 598, «6 66

1604, rot 6e 66 66 6c 66 599. 66 66

9538, ¢ ad. cf ic Sot a OO ZN yes a

9537, —juv. Abyssinia. “ Sei nO4Gl

Nisus badius (Gmel.). (347.)
foil; 3 ad. Calcutta. lLafr. Coll., No. 606.

1612, 2 « India. « &@ & «BOT,
1613,—trans. “ « & & BO8,
1614, —juv. «“ “ & & gO,

Nisus soloénsis (Horsf). (348.)

1630, d ad. Java. Lafr. Coll., No. 625.

1631, Q 66 66 66 66 66 626.
1632, djuv. “ Gee 6) GOT.
1633, 2 66 6 66 66 75 628.

Scelospiza francesii (Smith). (349).

1634, 2 ad. Sumatra. Lafr. Coll., No. 629.

Ridgway.] 62

Melhierax musicus (Daud.). (253.)

1589, d ad. Cape of Good Hope. Lafr. Coll., No. 584.
1590, ¢juv. South Africa. « (| Mes aae

1591, 2 ad. Cape of Good Hope. “ fee

Melhierax polyzonus (Riipp.). (854.)

1592, dad. Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 587.
159352, <7 jeenesal: cs GCs
1594, 2 « &s & és 6 589.
1595, g juv. Africa. x 6 Kee
1596, — 6 ce 66 6 66 591.

9536, —ad. North Africa. “ Babee

(Group Geranospize.)

Polyboroides radiatus (Scop.). (374.)

1711, ¢ ad. - South Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 706.
1712,¢ “ Madagascar. ef aa a)
1713, 2 juv. South Africa. ee Ct Se

Geranospiza gracilis (Temm.). (289.)

1586, ¢ ad. South America. Jafr. Coll., No. 581.

1587, 2 *« 6 66 73 “& 589,

1588, 2 (9 66 1a ae 66 66 583.
Geranospiza czrulescens (Vieill.)

1584, gd ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 579.
1555, fot 6¢ 66 6c 66 66 580.

(Group Urubitinge.)
Urubitinga zonura (Shaw). (77.)
1543, dad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 538.

1544, ¢ & 3 «6 iT: “539,
1545, — “ 3 és CY: “ 540.
1546, Q « 66 13 6c “BAY,

—— —juv. Guatemala. Van Patten.

[May 21,

1873.] 63 [Ridgway.

Urubitinga anthracina (Nitzsch). (78.)

1548, gd ad. Tropical America. Lafr. Coll., No. 543. (Labelled
as from “Africa ”!)

1549, 2 ad. Tropical America. Lafr. Coll., No. 544. (Labelled
as from “Africa ”!)

1550, 2 juv. ‘Tropical America. Lafr. Coll., No. 545. (Labelled

as from “Africa” !)
9535, —ad. ‘Tropical America. Lafr. Coll., No. 459.
e62,— “ Belize, Honduras. Wood.

Urubitinga (Buteogallus) equinoctialis (Gmel.). (74.)

1345, ad. Cayenne. Lafr. Coll., No. 342.
1346, juv. South America. 3 c cae
1347, 66 66 66 66 66 844,

Urubitinga (Spizigeranus) meridionalis (Lath.). (76.)

1540, ¢ ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 535.
1541, Pra ee tie 66 66 66 66 536.
1542, ¢ juv. Be S Ce lisie UE We

Urubitinga (Antenor!) unicincta (Temm.).

a. var. unicinctus Temm. (55.)
1551, — ad. South Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 546.

‘ 1552, ee CS 6c 6c 66 66 547,
Bere Lc ce A. Vattemare.
a ee cs J. N. Reynolds.

(Group Buteones.)

Buteo (Leucopternis) melanops (Lath.). (66.)
1377, d ad. Guiana. Lafr. Coll., No. 373.

1Antenor Ridgway. Nov. subgen.

Cu. Intermediate between Buteo and Urubitinga, having the long wings, robust
feet and claws of former, and the elongated legs, and bill of the latter. Inner webs
of outer five primaries emarginated, as in Buteo, in which, however, never more
than four are cut. Lores naked. Type falco unicincta Temm.

The name “Crazirer Gould,” cannot be used for this species, since its type was
Buiteo galopagensis Gould, a bird strictly congeneric with B. borealis.

Ridgway.] 64 [May 21,

Buteo (Leucopternis) kuhlii Bonap. (66.)
1378, South America. Latr. Coll., No. 374.

Buteo (Leucopternis) albicollis Cuv. (68.)

1374, 2 ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 370.
9528, CE 66 6é ce 6e 8449,

Buteo (Leucopternis) scotopterus Max. (69.)

1375, — ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 371.
1376, LEGA CG <4 6é &e be Bye

Buteo (Asturina) nitida (Lath.)
a. var. nitida Lath. (281.)

1365, d ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 361. (Labelled
from “ Mexico.’’)

1368, dad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 364.

1369, — juv. ee bia es on OGD.

1370, — 66 66 (79 ce ce 866.

b. var. plagiata Licht. (282.)

1366, 2 ad. Mexico. Lafr. Coll., No. 362.

1367, ry eee ce (<4 6e 6é 363.
—$_—as—- — £ ? Dr. S. Cabot.

— cad. Tehuantepec. F. Sumichrast.
— —“ Costa Rica. Smithsonian Institution.

Kaupifaleo monogrammicus (Temm.) (352.)

1358, — ad. Cape of Good Hope. Lafr. Coll., No. 354.
1359, pet eRe 4 4 66 66 ce ce 66 355,
1360, — “ 3 66 23 66 &“ 856.

Poliornis poliogenys (Temm.) (139.)

1351, ad. Japan. Lafr. Coll., No. 348.
— “ No label. |

Poliornis liventer (Temm.) (140.)
1354, ad. India. Lafr. Coll., No. 351.

1873.] 65 [Ridgway.

Poliornis teesa (Frankl.). (137.)

1355, ad. Bengal. Lafr. Coll., No. 352.
S56. << me fai EG BIN) (0S.

Poliornis rufipennis (Strickl.). (141.)
1357, ad. India? Lafr. Coll., No. 353.

Buteo (Rupornis) magnirostris (Gmel.)
a. var. magnirostris Gmel. (286.)

1361,— ad. “Brazil.” Lafr. Coll., No. 357.
Dr. F. W. Cragin.

(14 (79

sa

—_>= ss

b. var. nattereri Pelz.

1362,— ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 358.

1364, — juv. ef Se ‘ <5) 300:
ee 6 Smithsonian Institution. (No. 13848).

c. var. grisecocauda Ridgway. (See Appendix.)

1557, ¢ ad. Rio Seco, Mexico. Jan., 1866. Dr. Bryant.
—— ¢djuv. Tehuantepec. Sumichrast.

d. var. ruficauda Scl. & Salv.
ad. Costa Rica. Smithsonian Institution. (No. 33509).

e. var. pucherani Verr. (288.)

1363, — ad. “Brazil.” Lafr. Coll., No. 359.
9524, — “ ee ef «8448.

Buteo (Rupornis) leucorrhous (Quoy &G.). (283.)

—— ad. South America. Smithsonian Institution. (No. 13846.)
— “ © ce Lafr. Coll., No. 367.

Buteo pennsylvanicus (Wils.). (54.)
ad. Locality unknown. Lafr. Coll., No. 349.

Poaceae CE 13 be 3 6 “350,
27, 3 6
271, juv. A ce

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 5 DECEMBER, 1873.

Ridgway.]

66

—— @juv. Cuba. Smithsonian Institution. (No

ee

Costa Rica. “ id (No

—— ¢ “ Wisconsin, Sept. 9. T. Kumlein.

— ¢

<3

74 ce DAS ce

Buteo lineatus (Gmel.).

a. var. lineatus Gmel. (53.)

1339 .——

f ad.
1341, ¢? ad.
1340, —juv.

66

a

(May 21,

. 23548.)
. 83511.)

North America. Lafr. Coll., No. 339.
ée 6é ee 6e 838.
Savanna, Georgia. “ | i

Locality and donor unknown.
6e ce ce “

Wisconsin. T. Kumlein.
Massachusetts. Dr. Binney.

Buteo borealis.

a. var. borealis Gmel. (46, excl. syn.)

Ope

—— ¢ juv.

? ad.

6e

66

1337, 2 ad.

—— ? juv.

—— ¢ ad.

— ¢

ce

Massachusetts. Dr. S. Cabot.
‘f Dr. Clapp.
New Hampshire. J. G. Loring.
New England.
North America. Lafr. Coll., No. 335.
No label.

ce

Wisconsin. T. Kumlein.

b. var.calurus Cass. (48 et 49.)
1336.09 ad:

1338, —juv.

Pye tapeae

— o ad.

sang
— °

lanistic.)

(73

if

<4

North America. Lafr. Coll., No 334.

66

Sonoma Co., California.

No label.
Nevada. Smithsonian Institution. (No. 53221.)
«“ “ «“ (No. 53213. Me-
¢

Buteo augur Riipp. (43.)
1325, ad. Abyssinia. Lafr. Coll., No. 324.

1326, “

6 66 6é &e 325.

1873.] 67 [Ridgway.

Buteo jackal (Daud.). (44.)

1327, dad. Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 325.
1328, Q «6 66 66 66 “ 396,
1329,—juv. “ comme 0 327

Buteo ferox (Gmel.). (42.)
1332, juv. Himalaya. Lafr. Coll., No. 330.

1333, — 7 = s Saal.
1334, ees 66 66 66 ce 332.
1335, eines 66 66 6c 66 833.

Buteo brachypterus Pelz. (41.)
1330,— . South Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 328.
33, sHaRe 66 66 66 “« 399,

Buteo vulgaris Bechst. (36.)
1321, ¢ ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 319.

1322, 2 “ 3 “ és “« 390,

1323, juv.- “ ene aye en 301k

1324, — 66 (73 6c 14 66 392.

564,— “ a Dr. 8. Cabot. (Labelled “A. palumbarius,
juv.”)

Buteo swainsoni Bonap. (50.)

—— ?juv. Ft. Saunders, Wyoming Ter. Smithsonian Institu-
tion. (No. 54324.)

Buteo erythronotus (King). (61.)

1342, 9 ad. Straits of Magellan. Lafr. Coll., No. 340.

1343, —juv. South America. a: Yu: e341. (Bo va-
rius Gould.)

1344, ¢ ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 341b¢s. (Labelled
“B, pterocles.’’)

Buteo brachyurus Vieill. (284.)

1372, d ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 368.
nays, 9 « 66 66 66 “ 369,

Ridgway.] 68 [May 21,
Geranoaétus melanoleucus (Vieill.). (152.)

1300, 2 ad. Chile. Lafr. Coll., No. 298.

1301, ¢juv. Brazile Saige 15)

1302, — — ee es sf “300.

1547, ° juv. as Ke ¢ & $42. (Labelled “ Morphnus

urubitinga.’’)
— @ad. South America. A. Vattemare.
2 juv. 13 66 66 66

(Group Haliaéii.)

Haliaétus leucocephalus (Linn.). (145.)

— dad. Quincy, Massachusetts. N. B. Furnald.

430, 2 “ Locality unknown. Dr. Binney.

— ¢ “ Bangor, Maine. (Type of Audubon’s figure !)

Haliaétus albicilla (Linn). (144)

1286, ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 284.
1287, juv. se e oh ooo.

Haliaétus leucogaster (Gmel.). (149.)

1291,¢ — Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 289.
1292, 2 — CA Oe, OE eI)
1293, —juv. “ «eee bone
1294, fof 66 (79 (79 (74 (79 992,

Haliaétus vocifer (Daud.). (150.)

1288, dad. Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 286.
1289, 2 6c 66 66 (74 (73 287.
1290, 2 juv. Abyssinia. “ Oe ts 2885

Haliaétus (Polioaétus) icthyaétus (Horsf.).

1308, d ad. Java. Lafr. Coll., No. 306.
1309, 2 66 66 66 66 66 BOs

Heliastur sphenurus (Vieill.). (157.)
1299, 2? juv. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 297.

(184.)

1873.] 69 [Ridgway.

Heliastur leucosternus (Gould). (156.)
1298, — Lafr. Coll., No. 296.

Heliastur indus (Bodd). (155.)

1295, — ad. India. Lafr. Coll., No. 293.

1296, 2 66 (79 66 (75 rf 9 994.

fone nav.“ yh 995.

—— —ad. Malacca. Smithsonian Institution. (No. 13913.)
— @¢ * Locality unknown. Jos. Coolidge.

Milvus regalis Roux. (243.)
1379, 2 ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 375.
— ? « Dr. Bumstead.
Milvus govinda Sykes. (244.)
1380, 29 ad. Japan. Lafr. Coll., No. 376.

Milvus migrans Bodd. (245.)
1385, — Egypt. Lafr. Coll., No. 381.

Milvus affinis Gould. (246.)
1381, ad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 377.

1382, juv. < Semen Se
1383, 6c (13 66 66 66 379.
1384, (73 66 66 (1 66 880.

Milvus egyptius (Gmel.). (247.)

1386, — Lafr. Coll., No. 382.
Heese VIN ce BRB.

Milvus isurus Gould. (248.)
1388, ad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 384.

Ichthyoborus nigricollis (Lath.). (75.)

1348,— ad. South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 345.
1349, Bay GG 66 6 66 (14 (79 846.
1350, —juv. Brazil. is Cs BA Te
— + * eT ae J. K. Reynolds.

Ridgway.] 70 [May 21,

(Group Aquile.)
Aquila chrysetus.

a. var. chrysetus Linn. (87.)
1266, d ad. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 264.
126 fe ec (79 66 ” 66 ce (<9 96 5.

b. var. canadensis Linn. (sub 87.)

39, g juv. Lexington, Massachusetts. Dr. S. Kneeland.
— @ad. No label.

Aquila neevioides Cuv. (89.)

1268, juv. Cape of Good Hope. Lafr. Coll., No. 266.
1269, “ Australia. (3) SS
1270, — i ‘e “ 268.

Aquila neevia (Gmel.). (92.)

1271,— ¥# Asia. Lafr. Coll., No. 269.
1272) = CI es ee)
1273, — a Be meaty fa bs
1274, juv. Asia. ¥: oy Te aa
1275, — Re ae RSs tas Dilicoe
1276,— Australia. “ 23 Rae uae
1277, juv. Bs es $e Ls

Aquila audax (Lath.). (95.)

1278, ad. Australia. Lafr. Coll., No. 276.
1279, juv. «“ i heels Goa
1280, é¢ ce 66 74 be 978.

Aquila vulturina (Daud.). (98.)

1281, ¢ ad. Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 279. (“A. verreauzi.”)
1282,juv. “ yO) 0) «

Aquila bonelli (Temm.). (99.)

1283, ?— Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 281.
1284, juv. « tN 66h iSO R OE

1873.] 71 . [Ridgway.
Aquila pennata (Gmel.). (100.)
1526, 2. Java. Lafr. Coll., No. 522.

Spizaétus ornatus (Daud.). (102.)
1522, 2 juv. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 518.

1523, fof 66 6c {5 66 66 519.
1524, 3 ad. “ eee) ee BOO.
9534, 6c 6c 6é 66 66 8458.

Spizaétus tyrannus (Max.). (103.)

fots.c ad. Brazil. Lafr. Coll., No. 514.

1519, 2 « cen 8D CT SRC OE Sp

1520, S juv. South America. “ Sor se OIG: ‘
1521, 2 66 66 6c 6o (13 Hie

— ¢ & Dr. W. Cragin.

‘Spizaétus occipitalis (Daud.). (106.)
1517, ad. South Africa. Lafr. Coll., No. 513.

Spizaétus cirrhatus (Gmel.). -(111.)
1527, Sjuv. India. Lafr. Coll., No. 523. (“cristatellus Temm.’’)

1528, oes 66 ? 6 66 6 BDA, 66 6
1529, Q juv. 66 66 66 6 55, bs “
130, o 66 3 6c “ 596,
1531, 0 * 66 6“ %3 “597,

eoles2, (Glack) “ 2? « e eO2e bis.

Spizaétus nipalensis (Hodgs.). (112.)
1525, 2. India. Lafr. Coll., No. 521. (“pulcher Hodgs., Lafr.
type.’”’)
Spizaétus (Spizastur) melanoleucus (Vieill.). (105.)

1533, — South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 528.
1534, ad. Guiana. we Oe

Morphnus guianensis (Daud.). (143.)

1538, 2 juv. Guiana. Lafr. Coll., No. 533.
1539, a 66 13 6s Go sv
— ¢ad. (oer Es Nev Cracin,

Ridgway.] 72 ; [May 21,

Morphnus (Thrasaétus) harpyia (Linn.). (142.)
1535, ¢ ad. South Ameriea. Lafr. Coll., No. 530.
1536, 2 14 & : 66 its 6c 531.

Harpyhaliaétus coronatus (Vieill.). (125.)
1537, — South America. Lafr. Coll., No. 532.

(Group Circaéti.)

Spilornis bacha (Daud.). (126.)
1312,— Java. Lafr. Coll., No. 310.
1313,— « Ge erty eed:
1s Be yeh eae ee Le

Spilornis cheela (Lath.). (127.)

1315, 2 juv. India. Lafr. Coll., No. 313.

Spilornis holospilus (Vig.). (128.)
1316, d ad. Manilla. Lafr. Coll., No. 314.

Circaétus gallicus (Gmel.). (119.)
1310,—-—__ France. Lafr. Coll., No. 308.
— fad. Europe. “ Bae

Circaétus thoracicus (Cuv.). (120.)
1311,—-— Abyssinia. Lafr. Coll., No. 309.

Helotarsus ecaudatus (Daud.). (153.)
1285, ¢ ad. Cape of Good Hope. Lafr. Coll., No. 283.

(Group Archibuteones.)

Archibuteo lagopus.
a. var.lagopus Gmel. (81.)

1319, ¢ juv. Europe. Lafr. Coll., No. 317.
1320, 2 ad. “ (Seed ae
6. var. sanctijohannis Gmel. (82.)

31,— ad. Locality unknown. W. Sohier. (Melanisiic.)
—— —juv. No label.

1878.] | 73 [Ridgway.

APPENDIX.

REVISION OF THE FALCONINE GENERA, MICRASTUR, GERANO-
SPIZA AND RUPORNIS, AND THE STRIGINE GENUS, GLAUCIDIUM.
Based upon specimens in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, the Phila-

delphia Academy of Natural Sciences, the American Museum, at New York,

the Boston Society of Natural History, the Museum of Comparative Zoology, at
Cambridge, and the Ornithological Cabinet of Mr. Geo. N. Lawrence.

Genus Micrastur Gray.

Brachypterus Lesson, 1837 (nec Kugel, 1794!). Type Falco brachy-
pterus Temm.

Micrastur G. R. Gray, 1841. Same type.

Carnifex Less., 1842 (nec Sundevall, 1836!).

Climacocercus Cabanis, 1844.

Climacourus Bonap., 1849.

_ Rhyncomegus Bonap., 1853.

Cu. Form of Nisus, 2%. e., wings short, rounded and concave,
tail very long, tarsi and middle toe long and slender, and cere as-
cending. A distinct ruff around the face, as in Circus; inner webs of
the primaries with their edges soft and woolly, as in the Strigide.
Bill much compressed, nearly twice as deep as broad at the base, the
culmen abruptly curved; commissure slightly lobed; end of lower
mandible with a rounded terminal outline when viewed laterally, but
in front divided by an angular notch; gonys strongly convex. Cere
rather densely haired, the hairs on top recurved; nostril broadly oval,
or nearly circular, against the anterior edge of the cere. Orbital
region and superciliary shield perfectly bare, the latter very promi-
nent, and exposed for its whole length, as in Falco. Tarsus more
than twice as long as the middle toe, scarcely feathered below the
knee; its scutelle of a hexagonal form, and arranged in longitudinal
series; they are larger in front and behind than laterally, and
- sometimes form a continuous frontal and posterior series of rather
quadrate plates; top of toes with transverse scutellz to the base; web
between base of outer and middle toes well-developed; claws of
normal form, well curved, and exceedingly sharp. Wing short, very
rounded, and very concave beneath, the primaries much bowed; third
to sixth (usually the fifth) quills longest; first very much the shortest;
five outer quills with their inner webs cut (rather deeply sinuated).
Tail equal to, or longer than, wing, much rounded, or graduated.

Ridgway.] T4 [May 21,

The relationship of this well-characterized, and very remarkable,
genus, is nearest to Herpetotheres,1 with which it agrees in osteological
structure, besides in essential external features; but it differs from
this in some minor points in the external anatomy, and more markedly
in the nasal bones, which in the present genus are less completely ossi-
fied than in Herpetotheres. It presents analogies with Circus and the
Strigide in the facial ruff, with the Strigide in the character of the
inner web of the quills, as well asin the dimorphic plumage of some of
the species, and with Nisus in its general form and habits.

Eight species are given in Gray’s Hand List (1, p. 31), but of this
number only five are tenable. The M. castanilius (No. 295) is a
Nisus (see Sclater and Salvin, Exotic Ornithology, pl. 18). MM.
ruficollis Vieill. (No. 292), with xanthothorax Temm., as a synonym,
M. guerilla Cass. (No. 296) and M. zonothorax Caban. (No. 297) are
names for different phases of a single species; while No. 294 should
stand as concentricus Vieill., the name gilvicollis Vieill. being a syn-
onym of MM. rujicollis.

The following synopses include all the valid species of the genus
known at the present time ; the first giving the prime specific char-
acters, the second giving the sets of characters which distinguish the
species.

The number of tail-bands cannot be relied on as a specific char-
acter, since there is a great variation in this respect among different
individuals of the same species. Thus, semitorquatus has in some
specimens only four bands, and in others as many as seven; rujficollis
has four to six; leucauchen has six to seven, and concentricus three to
four. The number is greater in the young plumage than in the adult.

A. — Inner toe appreciably shorter than the outer.
a. Wing, 9.00 or more.
1. Black above, with a nuchal collar. Tail longer than

the wing, . . . .- . . + « + MM. semiiorquatus.
2. Plumbeous above, without a nuchal coliar. ‘Tail shorter
than the wing,. .. ..- . +++ 2 aaa

b. Wing less than 8.00.
3. Throat and adjoining portions ashy in the adult; no
nuchal collar,..0 (20... 3, \<. siskype, Rue
4, Throat and cresent behind the jaw, white, sharply de-
fined; a nuchal collar of whitish spots, I. leucauchen.

1 Physta Vieill., 1816? Herpetotheres Vieillot, 1818. Cachinna Fleming, 1822.
Macagua Lesson, 1881. Type Falco cachinnans Linn.

1873.] 5 [Ridgway.

B. — Inner toe appreciably longer than the outer.
5. Wing less than 8.00. Tail shorter than the wing.
Lower tail coverts immaculate white. JZ. concentricus.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF MICRASTUR.

A. — Inner toe appreciably shorter than the outer. Tail longer than
_ the wing (except in M. mirandollet).
a. Wing 9.00 or more; only four outer primaries with inner
webs appreciably sinuated (constant ?).

1. M. semirorquatus. Wing, 9.70-11.20; tail, 9.80-13.00.
Above plumbeous-black, or blackish brown, inter-
rupted by a nuchal collar of white or ochraceous.
Adult. Lower parts immaculate white or ochraceous.
Young. Lower parts barred, or transversely spotted,
with blackish. Hab. Whole of Continental Tropical
America.

2. M. MIRANDOLLEI. Wing, 9.00—-9.30; tail, 7.80-9.00.
Above uniform slaty plumbeous, without a lighter
nuchal collar. Lower parts white, the breast some-
times with faint crescentic marks of grayish. Young
not seen. Hab. Brazil to Panama.

b. Wing less than 8.00, five outer primaries with inner webs
appreciably sinuated.

3. M.RvuFicotus. Wing, 6.30—7.30; tail, 7.00-8.00; tar-
sus, 2.20-2.35. Adult without a light nuchal collar;
crissum transversely barred. Adult. Above varying
from slate-color to reddish sepia; head and neck uni-
form grayish, the throat lighter; breast usually more
or less rufescent. Beneath white, everywhere with
regular, continuous, narrow bars of dusky slate.
Young. Above dark sepia; pileum darker, and sep-
arated by a nearly concealed whitish nuchal collar.
Beneath, including the throat, pale ochraceous, or
ochraceous-white, the breast, sides and tibie with
narrow transverse bars of dusky brown, varying with
the individual in number and distinctness. Hab.
Whole of Continental Tropical America.

4. M. LEUCAUCHEN. Wing, 6.20-6.60; tail, 7.20-7.50;
tarsus, 2.00—2.10. Adult with a nuchal collar of white
spots; crissum transversely barred. Chin, throat,

Ridgway.]

B.— Inner toe appreciably longer than the outer. Tail shorter than
the wing.
c. Wing less than 8.00; five outer primaries with inner webs |
appreciably sinuated.
M. concentTRIcus. Wing, 7.10-7.55, tail, 6.30-6.50;

-and anal region immaculate ; other portions trans-

76 [May 21, }

and crescent curving upward behind the auriculars,
pure white. Adult. Above umber- or sepia-brown, the
top of the head usually darker. Beneath white, some-
times tinged with ochraceous, the breast more or less
washed with rufous, the whole surface, except the
throat and anal region, narrowly barred transversely
with blackish, the bars fainter in the reddish of the
breast. Joung not seen. Hab. Brazil.

tarsus, 2.25-2.45. Adult. Above uniform plumbeous-
ashy, sometimes more bluish anteriorly, and without
a lighter nuchal collar. Beneath white, the crissum

versely barred with slate-color. Head plain ashy,
the throat paler, and the pileum darker. Young not
seen. Hab. Whole of Continental Tropical America. _

1. Micrastur semitorquatus (Vieillot).

Sparvius semitorquatus Vieill., Nouv. Dict. x, 1818, 322.— Jd. Enc.
Meéth. 111, 1263.

Micrastur -semitorquatus Scl. and Salyv., Ibis, 1839, 218— Jd. P. Z.
S. 1869, 865. — Strickl., Orn. Syn. 1, 1855, 122.— Lawr., Ann.
NOS Liycsre, AS:

Sparvius melanoleucus Vieill., N. D. x, 1817, 327. — fd. Ene.
Méth., 1267. ‘

Falco brachypterus Temm., Pl. Col. 116 (juv.) et 141 (ad.).

Astur brachypterus Spix., Av. Bras. 1, 9.— Vig., Zool. J., 1, 338.—
Steph., Zool. x111, pt. 2, 28.
Nisus brachypterus Less., Man. Orn. 1, 98.— Id. Tr. Orn., 62. — Cuy.,

Rég. An., ed. 2, 1, 334.— Schleg., Mus. Pays-Bas, Astures, p. 52+

Accipiter brachypterus Gray, List B., Brit. Mus., 69.

Micrastur brachypterus Gray, Gen. B., ed. 2, p. 6; fol., sp. 1, pl. 10,
f. 1.—Id..Hand List, 1, 31, No. 290. — Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. rv,

398.

Herpetotheres brachypterus Kaup, Monog. Fale. in Contr. Orn.

1850, 71.

* 1873.) fr [Ridgway.

Falco leucomelus (Illig.) Licht., Verz. Doubl., p. 62; 1823.
Carnifex naso Less., L’Echo du Monde savant, année 9, p. 1081. —
Id. Rev. Zool. 1842, 379.

Sp. cH. Wing, 9.70-11.20; tail, 9.80-13.00; culmen, .80-1.00;
tarsus, 3.10-3.40; middle toe, 1.60-2.05. 38d—6th quill longest; 1st
much the shortest. Above plumbeous, black to blackish brown, in-
terruptéd by a more or less conspicuous nuchal collar of white or
ochraceous. ‘Tail with 4—7 narrow light bands, usually interrupted,
the last terminal, the first concealed. Adult. Lower parts entirely
immaculate, varying from pure white to deep ochraceous. Upper
parts unvariegated; nuchal collar distinct. Young. Lower parts
more or less barred or spotted with blackish; upper parts usually
more or less obscurely barred, or spotted transversely, with ochra-
ceous, or dull rusty.

Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 15; Philad. Acad., 7; Boston
Soc., 2; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 3. Total, 27.

Hab. Whole of Continental Tropical America from Mazatlan and
Vera Cruz to Southern Brazil.

2. Micrastur mirandollei (Schlegel).

Astur mirandollei Schleg., Ned. Tijdschr, 1, 130; — Jd. Mus. Pays-
Bas, Astures, p. 27.

Micrastur mirandollei Scl. & Salv., P. Z. S. 1867, 759.— Id. P. Z.
S. 1869, 365. — Gray, Hand List, 1, 31, no. 291. — Pelz.,
Orn. Bras, Iv, 398. :

Micrastur macrorhynchus (Natt.) Pelz., Orn. Novara, 1865, p. 11. —
Id. Orn. Bras., p. 7.

Sp.cu. Wing, 9.00-9.30; tail, 7.80-9.00; culmen, .80-.85; tar-
sus, 2.80-3.15; middle toe, 1.30-1.45. 5th quill longest; 1st shortest.
Adult. Above uniform plumbeous, without a lighter nuchal collar;
tail more blackish, narrowly tipped with white, and crossed by three
narrow bands of white, transversely mottled with dusky, or pale
grayish brown, the first concealed by the coverts. Lower parts, in-
cluding the under side of the wing, and sometimes the maxille, con-
tinuous white, the shafts of some of the feathers usually black; breast
sometimes with faint crescentic transverse spots of pale grayish.

Specimens examined. _Philad. Acad., 2; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 2;
Boston Society, 1. Total, 5.

1 All specimens seen from Tehuantepec and Mazatlan are pure white beneath,
and those from Gautemala, Costa Rica and Panama deep ochraceous.

Ridgway.] 78 ! [May 21,

Hab. Northern South America, Eastern Peru (Sclater and Salvin);
Brazil (Mus. Philad. Acad. and Boston Soc.) ; Rio Negro and
Rio Brancho (Scl. and Salv.); Panama (Cab. G. N. Lawrence).

3. Micrastur ruficollis (Vieillot).

Sparvius ruficollis Vieill., N. D., x, 322, 1817 (rufescent phase). — Id.
Enc. Méth. m1, 1263.— Pucher., R. Zool. 1850, 91.

Micrastur ruficollis Strickl., Orn. Syn., 1, 1855, 122. — Sel. and Salv.
P. Z. S., 1869, 366. — Gray, Hand List, 1, 31, no. 292.

Sparvius gilvicollis Vieill., Nouv. Dict. x, 1817, 323 (grayish phase.)
— Id. Enc. Méth. 111, 1264.— Pucher., Rev. Zool. 1850, 91.
Micrastur gilvicollis Pelz., Orn. Nov. 1865, 10 (Diagnosis, corrected

synonomy, and remarks). — Jd. Orn. Bras., 399.

Falco xanthothorax Spix., Av. Bras. 1, 1824, 19 (rufescent phase).

— Temm., Pl. Col., 92. ;

Astur sxanthothorax Vig., Zool. J. 1, 338. — Steph., Zool. x11,
ise Bi

Nisus xanthothorax Less., Man. Orn. 1, 96. — Jd. Tr. Orn., 58. —
Cuv., Rég. An., ed. 2, 334.

Accipiter xanthothorax Gray, List B. Brit. Mus., 69. — Cass., P. A.
N. S. 1848, 88.

Micrastur xanthothorax Gray, Gen. B. fol., sp. 2. — Bonap., Consp.
I, 80.— Pelz., Orn. Bras., 399.

Herpetotheres xanthothorax Kaup, Monog. Falc. in Contr. Orn. 1850,
71. Pelz... Orn. Nova 16505, 12.

Falco trifasciatus Natterer, Cat. Msc., no. 954. (Pelzeln).

Climacocercus concentricus, juv. Cabanis, Hse Fauna Per., 99
(not Falco concentricus of Illiger!).

Falco concentricus Puch., Rev. Zool. 1850, 91, (not F’. concentricus
of Iliger!).

Micrastur guerilla Cass., P. A. N. 8. Philad. 1848, 87 (young plum-
age).— Gray, Gen. B., fol., sp. 4. —Jd. Hand List, 1, 31, no.
296. — Bonap., Consp. 1, 30.— Pelz., Orn. Noy. 1850, 12.
— Scl. and Salv., P. Z. S. 1869, 367.

Climacocercus zonothorax Cab., Journ fiir Orn. 1865, 406. ~

Micrastur zonothorax Scl. and Salv., P. Z. S. 1869, 253, and 366.
— Gray, Hand List, 1, 31, no. 297.

_ Micrastur leucauchen Scl. and Salv., P. Z. S. 1869, 367 poe syn-

onomy).

1873.] 79 [Ridgway.

Sp.cu. Wing, 6.30-7.30; tail, 7.00-8.00; culmen, .50-65; tarsus,
2.20-2.35; middle toe, 1.10-1.25; graduation of tail, 1.50-2.00. (Ex-
tremes of 37 specimens.) Adult without any nuchal collar and with
the lower tail-coverts barred. Adult. [a. Normal plumage.] Above
slate-color, sometimes more or less tinged with sepia, occasionally
quite rufescent on the wings. Tail darker, with 4-6 narrow, inter-
rupted bars of white. Head and neck, (all round), uniform ashy,
darker on the pileum, paler on the throat. Lower parts, and lining
of the wing, white, the whole surface about equally barred with dark
slate; pectoral region often more or less tinged with rufous. (= gil-
vicollis Vieill., and zonothorax Cabanus). [b. Rufescent plumage. |
Above sepia-brown, with a rufescent cast, the pileum more grayish;
tail darker, with 4-6 narrow bars of whitish; head, neck and breast
continuous brownish, the tint rufous on the breast, more grayish on
the pileum, and whitish on the throat. Lower parts white, with reg-
ular transverse bars of dusky, about equal to the white ones in width ;
erissum and lining of the wing similarly barred. (= ruficollis Vieill,
and xzanthothorax Spix.) Young. Head, superiorly and laterally,
brownish black, the auriculars more brownish; rest of the upper
parts dark sepia-brownish, separated from the blackish of the head
by a narrow, sometimes nearly concealed, nuchal collar of whitish;
longer scapulars and inner secondaries sometimes showing obscure
bars of lighter brownish, on either web. ‘Tail as in the adult. Be-
neath, pale ochraceous, or ochraceous-white, the throat and anal-
region purer white ; breast, sides, and tibize with more or less numer-
ous narrow transverse bars of dusky brown, much more distant,
sparse, and irregular than in the adult. (= guerilla Cassin.)

Specimens examined. Nat. Mus.,11; Philad. Acad., 9; N. Y. Mus.,
1; Boston Soc., 9; Mus. Cambridge, 2; Cab. G. N. L., 5. Total, 37.

Hab. Whole of Continental Tropical America, from eastern Mex-
ico (Jalapa) to southeastern Brazil and western Ecuador. The follow-
ing localities represented by the specimens examined: — Guatemala,
Costa Rica, Jalapa, Mexico, Guyaquil, Panama and Brazil.

There can be no doubt that the rufescent plumage described above,
and identified as rujicollis of Vieillot and xanthothorax of Spix, is a
phase of the same species as the grayish plumage to which the names
gilvicollis Vieillot and zonothorax Cabanis belong, as they are connected
by a gradual transition in intermediate specimens contained in a large
series. ‘This is the sole instance, to our knowledge, among the Fal-
conide of a kind of dimorphism analogous to that seen in some owls,

Ridgway.) 80 _ [May 21,

(as species of Scops and Glaucidium, Syrnium aluco, etc). The
amount of the rufous wash varies almost with the individual, so that
it is impossible to separate specifically the two styles. In the young
plumage (M. guerilla Cassin), the difference in the two phases is not
so great as in the adult dress; but those of the rufescent style have
a more or less appreciable wash of rusty across the jugulum. One
specimen has the upper parts variegated by somewhat concealed
transverse spots of whitish.

The M. ruficollis, M. zonothorax, M. guerilla, and, spans also
the WM. leucauchen of Sclater and Salvin’s paper in the Proceedings
of the Zodlogical Society of London, 1869, (pp. 364-369) belong to
this species.

4. Micrastur leucauchen (Temminck).

Falco leucauchen Temm., Pl. Col. 36; 1823.— Pucher., Rev. Zooi.
“11852, 91. |
Astur leucauchen Less., Man. Orn. 1, 92.— Jd. Tr. Orn., 60.— Cuyv.,
Reg. An. ed. 2, 332.

Nisus leucauchen Less., Tr. Orn:, 60.

Accipiter leucauchen Gray, List B. Brit. Mus., 68.—Cass., P. A. N. S.
1848, 88.

Micrastur leucauchen Bonap., Consp. 1, 30. — Strickl., Orn. Syn. 1,
123. ;

Sp. cH. Wing, 6.20-6.60; tail, 7.20-7.50 ; culmen, .50-.55 ; tarsus,
2.00-2.10; middle toe, 1.00-1.10. Graduation of the tail, about 2.00.
Chin, throat, and crescent extending upward behind the auriculars,
along the lower half of the “ruff,” immaculate white, quite abruptly
defined. Adult. Above umber-brown, sometimes tinged with sepia,
interrupted by a nuchal collar of partly concealed white spots;
top of the head usually darker. Tail darker, with 6-7 narrow in-
terrupted bands of transverse white spots. Beneath white, some-
times tinged with ochraceous, the breast more or less washed with
rufous; the whole surface, except the throat and anal region, nar-
rowly barred transversely with blackish, the bars fainter in the red-
dish of the breast.

Specimens examined. _Philad. Acad., 4.

Hab. Brazil.

The M. leucauchen of Sclater and Salvin (see above) is appar-
ently not this species, which is well figured in Temminck’s plate,

1873.] 81 (Ridgway.

above cited, but is to be referred rather to the gray phase of M. ruji-
collis.

5. Micrastur concentricus (llliger).

Falco concentricus Ilig. in Mus. Berol.

Nisus concentricus Lesson, Tr. d’Orn.

Climacocercus concentricus Caban., in Erich. Archiv. 1844, 1, 265. —
Id. Tschudi, Fauna Per. 18 and 98.—/d. Schomb., Reise Guiana,
11, 735.— Burm., Thiere Bras. 11, 86.

Circaéitus (Herpetotheres) concentricus Kaup, Isis, 1847, 260.— Jd. in
Trosch. Arch. 1850, 1, 37.

Micrastur concentricus Gray, Gen. 28, (excl. syn. Vieill.). — Bonap.,
Consp. 1, 30 (excl. syn. Vieill.).— Jd. Rev. Zool. 1854, 537. —
Strickl., Orn. Syn. 1, 123 (in part). — Pelzeln, Orn. Nov. 1865,
1865, 9 (diagnosis, corrected synonomy and remarks). — /d.
Orn. Bras., 399.

Falco senex Natterer, in Mus. Vindob. (fide Pelzeln).

Micrastur gilvicollis Scl. and Salv., P. Z. S. 1869, 368 (excl. synon-
omy).

Sp. cu. Wing, 7.10—-7.55; tail, 6.30-6.50; culmen, .60; tarsus,
2.25-2.45; middle toe, 1.00-1.08. Adult. Above uniform plumbe-
ous-ashy, sometimes more bluish anteriorly. Tail black, with 3-4
very narrow, distant bars of white. Beneath white, the breast, sides,
and abdomen barred with slate-color; tibiz with fewer, narrower
bars of the same; crissum and anal region immaculate, and lining of
the wing barred only along the exterior border. Throat plain pale
ashy, or ashy white, this gradually paler than the cheeks, which are
lighter ash than the crown.

Specimens examined. Philad. Acad., 5; Boston Society, 1; N. Y.
Mus., 1 (Amazon). Total, 7.

Hab. Whole of Continental Tropical America. Brazil, (Mus. Bos-
ton Soc.); Amazon, (N. Y. Mus.) ; Mexico, (Bonaparte) ; Bolivia,
(D’Orbigny) ; Bahia, Guiana, Rio Negro, and Rio Janeiro, (Pelzeln).

With a general or superficial resemblance to the gray phase of M.
ruficollis (‘‘ gilvicollis” and “ zonothorax”’) this very distinct species
may be immediately distinguished without comparison, by having the
outer toe shorter than the inner, the tail shorter than the wing, and
by the unbarred crissum of the adult plumage. Pelzeln is right in
considering”it the true M. concentricus.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— YOL. XVI. 6 DECEMBER, 1873.

Ridgway.] 82 [May 21,
Genus GERANOSPIZA Kaup.

Ischnoceles Strickl., 1844. Type, Falco gracilis Temm. (not Ischno-

_ celis Burm., 1842).

Geranospiza Kaup, 1847. Same type.
Geranopus Kaup, 1851. Same type. ;

Cu. Form very slender, the wings and tail very long, the head
small, bill weak, and tarsi extremely elongated and slender. Outer
toe very much shorter and weaker than the inner, and about equal in
length to the posterior, its claw disproportionately small and weak.
Tibio-tarsal joint flexible both backward and forward! Secondaries
much developed, reaching nearly to the end of the primaries, and
very broad. Bill much as in Nisus; nostril obliquely horizontal,
oval. Tarsus about two and a half times as long as the middle toe,
with frontal and posterior series of broad transverse scutelle, these
often fused into continuous plates; claws normal. ‘Tibial feathers
short and close, not plume-like. Wing long, but the primaries not
much longer than the secondaries, the fourth to the sixth quills long-
est, the first shortest, and much bowed; outer six with inner webs
sinuated. Tail long, nearly equal to the wing, rounded, the feathers
very broad.

This remarkable genus is closely related to Polyboroides of South-
ern Africa, with which it agrees in certain characters which separate
them from all other Falconide, and mark them as very specialized
members of the buteonine group. The excessive abbreviation of the
outer toe, as compared with the inner, is shared by Heteropus (type
H. malayensis Reinw.) an aquiline form belonging to the East Indian
region; but the singular flexibility of the tibio-tarsal joint is probably
found in no other genus, unless it may possibly exist in a less exag-
erated degree in Melhierax of Africa, or still less developed in Uru-
bitinga zonura of Tropical America. Mr. Gurney speaks at length,
in his “‘ Descriptive Catalogue of the Raptorial Birds in the Norfolk
and Norwich Museum” (London, 1864) of this peculiar feature in
Polyboroides, and mentions Geranospiza as being nearly related in
general form and other features. Through the courtesy of Professor
Agassiz and Mr. Allen, of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, ag
Cambridge, I have been permitted to examine an alcoholic specimen
of G. cerulescens, and find that the singular feature above referred
to is just as well developed in Geranospiza, thus confirming the rela-
tionship hinted at by Mr. Gurney.

1878.] 85 [Ridgway.

The following table will show more exactly the relationship aOR.
these two remarkable genera : —

Common Characters. Form very slender and elongated, fitted
for a terrestrial life. Head small, bill weak, tarsi long and slender,
and remiges and rectrices much developed, the secondaries very
broad and elongated, but shorter than the longest primaries. Outer
toe much shorter and weaker than the inner; tibio-tarsal joint flex-
ible in both directions. ‘Tarsus more than twice as long as the mid-
dle toe. Tail nearly as long as the wing, rounded. Coloration: —
Ashy or blackish, the lower parts usually with white bars; tail black
with white bands.

GERANOSPIZA. Whole head normally feathered. Tarsi with a
frontal and posterior series, or single row, of broad, regular, trans-
verse scutelle. Hab. Tropical America.

PotysororweEs. Whole side of the head naked, including lore,
lower jaw, superciliary region and temporal region. ‘Tarsi reticulated,
or covered uniformly with small longitudinally hexagonal scales.

Hab. Southern Africa.

SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES OF GERANOSPIZA.

1. G. G@RAcILis. Crissum whitish, plain, or sparsely barred.
Wing, 11.00-15.25; tail, 9.75-12.50; culmen, .75-.80; tarsus, 2.95-
4.30; middle toe, 1.15-1.60. Deep plumbeous above, uniform, except
on the wings; lower parts, and sometimes the wing-coverts, barred
transversely with white; primaries, plumbeous-black, with an obscure

_ plumbeous spot about the middle portion. Tail, deep ochraceous,

narrowly tipped with white, the terminal half crossed by two distinct
bands of black —the last subterminal; the intermedie crossed by
about three bands each of black and whitish, of about equal width,
the posterior light band having an ashy cast.

Hab. Paraguay and Brazil.

2. G. CHRULESCENS. Crissum plumbeous or black, with or
without bars. Wing, 10.00-13.80; tail 8.00-11.00; culmen, .68-.85;
tarsus, 2.90-3.60; middle toe, 1.12-1.50. Uniform plumbeous or
plumbeous-black, usually without white bars, but occasionally with
faint ones on the lining of the wing, tibiz, or other portions of the
lower parts. Primaries and tail black, the latter tipped with white,
and crossed by about three distinct bands of white, much narrower

Ridgway.] 84 [May 21,

than the black ones. Inner webs of primaries crossed about the

middle, by a single oblique series of large quadrate spots of white.

a. Wing, 10.00-11.00; tail 8.00-8.50; culmen, .68-.80; tarsus,
2.90-3.10; middle toe, 1.12-1.35. Color, bluish plumbeous,
without light bars, except on the tibiz and lining of the
wing. Hab. ‘Tropical America south of Panama.
ois, Ge Hap aah ple Oath aie tau wie ie cabaks var. cerulescens.

b. Wing, 12.00-13.80; tail, 10.00-11.00; culmen, .80-.85; tar-
sus, 3.30-3.60; middle toe, 1.40-1.60. Color, plumbeous-
black, the lining of the wing, tibize, and crissum—sometimes
entire lower parts— obscurely and narrowly barred, with
white. Hab. Tropical America north of Panama.

: aie Menai . var. niger.
1. Geranospiza gracilis (Temminck).

Falco gracilis Temm., Pl. Col. 91,1823.

Astur gracilis Vig., Zool. Journ. 1, 338. — Steph., Zool. x11, pt. 2,
26.— Gray, List B. Brit. Mus. 1844, 33. — Lafr., R. Z. 1848,
242.— Kaup, Ueb. Falk. Mus. Senk., 249.

Nisus gracilis Less., Man. Orn. 1, 96; Tr. Orn., 63.

Ischnocelis gracilis Strickl., Ann. N. H. x1, 409; Orn. Syn. 1,
1855, 124.

Geranospiza gracilis Gray, Gen. B. fol., sp., 1; List B. Brit. Mus.,
68; Hand List, 1, 31, no. 289 (in part).— Bonap., Consp., 30.

Geranopus gracilis Kaup, Monog. Fale., in Contr. Orn. 1850, 65. —
Pelz, Orn. Bras., 398.

Hab. Eastern South America (Paraguay and Brazil).
Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 4; Philad. Acad., 3; N. Y. Mus.,

2; Boston Society, 3. Total, 12.

2. Geranospiza ceerulescens (Vieillot).

a. var. ceerulescens Vieill.

Sparvius cerulescens Vieill., Nouv. Dict. «, 318; 1817. — Id. Ene.
Méth. 111, 1262. — Pucher., R. Z. 1850, 90.

Ischnoceles cerulescens Strickl., Orn. Syn. 1, 124.

Falco hemidactylus Temm., Pl. Col. 3, 1820. — Max., Beitr. 111, 97.

Astur hemidactylus Vig., Zool. Journ. 1, 338. —Steph., Zool. x111,
pt. 2, 26. — Kaup, Ueb. Falk. Mus. Senk., 249.

Nisus hemidactylus Less.. Man. Orn. 1, 96. —Jd. Tr. Orn., 63. —
Cuv., Reg. An. ed. 2, 1, 333.— D’Orb., Voy. Am. Mer., 88.—
Schleg., Mus. Pays-Bas. Astures, p. 53 (in part).

1873.] 85 [Ridgway.

Ischnoceles hemidactylus Gray, Gen. B. fol. pl. 10, f. 6. — Hartl.,
Syst. Ind. Azar., p. 2.
Geranospiza hemidactylus Bonap., Consp., 30 (sub J. gracilis).
Geranopus hemidactylus Pelz., Orn. Bras., 368.
Falco weidii brasiliensis Gray, Griff. Cuv., 238.
Hab. Tropical America, south of Panama. Brazil (Mus. S. I.,
Boston Society, Philad. Acad. and Cambridge); Isle of Puna (Strick-
land) ; Panama (Cab. G. N. Lawrence).
_ List of specimens. Philad. Acad., 3; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 2
(Napo and Panama); Boston Society, 2 (Brazil) ; Mus., Cambridge,
1 (Brazil). Total, 8.
6. var. niger Dubus.
Ischnoceles niger Dubus, Bull. Ac. Roy. Brux. 1848; Ese. Orn., pl.
16.— Lafr., R. Z. 1848, 241. — Strickl., Orn. Syn. 1, 125.
Geranospiza nigra Gray, Gen. B. fol., sp., 2.— Bonap., Consp., 30.
Ischnocelis aterrimus Licht., Nomencl.,Mus. Berol., p. 4, 1854.
Nisus hemidactylus Schleg., Mus. Pays-Bas, Astures, p. 53 (in part.).
Hab. Tropical Am. north of Panama. Mazatlan (Nat. Mus.)
Tehuantepec (Cab. G. N. Lawrence).
Specimens examined. Nat. Mus. 4; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 1
(Tehuantepec). Total, 5.
Specimens from Panama are exactly intermediate between ceru-
lescens from Brazil and niger from Mexico.

Genus BuTro. — Subgenus Rupornis Kaup.

Rupornis Kaup, 1844. Type Falco magnirostris Gmel.

Cu. Similar to the smaller species of Buteo, but differing in hav-
' ing five, instead of only three or four, outer quills with their inner
webs cut, and in the young plumage being scarcely different from the
adult.

The known species of this subgenus are but two in number, the
R. magmrostris and R. leucorrhous —the former with several geo-
graphical races usually recognized as species. They have usually
been included in the genus Asturina along with the A. nitida. The
latter, however, is quite distinct subgenerically, and more nearly re-
lated to Leucopternis, another subgenus of Buteo.

SPECIES AND RACES.

1. R.mMaanrrostris. Above umber, or grayish brown, the tail
with black bands, and often tinged with rufous; inner webs of sec-

Ridgway.] 86 [May 21,

ondaries and primaries with more or less of rufous. Beneath whit-
ish, usually tinged more or less with ochraceous, the anterior parts
plain brownish (in adult), or longitudinally striped (in young), the
posterior portion (from the breast back) transversely barred. Wing,
8.70-10.80 ; tail, 6.50-8.00; culmen, .70-.80; tarsus, 2.25-2.40;
middle toe, 1.20-1.40. Hab. Whole of Tropical America.

2. R. LeEucoRRHOUS. Entirely brownish black, the tail coverts
(upper and lower) and lining of the wing white, the latter with an
ochraceous tinge; inner webs of primaries barred, or mottled trans-
versely, with white. Tail faintly tipped with grayish, and crossed by
2-3 faintly indicated bars of grayish brown, passing into white on
the inner webs. Inner side of tibiz chestnut-rufous. Wing, 7.80-
9.20; tail, 6.00-6.50; culmen, .65; tarsus, 2.25-2.35; middle toe,
1.25-1.30. Hab. Northern half of South America.

1. Buteo (Rupornis) magnirostris (Gmelin).

Sp.cuH. Wing, 8.70-10.80; tail, 6.50-8.00; culmen, .70-.80; tar-
sus, 2.25-2.40; middle toe, 1.20—1.40.

Fourth and fifth, or fifth, quills longest. Tail rounded. Young
and adult stages scarcely different. Above, plain grayish, vary-
ing from pure ashy to umber, —the head most ashy; secondaries
and primaries with more or less of bright rufous on their inner
webs, this also conspicuous on the outer webs of the inner prima-
ries, and usually narrowly and distantly barred with dusky. Up-
per tail coverts white, barred with brown. Tail varying from
pure cinereous to deep rufous, and crossed by from three to seven
bands of dusky. Beneath white from the breast back, barred trans-
versely with brown, usually of a reddish cast. Adult. Anterior
lower parts plain brownish (always?). Young. Anterior lower
parts striped with dark brown upon a whitish ground. (Tail bands
more numerous ?)

SYNOPSIS OF THE GEOGRAPHICAL RACES.

A. — Tail grayish brown, or ashy, without any tinge of rufous.

1. Tail pure light ash, concolor with the back, the 3-4
broad black zones about equal in width to the gray ones;
jugulum plain ash; lower parts pure white, broadly barred
with reddish ashy. Wing, 8.50-9.50; tail, 6.50-7.00;
tarsus, 2.25-2.40; middle toe, 1.20-1.30. Hab. Northern
South America. : 1. ... . ». « » « Waka g@gmeromme

1873.] 87 (Ridgway.

2. Tail deep, rather brownish, ash, not decidedly lighter than
the back; the 3-4 black bands about equal to the gray
ones; jugulum plain brown, or rufous, in the adult, longi-
tudinally striped in the young. Lower parts yellowish
white, about equally barred with dull light rufous. Wing,
8.50-9.50; tail, 6.50-7.00; culmen, .75; tarsus, 2.20-2.50;
middle toe, 1.15-1.20. Hab. Eastern South America.

» var. natterert.

3. Tail ll Waskcdedly eer een ihe bale the 5-7 black
bands equal to, or scarcely narrower than, the gray ones ;
jugulum always variegated with whitish — transversely
spotted in adult, longitudinally striped m young. Lower
parts barred broadly with brown (varying from bright rufous
to plumbeous-umber). Wing, 8.70-10.00; tail, 6.30-7.50;
culmen, .75-.80, tarsus, 2.35-2.50. Hab. Southern and
Middle Mexico. . . » . var. griseocauda.

B. — Tail rufous, or much tinged ith aie
4. Black bands of tail nearly equal to, or only a little narrower

than, the deep rufous ones; jugulum never (?) longitudi-
nally striped, lower parts broadly barred with rufous.
Wing, 8.70-10.00; tail, 6.50-7.50; culmen, .75-.80; tar-
sus, 2.35-2.50; middle toe, 1.15-1.30. Hab. Region of
Isthmus of Panama on et to pitt eae

: var. ruficauda.

5. Black Bands of al aatagh narrower than the light rufous
ones; jugulum always (?) striped longitudinally; lower
parts very narrowly barred. Wing, 9.40-10.70; tail, 7.00-
7.75; culmen, .65—.85; tarsus, 2.40-2.60; Stille toe, 1.20-
1.35. Hab. Southern half of South America.

Medea eye Se Sh ter eb Cee 8 eg var. pucherant.
a. var. Magnirostris Gmel.

DPepervier a gros bec de Cayenne Buff., Pl. Enl., 464.

Falco magnirostris Gmel., S. N. 1, 282.

Nisus magmrosiris Tschudi, F. P., Aves, p. 104.

Rupornis magnirostris Cab., in Sunomb: Guian. m1, 737.

Asturina magnirostris Sclater, P. Z. S. 1857, 261; 1858, 451; 1859,
147; 1860, 288.— Scl. and Salv., P. Z. S. 1866, 198; 1867, 589,
753+ 1869, 131.

Astur macrorhynchus Pelz., Orn. Bras., p. 6; Iv., 463.

Falco insectivorus Spix, Av. Bras., 1, 17, t. 8* (partim).

Ridgway.] 88 {May 21,

Cu. Wing, 8.50-9.50; tail, 6.50-7.00; tarsus, 2.25-2.40; middle
toe, 1.20-1.30. Adult. Tail pure light cinereous, concolor with the
back, crossed with three broad zones of black (sometimes a fourth in-
dicated) about equal in width to the ash. Head, jugulum and whole
upper parts, plain pale ash; no white on the lores; rufous on the
outer webs of the quills not barred with dusky, or else only indis-
tinctly so. Lower parts pure white, more broadly barred with red-
dish ashy.

Hab. Northern South America, from the Atlantic to the Pacific.
Cayenne, (Buffon); Brit. Guiana (Schomb.); Rio Negro, Rio Bran-
cho and Rio Madeira (Natterer); Venezuela (Gering); Mexiana
(Wallace) ; E. Peru (Bartlett and Tschudi) ; Bogota (Mus. S. and G.) ;
W. Ecuador (Fraser).

Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 3; Philad. Acad., 5; Boston
Soc., 3; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 2 (Bogota.) Total, 13.

b. var. nattereri Sclater and Salvin.
Falco magnirostris Max., Beitr., 111, 102.— Temm., Pl. Col. 86 (jwv. ).
— Spix., Av. Bras. 1, 18 (an part).
Astur magnirostris Pelz., Orn. Bras., p. 6; Iv, 463.
Nisus magnirostris Burm., Syst. Ueb. 11, 76.
Asturina nattereri Scl. and Salv., P. Z. S. 1869, 132 and 598; Ex.
Orn. X<a,\1'8699) ‘plamxecevan
Astur nattereri Reinh., Ved. Med. 1870, 69.

Cu. Wing, 8.50-9.50; tail, 6.50-7.00; tarsus, 2.20-2.50; middle
toe, 1.15-1.20; culmen, .75. ‘Tail deep, somewhat brownish, ash,
lighter than the back, crossed by three distinct, and one or two ob-
scure, bands of black. Upper parts plain brownish slate. Rufous of
the quills narrowly, but distinctly, barred with black. Lower parts
about equally barred with dull, rather light, rufous and yellowish white.
Adult. Breast nearly plain, or unvariegated; varying from dull light
rufous to grayish brown. Young. Breast longitudinally striped with
brown or rufous, on a whitish ground.

Hab. Brazil and Peru?; S. E. Brazil (Max. et Burm.); Bahia
(Wucherer) ; San Paulo and Matogrosso (Natterer) ; Rio de Janeiro
and Rio das Velhas (Mus. Comp. Zool.), Peru (Scl. and Salvin).

Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 6; Philad. Acad., 1; Boston
Society, 3; Mus. Cambridge, 4; N. Y. Mus., 2; Cab. G. N. Law-
rence, 1. Total, 17.

c. var. griseocauda Rideway.
Asturina ruficauda Scl. and Salv., P. Z. S. 1869, 133 (in part).
Asturina magnirostris Auct. (All citations from Mexico.) |

1873.] 89 [Ridgway.

Cu. Wing, 8.70-10.00; tail, 6.30-7.50; culmen, .75-80; tarsus,
2.35-2.50. Tail ashy, decidedly lighter than the back, and scarcely,
or not at all, tinged with rufous; crossed by 5-7 bands of black,
about equal to, or slightly narrower than, the grayish ones. Above,
ashy umber, the head more plumbeous; breast plumbeous-umber,
more or less variegated with white; other lower parts yellowish
white, barred, usually broadly, with brownish, varying in shade from
bright rufous to plumbeous-umber; tibia ochraceous, narrowly and
faintly barred with rusty. Rufous on the outer webs of: the quills
sometimes wanting; when present, barred with dusky. Adult.
Breast transversely spotted with whitish. Young. Breast longitudi-
nally streaked with whitish. Hab. Mexico, from the Atlantic to the
Pacific, from Yucatan and Mirador to Mazatlan and Colima (numer-
ous specimens in Mus., S. I.); Rio Seco and Tehuantepec (Mus. Bos-
ton Soc.).

Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 10; Philad. Acad.,1; Boston
Society, 2; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 1. Total, 14.

d. var. ruficauda Sclater and Salvin.

- Asturina magnirostris Scl., P. Z. S. 1856, 285; 1859, 368; 1864,
178. — Scl. and Salv., Ibis, 1859, 217. — Lawr., Ann. N. Y.
Lye. vil, 816 ; vii, 178. — Moore, P. Z. 8. 1859, 52.

Asturina ruficauda Scl. and Salv., P. Z. S. 1869, 133; Ex. Orn.
xa WEISS jolle eeu

Cu. Wing, 8.70-10.00; tail, 6.50-7.50; culmen, .75-.80; tarsus,
2.385-2.50; middle toe, 1.15-130. Tail deep rufous, but usually more

or less mixed with ash of a similar tint to the back; crossed by 4-5

bands of black, a little, sometimes considerably, narrower than the

rufous. Upper parts, and head, uniform ash (a shade darker than in
magnirostris); rufous on the outer webs of the quills barred with
dusky. Beneath yellowish white, broadly barred with rufous; tibiz
ochraceous, narrowly, and more faintly, barred. Jugulum always (?)
uniform ashy. Hab. Panama to Guatemala.
Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 16; Philad. Acad., 1; Mus.
Boston Soe., 1; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 2. Total, 20.

e. Var. pucherani Verreaux.

Eisparvero indayé Azara, Apunt, I. 131, No. 30.

Astur magnirostris Hartl., Ind. Azara, p. 2.— D’Orb., Voy. Ois.,
p. 91.

Nisus magnirosiris Burm., P. Z. S. 1868, 623.

Ridgway.] 90 [May 21,

Asturina pucherani J. et E. Verreaux, R. Z. 1855, 350. — Sel. and
Salv., BP. ZS.) S869" tas:
Falco gularis Licht., in Mus. Berol.
Rupornis gularis Licht., Nomencl., 3.
Asturina gularis Schleg., Mus. de Pays-Bas, Asturine, p. 4, 1862.
Cu. Wing, 9.40-10.70; tail, 7.00-7.75; culmen, .65-.85; tarsus,
2.40-2.60; middle toe, 1.20-1.35. Ground color of the tail more or less
— frequently entirely — light rufous, much lighter than, and very dif-
ferent in color from, the back; crossed with 3-4— sometimes appar-
ently 5 — narrow bands of black, much narrower than the rufous or
erayish. Rufous of the quills narrowly barred with black. Jugulum
always (?) striped with brown. Lower parts ochraceous-white, more
reddish on the tibie, narrowly barred transversely with rufous, of
variable shade. Upper parts dusky grayish brown. Lores whitish.
Adult. Head uniform blackish brown, streaked with white on the
throat. Young. Whole head striped; tail more grayish.
Hab. Paraguay, Buenos Ayres and Brazil (Mus. S. I.); Bolivia,
(Bridges); Prov. Yungas (D’Orb.).
Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 7; Philad. Acad., 6; Boston
Soc. 2) otal, 15:

2. Buteo (Rupornis) leucorrhous (Quoy et Gaimard).
Falco leucorrhous Quoy et Gaim., Voy. Uranie, Zool., p. 91, t. X111.
Nisus leucorrhous Tschudi, F. P. Aves, pp. 18, 103.

Asturina leucorrhous Bonap., Consp., p. 80.— Kaup, Isis, 1847, p.
199. — Schleg., Mus. Pays-Bas, Asturine, p. 5. — Scl. and
Salv., P. ZS. 1869; 134.

Astur leucorrhous Pelz., Orn. Bras., p. 7.

Sp. cH. Wing, 7.80-9.20; tail, 6.00-6.50; culmen, .65 ; tarsus,
2.25-2.35; middle toe, 1.25-1.30. Fourth to fifth quill longest;
first shortest, or intermediate between ninth and tenth. Adult.
Uniform brownish black; base of tail, upper and lower tail coverts,
and lining of the wing, white, the latter with an ochraceous tinge;
inner side of tibie chestnut-rufous; inner webs of primaries broadly
barred with white — sometimes nearly plain black. Tail faintly
tipped with grayish, and crossed by 2-3 faintly indicated bars of
grayish brown, these white on inner web.

Hab. Northern South America; Brazil, vicinity of Rio, (Mus.
Vindob. and S. and G.); Venezuela, (Dyson in Brit. Mus., and Le-
vrandin Mus., Paris); Bogota, N. G., (Mus. S. G.); Peru, (Mus.

1873.] 91 [Ridgway.

Berol. (Localities quoted from Sclater and Salvin, P. Z. S. 1868;
p: 134).

List of specimens. Nat. Mus., 3 ; Philad. Acad., 3; Boston Soc., 2.
Total, 8.

Genus GLAuUcIDIUM Boie.

Glaucidium Boie, Isis, 1826, 970. (Type Striz nana Temm.)

Microptynz Kaup, 1851. (Type Strix passerina Linn.)

Microglauzx Kaup, 1849. (Type Strix havanense Kaup = G. siju
[D’Orb.] Cab.)

? Tenioptynz Kaup, 1849. (Type Noctua brodic: Burt.)

Cu. Size very small; head rather small; bill and feet very
strong and robust; no ear-tufts; tail long, about three-fourths as long
as the wing, rounded. Nostrils circular, opening in the middle of the
inflated ceral membrane (except in G. siju). Tarsus about equal to
the middle toe, densely feathered; toes haired. Four outer quills
with their inner webs emarginated; 3d to 4th longest. Ear-conch
very small, simple, rounded. Bill yellowish (except in G. phale-
noides?); iris yellow.

Beside the species given in the following synopsis, two others are ©
recognized in Gray’s Hand List (Nos. 430 and 432). The G. pha-
leenoides Vieill, seems to be a distinct species, and unlike any other,
is said to have a black bill!! Its relations seem to be with G. infus-
catum and G. pumilum. It has the crown longitudinally streaked,
_ and the lower parts striped with blackish. The G. ocellatum Homb.
and J., said to be from Chile, I have not seen.

SYNOPSIS OF AMERICAN SPECIES AND RACES.

Common characters. Above brown, varying from nearly gray to
bright ferrugineous, interrupted by a more or less distinct nuchal collar
of whitish or reddish, with an adjacent blackish spot, more or less ob-
servable. Tail with narrow bands. Beneath white, nearly immacu-
late medially, but laterally variegated with numerous markings, of
various direction and color. Throat and jugulum white, with a dusky
collar between. Pileum ‘speckled or streaked with lighter. Wings
more or less spotted.

A. — Nostril opening in the middle of the inflated cere.
a. Markings on the crown circular, or dot-like.
1, G.PASSERINUM. Tail grayish-brown, or dusky-brown,
with 6-8 narrow white bands. Sides of the breast

Ridgway.] 92 [May 21
parts varying from speckled with lighter. Upper
brownish gray to chocolate-brown; ground-color of
the lower parts pure white.

Tail, and stripes on sides, not darker than the
back; tail-bands 6,and continuous; toes rather
thickly feathered, wing, 3.90; tail, 2.20; cul-
men, .55; tarsus,.50. Hab. Northern por-
tion of the Palearctic Realm.

. var. passerinum.,

Tail, an vaernneatt on the side, much darker than
the back; tail bands 7 (¢) — 8 (2), not con-
tinuous; toes only scantily haired; wing,
3.50-4.00; tail, 2.50-2.80; culmen, .43-48;
tarsus, .60; middle toe, .55. Hab. Western |
Province of Neartic Realm (Pacific coast
and Arizona; Mus. S. I.; Colorado; Aiken;
Mexico—table-lands? Coll. G. N. Lawrence).

var. californicum.

2. G. PUMILUM. “Tail dusicg iain or brownish black, with
4—5 white or whitish bands, these composed of spots, _
most distinct on the inner webs. Sides of the breast
not speckled with lighter. Above, chocolate-brown,
the head more grayish. Stripes on the sides more
rufescent. Wing, 3.30-3.70; tail, 2.10-2.15; ecul-
men, .40; tarsus, .50; middle toe, .60. Hab. Trop-
ical America, from Brazil to Guatemala.

3. G. LANSBERGU. ‘Tail dark brown, with 7-8 continu-
ous bands of bright rufous. Sides of the breast with
or without lighter spots. Above bright ferrugin-
eous, with transverse bars of lighter ; beneath, light
rufous, the stripes on the sides deeper rufous. Wing, |
4.10-4.20; tail, 2.80-2.90; culmen, .45; tarsus, .70;
middle toe, .70. Hab. Brazil. |

4. G.garpini. Tail deep black, with seven transverse
series of elliptical spots of pure white. Sides of the
breast with transverse spots of whitish ; sides almost
continuous umber-brown, variegated with irregular
longitudinal spots posteriorly. Above, very dark sepia-_
brown, variegated on the wings and scapulars with —
transverse spots or bars of whitish. Wing, 3.90-

1873.] 93 [Ridgway.

4,20; tail, 2.70; culmen, .45; tarsus, .75; middle
toe, .70. Hab. New Granada to Guiana.
b. Markings on the crown in form of longitudinal streaks, or
lines.

5. G. FERRUGINEUM. Tail dark brown, crossed by 7-9
continuous bands of bright rufous, about the same
width as the brown ones. Above, varying from gray-
ish brown to bright ferrugineous, without lighter trans-
verse bars on the dorsal region; beneath, varying from
pure white to pale rufous, the stripes on the sides
grayish brown, or rufous. Sides of the breast never
speckled with lighter. Wing, 3.70-4.15; tail, 2.20-
2.90; culmen, .45-.50; tarsus, .70-.80; middle toe,
.70-.75. Hab. Tropical America, from southern bor-
der of U. 8., (Arizona, Bendire; and probably Texas)
to southern Brazil. Both coasts of Middle Amer-
ica, but apparently only the Atlantic slope of South
America.

6. G.inFusScATUM. ‘Tail dark brown, crossed by 6-7
non-continuous bands of white, narrower than the
dark ones. Above, varying from grayish brown to
reddish umber and sepia (apparently never rufous).
Beneath white, the stripes on the sides grayish brown,
or dark brown. Sides of the breast not speckled.

Above, dark sepia, or blackish brown. ‘Tail
brownish black, or deep black. Wing, 3.70-
3.90; tail, 2.50-2.90; culmen, .45; tarsus .65—
.80; middle toe, .65-.70. Hab. Eastern South
America (Paraguay to New Granada).

EST Ns) Abe, vein ene ae » var. infuscatum.

Above, grayish, or reddish, umber. ‘Tail clear
dark brown, or grayish umber. Wing, 3.60-
3.90; tail, 2.35-2.75; culmen, .45-.50; tarsus,
.65-.80; middle toe, .60-.70. Ha. Whole of
Middle America, from the Rio Grande (per-
haps in Texas) to Panama. . . var. gnoma.

7. G. NANuUM. ‘Tail brown, crossed by 8-12 continuous
bands of reddish white, or rufous, not more than half
as wide as the brown ones. Brown of the sides
much broken anteriorly by white spotting, and forming

Ridgway.] 94 [May 21,

longitudinial stripes only on the flanks. Above, gray-
ish brown, varying to rufous-brown (the back always
more ashy) the wings with white spotting. Wing
4.00-4-60; tail, 3.00-3.25; culmen, .50; tarsus, .70;
middle toe, .70. Hab. Chile. (Straits of Magellan
and Peru, Kaup.)

B. Nostril opening in the anterior cues of the inflated cere (Micro-

glauz Kaup).

8. G. sisu. Crown with diamond-shaped, rather longi-
tudinal, dots of lighter. Nuchal collar rufous, in
abrupt contrast. ‘Tail dark brown, crossed by
6-7 continuous narrow bands of reddish white, less
than half as wide as the brown. Markings on the
sides in form of transverse spots, but arranged in lon-
gitudinal series. Above, grayish umber, with trans-
verse, partly concezled, spots of ochraceous or white.
Wing, 3.50-4.00; tail, 2.30-2.60; culmen, .40-.50;
tarsus, .62—-70; middle toe, .62-.75. Hab. Cuba.

1. Glaucidium passerinum var. californicum.!
Glaucidium californicum Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., 1857,

p: 4-

Glaucidium passerinum var. californicum Ridgway, Coues, Key, 1872,
206.

Striz passerinoides (not of Temminck!) Aud., Orn. Biog. v, 271,
1831.

Glaucidium infuscatum (not of rene !) Cass., Birds of Cal. and
Tex., p. 189, 1854. Newb., P. R. R. Rept. vi, iv, 77, 1857.
Glaucidium gnoma (not of Wagler!), Cass., Birds N. Am. 1858, 62.

Heerm., P. R. R. Rept. vir, 31, 1857.— Coop. and Suck., P.

1Glaucidium passerinum var. passerinum Linnzus.
Strix passerina Linn., 8. N. 1, 1766, 133.
Glaucidium passerinum Boie, Isis, 1826, 976. — Sharpe and Dresser, B. Europe, II,
April, 1871.
Surnia passerinum Keys and Blas., Wurb. Eur. 1840, 32.
Microptynz passerinum Kaup, Contr. Orn. 1852, 107.
Noctua passerinum Schleg., Mus. Pays-Bas. Striges, p. 41, 1862.
Strix pusilla Daud., Tr. Orn. 11, 1800, 205.
Strix pygmea Bechst., Nat. Deutschl. Iv, 978, t. XXIV, 1805.
Striz acadica Temm., Man. d’Orn. I, 1820, 96 (not Strix Acadica of Gmelin!)
List of specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 1; Philad. Acad., 3: N. Y. Mus., 1.
Total, 5.

1873.] | 95 [Ridgway.

R. R. Rept. xm, it, 158, 1860. — Coues, Prod. Orn. Ariz.,
p- 14, 1866.— Cab., Journ. 1862, 336.— Lord., Int. Obs. 1865,
409; (Habits). — Gray, Hand List, 1, 42, 1869.— Cab., Ueb.
Berl. Mus. 1869, 207.
Hab. Western Region of N. Am., from Oregon southward; Ari-
zona (F. Whipple, Coues); Colorado (El Paso Co., Aiken); Table
lands of Mexico. (Coll. G. N. Lawrence.)

Description.

Sp. CH. Adult male (12054, Puget’s Sound, Washington Ter.; Dr.
C. B. Kennerly). Above, including the auriculars, umber-brown, with
a faint reddish cast, this tinge most apparent in a sharply defined
band across the throat; the continuity of the brown above is inter-
rupted by a scarcely observable collar round the nape, of concealed
whitish, which can only be detected laterally, where there is also an
inconspicuous black space. Whole head above and neck behind, with
numerous small circular spots of reddish white; back scapulars and
wings, more sparsely and more minutely marked with the same, the
two or three lower feathers of the secondary-coverts, with each a ter-
minal, somewhat oval, larger spot of pure white. Secondaries crossed
(exposed) bands of pure white, and narrowly tipped with the same,
the bands formed by semi-circular spots on the outer webs. Pri-
maries almost plain, but showing faintly defined obsolete bands, the
3d, 4th, and 5th, with two or three conspicuous white spots on outer
webs, beyond their emargination; primary-coverts perfectly plain.
Tail considerably darker than the wings, crossed with seven narrow
bands of pure white, the last of which is terminal and not well
defined; these bands are formed by transverse spots not touching
the shaft on either web. Lores, sides of the forehead, sides of the
throat (beneath the cheeks and ear-coverts) and lower parts in
general, pure white, the ante-orbital white continuing back over the
eye to its middle, but not beyond it. Lateral portion of the neck
and breast (confluent with the gular belt), and sides, umber, like the
back, but more numerously, though less distinctly speckled — the
spots rather larger and more longitudinal on the sides. _ Breast, ab-
domen, anal region and lower tail-coverts with narrow longitudinal
stripes of nearly pure black. Jugulum immaculate. Tarsi mottled
on the outside with brown. Lining of the wing white, with a trans-
verse patch of blackish across the ends of the under primary-coverts,

Ridgway. ] 96 [May 21,

formed by a terminal deltoid spot on each feather; a blackish
stripe, formed of blended streaks (parallel with the edge of the wing)
running from the bend, to the primary-coverts. Under surface of
primaries dusky, with transverse spots of white anterior to the emar-
gination, these white spots being eight in number on the longest
quill; axillars plain white. Wing, 3.60; tail, 2.60; culmen, .45; tar-
sus, .60; middle toe, .55. Wing-formula 4, 3, 5-2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 1.

Adult female (36874, Ft. Whipple, near Prescott, Arizona, Oct. 11,
1864; Dr. Coues). In general appearance scarcely different from
the male. Upper surface more ashy, the specks of whitish less nu-
merous, being confined chiefly to the head; those on the scapulars
however, are large, though very sparse; the middle wing-coverts
have each a conspicuous roundish white spot near the end of the
lower web; secondary-coverts similarly marked, forming a band
across the wing. The primaries and tail are as in the male, ex-
cept that the latter has eight instead of seven white bands. ‘The
brown of the gular band extends upward over the throat to the re-
curved feathers of the chin; the white dots in the brown of the
side are considerably larger, and though very irregular, are more cir-
cular than in the male; the stripes on the abdomen, etc., are rather
broader, and less deeply black, than in the male. Wing, 4.00; tail,
2.80; culmen, .48. Wing formula as in male.

One specimen in the S. I. collection (No. 59069) differs from those
described in being much darker colored. The original label is lost,
but this specimen is probably from the northwest coast, as the darker,
more reddish colors, bear about the same relation to the paler gray
suits of the southern birds, that the dark northwest coast style of
Scops asio (S. “kennicottii”’), does to the true asio. ‘The stripes be-
neath are nearly pure black, the general tint above being a reddish
sepia-brown. Wing, 3.65; tail, 2.70.

The Glaucidium californicum requires comparison only with the G.
passerinum of Europe, to which it is quite closely related, though from
which it is easily distinguished by the characters pointed out in the
diagnoses. It is not at all like gnoma, nor indeed any other Ameri-
can species, with which it has been confounded by nearly all ornith-
ologists —even by Cabanis, in his excellent paper above cited.

I have seen only one Mexican specimen of this species. This one
is one in Mr. Lawrence’s collection; the locality is not indicated on
the label, but it is probably from the higher regions of the interior.

1873.] 07 [Ridgway.

It differs in no respect, except in size, from N. American examples;
it measures, wing, 3.40; tail, 2.60.

Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 7; Philad. Acad., 2; Cab. G. N.
Lawrence, 2; Coll. R. Ridgeway, 1. ‘Total, 12.

2. Glaucidium pumilum.

“ Strix pumila Illig.” Temm., Pl. Col., 344, 1821.

Athene pumila Gray, Gen. B. 35, No. 14, 1840.

Glaucidium pumilum Kaup, Monog. Strig. in Cont. Orn. 1852, 108.
— Id. Trans. Zool. Soc. 1862, 202. — Gray, Hand List, 1,
1869, 42, No. 429.— Burm., Thier. Bras. m, 144, 146. — Ca-
ban., Ueb. Berl. Mus. 1869, 208.

Strix minutissima Max., Reis. Bras. 1820. — Jd. Beitrag, 111, 242.

Surnia minutissima Bonap., Os. Cuv. Reg. An., 57.— Jd. Isis, 1832,
1035.

Athene minutissima Bonap., Consp. Av., 38.

? Siriz ferox Vieill., Nouv. Dict. vir, 22, 1817. —Zd. Ene. Méth.
‘“W1, 1289, 1823.

Noctua feroz D’Orb., Synop. Av. Mage. Zool. 1838.

Athene ferox Bridg., P. Z.S. Pt. 1, 109.— 7d. Ann. N. H. xu,
500.

Hab. Northwestern and eastern South America (New Granada,

Equador and Brazil); Guatemala (Coll. of G. N. Lawrence).

Description.

Sp. cd. Adulimale (‘‘South America”; Collection of Philadelphia
Academy). Above, deep chocolate-brown; head and neck above with
minute circular specks of pale yellowish ; nape with an interrupted
collar of whitish. Secondary coverts with a few ochraceous spots on
margins of outer webs, and secondaries with about three obscure
bands of the same; inner webs of tertials with conspicuous indenta-
tions of ochraceous. The fourth and fifth primaries with one or
two very small spots of pale rufous beyond their sinuation. Tail
brownish black, crossed with four series of rounded white spots (these
not touching the shafts of the feathers), the last terminal. Ground
color of lower parts pure white; cular collar, whole sides of breast
(continuously) and broad longitudinal stripes on sides and flanks,
bright rufous, or rufescent chocolate; tibiae and upper portion of
tarsi inclining to the same. Wing, 3.90; tail, 2.15; tarsus, .50; mid-
dle toe, .60.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 7 DECEMBER, 1873.

Ridgway.] | 98 [May 21,

Another example (236, Phil. Acad. Coll.) differs only in clearer
brown of the head, narrower rufous stripes below, and paler legs. A
specimen in Mr. Lawrence’s collection, from Guatemala, is partly in
the immature plumage; in this the head above and nape are gray
tinged with chocolate, and without spots; the rest of the plumage,
however, is adult, and is much as described above, except that the
stripes beneath are less rufescent,— only a little more so than the
back. The size is also a little smaller, measuring, wing, 2.30; tail,
2.10.

A young specimen from Guatemala, in the collection of the Boston
Society of Natural History, is in all respects exactly like the preced-
ing, except that it shows indication of narrow longitudinal streaks
on the sides of the crown.

There can be no doubt that this is the species of Temminck, as
his figure, above cited, agrees unmistakably with the specimens be-
fore me.

Specimens examined. Museum Boston Society, 4; Philad. Acad., 2;
N. Y. Mus., 3; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 1; Coll. BR. Rideway, 1.
Total, 11. ‘

8. Glaucidium langsbergii.
“Glaucidium langsbergu T. B. Wilson.” (Manuscript name on speci-
mens in the collection of the Philadelphia Academy.)
Hab. Amazon and Orinoco region of South America.

Description.

Sp. cH. Adult male (“ Brazil”; Coll. Philad. Acad.). Prevail-
ing color, deep dark ferrugineous, more dusky on the primaries and
tail; beneath, including the lining of the wing, lighter, or ochraceous-
rufous. Sides of the nape with a conspicuous transverse spot of
black. Whole upper surface, with conspicuous transverse spots, or
bars, of lighter, brighter rufous, the head above and nape with small
rounded spots of the same. ‘Tail with seven deep rufous continuous
bands, these about equal in width to the dusky ones. Maxille, chin
and pectoral spot (only) pure white; gular collar and whole side of
the breast dark ferrugineous, and sides with a nearly continuous wash
of the same, changing toward the abdomen and on the flanks into
indistinct longitudinal stripes, considerably darker than the ground-
color. Wing, 4.20; tail, 2.80; tarsus, .70; middle toe, .70.

Adult female (249, Caracas, Venezuela; Coll. Philad. Acad.).

1873.] 99 [Ridgway.

Head anteriorly nearly white; lateral lower parts more spotted; cer-
vical black patch more conspicuous. Wing, 4.10; tail, 2.90.

A specimen in the collection of Mr. Lawrence is almost perfectly
similar to those described, except that the spots on the crown are
more distinct, and there are eight rufous bands on the tail, including
the extreme basal and the terminal ones. Its habitat is queried as
Brazil, which is probably correct. It measures, wing, 4.10; tail,
2.60; culmen, .45.

This species is perfectly distinct from any other described in this
work. For its name we are indebted to the manuscript label by Dr.
Wilson, who quotes “ Leyd. Mus.” The identification by this gen-
tleman being generally entirely trustworthy, we feel safe in retaining
the name above given.

Specimens examined. Philad. Acad., 2; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 1.
Total, 3.

4, Glaucidium jardinii ?
? Phalenopsis jardinii Bonap., Comp. Rend. xu1, 1853 (2).
Glaucidium jardinii Caban., Ueb. Berl. Mus. 1869, 208.

Hab. .Northern South America; New Granada (Bogota Nat.
Mus.); Guiana (Cab. G. N. Lawrence).

Description.

Sp. cH. Adult male (24887, Bogota; L. de Geoffroy). Whole
upper parts, gular collar, sides of the jugulum, and lateral lower
parts, very dark, rich sepia-brown; the head above, and’ nape,
rather less reddish. Cheeks, pectoral space, and abdomen, medially,
pure white. Head above and laterally, and neck, with numerous cir-
cular dots of white; sides of the breast, scapulars and wings, with
transverse bars of rusty white; secondaries with five bands of pale
fulvous, these not touching the shaft; primaries with five or six spots
of dull fulvous—those beyond the sinuation of the quills almost
white. Tail deep black, with six or seven (seven on the inner and
six on the outer webs — two concealed) bands of pure white, formed
by transverse elliptical spots which do not touch the shaft. Sides
almost uniformly dark sepia-brown, with irregular, nearly concealed,
spots of paler; lower tail-coverts with medial large spots of blackish
brown; legs thickly barred with the same. Nuchal collar conspicu-
ous, pure white and deep black, the latter nearly continuous. Wing,
3.90; tail, 2.80; tarsus, .75; middle toe, 70.

Ridgway.] 100 [May 21,

Adult female (24888, Bogota; L. de Geoffroy). Similar, but not
quite so dark, there being considerable contrast between the sepia-
brown of the general upper surface and the black cervical collar.
Tail with six bands, similar to those of the male. Wing, 4.20; tail,
2.70; tarsus, .75; middle toe, .70. Wing formula, 5, 4, 3 == 6—7-8-
2; 1st shortest.

A specimen from Guiana, in the collection of Mr. G. N. Lawrence, is
exactly similar to No. 24887, except that the white of the lower parts
and lining of the wing are tinged with fulvous.

Iam not positive that these specimens represent the true G. jar-
dinit of Bonaparte, since there are several minor discrepancies
between his description of that species and the characters of the
birds here described. Considering, however, that they correspond
quite closely with the description cited, and that. they are from the
same locality as the type, I prefer retaining, provisionally at least,
the name given above, to risking a new one on uncertain grounds.

Specimens examined. National Museum, 2; Philad. Acad., 4; G.
N. Lawrence, 1. ‘Total, 7.

5. Glaucidium ferrugineum.

Strix ferruginea Max., Reis. Bras. 1, 105; 1820; Trav. Bras., p. 88;
Beitr. 11, 234. — Temm., Pl. Col. 199. — Lath., Gen. Hist.
I, 373.

Noctua ferruginea Steph., Zool. xu, pt. 2, p. 69. — Less., Man.
Orn. 1, 111; Tr. Orn., 104. — Cuv., Reo. An. ed. 2, 1, 346. —
Tschudi., Av. Consp. Weigm. Archiv. 1844, 267; Faun. Per.,
pp: Lo Ue7.

Surnia ferruginea Bonap., Oss. Cuv., Reg. An., p. 56; Isis, 1833,
1053.

Athene ferruginea Gray, Gen. B. fol. sp. 17; List B. Brit. Mus., p.
92. — Bonap., Consp. Av., p. 38. — Strickl., Orn. Syn. 1, 162;
1855.

Glaucidium ferruginea Kaup, Mon. Strig. Cont. Orn. 1852, 104. —
Burm., Thier. Bras. t1, 141, 146.— Caban., Ueb. Berl. Mus.
1869, 206.— Coues., Am. Nat. v1, 370 (Arizona). Jd. Key.

~ 1872, 206.
?Athene nana (King) Gray, Gen. 1844, pl. viz. (Normal plumage.)
Hab. Whole of eastern South America, and Central America
(both coasts) northwards into southern border of U. S., (Arizona.
Bendire; probably entire southern border!).

1873. 101 [Ridgway.

Description.

Adult male (23792, Mazatlan, Mexico; J. Xantus).
a. — Normal plumage.

Upper surface umber-brown, more ashy anteriorly — posteriorly
more brownish. Head above, with a few narrow longitudinal lines of
yellowish white, anteriorly and laterally; a quite distinct collar of
whitish spots across the nape, the black lateral spaces rather indis-
tinct. Scapulars with a few conspicuous oval spots of pure white;
two lower feathers of secondary coverts, each with a similar spot on
outer web. Secondaries darker brown, crossed with five bands of
dull rufous, the last not terminal; outer webs of primaries with semi-
circular pale spots along the margin, which are nearly white beyond
the sinuation of the feathers, and brownish anteriorly. Tail bright
rufous, crossed with about seven distinct bands of dark brown, these
hardly equalling the rufous in width, which is also terminal. Longi-
tudinal stripes of the sides, of the same soft grayish brown tint as
the head; tarsi sparsely speckled with the same on outer side.
Wing-formula 4, 5, 8-6-7, 2, 8; 1st shortest. Wing, 3.70; tail,
2.20; culmen, .45; tarsus, .70; middle toe, .70.

b. Rufescent plumage.

Upper surface continuously deep lateritious-rufous, all the lighter
markings almost obliterated. Bars on the tail scarcely traceable.
Black cervical transverse space conspicuous. Sides of the breast,
and stripes of the sides duller rufous than the tint above, white of
ground color with yellowish tinge. Legs pale rufous, deepest on
outer side —immaculate. Gular collar blackish.

3, 43055, La Palma, Costa Rica, Jan. 27, 1866, José Zeledon.
Wing formula, 4 = 5, 3-6-2; 1st shortest. Wing, 3.80; tail, 2.40.

?, 33216, San José, Costa Rica; J. Carmiol. Wing formula, 4, 3—=
5-6, 2; 1st shortest. Wing, 4.15; tail, 2.90; tarsus, .80; middle
toe, .75.

The very numerous specimens examined, are from the Rio Grande
of Texas, (across the whole breadth of middle America) to Para-
guay — everywhere the same bird, specimens from the most remote
parts of its range being not appreciably different from each other.

A specimen of the ferrugineous plumage, in the collection of the
Philadelphia Academy, is remarkable for the great intensity and uni-
formity of the rufous — the entire plumage, in fact, being of this
color, a fine light tint of which replaces the white below. There is

Ridgway.] 102 [May 21,

no trace of bars, on either wings or tail. In the very large series
before me, I find in individuals every possible shade between the two
extremes described.

Specimens examined. National Museum, 35; Philadelphia Acad-
emy, 17; N. Y. Mus., 4; Mus. Cambridge, 2; Cab. G. N. Lawrence,
1; Coll. R. Ridgway, 2. Total, 61.

6. Glaucidium infuscatum.
a. var. infuscatum.

Siriz infuscata 'Temm., Ind. Général, 1821. — Jd. Man. Orn. 1, 97

(sub acadica).

Athene infuscata Bonap., Consp. 37, 1850 (excl. syn.).

Glaucidium infuscatum Kaup, Monog. Strig. in Cont. Orn. 1852,
103. — Cabanis, Ueb. Berl. Mus. 1869, 207.

? Strix eluta Illig. in Mus. Berl. Cab. Az., No. 49.

Siriz passerinoides Temm., Pl. Col. 344.

Surnia passerinoides Bonap., Os. Cuv. Rég. An. 1, 57.

Noctua passerinoides Less., Tr. Orn. and Man.

Hab. Eastern South America.

Description.

Adult (50947, Brazil; Sr. Don Fred. Albuquerque).

Upper surface dark umber, inclining to clove-brown, becoming
more rufescent on rump and upper tail-coverts; head above with
longitudinal lines of yellowish white; scapulars and wing coverts
with a very few roundish spots of white ; spots on outer webs of
primaries very obscure, not approaching white. T'ail brownish-black,
crossed with seven series of transverse ovate spots of white, these
touching neither the shaft nor edge of the feathers. Sides of the
breast and stripes on the sides and crissum somewhat lighter and
less fuliginous brown. Wing, 3.70; tail, 2.60; tarsus, .70; middle
toe, .65. Wing formula, 3, 4, 5-6 = 2; Ist shortest.

This specimen unquestionably represents the true infuscatum of
Temminck. The present bird and the gnoma Wagl. of Middle Amer-
ica seem to be merely two races of the same species, and distinguish-
able only by the darker brown and greater restriction of white in the
present bird. In both there is exactly the same size and proportion,
and the same pattern and tints of coloration, distinguishing them
from all the other species.

A specimen (No. 807) in the collection of the Boston Society differs

1873.] | 103 [Ridgway.

in distinct pale ochraceous spots over whole upper parts; the brown
above is of a more reddish, or sepia, shade. A specimen (No. 8063)
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology is intermediate between this
and the type.
Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 1; Philad. Acad., 3; Boston
Soe., 3; Mus. Comp. Zool.,1; N. Y. Mus.,1. Total, 9.
b. var. gnoma Wagler.

Glaucidium gnoma Wagl., Isis, 1832, p. 275.— Kaup, Monos. Strig.,
Cont. Orn. 1852, 103 (sub G. infuscatum). — Strick, Orn. Syn.
1, 163, 1855 (sub G. infuscatum).

Athene gnoma Gray, Gen. B. fol. sp. 35, 1844.

Hab. Middle America, from Isthmus of Panama northward to the
Rio Grande (perhaps into southern border of the United States);
both coasts of Mexico (numerous specimens from Yucatan and Ma-
zatlan); Honduras (Coll. G. N. Lawrence).

Description.

Adult. Above, ashy umber, much as in californicum, but up-
per tail-coverts and rump more rufescent. Head above with nu-
merous sharply defined longitudinal lines of clear white. Spots
of nuchal collar conspicuous. Scapulars with concealed, large
roundish spots of white; lower wing-coverts with irregular white
spots. Secondaries scarcely darker than the back, crossed by 5 (ex-
posed) narrow bands of pale brown becoming white exteriorly ; pri-
maries darker than secondaries, outer webs with irrecular. spots, —
those beyond the sinuation of the quill nearly white, the basal ones
dull brown; there are seven on the largest quill. Tail, dark brown
(considerably darker than the primaries) with seven (3) to eight (?)
bands of pure while, the transverse spots forming these bands, not
touching the shafts of the feathers, though running out to the edge
of the web. Sides of the breast and stripes of the sides and lower
tail-coverts paler grayish brown than the color above.

d, 49,154, San Salvador, Central America; Mr. Hardiman. Wing
formula, 3, 4, 5-2, 6; 1st shortest. Wing, 3.60; tail, 2.35; culmen,
60; tarsus, .65; middle toe, .60. Tarsi spotted; tail with seven
white bars.

?, 37,876, Merida, Yucatan, Mar. 6, 1865; José Salazar Llarre-
oui; Arthur Schott. Wing formula, 4, 5, 3-6, 2; 1st suortest. Wing,
3.90; tail, 2.60. Tarsi spotted on outer side. Tail slightly tinged
with reddish.

Ridgway.] 104 ; [May 21,

The ground color varies to reddish chocolate, of much the same
shade as G. pumilum; but the stripes beneath darker than the back,
instead of lighter and reddish, the longitudinal instead of the cireu-
lar markings on the crown, the black cervical half collar and greater
number of tail bands (seven or eight instead of four) will serve to
easily distinguish this species.

Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 6.

7. Glaucidium nanum.,
Strix nana King, Zool. Journ. 111, 427, 1828.
?? Athene nana Gray, Gen. B., p. 35, No. 15, tab. 12, 1844.
Glaucidium nanum Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 976. — Kaup, Monog.
— Strig. Pr. Zool. Soc. rv, 202, 1859. — Hartl., Naumannia, 1853,
p- 209. — Burm., Th. Bras. 11, 146.— Cabanis, Ueb. Berl.
Mus. 1869, 206.
Strix chilensis Licht. in Mus. Ber.

Hab. Chile.

Description.

Adult male (48834, Santiago, Chile, Oct., 1858; Nat. Mus., Chile,
Dr. Philippi, Director).

Upper surface ashy umber, much as in G. infuscatu-n var. gnoma;
the back, however, decidedly more ashy than the portion anterior to
the nuchal collar. Head above anteriorly, with longitudinal lines os
white, these becoming gradually broader, or drop-shaped in form. pos-
teriorly, where they are also more rusty in tint; white spots of the nu-
chal collar conspicuous, but the black rather obscure, confined to an
oblong space on each side of the nape; scapulars with a few concealed,
sharply defined, white roundish spots; middle wing-coverts each with
a more conspicuous one, on outer web; secondaries with about five
bands formed by white spots along the edge — the last not terminal;
five outer primaries, with spots of white on outer webs, (there
being six on the longest) — these most conspicuous after the sinua-
tion of the quill.. Tail brown, lighter than the primaries, crossed by
ten very narrow, but perfectly continuous, bands of pale, dull rufous,
(this passing into white on the edge of the feather) — the last broad-
est, and terminal. Cheeks, chin, pectoral area, and abdomen medi-
ally, pure white. Sides of the breast, sides and flanks, of a brown
tint similar to the upper parts; the brown markings on the sides ot
very irregular form, assuming the shape of badly defined longitudinal

1873.) 105 [Ridgway.

stripes, posteriorly ; anteriorly, it is much broken up by numerous
irrecular, but somewhat roundish, indistinct spots of white. Legs
strongly clouded (especially on outer side) with brown; lower tail-
coverts, each with a narrow medial stripe of brown.

Wing formula, 4 = 5, 8-6-2, 7; 1st shortest. Wing, ‘4.00; tail,
3.00; culmen, .50; tarsus, .70; middle toe, .70.

Adult female (48835, Santiago, August, 1864. Nat. Mus. Chile)
very similar to the male. Anterior portions above, more reddish ;
tail with ten wider bars.of deeper rufous, (the rufous bars about
half as wide as the brown). Wing, 4.50; tail, 3.25. Wing formula,
4 — 5, 3-6, 2; 1st shortest.

Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 3; Boston Soc., 4; Philad.
Acad., 4; Mus. Cambridge, 1. Total, 12.

9. Glaucidium siju.
Noctua siju D’Orb., R. Sagra, Cuba, Aves, tab. 3, 1839.
Athene siju Gray, Gen. B. p. 35, No. 25, 1840.
Nyctale siju Bonap., Consp. Av., p. 54, No. 25, 1850.
Glaucidium siju Caban., Journ. fir. Orn. 465, No. 20, 1855; Ueb.
Berl. Mus. 1869, 207.
Striz havanensis Licht. in Mus. Berl.
Glaucidium havanense Kaup, Monog. Strig., p. 204, sp. 5.
Hab. Cuba (only ?).

Description.

Adult male (39113, Remedios, Cuba, Feb. 8, 1865; N. H. Bishop).

Upper surface umber; nape crossed by a broad collar of plain
fine light rufous; an oblong isolated black space on each side of the
neck, anterior to the rufous. Head above, and nape, with numerous
diamond-shaped specks of white; scapulars and wings with trans-
verse spots, or bars, of white; secondaries crossed with four bands of
pure white, formed of indentations along the margin; primaries with
a few spots of pure white, these most conspicuous near the sinuation.
Tail brown (lighter than the primaries), cross€d by about six very
narrow, but perfectly continuous, bars of white — the last terminal.
Beneath, pure white; gular collar reddish brown; sides of the breast,
sides and flanks, with numerous, detached, rather transverse spots of
deep brown,, with a rufous cast. Rest of lower parts, immaculate
pure white. Wing formula, 4 = 5, 3-6, 2, 7; 1st shortest. Wing,-
3.50; tail, 2.30; culmen, .41 ; tarsus, .62; imiddle toe, .65. Length

Brewer.] 1 06 ‘ [May 21,

5.65; extent 12. “ Eyes chrome-yellow; feet greenish yellow, chrome
yellow beneath; tail greenish yellow.”

Adult female (35554, N. Sophia, Cuba, Jan. 25, 1861; Charles
Wright).

Markings on head above, very indistinct, and more longitudinal;
nuchal collar less distinct, and dull rufous. Upper parts in general |
plain brown; white of secondaries running irregularly along the
edge, instead of forming separate bands. ‘Tail with six very distant,
narrow, continuous bands of white, the last terminal. Markings
beneath in form of transverse spots, running in longitudinal series,
their tint bright rufous, upon a snow-white ground. Under surface
of primaries anterior to their emargination, immaculate pure white.
Wing, 3.70; tail, 2.60.

Specimens examined. Nat. Mus., 5; Boston Society, 2; Philad.
Acad., 1; Cab. G. N. Lawrence, 2. Total, 10.

DESCRIPTION OF SOME Nests AND EcGcs or ARIZONA BIRDS.
By T. M. Brewer, M.D.

During my brief visit to St. Louis a few weeks since, I had an
opportunity to make the acquaintance of Capt. Charles Bendire, and
to examine his very interesting collections in Oology, made in South-
ern Arizona in the spring and summer of 1871. Capt. Bendire
devoted himself to the study of the breeding habits of the birds of

‘that region with a rare zeal and industry, and has been rewarded in
the discovery of an unusually large number of nests and eggs before
wholly unknown. Some of these I propose to briefly describe.

Buteo montanus. Western Red-tailed Hawk.

This hawk was abundant in Arizona. It was found breeding as
early as the 6th of April. A nest was built in a large cotton-wood
tree, and was placed close to the trunk. It was composed of sticks
mingled with strips of the bark of the cotton-wood tree. The eggs,
two in number, in shape are of a rounded oval, a little more obtuse at
one end than at the Other, and measure 2.39 inches in length by 1.85
inches in breadth. The ground color is a chalky white, marked with
a few scattered, irregularly shaped plashes of a light reddish-brown,
intermingled with a few tinged with a purplish shade. ‘These
blotches are larger and more numerous at the obtuse end. All the
egos in the collection of Capt. Bendire closely corresponded with the
one I have described, and none of them are like any egg of the Buteo

1873.] 107 [Brewer.

borealis that Ihave ever seen. It is common to regard the montanus
and the borealis as races of the same species. Without entering into
the merits of this question, I may note that their eggs do not favor
this supposition. .

Asturina plagiata. Gray Hawk.

The meeting with the nest and eggs of this rare hawk was one of
the most important and interesting of his discoveries. ‘The nest was
found June 6th, and was slightly built of sticks and strips of bark.
It was in a low tree on the banks of Reledo Creek, near Tucson,
Arizona. The egg is of a rounded oval shape, quite tapering at one
end, and rounded at the other. It is of a uniform bluish-white color,
and unspotted. The egg measures 2 inches in length by 1.60
inches in breadth.

Pyrocephalus mexicanus. Red Flycatcher.

The nest and eggs of this species were first obtained in Mexico by
Mr. John Xantus, and two specimens of the latter are in the collec-
tion of the Society. No description of them has, however, been
made public. Capt. Bendire found them quite abundant in southern
Arizona. ‘They were found breeding as early as April. They were
most common in the neighborhood of Reledo Creek, near Tucson,
and were generally found in the vicinity of water. Their nests were
found in various situations. In one instance it was in a cotton-wood
tree, thirty feet from the ground. In other instances, in the fork of
a mesquite not more than ten feet above the ground. The nests
were small, slight and loosely constructed, and not readily preserved,
made externally of twigs, fine bark, stems of plants, etc., and lined
with hair and feathers. The usual number of eggs was three, never
more. ‘These bear a close resemblance, except in size, to the eegs of
Milvulus forficatus. Their ground is a rich cream color, to which
their deep purplish brown markings seem to give a slight tinge of
red. The markings are few, bold and conspicuous, and encircle the
larger end with an almost continuous ring. In shape they are of a
roundish oval, and measure .66 of an inch in length by .55 of an inch
in breadth.

Helminthophaga lucie. Arizona Warbler.

The discovery of the nest and eges of this new warbler is also an
interesting addition to zoological knowledge. This warbler was first
discovered and described by Dr. Cooper, in 1862, and is not included
in Prof. Baird’s Pacific Railroad Report. Nothing was known of its
breeding habits until discovered by Capt. Bendire. His first nest was

Brewer.] 108 [May 21,

taken May 19,1872. Unlike the other species of this genus, which, so
far as is known, build their nests on the ground, this little warbler was
found nesting in the manner of the common Grey Creeper, under
the loose bark of+the trunk of a dead tree, a few feet from the ground.
The eggs also bear a great resemblance to those of the Creeper, but
are of course smaller. In shape they are nearly spherical, their
ground is of a crystal whiteness, spotted, chiefly around the larger
end, with fine dotting of a purplish red, and measuring .54 of an
inch in length by .45 in breadth.

Pyranga hepatica. Rocky Mountain Tanager.

Two eggs of this species measure 1.02 inches in length by .67 of
an inch in breadth; the other .95 by .70 of an inch. Their ground
color is a pale light green. One is somewhat sparingly marked over
the entire ego with very distinct and conspicuous blotches of purplish
brown. The other egg is much more generally covered with finer
dottings of the same hue, and so numerous as partially to obscure
the ground. The eggs are of an oblong oval shape, rounded and
nearly equal at either end.

Harporhynechus crissalis. Red-vented Thrush.

The eggs of this species were first discovered by Dr. Palmer, in
Arizona. They have been since met with by Capt. Bendire, and
confirm the anomaly of their markings. ‘They are unlike the eggs
of any other known member of this genus, and are of a light robin-
blue color, unspotted, and hardly distinguishable from the egg of our
common robin, Turdus migratorius. They are of an oblong oval
shape, rounded, and neariy equal at either end, and measure 1.10
inches in length by .75 of an inch in breadth.

Harporhynchus curvirostris. Variety Palmeri.

Two sets of eves taken, one July 18th, the other Aug. 2d. Both nests
were built in cactus plants, a few feet from the ground. The eggs in
each instance were three in number. Their ground color is a light
blue, generally and profusely sprinkled with fine dottings of a light
golden brown. They are of an oblong shape, tapering at one end, and
rounded at the other, and measure 1.10 inches in length by .82 of an
inch in breadth. <A nest of this species was also found in Arizona
by Dr. Palmer, corresponding in all respects with those found by Capt.
Bendire.

Harporhynechus bendiri, ’

The nest from which these eggs were taken was found July 19th,
1872. It was built in a mesquite bush, or low tree, and was five feet

1873.] 109 [Brewer.

from the ground. It was quite flat, and resembled the usual nests of
the curvirostris. It contained two eggs, which were quite fresh.
These eggs are essentially different in their ground color and mark-
ine from those of every other member of this genus except H. cin-
ereus, and these they only very slightly resemble. They have a
ground of a light and rather brilliant clay color, or grayish white, °
marked chivfly around the obtuse end with large and well marked
dashes of reddish-brown, and a brownish lilac. They are oblong oval
in shape, and nearly equally rounded at either end. They measure
1.10 inches in breadth by .75 of an inch in breadth. They have a
strong resemblance to the eges of Pyrrhuloxia sinuata (Bon.).

Myiadestes townsendi. Townsend’s Flycatcher.

The nest was found May 24th, 1872, built in alowtree. It wasa
shallow, nearly flat structure, and contained two eggs. These eges
are of very peculiar and well marked characteristics, resembling no
other ege that I can now call to mind. ‘They are of an oblong oval
shape, tapering slightly towards one end, and measure, one .90 of an
inch in leneth by .62 in breadth, the other .$0 by .70 of an inch.
Their ground color is a dull white, slightly tinved with green, and
strongly marked over the entire egg with small, but distinct spots of
a dark purplish brown, so dark as to be only distinguishable from
black in a strong light. Interspersed with these markings are other
fine dottings, less distinct and of a hghter shade, and of a dark slate
color, with a slight reflection of lilac. The nest and eggs closely
correspond with a nest and its contents, taken by Dr. Cooper.

Carpodacus cassinii.

A nest with four eggs of this bird was taken May 31st. It was
built in a cactus. These somewhat resemble the eges of the common
C. purpureus, but are smaller. They have a ground of a light bluish
green, and are marked with a few blackish, or dark brown, spots
about the larger end. ‘They have an oval shape, and measure .80 of
an inch in leneth by .56 in breadth.

Peuczea capalis (Coues).

This is a new species discovered by Capt. Bendire, in Arizona, and
described by Dr. Coues. The nest, containing four eggs, was found
Sept. 11th, 1872. It was built in a small mesquite tree, four or five
feet from the ground. The eggs, like all the others of this genus, so
far as known, are pure white, with the slightest tinge of blue, are
nearly globular in shape, measuring .70 of an inch by .60.

Brewer.) TO’ [May 21,

' Pipilo mesoleucus,

One nest of this species was found August 2d, another September
4th, 1872. They were both built in mesquite trees, and were at least
six feet from the ground. ‘The position of the nest is peculiar in one
of this family, which is almost always to be found on the ground, and
the eggs are much more aberrant in their peculiarities, differing in a
very marked manner from those of all other species of Pipilo, and
having much greater affinities with the egas of the sturnelle, especially
with those of the South American militaris. The eggs of one set
measure one inch in length by .73 of an inch in breadth, have a
bright white ground, in which there is just a touch of bluish, and are
boldly plashed, especially around the larger end, with distinct deep
dashes of reddish and purplish brown. A few of these blotches are
scattered irregularly over the entire egg, but the greater portion are
grouped around the more obtuse ends. The eggs are oval in shape,
with both ends rounded, but one is smaller than the other. In the
other set the eggs are more nearly spherical, and with less difference
between the two ends; the ground color is more distinctly white, the
spots of reddish brown are finer and more concentrated around the
larger end, and the faint markings of purple are much more numer-
ous. These measure .90 by .74 of an inch.

Pipilo aberti.

This species of Pipilo was also found by Capt. Bendire breeding,
not on the ground, but in trees and bushes at the height of several
feet. One nest was found July 28th, in a small ash tree; another
was found on the same day in a willow, and eight feet from the
ground. ‘They bear a very close resemblance to the eggs of Pipilo
Juscus, and to those of P. albigula, having a ground color of a very
light blue, marked almost exciusively around the larger end with a
wreath of irregular dashes of dark purplish brown. They are of a
rounded oval shape, obtuse at one end, and vary in length from .97
of an inch to .88, and in breadth from .76 to .75.

Lophortyx gambelil.

This bird was found breeding by Capt. Bendire, in the vicinity of
Reledo Creek, Arizona, and in some instances nesting in situations
above the ground. One nest, found June 7th, 1872, containing three
fresh eggs, was placed two feet above the ground, on a willow stump,

and in an exposed place near the ereek. The nest was composed of °

the leaves of the ecotton-wood tree. In some instances he found as
many as eighteen eggs in a nest. The eges closely resemble those of

1873.] 111 (Packard.

the Californian quail, and might readily be mistaken for them. They
are of a rounded oval shape, sharply tapering at one end, and quite
obtuse at the other, and measure 1.24 inches in length by one inch in
their largest breadth.’ Their ground varies from a deep cream to a
light drab color. Some are marked with large and well defined spots,
most of them circular in shape, of a rich purplish brown. In others
the whole surface is closely sprinkled with minute spots of yellowish
brown, intermingled with which are larger spottings of dark purple.

Section of Entomology. May 28, 1873.
Mr. J. H. Emerton in the chair. Nine persons present.

The folowing communication from Dr. A. 8. Packard, Jr.,
was read :—

OccURRENCE OF RARE AND NEw Myriapops 1n Massa-
| CHUSETTS.

For nearly two years we have had in the Museum of the Peabody
Academy of Science a specimen of Scolopendrella, detected Sept. 8,
by Mr. C. A. Walker, under a board in the grounds of the Museum.
It is nearly related to Scolopendrella immaculata Newport, and if new
may be called S. Americana. Of the remarkable features in the
structure of this animal I do not now propose to speak. It has, how-
ever, in the head and antenne a strong resemblance to Campodea,
and in this and in the presence of spines at the base of the legs, and
in other characters, it bears a striking similarity to the Campodeze
and the Thysanura, as already indicated by Lubbock. It may be
regarded as a connecting link between the Thysanura and Myriapoda,
and shows the intimate relation of the Myriapods and the Hexapods,
perhaps not sufficiently appreciated by many zoologists.

Another Myriapod of much interest, which is not uncommon in
Massachusetts, but not mentioned by Prof. H. C. Wood, Jr., in his
work on this group, is the Polyxenus fasciculatus Say. It has not
been noticed apparently since the time of Say, except in the third
elition of the ‘Guide to the Study of Insects” (1872), where it is
stated that Mr. F. G. Sanborn has detected it under the bark of trees
near Boston, and that subsequently it was found by myself in the
same situation at Salem and Nantucket.

Scudder.] 112 [June 4,

Mr. 8S. H. Scudder exhibited a portrait of Abbot, the au-
thor of the “History of some of the rarer Lepidopterous
Insects of Georgia.” This portrait is a copy of one con-
tained among Abbot’s original drawings in the British
Museum.

Mr. Scudder explained the object of a collection of orthop-
terological illustrations, prepared by placing upon separate
sheets of uniform size figures cut from plates. The whole
can be arranged in systematic order, as in a card catalogue,
and is very convenient for classification and reference.

Mr. Scudder also exhibited a figure of an English fossil
insect which had been described as Lepidopterous, and as one
of the Satyride. ‘The original specimen belongs to Mr.
Charlesworth, and the reverse to the Jermyn St. Museum.
The neuration seems impossible for a Lepidopterous insect,
and resembles that of the Cicadew more nearly than any-
thing else, but differs in the nervures at the base. In Mr.
Brodie’s collection Mr. Scudder found pupz of Cicadine,
which correspond to this insect in size, and are found at the
same, or nearly the same, geological horizon.

June 4, 1878.
The President in the chair. Sixteen persons present.

Dr. Thos. Dwight, Jr., showed a seventh cervical vertebra
of a woman, in which a rib took the place of the lower trans-
verse process. He also exhibited a fcetal porpoise, one side
of which was dissected in order to show the skeleton in situ.

The thanks of the Society were voted to Messrs. F. G,
Frothingham and P. T. Barnum, and to Mrs. R. C. Green-
leaf, Jr., for donations to the Museum.

1873.] 113 [Dwight.

June 18, 1873.

The President in the chair. Eighteen persons present.

Prof. E.S. Morse read a paper on the “Embryology of
Terebratulina,” which will appear in the Society’s Memoirs,

Dr. Dwight made some remarks on the action of the inter-
costal muscles From a careful study of the subject he had
concluded : — first, that. the action of the intercostals during
ordinary respiration is very slight, if, indeed, there be any
other than ligamentous; second, that both sets of muscles at
the upper part of the chest tend to raise the ribs; third, that

owing to the fixing or drawing down of the lower rib, both
sets in the lower part of the chest may tend to draw the ribs
downward ; fourth, that by sudden contraction, drawing the
ribs together, they are muscles of spasmodic expiration ; fifth,
that position, muscular action, disease, deformity, and various
slight indefinable causes may modify the action of any part
of them.

Mr. Bouvé, in behalf of the committee on the Walker
Prizes, reported the award of a First Prize (sixty dollars)
to Dr. A. 8. Packard, Jr., for an essay on the Development
and Transformations of the Common House Fly.

October 1, 1873.
The President in the chair. Highteen persons present.

Capt. Charles Bendire, U. 8. A., was elected a Correspond-
ing Member, and Messrs. T. F. Ham, T. Sterry Hunt, Chas.
A. Richards, R. 8. Warren and 8. W. Winslow were elected
Resident Members of the Society.

1¥For a full exposition of this amigo see the Boston Medical and Surgical
Journal, June 8, 1873.

PROCEEDINGS B. &. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 8 JANUARY, 1874.

Putnam.] 114 — (Oct. 15,

Mr. F. W. Putnam described the structure of the sucker
in the fishes belonging to the family Liparide. Mr. Putnam
also said that Dr. Packard had recently dredged in Salem
Harbor a species of Liparis new to.the Massachusetts fauna,
the L. lineatus or vulgaris, of Europe. The ZL. Montaguii
has also been found in our bay, and we thus have two species
of the genus common to both Massachusetts and Hurope.

The donation of a large and very valuable series of fossils,
obtained by Prof. Hyatt in Hurope, and presented to the
Society through the liberality of John Cummings, Esq., was
announced.

October 15, 1873.

The President in the chair. Eighty-one persons present.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder described a cat and kittens which he
had seen at Plymouth, N. H., supposed to be a cross between
the rabbit and the cat. The animals had a short rabbit-like
tail, long haunches, and a rabbit’s gait, but in other respects
were feline. The owners of the three specimens were all
earnest in their declaration of the rabbit-cat ancestry of their
pets. Mr. Scudder could not believe in the possibility of a
cross between animals so far apart in the natural system, and
asked for information from those present.

Mr. R. Bliss, Jr., said he had seen similar cats, for which a
like pedigree was claimed, in Middleton, Ct.

Mr. F. W. Putnam thought a cross between two animals
belonging to two different orders, the carnivora and rodentia,
impossible, and that the case would no doubt turn out to be’
the same as with the racoon cat, which had been discussed
in the “American Naturalist”. He believed such: forms to
be accidental monstrosities, like the famous Ancon sheep.

1873.] i 1 5 [Brewer.

Dr. Brewer made some remarks on the Hermit Thrushes,
under which name he designated those species of Turdus
belonging to the subgenus Hylocichla.

Eight species of the group were recognized by the speaker : —
mustelinus, pallasi, nanus, auduboni (= silens of Swainson), fuscescens,
swainsoni, ustulatus and alicice. Prof. Baird, however, would admit
only five of these forms to specific rank, uniting nanus and auduboni
with pallasi, and swainsoni with ustulatus ; and with these two last Mr.
Allen also joins alicia. Dr. Brewer could not believe in the propri-
ety of these views. Turdus alicie, he said, differs from 7°. swainsoni
in coloration, size, time of migrations, song, distribution in the breed-
ing season, and in the nests and eggs. 1. ustulatus has more claim
to be considered a western race of swainsoni, but there are constant
differences in habits as well as in plumage, which he thought entitle it
to be treated as specifically different.

The same is also the case with nanus, and with auduboni. He was ~
also still inclined to regard these as sufficiently distinct from pallasi to
be regarded as separate species; especially as from the general law
of size in northern and southern varieties of one species, we expect
the southern forms to be smaller than the northern, and, therefore, if
T. nanus is a race of pallasi, being the northern race, it should be
larger instead of smaller. If Dr. Cooper’s account of its nesting
and eggs is correct, we have still stronger reasons for its specific rank.
Prof. Baird, however, conjectures that Dr. Cooper was mistaken, and
that the nests, supposed by him to be those of 7. nanus, really be-
longed to YT. ustulatus, and this conjecture is partially confirmed by
the fact that skins from Dr. Cooper referred to 7’. nanus, prove to be
actually skins of 7. ustulatus.

In regard to T. auduboni, we meet again this anomaly. To bea
race of 1’. pallasi this bird, being a southern resident, ought to be, by
the law just referred to, a smaller bird than 7. pallasi; instead of
which it is larger. TJ. pallasi is a ground-builder, never known to
build anywhere else. The only nest of 7. auduboni ever found was
built in a tree. Then again, 7. auduboni is a constant resident all
the year of the temperate regions of Vera Cruz, where 7. pallasi
is only a resident in the winter months.

Dr. T. Sterry Hunt gave some account of the crystalline
rocks of the Blue Ridge, and their decomposed condition, as

Hunt.] ; 116 (Oct. 15,

seen by him at various points in the region to the southwest
of Lynchburg, Va.

They are principally gneisses with hornblendic and micaceous
schists, like those of the Montalban or White Mountain series, and
are completely decomposed to a depth of fifty feet or more from the
surface, being changed into an unctuous reddish brick-clay, in the
midst of which the interbedded layers of quartz are seen retaining
their original positions, and showing the highly inclined attitude of
the strata. In the adit of a mine, where the rocks had been pene-
trated to a considerable distance, the coarsely feldspathic gneiss was
found completely kaolinized, but free from the ferruginous coloring
of the surface, while farther in, after passing through a partially de-
composed portion, the hard unchanged rocks were met with. A
similar decomposition of the gneissic and granitic rocks in Brazil,
extending to a depth of one hundred feet, has been well described
by Hartt, and is known in many other regions. The speaker noticed
the permeable nature of the surface-soil thus formed of inclined
clayey strata, which affords a natural subterranean drainage, and
prevents the accumulation of water in pools and lakes.

The nature of these chemical changes of the eneissic and horn-
blendic rocks was next considered. It consisted essentially in the
removal, in the form of soluble carbonates, of the alkalies, lime and
magnesia of the silicated minerals, and the hydratation of the resi-
dues. The iron-oxyd from these has also been in great part dissolved
out by subsequent processes, and was the source of the immense de-
posits of hydrous iron ores which are found at the foot of the barrier
range of the Blue Ridge throughout the Appalachian valley.

The great antiquity of this chemical decomposition of the rocks
was next alluded to. It was, in his opinion, effected at a time when
a highly carbonated atmosphere, and a climate very different from
our own, prevailed. That this decomposition had extended to the
crystalline rocks to the northeastward, he did not doubt; and he,
ascribed the absence of decomposed rocks in- these regions to a pro-
cess of denudation during successive ages, which culminated at the
time of the submergence of the northeastern Appalachians at the
end of the pliocene period, when the remaining softened material
was swept away by the action of water and ice, and the hard, un-
changed rocks beneath were exposed and glaciated; since which time
the chemical decomposition of the surface has been insignificant.

1873. ] 117 [Scudder.

As we proceed southwestward from New York, we find that the
partially decomposed and disintegrating portion of these rocks
which, in the Blue Ridge, lies beneath the clays, has escaped denu-
dation, and we at length reach the region in southern Virginia and
Carolina, where these clays, the result of complete decomposition,
are seen in nearly vertical strata forming the superficial soil. These -
ancient clays, formed by the sub-aerial decay of the crystalline feld-
spathic and hornblendic rocks of the great eozoic continental areas,
were, according to the speaker, the source of the argillaceous strata -
of the cenozoic, mesozoic and paleozoic periods; and in the heights
of the southern Appalachians we have still remaining a portion of
that eozoic land which has stood throughout all these ages, unde-
nuded, unglaciated, unsubmerged, and from its peculiar nature (being
composed, as already described, of highly inclined porous and _ per-
meable strata, supporting an abundant vegetation), but little subject
to the degrading influences of atmospheric waters.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder exhibited a very valuable collection of
the original and unpublished drawings of John Abbot, illus-
trating the transformations of our southern Lepidoptera,
and supplementary to Smith & Abbot’s magnificent “Insects
of Georgia.” Mr. Scudder hoped to purchase the collection
for the library of the Society by subscription.

Section of Entomology. Oct. 22, 1873.
Mr. 8. H. Scudder in the chair. Twelve persons present.

Mr. Scudder called the attention of the Section to some
recent remarks by Mr. Meldola+ upon Jphiclides Ajax (Pa-
pilio Ajax Auct.).

These remarks were made in connection with investigations ‘‘ on
the amount of substance-waste undergone by insects in the pupal
state”; it was presumed a priori that, as there was gain of matter in
the larval state, and loss during the pupal, the size of an individual
of any species ‘‘ would be, ceteris paribus, inversely proportional to

1 Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., x11, (Oct., 1873), p. 301-307.

Scudder.] 118 [Oct. 22,

the ratio of the pupal to the larval period, or directly proportional to
the ratio of the larval to the pupal period.”

Mr. Meldola attempted to test this theory by tabulating the state-
ments of Mr. Edwards concerning the duration of the stages in the
different polymorphic forms of Ajax, and he found ‘‘that there was a
relationship, but exactly the reverse of that which would be antici-
pated from the conclusions previously set forth.”

The three forms of Ajax have been called by Mr. Edwards Walshii, —

Telamonides and Marcellus, and these increase in size in regular
ratio and succeed each other in season in this order; the following
table represents the duration of thé several stages, and is taken by
Mr. Meldola from Mr. Edwards’ work : —

Kggs. Larva. Chrysalis. Total.
Walshii. 7-8 days. | 22-29 days. 14 days. | 43-51 days.
Telamonides. | 4-5 “ 15-18 | d1—14 8 0S some
Marcellus. wei 0 12-19) 8 | VA a ae

The next table is Mr. Meldola’s attempted tabulation of the facts —

by which he comes to the above conclusion : —

wot |Ratio of mean pupal Ratio of mean larval Mean
Name of variety. to mean larval period. to mean pupal period. ___ expanse ¢.
Walshi. pets = 0.549 28,5 —= 1.821 2.70
Telamonides. 42:38 = 0.757 16:3 = 1.320 3.00
* i Mo) 15.5 — Si
Marcellus. 42:3 = 0.806 43:3 = 1.240 | 3.35

‘Tt is here seen,” says Mr. Meldola, ‘‘ that the size of the variety
is directly instead of inversely proportional to the ratio of the pupal
to the larval period, and vice versa.”’ Unfortunately for this conclusion,
the figures given by Mr. Edwards, or their reduction by Mr. Mel-
dola, refer in each case to the progeny of Walshi, Telamonides and
Marcellus, and do not bear upon the question; in every instance
given in the tables the progeny or resultant is Marcellus; Walshu and
Telamonides are the produce of wintering Chrysalides, and therefore
by Mr. Meldola’s rule, should be, as they are, smaller than Aarcellus,
which, on the other hand, is always the result of short lived sum-
.mering chrysalids; unless, however, some unknown factor plays a
part, Zelamonides should be smaller than Walshi, because produced
later in the season, from wintering chrysalids; but here the opposite
is the truth. :

1873.] 119 [Scudder.

Mr. Seudder further observed that Mr. Edwards had not drawn
attention to the fact that Walshii and Telamonides belonged to the
same brood; the former consists of earlier, the latter of later individ-
uals from wintering chrysalids; the second brood of the species. (the
first from short lived chrysalids) is Marcellus, and made up of the
mingled progeny of both Walshii and T'elamonides.

Mr. EK. P. Austin said that during an excursion of the
Section to Cliftondale, Mass., he had taken about one hundred
and ten species of Coleoptera, including some rare species,
which have been abundant during the past season.

Mr. Austin also exhibited a collection of Coleoptera taken
on Mt. Washington from the 19th to the 29th of last July,
including about 225 species, quite a number of which are
new.

Mr. Scudder stated that he had found the larva of
Gineis semidea feeding on Carex by night, as Mr. Sanborn
had also done in the day time. His former supposition that
this larva feeds on lichens? must be abandoned. He had
attempted to obtain the eggs of this species by confining
eravid females with their food plant, but succeeded in obtain-
ing only one unfertile egg; he had also once succeeded in
securing a single egg of the HKuropean CGineis Aello from a
female shut in a pill box, and found that the insect hiber-

nated immediately after leaving the egg.

November 5, 1873.
The President in the chair. Sixty-one persons present.

The following papers were read : —

STRUCTURE AND ACTION OF STRIATED MuscuLar FIBRE.
By THomas Dwiaut, Jr., M.D.

It would be alike tedious and superfluous to attempt to recapitulate
the various views held on this subject, not only because this has been

1 Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vir, 625.

Dwight.] . 120 [Nov. 5,

repeatedly done, but also because most of the methods employed
have been so unsatisfactory as to throw doubt on the conclusions.

Fibres have been used after removal from the body, teased out by
needles, or flattened by the covering glass, and further affected by
the abnormal media (among which even air is to be reckoned) in
which they were examined. ‘The contractions occurring under these
circumstances are irregular, and mostly short-lived. Another very
important objection appears to have escaped attention, namely: that
when a muscular fibre is removed from the body it has lost its at-
tachments, and owing to its properties of tonicity and elasticity it
must, either at rest or in action, be in different relations from those
of the living fibre. Merkel’ states frankly that he never has been
able to follow the steps of contraction. He could see the fibre begin
to move, the movement become quicker, and then the contraction
would be complete without his having been able to see the inter-
mediate phenomena. He contrived to obtain permanent views of
more or less contracted fibres by throwing small parts of living ani-
mals into absolute alcohol, which struck the fibres dead in all the
stages of vital action, but he has disregarded the chances of error
from the specific action of the reagent on the substance of the fibres,
and on their last movements. Wagener and Engelmann appear to
have made some observations on living animals, or on parts of them,
but I have seen no detailed account of these studies, and cannot
think that they carried them far, for had they done so they certainly
would not have relinquished them.

After studying fibres pulled from the legs of flies and grasshoppers,
I turned my attention to water beetles, and accidentally discovered
that the legs of several of the smaller kinds were sufliciently trans-
parent to give a good view of the muscles zm situ, but that the genus
Gyrinus is far superior to any other. The method is very simple:
a leo of either the middle or hind pair is cut off, between the coxa
and trochanter if possible, and put on a slide in a drop of water un-
der a very thin covering glass. Care should be taken to have the
lee tolerably straight, for if much flexed some of the best parts are
obscured. ‘The muscles are here in an almost perfectly normal con-
dition, for their attachments are uninjured, and the water in which
the leg is placed (its native element, by the way) can hardly pene-
trate beyond the joint below the point of division. The only disad-
vantage is that the specimen is cut off from its nutrient and nervous
supplies. A successful experiment affords one of the most striking

1 Archiv fur Mikroskopische Anatomie, Band vim, Heft 2.

1873.] 121 [Dwight.

views in the range of microscopy; the muscular fibres of apparently
semi-fluid consistency are in almost constant, though irregular, mo-
.tion, carrying the smaller branches of the trachez to and fro, as
seaweed is swung by a wave. These phenomena sometimes continue
for an hour and a half, with no other encouragement than an occa-
sional slight tap on the covering glass. The following observations
have been made on the trochanter, the femur and the tibia. In the
two former it is easier to find places where there is but one layer of
fibres, but the tibia is usually preferable, for.the shell is more trans-
parent, and there are many fibres attached at different degrees of
obliquity to a tendon, so as to illustrate the effect of more or less ten-
sion. Moreover, these fibres, owing perhaps to the proximity of a
large tracheal dilatation, preserve their irritability much longer than
others.

The work of which this paper contains the results, has been done
entirely on preparations of this kind of the legs of the Gyrinus.
The observations were made while the fibres were still capable of
contraction. Hartnack’s immersion objectives, Nos. 9 and 10 (usually
the latter) were employed, with his No. 3 ocular, and the draw-tube
drawn out.

As is well known, the muscular fibres of insects are not bound to
gether by interstitial tissue nearly so strongly as those of vertebrates,
and each is able to contract freely independently of its neighbors.
The states in which muscular fibre is seen may be divided into four
chief ones.

The jirst state (Plate 11, fig. 1 and fig. 2, A) is the essentially nor-
mal one in which the fibre is at rest, but extended between points
far enough apart, and sufficiently fixed, to oppose a certain resistance
to its elasticity and contractility.

The second state (fig. 3) is seen when the fibre is free from all strain
or resistance; it is that which a fibre in the first state would assume
if one of its attachments were divided, or moved much nearer to the
other. . _

The third state (fig. 2, C), usually owing to contraction of another
part, is one in which a part of a fibre is put upon a decided stretch.

The fourth state (fig. 2, B) comprises all the degrees of active con-
traction.

In the first state the borders of the fibre are straight, and are con-
nected by narrow transverse bands of a black granular structure, which
present considerable variation. Usually the minute black granules lie

Dwieht.] 12D [Nov. 5,

so near together that no other substance is visible between them, but
sometimes they are separated into two distinct lines in a transparent
ground substanee, and again they may be so close together as to give

the band an almost homogeneous appearance. On each side of these -

bands is a glaring white one, usually broader on one side than on the

other. As the stage is rotated the brighter band pales, and the dim- _

mer one brightens, while minute changes in the adjustment or illu-
mination produce similar almost indescribable effects.1 The bright
bands are connected by a broad gray stripe, which is midway be-
tween two black bands. I have never seen a lighter stripe in the
middle of the gray one in muscle inside the body, but can fully con-
firm the common account of it in fibres pulled from the leg of the fly.
To recapitulate; a fibre at rest consists of a series of gray stripes
with white borders situated between black granular bands.

The second state is best studied on fibres running to the lower part -

of the tendon that passes from the tibia to the end of the limb, for in
many positions of the leg they are completely relaxed, and. hang in
graceful curves. When, as sometimes happens, the tendon is broken,
they are seen to particular advantage. The whole fibre is broader
than in the first state. The black bands are usually somewhat nar-
rowed, and also drawn nearer together. ‘Their granular nature can
almost always be made out, but the granules are never seen in two
rows. ‘The white and gray stripes are both visible, but are narrower,
especially the former, than in the normal condition. The edges of
the fibre are scalloped. The ends of each projection come into the
borders of the black bands, the greatest bulging being opposite to
the middle of the gray.

In the third, or stretched condition, the fibre is decidedly narrower,
with a peculiarly sharply defined outline. The granular bands are
pulled apart into two parallel lines of dots lying in a brilliant clear
ground, which is continued into the two white bands. The gray
band is lighter, and the bright bands darker than when at rest, so
that all parts of the ground substance present nearly, though not
quite, the same appearance.? The appearances of contracted fibre
will be best described in connection with the accompanying phe-
nomena.

On looking at the tibia or femur when the fibres are in active con-
traction, the attention is constantly distracted by the strangeness of

1 Vide Heppner in Archiy fiir Mikroskopische Anatomie, Band v, Heft1.
2 In fig. 2, C, the difference between the gray and white is too marked.

1873.] 123 [Dwight.

the view, and by the multiplicity and rapidity of the changes in pro-
gress. It requires much practice and the closest attention, to fix the
eye on a part of a fibre at rest, and to keep it there so as to note the
successive changes. If the contraction be very rapid it is probably
impossible to do so, but when it is becoming weaker it can be done
_very fairly; but I must admit that I have not been able to satisfy my-
self positively on certain points to be presently noticed. This much,
however, is certain, namely, that with experience it is easy to follow
an individual black band from the state of rest to that of full con-
traction, which shows that the homogeneous stage (Zwischensta-
dium), supposed by Merkel to occur in partial contraction, has no
existence, and that his theory of an exchange of places between two
substances in closed cases is impossible. The general impression
given by a wave of contraction is that a part of the fibre dilates,
that the black bands become more prominent and, while approaching
each other, run with the wave along the fibre. This last appearance
is partly true and partly deceptive, for to be drawn together the
bands must really move; but the effect is exageerated by new parts
in front of the wave, entering into contraction as those behind it are
relaxed. The substance between the black bands is evidently the
contractile element. Two or three bands are seen to be drawn
quickly nearer together, and the gray substance between them disap-
pears, so that there is an alternation of black and white stripes. This
first step of contraction occurs so rapidly that the observer is
scarcely aware of it before it is completed, but as the wave runs
along the fibre it is more easily observed. The black bands can be
seen to approach one another, and sometimes even the granules com-
posing them to get nearer together; in full contraction they are
sometimes apparently homogeneous, sometimes granular, but it is
important to notice that their edges are rarely sharply defined
against the white; they appear irregular and granular. The borders
of the fibre are so frequently seen to become scalloped, that I cannot
but think it the universal law, though often, owing to the proximity
of other fibres, the swellings cannot be seen. At the point of great-
est contraction the fibre is much broader than elsewhere, and there
is no doubt that the black bands are lengthened; nevertheless they
appear longer than they really are, for the bulgings at the ends of the
light bands come so near together that they almost touch one another,
and their edges being rendered indistinct by optical effects appear, in
part, as prolongations of the black bands.

Dwight.] 124 [Nov. 5,

The most puzzling point of all is to decide at just what stage of
contraction the gray disappears. This is particularly difficult to ob-
serve, because the colors are changing their shades and positions at
the same time. It is certain that the gray has disappeared somewhat
early in the contraction — say in its first half, and also that it is not
the very first change, for it may be seen in very slightly contracted
fibres. There does not appear, at least in the detached leg, to be
any law regulating the direction of the wave; it seems quite acci-
dental whether it runs toward the tendon or from it. Usually it
begins at one end of a fibre, and after a moment’s pause runs the
whole length, when it either dies out, or, as is more frequently the
case, returns, gradually growing weaker, and embracing less of the
fibre. When the specimen is fresh and lively, a wave of average
_ size comprises the substance between seven or eight bands, and as
long as contraction lasts, rarely less than that of three elements is
involved. As the wave runs toward the end of a fibre the part be-
hind it is put more or less upon the stretch, frequently enough so for
it to assume the condition already described as the third state.
When the contraction is nearly over, it is not rare to see the fibre
restored to its normal state by a sudden jerk in the direction opposite
to that pursued by the wave, evidently caused by the elasticity of
the stretched portion. The contractile force of the part of fibre in
action overcomes the elasticity of the part at rest, but at a certain
moment the latter property reasserts itself.

Merkel, as already mentioned, describes a homogeneous appearance
as characteristic of a certain stage of contraction. Schiifer, on
the other hand, thinks it occurs during perfect rest. For my part I
have never seen it at all. In beetles, however, that have suffered
from confinement, it is not very rare to find the markings very indis-
tinct, and in some cases many stray granules are found in the fibre,
particularly near the surface. I have often noticed the latter appear-
ance after the muscle had become exhausted by electricity. The
long muscle corpuscles, well described and represented by Klein,1 are
often seen very near the surface of the fibre. In the living and
healthy muscle a longitudinal striation is almost never seen, though
it appears in unhealthy fibres. It is superficial, and probably exists
solely in the sarcolemma. .

The polariscope has been much used, in order to decide on the
differences of the nature of certain parts, but the results of different

1 Handbook for the Physiological Laboratory.

1873.] oP DS [Dwight.

observers are not in harmony, and it may well be questioned whether
results obtained by its use on fibres hardened by reagents, are of any
particular value. In the case of the entire leg, it proved unavailable,
for the presence of two layers of shell, enclosing often more than one
layer of muscle, rendered the few results which I obtained quite un-
trustworthy. It has been stated that the staining qualities of hema-
toxylin make it a substitute for polarized light; accordingly I repeat-
edly put a living beetle into a pretty strong solution; but though I
once left one in for twenty-four hours, during the greater part of
which time life was extinct, the tissues showed that none of the col-
oring matter had passed the skin, so that I was obliged unwillingly to
give up this class of experiments.

By the kindness of Professor Henry P. Bowditch, I was enabled
to perform in his laboratory a series of electrical experiments with
both the constant and the interrupted current. The effect of a sin-
gle shock, or of the use for a short time (say a minute) of a weak
interrupted current, was to produce lively, though irregular action;
the waves ran in both directions simultaneously. If a strong inter-
rupted current were used, or a weak one were long continued, the
muscle became tetanized; the waves of contraction ceased, and
whole fibres assumed the appearances of the extremest contraction
throughout; nothing could be seen but a succession of very narrow
black and white lines. The experiments with the constant current
promised to be of great interest, but as they were very difficult, and
threatened to lead me far beyond my original plan, I soon decided to
leave them for abler hands.

Let us now glance at the difference of the results obtained by this
method, and by examining fibres taken from the legs of the large
water beetles, Hydrophilus and Dytiscus. For the appearances of
those of the Hydrophilus, I have used Heppner’s plates (Joc. cit.),
and for those of the Dytiscus, original observations on fibres from the
leg without any reagent. The muscles of the two are precisely simi-
lar. By comparison with those of the little Gyrinus, in situ, it ap-
peared that the fibres of the larger beetles were much broader, but
that the stripes were in proportion much nearer together. To see if
this did not depend on the abnormal condition of the larger fibres, I
endeavored to obtain fibres from the Gyrinus. There was little diffi-
culty in doing this if a leg, or a part of the abdomen, were broken to
pieces in a drop of fluid, but unfortunately it was almost impossible
to separate the muscles from the shell without such addition, and

Dwieht.] t26e) [Nov. 5,

when a minute piece was fortunately isolated, it, as a rule, immedi-
ately became dry and useless. Fig. 4, Pl. 11., represents a fibre teased
out in glycerine; it shows that the black stripes are strongly drawn
together, that their granular structure is indistinct, and that the gray
bands are wanting. It is more or less obscured by the longitudinal
folds of the sarcolemma which give it a somewhat fibrillated appear-
ance. The particular fibre chosen is not an extreme case; on the
contrary, most fibres were much more obscure, and those in water
more contracted than those in glycerine. In the few specimens of
any value to which no fluid had been added, most of the fibres were
less normal than the one drawn, and I can remember but two indi-
vidual fibres that were decidedly more so. There can be little doubt
that if it were possible to examine the fibres of the larger water
beetles, in situ, that they would present quite different proportions
from those usually ascribed to them.

The following are briefly the conclusions which the preceding ob-
servations appear to warrant. ‘The fibre consists of a sheath, the
sarcolemma, and of a ground substance, in which elements which
may provisionally be called granules, are imbedded in transverse
double rows. ‘There is no reason to suppose that the difference be-
tween the white and the gray has any other than an optical cause,
namely: that the part of the ground substance nearest the black
bands receives not only the rays of light that would naturally strike
it, but others reflected or refracted, or both, from the black bands,
and which do not strike the middle of the space between the latter.
(Heppner, Schifer.) If this be admitted, it is merely a corollary
that, in contraction, the gray should disappear; as is the case. No
appearances have been seen that are suggestive of the handles of
Schafer’s dumbbell-like rods, which, indeed (judging from the abstract
of his paper), he has assumed rather than demonstrated. As has
been already stated, nothing like fibrillar structure is to be seen in
the living and healthy fibre.

The sarcolemma is firmly attached to each edge of the ends of the
black bands, and the granules must, in some way, be prevented from
separating laterally, so as to give the support for the folds, into which
the muscle contracts. The ground substance is the contractile ele-
ment; it is also highly elastic. When the fibre is stretched all parts
become narrower, and when contracted, broader; but in the latter
case the change is chiefly in the ground substance.

os exon

&

Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Vol. XVI.

nus ~~ - ow we

i Be

C paaes
Hie Os ha reek iy
yh bsecvth opie a

eye OR be io
oe Se

Dr. H. P. Quincy, Del.

DWIGHT, STRUCTURE OF MUSCULAR FIBRE.

Heliotype.

1873.] aL (Putnam,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

The drawings are all from fibres of the Gyrinus, as seen with objective 10 im-
mersion, and No. 3 eyepiece (Hartnack), and are slightly reduced.

Fig.1. Muscular fibre at rest under normal conditions, showing the various
appearances of the granular and bright bands.

Fig.2. A fibre at rest at A, contracted at B, and stretched at C.

fig.3. A fibre in passive contraction (Second state) attached to a tendon.

Fig.4. <A fibre teased out in glycerine.

The drawings are more or less diagrammatic, owing to the great difficulties which
the object presents. This is particularly the case at B, in fig. 2, and can easily be
accounted for when it is remembered that the wave of contraction is never sta-
tionary forasecond. The gray at C, in fig. 2, is too dark.

Nores ON THE GENUS Myxine. By F. W. Putnam.

The specimens which I have the pleasure of bringing before the
Society to-night belong to a most interesting genus of fishes, and are
the second stage in the development of the great branch of the ani-
mal kingdom which reaches its culmination in man. The only lower
form of vertebrates known is the single species, which -has the
characteristics of a vertebrate animal of such’an elementary struc-
ture, or entirely suppressed, as to induce Professor Haeckel to sepa-
rate it from all other vertebrates as a primary division of the branch .
under the name of Leptocardia.

In the animals before us we find a most lowly organization, but
still everything in their structure is markedly of the vertebrate type,
and no one can hesitate as to their position in the system being
above the lancelet, and below the lampreys.

As my object to-night is not to dwell upon the details of the anat-
omy of the subclass of Cyclostomata,| which includes the families of
Petromyzontide and Myxinide, and is fully given in the works of
‘Miiller, Owen, Huxley, Giinther, and other authors, I will simply
call attention to some points in the anatomy of the specimens of
Myzine before us. The body is eel-shaped, and is covered by a
thin skin, which is easily detached. Along the under side, for very
nearly the whole length of the animal, are two rows of mucous
glands, each gland having an external opening, and from these, dur-

1 Also known under the names Marsipobranchii and Myzontes. The lancelet is
excluded, for from our present ideas of the limits of groups I am inclined to re-
gard this single species as representing the lowest subclass of vertebrates, the
Leptocardii. ,

Putnam.] 128 ' [Nov. 5,

ing life, there is exuded a mass of mucus that renders these, of all
animals, the most slimy. There are no eyes.! The brain is small,
but of the normal fish type, and without special development of its
parts. There are no pectoral or ventral fins, or any internal struc-
ture corresponding to the bones of the pectoral arch, or to the pelvis.
The median fins are developed, and the united dorsal, caudal, and
anal fins are supported by fine cartilaginous rays. The skull is but
slightly developed as a cartilaginous box, and the flexible notochord
enclosed in its sheath, and extending from the base of the skull to
the end of the tail, is all there is to represent a spinal column.
There are no jaws, and the mouth is round and suctorial, without
lips, and provided with a pair of barbels on the right and left sides.
At the very extremity of the head, on the median line above, is a
single nasal aperture, which is provided with two pair of barbels,
and opens into the upper part of the mouth. This large nasal cavity
is furnished with nerve fibres from the broad fringes of the olfactory
nerves, which penetrate it from behind, and it is evidently a very im-
portant organ; smell being the most developed sense of this low ani-
mal. The teeth consist of a single median one on the roof of the
mouth, and two rows on each side of the tongue, which is a powerful
organ, with a strong fibrous tendon moving in a muscular sheath.
With the exception of a slight contraction at a point opposite the
heart, the alimentary canal is a simple straight tube to the anal open-
ing, which is not far from the end of the tail. The liver is large, and
consists of a broad, thick and short right lobe, which encloses the
pericardium with its broad, forward portion, and folds over the intes-
tinal canal; the left lobe is but slightly connected with the right, and
holds a median position below it, enclosing the intestinal canal on its
inner surface. ‘The gall bladder is relatively large, and placed be-
tween the lobes of the liver. The heart is small, of the usual form
in fishes, and is enclosed in a pericardium. ‘The cardiae aorta is
proportionally large, and gives off its branches alternately to the
six branchial sacs on each side. ‘The branchial sacs are placed on
each side of the cesophagus, lying directly against its outer walls,
and the water passes into them by a small pore opening directly

1Qwen describes the organ of sight in the Lancelet and Myxine as “a minute
tegumentary follicle coated by dark pigment, which receives the end of a special
cerebral nerve.”

1873.] 129 (Putnam.

from the esophagus into each sac; it is then passed out by a duct,!
which continues backwards along the outer walls of the sacs to the
abdominal wall at the end of the last sac, where all the ducts from
one side unite in one,? and the water is emptied at the branchial
opening on each side of the median line. In close connection with
the branchial opening on the left side, there is a third opening ?
that leads by a very short duct to the cesophagus, and may be the
means of allowing water to pass directly into the cesophagus, and
hence into the branchial sacs, at times when the supply through
the mouth is cut off by the head being buried in the food of the
animal. The kidneys are long tubes situated on the median line
of the dorsal part of the abdominal cavity. The ovary is single,
and is situated dn the right side of the intestinal canal. In
specimens where the ovary is not developed, it is seen as a simple
white membrane lying on the outer wall of the whole length of
the intestine, in close connection with the great mesenteric vein,
which is unusually large. As the eggs are developed the ovary is
stretched out, the eggs forming a fringe at its free edge. There are:
no oviducts; the eggs when mature break from their ovarian cap-
sules, and falling into the abdominal cavity are excluded through
the peritoneal opening at the side of the anal opening.

With this hasty description of the general anatomy of the fishes
before us, I will proceed to the special subject of my communication,
which is to show that though the geographical distribution of the
group is very extended, we can recognize but a single species in the
genus.

The material which I have been able to use for this purpose is
quite extensive, an 1 consists of a fresh specimen dredged by Messrs.
Packard and Cooke off our eastern coast in September last, and sev-
eral specimens in the Museum of the Peabody Academy of Science, .
which were presented by Prof. Agassiz to the Essex Institute in 1858,
and were collected at Grand Menan by Mr. J. C. Mills, during the

1 The figure given by Home, and copied by Owen and other authors, does not cor-
rectly show the course of these branchial ducts, as they are represented as short
ducts leading directly into one long tube that passes along the outer walls of the
sacs to the branchial opening.

2 Miiller’s figure represents the ducts as here described.

3 The figure mentioned in the preceding foot note represents the cesophagal open-
ing as somewhat removed from the.left branchial opening, but in all the specimens
which I have examined its position is so close to the left branchial opening as to
form one cavity with it.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 9 FEBRUARY, 1874.

Putnam.] 130 [Nov. 5,

season of 1857. By the kindness of Prof. Agassiz, I have also had
the opportunity of making a careful study of a large number of
other specimens collected by Mr. Mills at the same time with those
mentioned above; also three specimens received from Liverpool by
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, which were collected on the |
English coast. But the most important material, for which I am also
indebted to Prof. Agassiz, is the large collection of over two hundred
specimens of young and old, collected by the Hassler Expedition in
the Straits of Magellan, during the month of March, 1872. I have
thus been able to compare undoubted specimens of the Myzine gluti-
nosa from the northern. Kuropean waters, with specimens from our
own northeastern coast, and with specimens from the southern part
of South America; the latter being unquestionably identical with
those described by Jenyns under the name of M. australis.

The specimen dredged by Messrs. Packard and Cooke came up
from a soft, muddy bottom. Those collected by Mr. Mills were obtained
_ principally while feeding on the offal thrown overboard by the fisher-
men at Grand Menan, while those collected by the Hassler Expedi-
tion, in the Straits of Magellan, were obtained by placing the bodies
of dead birds, etc., in pot nets, and allowing the nets to remain for a
time, when the slime-eels would be found in great numbers buried in,
and feeding upon, the flesh.

On September 18, 1873, Messrs. Packard and Cooke, while on the
“Bache,” and acting under the direction of Prof. Baird, U. S.
Commissioner of Fisheries, dredged a specimen of Myxine in one
hundred and eighteen fathoms on a blue-mud bottom, just east of
Jeffrey’s Ledge (directly east from Portsmouth). Dr. Packard’s
notes give the temperature of the bottom as 35°, and of the surface,
Bits ;
This specimen was brought to Salem alive, but died before I had
the opportunity of examining it. When examined, very soon after
death, it was of a light blue color above, whitish below, with a red-
dish tint over the whole body, evidently caused by the blood showing
through the thin skin. The mucous sacs were very conspicuous as
two abdominal rows of white spots. The membranous fins were
transparent, and well defined from the skin.

The specimen is twelve inches long, and not quite half an inch in
depth at the branchial apertures. The head (under this term I des-
ignate the portion forward of the branchial apertures) is one quarter
of the total length of the animal, and its length is contained two

’

1873.] ek [Putnam.

and one half times in the abdominal portion (the portion embraced
between the branchial apertures and the anus). ‘The tail (meas-
ured from the anus to the tip) is one eighth of the total length.
The lingual teeth are the same on each side, the outer row being
composed of the largest teeth, as is the case with all known speci-
mens of the genus. There are nine in the outer, and ten in the
inner row. ‘The two foremost of each row are the strongest, and are
confluent at the base.t_ The dorsal fin commences a little more than
the length of the tail in advance of a point over the anus. This
specimen is not fully developed, but with the aid of a lens, minute
egos can be seen in the ovary.

On examining three specimens contained in the Museum of the
Peabody Academy of Science, and collected by Mr. Mills at Grand
Menan, during the season of 1857, I found one that was much more
slender than the others, agreeing very closely in its proportions
and the length of the dorsal fin, with the specimen described above.
This is a fully developed female, with large eggs. It measures fifteen
and one half inches in total length, and .6 of an inch in depth. The
head is one quarter the total length, and is contained two and
and one half times in the length of the abdomen. The lingual teeth
vary in number on the two sides; the right side having eight in the
outer row, and eleven in the inner; the left side has nine in the outer,
and ten in the inner row.

The other two specimens from Grand Menan are at once notice-
able from their more contracted form. They agree in their relative
proportions, and in having a short dorsal fin, which commences but
little in advance of a point over the anus. One of these is a fully
developed female, with large eggs. It is fourteen inches in length,
and .7 of an inch in depth. The head is contained three and one
half times in the total length, and twice in the length of the abdo-
men. ‘The tail is contained seven and three quarter times in the
total length. The lingual teeth are ten in each row.

The third specimen is a female, with the eggs but little developed.
It is 12.9 inches long, and .6 of an inch in depth. The head is con-
tained three and one half times in the total length, and twice in the
length of the abdomen. ‘The tail is contained seven and one half
times in the total length. The lingual teeth are nine in each row.

1 A character which is common to all the specimens of the genus I have exam-
ined, though it has been stated that in M. australis the first three teeth are con-

fluent.

Putnam.] 132 i [Nov. 5’

From these descriptions it will be seen that these four specimens
exhibit two forms, or extremes of variation: one being elongated with
a tendency to a long dorsal fin, and the other shorter, with a tend-
ency to a short dorsal fin. It will also be noticed that the number
of lingual teeth is not constant,-and that we cannot consider the
variation in their number of any specific value.

On examining the many specimens from Grand Menan, contained
in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, I found that while the short
form and the long form were to a certain extent recognizable, yet
there were several specimens intermediate in some one or more of the
characters, and that the two forms could only be.regarded as varie-
ties exhibiting the extremes of variation in the species.

On reducing the few measurements which Girard gives in his de-
scription of M. limosa to the relative proportions of parts, it will be
seen that his description was taken from an elongated specimen, and
as the only character given by Gunther by which his slender speci-
men, described under the name of J. affinis, could be distinguished
rom M. limosa is the number of teeth,! we are forced to consider
M. affinis as a synonyme of the variety first described by Girard.

On comparing the specimens from the English coast with the short
form from Grand Menan, I could find no difference between them.

I then made a thorough study of the two hundred specimens of
various sizes collected by the Hassler Expedition in the Straits of
Magellan, and found that it was impossible on any character to sepa-
rate them from the northern representatives of the species.

The following table, giving the measurements of a number of the
specimens from each locality, the number of teeth, and the relative
proportions of the head, abdomen and tail, will best exhibit the facts.

After dissecting between forty and fifty specimens of Myxine, I
have been unable to find a single one that was unquestionably a male.
All but two of the number dissected (and in the majority of the
specimens not opened the eggs could be felt by pressing on the walls
of the abdomen) had eggs in a more or less advanced stage. In
many specimens the eggs were quite large, in others they were
smaller; in others again they were quite small, and the ovary was

1Girard states that the teeth in his specimen were seven in each row, but as I
-have never found less than eight I am inclined to think that Girard overlooked the
small tooth at the end of eachrow. Giinther gives the teeth of his MW. affinis as
eleven. I have shown that the number varied in the elongated specimens alone,
as described above, from eight to eleven.

[Putnam.

133

1873.] _

99

3?
"SOUITY

rlstlstaqjoo DS

roles leo jeqco|s# lst

pourezu09

TRL,

9
29
9
”

rita

ty)

ric

9

9
99
or)
oP)
”

mio iN

2?

”

99

9

9

”
*SOUTY

rhe
TANNNN NN NANNNN NN ANNAN AN

<tho~yiomoo

ll

“TETIOpgeV
ut
pourezu09
pro

$ G
” TE | 9 TL | Ie
& OT G
” aS | oy Th |) gp EGIL
& OL G
” ZS \o o£ |o TOL
Lea OL
” g& ea 9T
Dp rat | Oe ea
1G ‘Gis
9 Vio 9} Tel
Z OT
” rs ” ot ” aeee
” rs Y) An ” “EGl
» @GSio ¢ 1» Tél
& OL G
9 ZS 19 ee » Tol
” Vio yl» 6L
€ @it
om eS |p lo ll
g Ot v6
PS kai ky am CTinn ney i ol GE
G OL 4
) TS | 9 | TOL
: G OL G
” TS | » ae » TOL
” Vin #19 OL
aia OL OT
” TS Dae ” 9 g
‘soury te |urS! ur 7
Bou RoR ts) |
1404 “£poq | .

pourryuos |yydeq| ToL
peo

"00L

‘podopoasp jou soy

‘$0.09 Oodvy AIOA &
» oynuIM 4

"099 ‘xo

”?

9

99

9

99

9

99

eb)

]jeurs

-P)
99

99

Or OF OF OF

aolvzy &
"S000 [[VUS &

Sot, 22
aoLvT &

eqynurm &

y[eus %

aoIRy &
[jeus &

99

fs)

‘so.00 oJNUTUL

”

99 99 99 99
‘UB]PIOVRIT ‘SVQ ‘ouTUIR] WOT

99 ”

99 eb)
99 br)

”? 99

Pe] 9
ee URUOTe puE TS
” ” 99 ”
“ULTIHLTT “SG “uIog Apurg
"So}VIG poyluy) ysvog usdjsVnT
5. > -puvycuyy 70 4se09
“ULTOOLTT ‘sag “QuIOog Apurg

a eee Fy :
7 + ° + -puRptoun jo ysvog
Boe 2 URMoNT puers

9) >p) 99

“SUNOX /ULI[oorypy ‘s4yg ‘ouenq-oz10Ng

*AqITVIO'T

“ANIXAW JO SNHWIOUdS NGALHOIA FO SLINGWHYOSVOW HO WIAV.L

Putnam. |] 134 [Noyv. 5,

just beginning to develop as a fringe; at this stage there was al-
ways a mass of fat in large flakes along the edge of the ovary, which
was not present at any other stage. In those specimens where the
ovary was simply a thin narrow band running along the side of the
intestine, the eggs could be traced by using a lens. In two specimens
from the Straits of Magellan no eggs could be traced, even by a
careful microscopical examination made by Dr. Packard and myself,

and though we could find no trace of spermatic cells, I am inclined.

to consider these two specimens as males, with the testes undevel-
oped, simply from the fact that in all other specimens with the ovary
of no more corresponding development, minute eggs could always
be made out.

Prof. Steenstrup has called attention to the fact that the single
specimen which he describes is the only instance when the eggs have
been found with the hard, or horny, shell, and its little hooks for at-
tachment, and it is singular that in all the specimens that have
passed through my hands, embracing as they do many that have
the eggs as large, and even larger than those figured by him, not
one shows the least development of the horny covering, or of
the hooks, though the large eggs are all enclosed in a tough mem-
brane, which unquestionably is the stage just preceding the one
which he describes. The large, or nearly mature, eggs are from ten
to eighteen in number in all the specimens I have examined, either
from Grand Menan or the Straits of Magellan; sixteen is the most
usual number. In one specimen from Grand Menan the large eggs
were sixteen in number, and measured .8 of an inch in length and
4in width. Ina very large specimen from the Straits of Magellan,
of a total length of 214 inches, the large eggs were also sixteen in
number, and measured .9 of an inch in length by .4 in width.

The collection made in the Straits of Magellan by the Hassler
Expedition, shows conclusively that the time at which the eggs are
excluded is not the same with all the females, for in each lot of spec-
imens collected, during the few weeks in March that the Expedition
was in the Straits, there are females with the eggs in all the different
stages of development, and the specimens collected at Grand Menan,
probably from August to October, show the same to be the case. It
is very probable, however, that the large eggs in all these specimens
would very soon have attained their horny envelopes and hooks, and
it is reasonable to suppose that in the Straits of Magellan many eggs

1873.] 1s [Putnam.

are deposited by April or May, and that on the Grand Menan coast
many of the eegs would be mature about the first of winter.

The characters of the single species at present known,! I should
express as follows.

Myxine glutinosa Linn. |

Blue above, whitish below. Head contained in total leneth from
three and one half to four times; in length of abdomen from two to
nearly three times. Tail contained in total length from six and one
half to ten times. Lingual teeth from eight to eleven in each row.

Habitat. Northern coasts of Europe, northeastern coast of North
America, southern coast of South America.

Variety septentrionalis. Head contained less than four times in
total length. Dorsal fin commencing over the anus. Habitat. North-
ern Atlantic.

Variety limosa. Head contained four times in total length. Dorsal
fin commencing forward of a point over the anus. Habitat. Northern
Atlantic.

Variety australis. Habitat. Southern coast of South America.

As I have already stated, I consider these varieties as simply in-
dicating the extremes of variation in the species, and its geographi-
eal distribution, and not in any sense distinct forms.

1 The following are the characters which Dr. Ginther, in his eighth volume of
Catalogue of Fishes in the British Museum, gives to the three species of the genus
which he acknowledges : —

1. Myxine glutinosa Linn. [and of various authors, including the Gastro-
branchus cecus of Bloch, the Myxine ceca of Blainville, and the Myzine limosa of
Girard].

“ Hight or nine rather slender teeth in each of the two series; the two foremost
strongest and more confluent at the base than the others.”’

* Coasts of Europe and North America.”’ [Ginther’s specimens were from the
Firth of Forth, and from Newcastle.]

2. Myxine affinis Ginther.

“ Bleven rather stout teeth in each of the two series, the two foremost strongest
and more confluent at the base than the others. Body considerably more slender
than that of MW. glutinosa.”’

“Habitat unknown. The single specimen is twelve inches long.”

3. Myxine australis Jenyns, Voy. Beagle, Fish., p. 159.

“Ten or eleven slender teeth in each of the two series, the three foremost are
strongest and confluent at the base, the other teeth remaining separate; in the sec-
ond series the two innermost teeth are confluent at the base.”

“Southern coasts of South America.’’ [Giunther’s specimens were from Sandy
Point and the Tyssen Islands.]

Packard.] 136 [Nov. 19,
November 19, 18783.

The President in the chair. Seventy-nine persons present.
The following papers were read : —

ON THE TRANSFORMATIONS OF THE COMMON HoUSE FLY, WITH
NoTES ON ALLIED Forms. By A. 8. Packarp, JR., M.D.

It is not a little strange that the history and transformations of the
common House Fly are so little known. There is a vague idea that
it breeds in the manure of stables, but no one in this country has in-
vestigated its habits, and even Dr. Harris, by describing our common
species under a separate name, seems to indicate that ours is not the
common House Fly of Europe. In Europe, even, but little attention
has been given to its habits. They are mentioned only in three
works, one of which (by Bouché) was published during this century,
with ficures so poor and inadequate as to be actually misleading.

Having been fortunate enough to find the larve of this species in
large numbers and then in inducing the adults to lay eggs in great
abundance at our own pleasure, as it were, we make the attempt to
clear up the history of the development and transformations of
Musca domestica Linn.

Bibliography. After Linneeus had described this species as the
Musca domestica, DeGeer1 was the first to satisfactorily describe its
transformations. He says that the larva lives in warm and humid
dung, but does not say how long it lives in the egg, larva, or pupa
state. He gives a good description of the larva, stating that its pro-
thoracic stigma ends in six divisions, and adds, “ Ces larves, que sont
absolument sans pattes, n’ayant pas méme ces mamelons charnus
qu’on observe a celles de la viande [J/usca carnaria] et de quelques
autres especes, se sont des cocques de leur propre peau, mais qui
n’ont rien de particulier 4 offrir et les mouches en sortent peu de jours
apres (p. 78, Tome 6, 1776).

In 1834 Bouché? described the larva, remarking that it lives in

1 Carl De Geer. Mémoires pour servir a Vhistoire des Insectes. Stockholm, 4°
1752-’78.

2P. Fr. Bouché. Naturgeschichte der Insekten, etc. Berlin, 1834. 12°. The
third work we have alluded to is by Keller; Geschichte der gemeiner Stubenfliege,
1764 and 1796. This last we have not seen.

1873.] 137 (Packard.

horse’s and fowl’s dung, especially when warm. He does not, how-
ever, state how long it remains in this state. After a fair description
of the pupa-case, he says that 1t remains in this state from eight to
fourteen days. His figures of the larva and pupa-case are very poor,
not being recognizable; but this is the only time, so far as we are
aware, that the insect has been figured in its preparatory stages.

We have been unable to find any other references, of any import-
ance from a biological point of view, to this commonest of insects.

Embryology. During the month of August the House Fly is ex-
tremely abundant, and as we, and others, have noticed, especially so
in the neighborhood of stables. On placing one fly in confinement
in the shade, enclosed in a glass bottle, she laid some time between
six P. M., August 12th, and eight a.m., August 13th, one hundred
and twenty egos. ‘They were deposited irregularly in stacks, as it
were, lying loose in one or two piles at the bottom of the bottle. At
eight a. M., August 14th, several were found hatched out and crawl-
ing about the bottom of the bottle.

In order, however, to obtain a large number of eggs, we placed a
mass of freshly dropped horse manure, still warm, at an open window
in the sun. This attracted large quantities of flies for three or four
weeks succeeding, which laid eggs during that period. Immediately
on exposing the manure on the morning of the 12th of August, the
flies appeared and laid their eggs in masses in the crevices in the
manure, working their way down mostly out of sight, and depositing
bunches of eggs in various convenient places. These were found
hatched out at about the same hour the next day. From several
such experiments made on different occasions, we may regard the
embryo as requiring twenty-four hours for perfection. In confine-
ment it requires from five to ten hours more, and those larvee hatched
in confinement are smaller than those reared from eggs deposited in
warm manure. It is evident that heat and moisture are required for
the normal development of the larva, as usual in all insects. Thus
the egg state lasts for twenty-four hours, about the time of that of
Musca vomitoria, according to Weismann,! who states that it lasts
from seventeen to twenty-six hours.

The egg is elongate oval cylindrical, a little smaller, more pointed
at the anterior end than the posterior. It is .04-.05 inch long, and

1 Die Entwickelung der Dipteren im Hi, nach Beobachtungen an Chironomus,
Musca vomitoria und Pulex canis. Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie x111.,
p. 107-204. 1864.

Packard.] 138 [Nov. 19,

about .01 inch in diameter. The chorion is thin and structureless,
but covered by an outer shell, which renders the ege quite opake, so
as to prevent one from making out the earlier embryonic changes.
It is evidently secreted and laid upon the chorion just before the ego
is laid. Its surface is pitted with elongated hexagonal depressions,
which cross the egg transversely. Compared with the eggs of Calli-
phora vomitoria, the Meat Fly, they are rather smaller, those of the
latter being .06 inch in length, and thicker in proportion, while the
hexagons are in the Meat Fly larger and longer. ‘The eggs of both
flies are dull chalky white.

The micropyle is round, and easily perceived on twisting the egg
under the compressor.

The yolk granules are exceedingly fine, as in C. vomitoria, so that
the yolk is quite dense.

Owing to the density of the exochorion, as we may term the outer
shell, it was impossible to observe the earliest embryonic changes,
the formation of the blastoderm, and the primitive band. From one
specimen hardened in alcohol, we succeeded in tearing off the exo-
chorion by aid of the compressor and needles, an operation which we
could not succeed in doing on recent eggs, as they invariably broke.
This stage apparently agrees with that of Calliphora vomitoria, fig-
ured by Weismann on Taf. v., figs. 65, 66.

A more advanced stage, as seen through the exochorion, is repre-
sented by Weismann’s figures 71 and 72.

At a more advanced stage (Pl. 3, Fig. 1) the embryo is nearly fully
formed. ‘The segments and locomotive spines crossing the under
side of each segment are formed. The head is indicated; the two
tubercles probably indicating the 1st maxille; the head is much
larger compared to the size of the prothorax, than subsequently, and
the dark Y-shaped twin spots indicate the formation of the cesopha-
geal frame work. The anal spiracles are formed, but the spiracles are
still somewhat rudimentary, though the Bene leading from them
appear to be fully formed.

Just before the embryo hatches, the body becomes more transpar-
ent, and, as seen in Fig. 2, the main trachee can be traced through
their whole length, with their lateral and cephalic branches. The
rows of locomotive spines are very distinct. They can be easily seen
in the egg in its natural state, but the figure represents the living egg
with the exochorion removed, this covering having already split
along the under side, just as we have seen it in C. vomitoria.

1873. ] 189 [Packard.

We feel warranted then in stating that the embryological develop-
ment of Musca domestica is in all its stages almost identical with that
of Calliphora vomitoria, so elaborately worked out and copiously
illustrated by Weismann, in his famous work.

When the embryo is about to slip out of its eze-membranes, includ-
ing the amnion, which we have observed to be as usual in the in-
sects, it is quite active in its motions, the body moving to and fro
within the shell. Undoubtedly this motion, accompanied by a twist-
ing motion of the body, ruptures the exchorion.

We did not witness the process of hatching of the House Fly, but
have no doubt it is like that of the Meat Fly (C. vomitoria). A larva
of the latter hatched under our eyes. The egg-shell split longitud-
inally, and in one or two seconds it pushed its way out through the
anterior end, and in a second or two more extricated itself from the
shell. The shell scarcely changed its form, and the larva left the
amnion within.

The larva. First stage. (PI. 3, Fig. 3, 30.) In order to bring out
more clearly the characters of this stage, we shall compare it with
the freshly hatched larva of the Meat Fly (C. vomitoria), which we
studied at the same time in order to test our work on the House Fly.

The larva as soon as hatched, on being compared with that of the
Meat Fly of corresponding age, differs from the latter in being slen- »
derer, with the head in front rounder and narrower, while the poste-
rior end of the body is rounder and narrower. The sutures in M.
domestica are much less plainly marked, especially the three anterior
ones. There are but seven rows of locomotive spines, where in C.
vomitoria there are twelve, one for each segment (Weismann does not
figure the last and minute row). Moreover, the spinules are less
numerous than in C’. vomitoria. These rows of spinules appear more
clearly than in the fully grown larve in both genera. ‘These differ-
ences we would regard as good generic characters, and these are, with
the other characters given below, the only differential characters by
which to distinguish the larvee.

The head is much less free from the succeeding, or prothoracic,
seoment than in C. vomitoria, the suture behind being less distinct.
The end of the body below the stigmata does not project so conspic-
uously as in C.. vomitoria.

There are also good generic characters in the trachee. In M. do-
mestica the two main trachee are more sinuate, and do not taper so
rapidly anteriorly, while the distance from the posterior commissure

Packard.] 140 [Nov. 19,

to the stigma is greater, and the dark terminal portion longer, than
in C. vomitoria. The secondary branches are rather shorter than
in C. vomitoria, and the two inferior medio-posterior tracheal twigs
(Fig. 36) arise behind the posterior commissure. The tracheal twigs
of the head are distributed much alike in both genera.

The length of the freshly hatched larva of M. domestica is .07 inch.
It remains in this stage about twenty-four hours.

The second stage. (Fig. 4.) This stage is sionalized by the addi-
tion of the prothoracic stigmata. This change must necessarily,
though we did not perceive it, be accompanied by a moult of the first
larva skin, as in Calliphora vomitoria, according to Leuckart} and
Weismann (i. ¢.).

The length of the larva at this stage varies from .15-.17 inch in
length. It is considerably slenderer than in the first stage. We are
inclined to think that this stage lasts from about twenty-four to thirty-
six hours. One of these larve grew .05 inch in twenty-four hours.

The third stage. As this last. stage does not differ from the preced-
ing one in any important respects except size, the following descrip-
tion will apply to both.

The larva of J£. domestica differs from C. vomitoria in being
proportionally longer and slenderer, more regularly conical, the body
gradually increasing in width to the end, which is square. The prop-
leg is small and inconspicuous as compared with that of the other
genus, and cannot be seen from above when the larva is in motion.
In Calliphora the body narrows towards the end, the stigmatal hollow
is very well marked, with eight large subacute conical tubercles on
the elevated edge of the round area, which in life is stuck outwards
and upwards, presenting a cup-like hollow, at the bottom of which
the stigmata are situated. They are large and tun-shaped, deep
testaceous in color, with fine longitudinal whitish stripes; while in
Musca domestica they are black, external, being situated in a very
slight depression, and are very conspicuous.

The anal spiracles in M. domestica (Fig. 5; 5a, still more enlarged
spiracle of 4 younger larva than 5) are rounded, forming about three-
fourths of a circle, with the opposing sides square, and a broad dark
chitinous ridge, which becomes wider and darker with age. The
openings are two, very unequal, the longer one apparently formed by
the union of what were probably originally two openings. These

1 Die Larven zustande der Musciden. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1861, p. 60.

1873.] 141 [Packard.

openings are very sinuous, the fissure guarded by dense projecting
cones. This sinuate course of the spiracles is the most prominent
differential character of the genus Musca. Fig. 6 shows their dispo-
sition in Calliphora vomitoria, and Fig. 7 their arrangement in Sarco-
phaga carnaria, being slenderer and situated farther apart in the
latter genus.

The spiracle on the prothoracic segment (Fig. 4c) is divided into
six lobules, rarely into eight. I ig. 4d shows the end of one of these
lobules, with a corrugated rim, and a central slight fissure for the
admission of air. : |

The head (Fig. 4a) is conical, about half as long as the protho-
racic segment in the larva of the second stage, but much smaller
proportionally in the fully grown maggot. The antenne are minute,
conical, two-jointed, the terminal joint minute, acutely pointed.
Below are two fleshy tubercles, probably representing the maxille,
and a single one, representing possibly the labrum, or upper lip. The
black horny mandibles are of the usual form of the family.

The body of the maggot is much more transparent than in Calli-
phora or Sarcophaga. ‘The region next the sutures, between the
segments, is scarcely thickened, while it is conspicuously so in Calli-
phora, and the tegument is smooth and shining, while in Calliphora it
is opake and finely shagreened. »

Length when fully grown, .25—.40 inch (while C. vomitoria meas-
ures .55-.60 inch). It probably remains in this state about three or
four days. The entire life of the larva is, then, from five to seven
days.

We are inclined to think that the larvee, if hard pressed for food,
devour each other, as of four larvee put in a bottle, only two were
found the day after. In the manure they eat up the decaying matter,
leaving the bits of hay and straw.

‘Among the literally thousands of larvee which have passed under
our eyes, we have not as yet been able to detect an individual in
which the body had decidedly contracted and changed its form pre-
paratory to the formation of the puparium, and are inclined to
believe this to be a comparatively sudden act.

_ For convenience in comparison, and to make this essay more com-
plete, we give a brief description of the larva of Sarcophaga carnaria,
the maggot of the common Flesh Fly, which has been known to be
an inhabitant of this country for about a century, as DeGeer men-
tions it in 1776, in his “ Mémoires,” as having been received from

Packard.] 142 [Nov. 19,

Pennsylvania. It is closely similar to Calliphora vomitoria, but a little
longer. There are eleven divisions or lobules to the prothoracic stig-
mata, where in Calliphora vomitoria there are nine. The locomotive
spines are more acutely pointed. The anal spiracles are of the same
relative size as in Calliphora, but the openings are much longer and
narrower, and consequently farther apart, and the circular orifice in
the peritreme is wanting; in both genera the peritreme is round,
while in Musca it is somewhat hemispherical. The fleshy projections
around the spiracular depression, and the two fleshy prop-legs are the
same in the two genera, Sarcophaga and Calliphora, while the head
and its appendages present no differences. ‘The only character by
which to distinguish the larve of the two genera is in the form of
the stigmata. The mode of life, and of taking food, is identical in
the two; they differ but slightly in size, and here we have in the
preparatory state of two allied genera, no specific characters devel-
oped, the differential ones are generic in their nature. And yet the
imagines are very different, with a number of specific characters
separating them.

The puparium (Fig. 8, ventral; 8a, dorsal view, enlarged) is reg-
ularly cylindrical, at the fifth segment from the head beginning to
taper regularly towards the head, the anterior end being distinctly
pointed, the rudiments of the head and prothorax being small. Pos-
teriorly the body is much rounded, full and obtuse, with no spiracular
depression nor spines surrounding it, but the spiracles are situated
conspicuously like little buttons on the end. On the dorsal side of
the body is a single row of coarse granulations along the suture, be-
coming beneath double, with fine lines crossing and connected with
the granulations, the distance between the rows widening posteriorly.
Numerous granulations, rather finer than those anterior, surround the
rudiments of the prop-legs. A raised sharp prominent lateral ridge
extends on each side from the mesothoracic segment on to the first
abdominal. Prothoracic spiracles very minute, with usually six lob-
ules, and not extending beyond the mouth parts. The prop-legs are
represented by two oval flattened parallel contiguous tubercles, with
a rather remote and obscure area on each side. The anal spiracles
form black, round, flattened, button-like tubercles, the terminal seg-
ment being smooth and shiny, and regularly convex.

Length, .20-.27 inch.

So remarkably similar is the puparium of JZusca domestica to that

1873.] 1438 [Packard.

of Stomoxys calcitrans! (Fig. 10, dorsal; and 10 a, ventral view of an
immature puparium, in which the pupa is very rudimentary, the ab-
domen being continuous with the thorax) that it is difficult to give
any characters by which to separate them. ‘The two most impor-
tant ones are the following; the anal spiracles of Musca domestica
(Fig. 9) are larger, much closer together, square on the opposing
faces, and depressed in the middle, while those of Stomozys calcitrans
are remote, round, and flat topped. (10c.) The lower side of the
end of Stomoxys is darker and much more rugose, owing to trans-
verse ridges, than in Musca, where it is comparatively smooth. Fig.
106 gives an idea of these ridges and transversely oval enclosures.
The ridges lying between the spiracles and the region of the prop-
legs are wanting in Musca domestica.

In both genera the prothoracic spiracles of the pupa connect with
similar projecting, slightly twisted, long acute points which are situ-
ated on each side on the hinder edge of the metathoracic segment of
the puparium. ‘These stigmata are not represented in either of the
drawings of the puparia we here present. ‘The divisions of the pro-
thoracic stigmata in the puparium of Stomoxys are five in number.
The puparia of this species occurred more abundantly with us than
those of the Domestic Fly, and were at first mistaken for them. The
puparium of MW. domestica may at once be distinguished from Cal-
liphora and Sarcophaga by the obtusely pointed (compared with
those of C. vomitoria and S. carnaria) end, and the full rounded hind
end, with the spiracles externally like buttons; also by its smaller
size, and by the double row of large granulations, while in Calliphora
and Sarcophaga there are twelve or more.

In Musca, as well as in Stomoxys, when the pupa is formed, the
hard frame work of the jaws of the larva rest next to the skin of the
puparium, and always on the ventral side, and apparently in connec-
tion with the old larva skin. When the fly pushes its way out of the
pupa case, the anterior end of the latter splits off just behind the su-
ture between the metathoracic and first abdominal segment. And
often when the front end of the puparium is forced off, the ventral
half, with most of the rudiments of the mouth-parts, remains attached
to the case.

A parasite found in the puparium of Musca domestica will be de-
scribed at the end of this essay.

1 As has been noticed by Bouché (/. c., p. 56) as regards the larval state.

Packard. ] 144 [Nov. 19,

The puparium of Calliphora vomitoria is cylindrical, slender, flask-
shaped, being thickest on the anterior third of the body, thence grad-
ually narrowing to the posterior end and suddenly contracting, leav-
ing a well marked neck, which is much darker colored than the rest
of the body, which is of the usual dark red color. The spiracles are
quite prominent, extending as far as the extreme tip of the head;
they are of much the same form as in the larva, and with from twelve
to thirteen deeply marked divisions. (In one larva there are nine
lobules.)

Two broad bands and a narrow linear accessory line of minute
granulations cross each segment, and become curved a little ante-
riorly along the dorsal line. The constricted end of the case is pro-
vided with twelve prominent rugose granulated spines, with longitud_
inal ridges on the neck terminating between the spines; and along
the ventral side of the neck is a ridge, less sharp and prominent than
in Sarcophaga, and with larger granulations. The rudiments of the
prop-legs consist of two lateral conical projections and a median
furrow. ‘The projections are a little farther apart, and more slender
than in Sarcophaga, but the differences are very slight. ‘The dorsal
ridge ending between the two uppermost circum-anal projections is
obscurely marked, while in Sarcophaga it is distinct and sharp.

The divisions of the stigmata are very plainly and deeply cut,
while in Sarcophaga carnaria there are no indications of the incisions,
the edge being rugose, but not crenulated.
This is the most important distinguishing
mark in the puparia of the two genera.
Length .30-.35 inch.

The puparium of Sarcophaga carnaria
(described from specimens received from
Rev. Mr. 8S. Lockwood) is twice as’ bulky
as that of Calliphora vomitoria. It is cylin-
drical, not tapering so gradually posteriorly
as in C’. vomitoria, and not contractéd at the
end into so long a neck. ‘The twelve blunt
spines surrounding the spiracular region are |

much smaller, less conspicuous, and do not
project, except the two lower ones, beyond
the end of the puparium. The ridges ending
Puparium of Sarco. between these spines are much higher and

phaga carnaria. sharper than in C. vomitoria. The dorsal

\

1873.] / 145 [Packard..

ridge on this neck is much sharper and more pronounced than in
C. vomitoria, and the impressed lines on the sides extend forwards
to the suture between the penultimate and terminal segments of the
body, the lines curving outwards anteriorly. ‘There is a well-marked
pointed short ventral ridge behind the rudiments of the ventral prop-
legs. This ridge is obscurely marked in the puparium of C. vomi-
toria, except that the prothoracic spiracles are much less prominent,
not projecting beyond the head, their extremities being just parallel
with the end of the rudimentary mouth-parts. The edge of the
spiracle is rugose, but I have been unable to distinguish any signs
of lobules. The lines of pointed granulations are arranged much as
in C. vomitoria. Length .50 inch. ‘

The pupa. (Fig. 11.) The pupa of JZ. domestica may at once be
known by its broad spatulate labium or tongue, and the curved, al-
most elbowed maxillary palpi. The antenne (Fig. 11d) are dis-
tinetly three-jointed, with a large, stout bristle. Fig. 11a shows one
of the legs with the trochanter hanging to it; Fig. 11 the wing, sur-
rounded by its membrane; and Fig. 11c¢ the optic lobes, and their
connection with the unorganized cornea and facets of the eyes; the
outer surface of the eye being covered with fat cells, destined to form
pigment cells, which finally turn reddish,

The figures 12, 12a, 120, show the corresponding stage in the
pupa of Stomoxys calcitrans; here can be seen the generic characters
which separate this fly from the House Fly, ze., the elongated beak,
the smaller, narrower, more pointed head. ‘The mouth-parts with
the long maxille (mz) and mandibles (m), and the straight maxillary
palpi, are shown in the enlarged view (Fig. 12 ¢).

On removing the pupariupi we were able to obtain a portion of the
semipupa of Stomoxys (Figs. 13, 13 a) z.e., the thorax, the head adher-
ing to the pupa-case, and only the basal segment of the abdomen
being brought to view; enough, however, to show that they were
nearly of the form of those of the larve. This stage compares almost
exactly with that of Calliphora vomitoria, as figured by Weismann,
Tab. xu, Figs. 38, 39, 40. ‘This stage is intermediate between
the larval and pupal, and may be properly termed the semipupa.!

1 Professor von Siebold, in his “Beitrige zur Parthenogenesis der Arthropoden,”’
1871, p. 35, calls this stage pseudo-nymph. As this state is necessarily universal in
all metabolous insects, it seems incorrect to regard it as a false or unusual state, and
we therefore may be pardoned for retaining the name first proposed by us in 1866.
(Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., x, 279.)

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 10 FEBRUARY,. 1874.

Packard.] 146 [Nov. 19,

Similar intermediate stages have been shown by us to exist in the
Hymenoptera, Lepidoptera, and Coleoptera, and in other Diptera. It
shows that the distinction between the larval and pupal stages are
as truly artificial as in the ametabolous insects.

Fig. 13 is a dorsal view of the three thoracic segments, wiki the
anterior leg attached, and the wings. The segments are very indis-_
tinctly marked. The prothoracic stigmata are very near together,
though so widely separated in the fully formed pupa. Fig. 13 ais a
ventral view of the same parts, the parts somewhat distorted; it also
represents the wings, and the two hinder pairs of legs, and 13} the
fore leg; the joints of the legs are clearly indicated.

The next stage in the pupa of Stomoxys was much farther advanced,

the thorax being formed much as in the mature pupa, as also the ab-
domen. ‘The body is still much longer than in Fig. 12, the head nar-
rower and freer from the body, and the vertex more elongated: The
mouth-parts do not reach much beyond the anterior third of the body,
while the wings reach only to the middle of the body (the head ex-
cluded), and the hindermost legs only reach a little beyond the mid-
dle of the body (the head excluded), and a little way beyond the end
of the wings. Viewed dorsally, the thorax is much shorter than in the
stage represented by Fig. 12, and the scutellum is short and small,
being still quite rudimentary. The form of the eyes can just be
distinguished, and the antenne can with difficulty be perceived.
_ Fig. 12 represents the succeeding stage of the pupa of Stomoxys,
which may be said to fairly represent the typical pupa condition of the
cycloraphous diptera. At this time the body is pure white, the eyes are
unchanged in color, and under low powers there are no traces of hairs
to be seen. In this and the following stages the proportion in the
length of the wings and legs, and mouth-parts, remains nearly the
same. The wings reach to the middle of the abdomen, while the hind.
legs just pass beyond the tip end of the abdomen. The mouth-parts
reach to the second abdominal segment. The eyes and antennz are
clearly indicated (the latter not shown in the drawing). The stages
beyond differ but slightly, and form exceedingly gradual steps towards
the imago.. They differ chiefly in the degree of maturity of the tegu-
ment and hairs. In one example, in which the sutures are much
more distinct than in Fig. 12, the body is slightly dusky, but the eyes
are beginning to turn rosy around a portion of the edges. The hairs
are also apparent. In a more advanced stage the eyes area deep
scarlet, the hairs are brown, the wings and legs are dusky.

1873.] 147 [Packard.

The prothoracic spiracle, with its black, corneous tip, is much the
same in all the specimens.

Having had more alcoholic specimens of the pupa of Stomoxys
than of Musca, we have not been able to trace these stages in the
latter genus, but doubt not that similar ones occur in all the Muscide.

The imago. On leaving its puparium the fly runs around, with its
wings soft, small and baggy, much as in the pupa. They reach a
little beyond the middle of the abdomen, and are still pressed to the
side of the body. It is pale, as in the puparium, and the colors are
not set. The membranous portion of the front is constantly distend-
ing as the fly walks rapidly about. When this part is contracted it
forms a dull livid area, soft and fleshy, free from hairs. This portion
suddenly distends into a bladder-like expansion, trapezoidal in out-
line, equal in bulk to the rest of the head, and pushine the antenne
down beneath out of sight. This thin membrane is evidently dis-
tended with air, and its connection with the trachez, and the mech-
anism of its movements, would form a miost interesting subject of
inquiry. This part has been described by Mr. T. B. Lowne, in his
work on the “ Anatomy of the Blow Fly,” and he is evidently cor-
rect in regarding it as an organ for pushing away the end of the
puparium when the pupa slips out of its case.

The common House Fly, though so abundant, is difficult to distin-
guish from the allied species. ‘The generic characters may be found
in the mouth-parts, already described by authors. In the venation of
the wing it differs decidedly from Sarcophaga, in the end of the me-
dian vein being bent nearly at right angles, and in being regularly
but slightly incurved, while in Sarcophaga, it is bent at a much lower
angle, being much more oblique. From the genus Lucilia, which it
much nearer approaches structurally, it differs in this vein being still
bent at a greater angle, and in having the bent extremity more curved.
In Stomoxys this vein is but slightly bent, thus widely differing, be-
sides in its remarkably long horny beak, from Musca, with its short
fleshy bilobed tongue.

The body of MZ. domestica is black; the head has a longitudin. 1
reddish oval smooth area on the vertex, with the orbits and adjacent
recion golden (or silvery in some lights); the hairs are black, and
the antenne and plume are black. The thorax is black, tinged with
golden gray on the sides, with three dorsal gray longitudinal bands,
the middle one most distinct, the two lateral ones partially inter-
rupted in the middle and continued on to the scutellum; there is a

Packard. . 148 [Nov. 19,

broad lateral golden gray band interrupted by the sutures. The base
of the first abdominal segment has a yellowish band, interrupted in
the middle. On the middle of the end of the two succeeding seg_
ments is a triangular mesial golden spot, with an oblique irregular
band on each side, and farther down the sides golden; terminal seg-
ment golden. Base of wings, scales and halteres yellowish-white.
Legs black.

The male differs from the female in the front between the eyes be-
ing about one-third as wide as in the latter, while she is rather the
smaller. Length .22-.32 inch.

The species agrees in most particulars with Harris’ description of
Musca harpyia in his “ Correspondence,’ and we are inclined to
think that individuals of this species formed the subject of his de-
scription. After comparing it with about a dozen specimens of Musca
domestica received from Switzerland (through the kindness of Mr. 8S,
H. Scudder), we cannot find that it differs in any respect from them.
The golden color that Harris calls silvery, the reddish oval spot on
the vertex, the black hairs on the thorax, are the same in specimens
from America and Switzerland. Both also agree in the venation
and form of the head and front.

SUMMARY OF ITS HISTORY.

The eggs are laid about one hundred and twenty in number, and
in twenty-four hours the larve are hatched.

There are three stages of the larval state, and consequently two
moults.

The first stage lasts about one day (twenty-four hours).

The second stage lasts about one day.

The third stage lasts three or four days.

The entire larval state averages from five to seven days.

The pupal state lasts from five to seven days.

The period from the time of hatching to the exclusion of the im-
ago lasts from ten to fourteen days in the month of August.

Those larvze which were reared in too dry manure were nearly one-
half smaller than those taken from the manure heap. For several
days the larva living in this dry manure did not grow sensibly.
Too direct warmth, but more especially the want of moisture, and

1873.] 149 ; [Packard.

consequently of available semi-liquid food seemed to cause them to
become dwarfed.

Parasite of Musca domestica. While no insect parasite has yet been
hitherto found, so far as we are aware, in the House Fly, it is, in fact,
preyed upon by a Coleopterous larva. In one puparium we discov-
ered a large hole which had been eaten through the crust in the an-
terior third of the body. Another puparium, on being opened, was
found to contain the pupa of a beetle, of which Fig. 14 a is a dorsal,
and Fig. 14 aventral view. It is long and slender, with the abdomen
unusually attenuate. Seen dorsally the prothorax is very broad,
twice as broad: and nearly concealing the head. The wings were
free, not laid on the body; the anterior pair short and broad, the
hinder pair much longer and narrower. The segments of the abdo-
men are convex, each side giving rise to a hair. The abdomen grad-
ually narrows, the terminal segment being lunate. From under each
side of it extends a remarkably long and large appendage ending in
a long bristle.

Szen ventrally the filiform ten-jointed antennz are widely inserted
and diverge, extending along the front edge of the anterior wings,
reaching a little beyond their middle. The hind tarsi extend to the
middle of the abdomen.

The two most interesting characters are the slenderness of the
body, and the large long terminal abdominal appendages, which are
rarely met with in Coleopterous pupz. From the sum of its charac-
ters here given we should feel inclined at present to locate this re-
markable pupa in the family of Dermestide, with whose characters
it agrees better than any other group of which we know the trans-
formations. Of the vegetable parasites of the House Fly, of which
there are several, we cannot now speak.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig.1. Embryo of Musca domestica in an egg which has not been laid over
twenty hours. Exochorion removed.

Fig. 2. Embryo of Musca domestica still farther advanced, the egg having been
laid about twenty-four hours; the exochorion ara removed, the embryo on
the point of hatching.

Fig. 3. Larva of Musca domestica just hatched; showing the distribution of
the two main tracheex and the anterior and posterior commissures, (@, a) dorsal view.
3b, the same, showing the mode of origin of the pair of lower postero-median
tracheal branches, seen from beneath.

Fig. 4. Larva of Musca domestica in the second stage; sp, prothoracic spiracle;
4a, head; af, antennz; mx, maxille; md, mandibles; 4b, spiracles of Musca domes-

Burbank.] 150 [Nov. 19,

tica, divided into seven lobules. 4c, full grown larva of Musca domestica, showing
the size of head relative to the prothoracic segment, with its spiracle; a, end of
lobules of the spiracles; mouth enlarged.

Fig.5. Two anal spiracles of Musca domestica. 5a, spiracle (much enlarged)
of a younger larva than the subject of fig. 5, with a narrower peritreme, and the
subcentral depression nearer the centre of the spiracle.

Fig. 6. Spiracles of Calliphora vomitoria.

Fig. 7. Spiracles of Sarcophaga carnaria.

Fig. 8. Ventral view of puparium of Musca domestica. 8a, prothoracic spira-
cles; 8b, end of body; 8a, dorsal view from two individuals of same puparium.

Fig. 9. Spiracles of puparium of Musca domestica.

Fig. 10. Puparium (immature) of Stomozxys calcitrans, dorsal view. 10a, the
same, ventral view; 0, head-end enlarged; c, prothoracie spiracles. 10d, profile
view of end of puparium of thesame. 10e, anal spiracles of the same.

Fig.11. Pupa of Musca domestica. lla, leg. 116, wing. ile, optic ganglia.
be, optic lobes, divided into two well marked divisions; oeg, upper cesophageal gan-
glion, resting above the base of the optic lobes; e, eye in profile, and on the oppo-
site side the unorganized mass of fat cells, out of which the optic fibres and cham-

“bers of the eye are to be developed. 11d, antenna.

Fig. 12. Pupa of Stomoxys calcitrans, front view. 12a, dorsal view. 120, lateral
view. 12c, head much enlarged 3m, mandibles; mz, maxille; mp, maxillary palpi.

Fig. 13. Thorax of semipupa of Stomoxys calcitrans, dorsal view, showing the
three thoracic segments. s¢, the prothoracic stigmata; w, wing; Z,leg. 13a, ven-
tral view of the same; 0, fore leg.

Fig. 14. Pupa probably of one of the Dermestide, ventral view; 6, dorsal view
of the end of the body; c, ventral view; d, antenna. 14a, dorsal view of pupa.
Found in Puparium of Musca domestica.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE SURFACE GEOLOGY OF NortTH CARO-
LINA, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO SOME PHENOMENA OF
tHE Drirt OF THE NORTHERN UNITED States.) By L. S.
BURBANK.

Several years ago I had the opportunity to explore pretty thor-
oughly the midland region of North Carolina; which includes the
hilly or undulating country between the foot hills of the Blue Ridge
on the west,.and the lowlands lying to the eastward of Weldon,
Raleigh and Fayetteville.

Some of the facts then noted appear to me to have an important
bearing upon questions connected with the subject of the Northern
Drift. I propose therofere, first, to present some of the facts ob-
served; second, to consider their relations to the phenomena of the
drift.

My observations were made mostly in the counties of Wake, Gran-
ville, Franklin, Guilford and Chatham, N. C. The rock formations

1 The principal points embraced in this paper were presented in a verbal com-
munication to this Society Nov. 20, 1872.

Plate 3

4

C AWALKERSC

= yn
. & =
%)
Pe
SS \
‘
} n
‘
? nay,
ail
SS 2
5 !
sy
LS

cet

wT

s
i
“it
“
‘
iB

Proc Bost Soc Nat Hist Vol XVI

ocolaentec

FORMATIONS OF THE HOL

‘|

PACKARD, T RAN

1873.] 151 (Burbank.

of a large portion of this region are strikinely similar to those of
northern Massachusetts, east of the Nashua Valley. We find there
the gneiss, passing by a gradual transition into mica and hornblende
schists on the one hand, and on the other into metamorphic granites,
sienites and greenstones, like those of northeastern Massachusetts.
Among these latter rocks especially, there are found vast numbers of
rounded, boulder-like masses lying partly buried in the soil. They
are, however, always of the same kind as the rocks in place, above
which they rest. I have observed enormous masses of this kind in
Wake County, between Wake Forest College and Rolesville. Some
“ of them far exceed in size any of the boulders of the New England
drift, and yet have the characteristic form of boulders, not at all re-
sembling the outcrop of ledges in the drift regions.

These boulder-like forms are very numerous near the village of
Oxford, Granville County, where I studied them carefully. In this
locality they are very abundant in the small valleys or ravines formed
by the washing away of the loose material by the rains. In many
instances the boulder-like masses are scattered over the summits of
slight elevations, from which a portion of the material derived from
disintegration and exfoliation has been removed.

That these rounded forms are not the result of attrition, but of chemi-
cal and atmospheric agencies acting upon rocks of a concretionary struc-
ture, is evident from their appearance and structure.

Excellent illustrations of this concretionary structure are to be seen
in many places in the excavations along the line of the North Caro-
lina Railroad, in Guilford County. At one locality near Jamestown
the excavation was made through a little hill of sienite, about fifteen
feet in height above the grade of the road. The greater portion of
the rock is entirely disintegrated to a greater depth than the excava-
tion extended; but the central mass of the knoll is made up of con-
cretionary masses of sizes varying from five or six feet to less than
one foot in diameter. Some of the concretions have the form of
almost perfect spheres. When the excavation was made, one of
these masses was split through the centre, thus showing plainly the
concentric lines of incipient exfoliation. The loose, decomposed ma-
terial around and above these masses still retains its position as in
the original rock.

The trap dikes of this region also afford fine examples of the pro-
duction of boulders of decomposition, as they have been aptly termed
by Professor Hartt. On the road between Oxford and Hillsboro’,
near the bridge over Tar River, a trap dike which traverses the

Burbank ] 152 [Nov. 19,

gneiss is filled with such boulders, which form a complete, but ex-
ceedingly rough pavement, where it is crossed by the road. The
masses of trap in this locality are more nearly uniform in size than
the granitic concretions, and are seldom more than ten or twelve
inches in diameter.

So far as I observed, there were in this instance no appearances of
a columnar structure in the trap. This fact may be an indication
that what appears at the surface now was at, or near, the surface when
the rock was consolidated, and the coneretionary structure developed
under slight pressure. In some other localities, especially in the river
valleys, trap in the form of columns of greater or less revularity may
be seen standing above the surface, marking the course of the dike.
T noticed a fine example of this kind in a dike which traverses the
sandstone at Haywood, Chatham Co., near the bridge across the Haw
River. In this case greater pressure may have given the columnar
form.

The undisturbed condition of the great mass of decomposed rock,
which in this region covers the solid ledges, is shown by the veins
and dikes which retain their original positions, and in many cases pro-
ject above the surface, as just noticed in the case of trap dikes. The
graphite vein near Raleigh may be traced for a great distance along
the surface by the color it imparts to the soil. Granitic veins contain-
ing fine crystals of orthoclase and muscovite are occasionally found
retaining their original positions, but so far disintegrated as to allow
the different minerals to be easily separated. ~*

A small vein of this kind, which I examined carefully, appears
traversing the decomposed gneiss in an excavation on the Raleigh and
Gaston Railroad, about six miles from Raleigh. This vein extends
quite to the surface, but not above it, and along its course at the sur-
face very few fragments removed from the vein could be found.

The granitic veins that I examined in this region were nearly all
of a dike-like character, and quite unlike the great “endogenous ”
veins, which, in Massachusetts and New Hampshire, yield the fine
crystals of beryl, tourmaline, and other minerals.

In their mineralogical character, in the structure and contents of
the veins, and in many other particulars, the rocks of this region
closely resemble those of northern Massachusetts east of the argillite
band of Worcester county. It was this resemblance that first led me
to make some comparative studies of the surface geology of these two
regions.

1873.] 153) [Burbank.

It is well known that facts similar to those here noticed, have been
observed in many of the warmer regions of the globe.

In Vol. rx. (p. 84), of the Smithsonian Contributions, Dr. Hitch-
cock, under the title of Erosion, speaks of the disintegration of the
rocks by aqueous and atmospheric agencies in the States south of
Pennsylvania. On page 94 also occurs this remark: “ It is surprising
sometimes to see to what depth the whole character of the rock will be
changed, an how it will be disaggregated, so that aqueous agency can
easily denude its surface.” Had Dr. Hitchcock fully accepted the
Glacial Theory of the Drift, he could hardly have failed to give these
facts more prominence in the discussion of the general subject.

Among those who have more recently written upon this subject, I
know none who have observed so accurately, or described so clearly,
the phenomena of the decomposition of the rocks in place, as Prof.
C. F. Hartt, in his recent work on the Geology and Physical Geog-
raphy of Brazil. Prof. Hartt, however, finds evidence that in many
of the cases which he has described the decomposed rock is now cov-
ered by drift. This is not the case in the instances which I have
observed in North Carolina; but the decomposed material remaining
in place forms a covering over the solid rocks, averaging at a low
estimate twenty-five or thirty feet in depth, even among the hard
granitic rocks. Comparing with this the very small amount of disin-
tegration which has taken place among similar rocks now exposed
near the surface in the Drift regions, the conclusion seems unavoida-
ble that the time which has elapsed since the drift period must be very
short compared to the ages during which these solid rocks were undergo-
ing decomposition by chemical and a'mospheric agencies.

It may fairly be inferred that the rocks of eastern New England
were, before the Glacial Period, decomposed and disintegrated to a
very great depth; and thus the immense amount of material constitut-
ing the glacial drift of this region may be accounted for.

Prof. Shaler has shown that the mass of.the drift materials must
have been “rent from the floor of the glacier as it moved along,” !
since the vast extent of the ice sheet precludes the notion of any-
thing like lateral moraines He does not, however, controvert the
generally received theory that the mass of the drift material has been
produced by the mechanical action of ice in grinding and wearing
away the solid rocks.

1See Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. x11, p. 199.

Burbank.] | 154 [Nov. 19,

If we accept the glacial theory of the drift, we have to consider
the effects that would be produced by a great ice sheet passing over a
surface like that here described. It is evident that if in the first part
of its course the mass of ice cut its way down to the solid ledges,
sweeping the decomposed material before it, the vast amount of this ~
material would soon form a mountain ridge that must impede its pro-
gress; and the ice being the lighter material would be lifted from the
surface and pass over and leave beneath it a great portion of the de-
composed mass. ©

If, according to the most probable theory, the glacial climate came
on gradually, and in each successive year the ice sheet extended far-
ther southward, the annual advance and retreat would still fail to
sweep the ledges clear of decomposed materials, except in the high-
est and most exposed situations. Valleys and ravines, especially in
protected situations on the southern slopes of hills, instead of being
excavated to a greater depth, would become filled with the materials
of the terminal moraine, and these might remain undisturbed by the
ice subsequently passing over them. The great bulk of the material
would not be carried forward and deposited near the southern limit
of the glacier’s extent, but would remain beneath the ice, to be gath-
ered and thrown into ridges during the retreat of the ice sheet as a
whole, at the close of the glacial period.

The boulders of decomposition that have been referred to, the
fragments of quartz from veins, and all undecomposed masses of rock
in the material swept forward, would of course be more or Jess worn
and changed in form; but the rounded forms of many of the larger
boulders of the drift may, as we have seen, be accounted for in an-
other way. The concretionary structure which has been referred to
as determining the form and size of boulders, is, I believe, more com-
mon in the crystalline rocks than has been generally supposed,
though the frequent occurrence of this structure is a fact recognized
by the best authorities in geology.

Boulders of decomposition produced by weathering, which takes
place at first along the joints, have been well described by Professor
Hartt, and no doubt the rounded forms are, in many cases, produced
in this way, independently of any thing like a concretionary structure.
This is especially the case in rocks abounding in compounds of the
protoxide of iron, which by their tendency to chemical change, aid in

-1See Dana’s Manual of Geology, p. 98.

1873.1 155 [Burbank.

the rapid decomposition of the rock. But this explanation will not
apply in the case of the large boulder-like masses of granite and
sienite so abundant in North Carolina, nor to the boulders ef similar
rocks scattered everywhere over the soil in northeastern Massa-
chusetts.

The question will naturally occur whether the rocks throughout the
region described in North Carolina may not have suffered decom-
position to so great a depth, on account of some peculiarities in their
chemical composition which do not exist in the rocks of the northern
region referred to. To this it may be answered that many of the
boulder-like masses show no more evidence of rapid change now tak-
ing place than those of similar character in the North; and that after
removing the decomposed rock to a great depth, a solid granite is
reached which appears as well fitted for building purposes as that
quarried in New England.

Moreover, the phenomena of surface decomposition are far too
extensive over large areas, and among all kinds of rocks, to be at-
tributed to any local causes or peculiarities in the chemical character
of the rocks.

The conclusions which have been drawn from the facts observed,
may be briefly summed up as follows : —

1. The time which has elapsed since the drift period must be very
short compared with the previous ages during which the solid ledges
were disintegrated by chemical and atmospheric agencies.

2. Boulders of the drift do not, in general, owe their rounded forms
to attrition by glacial action, but while still in place, assumed these
forms by disintegration and exfoliation.

3. Whatever the force or agency of the drift may have been, it
did not produce the great bulk of the drift material by mechanical
action in wearing and grinding down the solid rocks, but its chief
action has been to carry forward and commingle the materials al-
ready disintegrated.

1 Further researches into the chemical character of these rocks, and the nature
of the changes that they have undergone, are very desirable in connection with
this question, and I am glad to know that facts similar to those presented here,
have recently engaged the attention of our highest authority on questions of chem-
ical geology, Dr. T. Sterry Hunt.

Putnam.] 156 [Noy. 19?

Nores ON THE GENUS BpELLOSTOMA. By F. W. Putnam.

Since making the remarks on Myzine, at the last meeting of the
Society, Professor Agassiz has very kindly placed at my disposal the
specimens of the allied genus Bdellostoma, which were obtained by
the Hassler Expedition at Talcahuano, Chili, about the middle of
April, 1872.

These specimens were captured by the same means used by Profes-
sor Agassiz in collecting Myzine in the Straits of Magellan, showing
that the habits of the two genera are very similar. There are about
two hundred specimens in the lot, and all of nearly the same size.
The smallest one is thirteen inches in length, and is a female with
minute eggs; the other specimens are about twenty inches in length.

The general shape and anatomy of Bdellostoma is the same as that
of Myzxine, as will be seen by the specimens and dissections on the
table. The cartilages of the head are more developed, so that the
parts composing the singular cartilaginous framework can be better
made out. There is also a slight difference in the ovary and in the
peritoneal outlet, and a modification of the branchial apparatus.

The difference in the branchial apparatus of the two genera is at
first sight apparently greater than is really the case when the struc-
tures are compared. In Myzine there are six branchial sacs on each
side, each sac having a direct communication through its inner wall
with the esophagus, from which it receives water, the water being
passed out by a duct leading from each sac to the single external
opening on the side of the abdominal line; each lateral series of sacs
sending ducts to the external opening on its respective side...

In Bdellostoma cirrhatum, from the Cape of Good Hope and New
Zealand, which is the species so admirably dissected by Miiller, there
are either six or seven sacs on each side which receive water directly
from the esophagus, as in Myzine, but the emptying ducts, instead of
passing backward and downward to a common external opening, as in
Myzxine, pass directly through the wall of the body, and thus there are
as many external openings opposite the gill sacs on each side as there
are sacs. In Bdellostoma polytrema, the species to which the speci-
mens from Chili belong, there are ten sacs on each side, and each sac
opens directly through the walls of the body as in B. cirrhatum. So
that in this character the only difference between Myzine and Bdel-
lostoma is, that the ducts in the former are elongated, all on one side
leading to the same opening, while in the latter they are short and
pass directly through the body wall, each for itself.

1873.] 157 [Putnam.

In ALyzxine the duct leading into the end of the cesophagus has its
external opening close by the side of the left branchial opening, and
passes in front of the heart to the cesophagus. In both species of
Bdellostoma this duct also passes in front of the heart, and its exter-
nal opening is close by the last branchial opening on the left side,
thus occupying a position still further removed from the median line
of the abdomen than in AZyzine.

In Myzine the branchial artery passes from the heart forwards
along the under side and between the branchial sacs, giving off right
and left branches as it passes each sac, each branch passing over the
sac and entering it about in the centre of its posterior surface in close
connection with the duct leading from the gill.

In Bdellostoma cirrhatum, from Cape of Good Hope, figured by
Miller, the branchial artery has the same course as in Myzine, but
divides into a right and left branch after supplying the three pair of
sacs nearest the heart, each branch giving off smaller branches to
the sacs of its own side. In Bdellostoma polytrema, from Chili, | have
in seventeen specimens found the branchial artery to be divided into
right and left trunks to its very base, and each trunk immediately
turns off to its respective side, crossing the first three sacs in its
course, and passing along the under edyes of the rest, giving off
branches from its upper surface to each of the sacs.

Owen mentions that in a specimen of JB. cirrhatum the artery
was divided to its base, but he does not mention the region from
which his specimen came, nor the number of the gill sacs, and he
may have had a Chilian specimen of the genus. It will be interest-
ing to ascertain if this division of the artery is constant and charac-
teristic of the Chilian species.

In Myzxine the base of the long tongue is at the anterior branchial
sacs, and in Bdellostoma cirrhatum, with its six or seven pair of gills,
the same is the case, while in B. polytrema, with ten pair of gills, the
tongue passes down between the first six or seven pair, and has its
base in front of the next pair, leaving but three or four pair between
the end of the tongue and the heart.

In Myzxine the eges are developed along the free edge of the ovary»
which extends as a fringe as the eggs increase in size, and the eggs of
several stages of growth are always at the free edge. In the Chilian
Ldellostoma the ovary, even when the eggs are very minute, is devel-

1 Under the name of B. heterotrema, Abh. Akad. Wissensch., Berlin, 1834.
pl. vu, fig. 3.

Putnam.] 158 [Nov. 19,

oped as a broad band, and the eggs occupy a considerable portion, at
least one-half, of the distance from the free edge, the large or mature
eggs only extending from the walls of the ovary and forming the fringe,

In Myzine the peritoneal outlet is single, and behind that of the
intestine, and there is a small opening in the membrane over the
terminal portion of the intestine, which allows communication from
both sides of the intestinal canal with the peritoneal outlet. In the
Chilian Bdellostoma this internal communication does not exist, but
there are two peritoneal outlets behind the anal opening, affording
direct passages from each side of the intestinal canal. The opening
on the right side, which is the side occupied by the ovary, is
larger than the other, and the left opening in Bdellostoma and the
passage over the intestine in Myzine, are probably simply for the pur-
pose of furnishing a passage for such eggs as may get pushed under
the intestine to the left side.

From this comparison of the details of the principal points in the
anatomy of these two genera, it will be seen that all the modifications
are very slight, and will not warrant the separation of the genera
into distinct families, as proposed by some authors, simply from the
difference in the position of the gill openings. I therefore agree with
Dr. Giinther in retaining both genera in the family Myxinide.

As was the case in MWyzxine, so in Bdellostoma, have I been unsuc-
cessful in finding a specimen that is unquestionably a male, though in
one specimen there are no eggs developed, and in place of the wide
ovary there is a simple tube that here and there contains masses of
cellular matter, much more developed posteriorly, which has the ap-
pearance of a testis. With this exception all the large lot of speci-
mens are undoubted females with the eggs in various stages of develop-
ment, the same as noticed in Myzine. In several specimens the eggs
are all very small, in others there are from fifteen to twenty that are
much larger than the rest in the ovary, and in still other specimens
the development of the egg case has commenced _on the large eggs,
and the first formation of the hooks at the ends of the ege are seen
as granulations, while in still other specimens, in which the large eggs
are from an inch to an inch and a quarter in length, the red color of
the case can be seen at each end of the eggs, showing the formation
of the horny case developing from the ends to the centre.

In one of the jars containing a number of the fishes that were
very much decayed, I found among the mass two eggs which were
probably just ready to be laid when the fish was caught. These

1873.] 159 (Putnam.

evgs are one inch in length, and one-half an inch in width, and the
anchor-shaped hooks, of which there are about eighty at each end,
are about one-tenth of an inch in iength. At about one-fifth of an
inch from one end of the egg case is a slight lip or groove round the
ease, into which the Pie aes of the egg itself projects, so that on
taking the egg from the case, a corresponding ridge is seen round its
surface. The egg case is of a beautiful red color, quite tough, and of
about the thickness of good writing paper; over its surface are a large
number of minute granulations, which are made by projections of
points of the shell leaving corresponding pits on its inner surface.
On holding the empty case to a strong light and looking with a lens
from the inner side, the base of the hooks can be seen to be arranged
in four irregular rows round each end, and each hook has its base in
a small depression from the outer surface.

That all this complicated development of the egg and its mem-
branes, and the formation of the horny case, with its granulations
and projecting hooks, should take place in the delitate and thin
membranous sac forming the ovary, and without the slightest trace
of any glandular structure, is most remarkable, when we remember
the complicated system of glands that is required to bring about the
same structure in the development of the membranes of the eg¢ and
its case in the oviparous sharks and skates. ‘This is still more in-
structive if we recall the fact that the next higher form of fishes
above the Myxinoids are the Lampreys, in which the eggs are small,
thousands in number, and laid without being protected by cases.

We thus have in the Myxinoids, the lowest form but one of all
Vertebrates, a peculiar character in the formation of an egg case,
and in the small number of eggs developed at one time, which is lost
in the very next family above it to reappear, under a different mode
of development, in the Selachians, a group in every respect Spates
urally far above the Cyclostomes.

In regard to the use of the hooks on the cases of the eggs of Myxi-
noids, I believe that they are not so much for the purpose of attaching
the eges after they have been excluded, as they are for holding the
eggs together in a chain when dropped from the ovary into the ab-
dominal cavity, and thus aiding in their exclusion; as it must be
impossible for the eggs to be loose in the abdominal cavity without
being united by their hooks; for, on gently floating two eggs together,
their hooks united immediately with such tenacity as to render it
almost impossible to separate them without destroying some of the

Putnam.) 1 6 0 [Nov. 19,

hooks, and if thus united in the abdomen, when one was excluded
the rest would be obliged to follow, and the muscles of the abdomen
would also act along the whole chain in the effort of exclusion.

The groove about the end of each egg case is probably a further
provision, in this most perfect structure, to allow the young fish to
make its escape from its tough case, and it will probably be found
that the absorption of the case takes place at this point, the end
dropping off like a cap at the proper time.

SPECIES OF BDELLOSTOMA.

Bdellostoma cirrhatum Giinther.!

Head (measured to last gill opening) about one-third of total
length, and contained about one and one-third times in length of
abdomen. ‘Tail contained nine times in the total leneth. Base of
tongue between the anterior pair of gills. Grills six or seven on each side.
Length, 34 inches.? ts

Habitat, “ South Africa; New Zealand; ? Japan.” (Ginther.)

Bdellostoma polytrema Girard.’

Head about one-third of total length,* and contained about one
and one-half times in the length of the abdomen. ‘Tail contained
seven to eight times in total length. Base of tongue between the
seventh or eighth pair of gills. Gills ten on each side. Length from
13 to 22 inches.

Habitat, Coast of Chili.

1] have assumed Dr. Giinther’s synonymy, and with him question the habitat of
Japan for this species.

2 These proportions, length and characters, are derived from the figures of “Mil-
ler. The number of lingual teeth I consider as of generic value. Giinther gives
12 or 13 to the outer row, and 11 to the inner in B. cirrhatum. In five specimens of
B. polytrema I found 13 in the outer row and 12 in the inner. In another specimen
I found only 12 teeth in the outer row, but the last tooth in the outer row is very
small, and only developed in old specimens.

3 This is unquestionably the species described by Lacepede, under the name of
Le Gastrobranche Dombey, and figured from a stuffed skin of a specimen collected
by Dombey in Chili, but I do not see any more reason for adopting a French name
than a common English name, and the law of priority must certainly be limited to
a proper expression of the binomial system in scientific language. I have therefore
adopted the name bestowed by Girard.

4 In a specimen only thirteen inches long, the head was not quite one-third of the
total length.

5 Girard gives the gill openings as fourteen on each side, but it is very probable
that a few of the mucous pores were counted as Dr. Giinther suggests.

1873.] 1 6 1 [Murray.

The Rev. Mr. R. C. Waterston gave an account of the
habits of the Prairie Dog (Cynomys ludovicianus). A living
specimen which Mr. Waterston had brought to exhibit to the
meeting could not, unfortunately, be induced to leave his
nest; some excellent figures were, however, shown.

The Secretary read the following extracts from a letter
communicated by Prof. Jules Marcou: —

St. Joun, NewrounDLAND, Nov. 10, 1873.

My Dear Sir: —The following account of a remarkable marine
monster, which made its appearance off the shores of this island, and
of a severed arm or tentacle of the same, now in my possession, will
I dare say be interesting to you, and also to Prof. Agassiz, to whom
I should like to offer it.

On or about the 25th of October last, while a man by the name of
Theophilus Picot was engaged at his usual occupation of fishing, off
the eastern end of Great Bell Island in Conception Bay, his attention
was attracted to an object floating on the surface of the water, which
at a distance he supposed to be a sail, or the débris of some wreck,
but which proved upon nearer inspection to be endowed with life.
Picot, on observing that the object was alive, to satisfy his curiosity
pushed his boat alongside, and I believe struck at it with an oar or
boat-hook, whereupon the creature’s fury seemed to be aroused, and it
struck at the bottom of the boat with its beak, and immediately after-
ward threw its monstrous tentacles over the boat, which probably it
might have dragged to the bottom had not Picot with great presence
of mind severed one (or more) of the tentacles with his axe. A part
of this tentacle or sucking arm I have now in my possession, im-
mersed in spirits. I send you with this letter a couple of photo-
eraphs of the said tentacle, and a few of the small denticulated
sucking cups, all of which I hope will reach you safely.

Picot represents the body of the animal to have been about sixty
feet long, and its general diameter as not less than five feet. The
breadth of the tail he represents as at least ten feet.. He states that
when the creature found itself mutilated it made off backwards, or
tail foremost, after the manner of squids, darkening the water over a
large space with inky emissions. ‘The enormous proportions given
_ above might appear to be exaggerations, were they not to a great
PROCEEDINGS B. &. N. H.— VOL. XV". 11 MARCH, 1874.

Murray.] 1 62 [Nov. 19,

extent borne out by the fragment of the animal which was severed,
» and of which the photograph will give you a fair idea. The tentacle
measured on the 31st of October, when I first saw it, after it had
been several days in strong brine, and shrunk in consequence, seven-
teen feet; but was said to have measured nineteen feet previously,
When it was first landed at a place called Portugal Cove, in Concep-
tion Bay, and within nine miles of St. John, some six feet was cut
off the inner end of this arm, and Picot asserts that the original
incision was at least ten feet from its articulation with the body. Ac-
cordingly the whole length of the arm must have been from thirty-
three to thirty-five feet, The beak of the creature Picot described
as being about the size of a six gallon kee.

The Rev. Mr. Gabriel, now residing at Portugal Cove, but who
formerly resided at a place called Lamalein, on the south coast of the
island, states that, in the winter of 1870 and 1871, two entire cuttle
fish were stranded on the beach near that place, which measured re-
spectively forty and forty-seven feet.

The man Picot says he saw the animal very distinctly for some
time after it had been mutilated, swimming stern foremost with its
tail above the water’s edge, and that its general color was a pale
pinkish, resembling that of the common squid.

The following is an exact copy of the memoranda I made on first
inspecting this remarkable tentacle on the 31st of October. The
total length of the fragment from the last. incision to the extremity,
seventeen feet. The extremity of the arm or terminating two and
one-half feet is flattened, and somewhat in shape like a narrow pad-
dle, tapering toward the end to a sharpish point. The thickest part
of this terminal appendage is about six inches in circumference.

The inner fourteen and one-half feet is rounded in form, varying
in thickness from three and one-half to four inches in diameter, or
about the ordinary size of a man’s wrist. On what I shall eall the
ventral side of this fourteen and one-half feet, there is a set of small
tubercles or mammillz which, at the end nearest the articulation,
‘ are about two feet apart, but become much closer and more numerous
towards the extremity. Some small valve-like sucking denticulated
cups are distributed along the area near the tubercles.

At the extreme point of the paddle-shaped extremity, and also at
its junction with the rounded part, there is a cluster of small denticu-
lated sucking cups, each cluster containing from fifty to seventy in-
dividual cups. The smallest of these is not larger than the head of

1878.] 163 {[Mann.

a pin. The broad paddle-like part between the two clusters is armed
with a double row, twelve in each, of gigantic suckers, without teeth,
each measuring about one and one-fourth inches in diameter.

The whole tentacle, as coiled up for the photograph, measured two
feet, four and one-half inches on the longer diameter. The photo-
graph is one-fourth the natural size.’

Iam, my dear sir, yours very truly,
ALEX. Murray.

The Secretary exhibited photographs of two volcanic erup-
tions at Colima, Mexico, also kindly communicated by Prof.
Marcou.

Section of Entomology. November 26, 1873.
Mr. Edw. Burgess in the chair. Fourteen persons present...

. The following communication was read : —

DESCRIPTION OF A Monstrous FEMALE IMAGO oF ANISOPTERYX
POMETARIA, WITH REMARKS ON THE Pupa. By B. PickmMan
MAnn.

On the 9th of November, 1873, I caught a female Anisopteryx
pometaria Harr. descr., which has two aborted wings on each side, and
has pectinated antenne. ‘The normal female is wingless, and has
simple antennz. In this specimen the right fore wing is about 6.5 or
7 millimeters long; a fraction of a millimeter thick at the base, and
as far as the middle; dilated at the middle into a flattened spheroidal
bunch; thence slender to the tip. The right hind wing is about
3mm.long and 1 mm. wide. The left fore wing is about 3.5 mm.
long, and 0.5 mm. wide. The left hind wing is about 4.5 mm. long,
and nearly 1.5 mm, wide. All the wings are clothed with scales,
and have somewhat the appearance of fur tippets.

1A mutilated specimen has since been taken alive in Coomb’s Cove, which per-
haps is the same individual referred to in the letter. Its body is said to have been
as large round as a hogshead, and ten feet in length; the long arms measured forty-
two, and the shorter, six, feet in length. See Am. Nat., Feb., 1874, p. 122; and Sill.
Am, Journ., Feb., 1874, p. 158.—E. B.

Mann.} 164 [Nov. 26,

When I examined the pinned specimen, although it was still
alive, the right hind wing was turned so that it pointed forward, and
every time that I tried to push it into its proper position it sprang
back. All the other wings point backwards, but could be moved.
The wings could not have been of any use for flight.

The antenne are fully 6 mm. long, possibly a little more. I
counted in the left antenna fifty-one joints. Each of the joints
bears upon each side a tuft of fine hairs 0.4 to 0.6 mm. long.

To make sure that this was a female, I pressed the body so as to
cause the terminal segments of the abdomen to protrude. The anal
opening was protected on each side by a narrow chitinous band, with
recular outline, as in other females. There ~vas no semblance of
clasping organs, so far precluding the idea of hermaphroditism. On
pressing the abdomen more forcibly I burst it, and dislodged some
egos. Other egos which were forced out remain attached to the mass
of viscera, and can be seen now on the specimen. ‘These eggs are
clearly similar to the well-known eggs of the species. I carried the
fresh and living female to Mr. §. H. Scudder, who acknowledged
that my observations were correct. The specimen is preserved in
my collection (Written No. 3085).

On page 465 of Harris’ “Treatise on Some of the Insects Injuri-
ous to Vegetation,” edition of 1862 (page 335, 1841; page 362, 1852),
Harris says that the chrysalis of the female of A. pomeiaria is “ desti-
tute of a covering for wings, which is found in the chrysalis of the
males.” I find a like statement in Riley’s Second Missouri Report
(1870), page 97, probably a quotation, although the main subject of
Mr. Riley’s article seems to be A. vernaia.

On the 17th of June, 1872, 1 collected two or three varieties of
larve descending from elm and apple trees, and undertook to raise
one hundred and fifty of these larvee to the imago state. I paid little
attention to them for more than a year, at the end of which time I
found in my jars one hundred and forty earthen cocoons and twelve
excluded female imagos of A. pometaria, then erroneously called A.
vernala.

J opened about 30 cocoons from one of the jars into which I had
put larve of a certain description, marked in my collection No. 3057,
and found among them but ten well-formed and undeveloped pupa,
for n most of them the imagos were out of the pupa-skin and dead.
All the developed imagos which I determined were females. A few
of the undeveloped pupz were entirely misshapen, or partially de-

1873.] 165 [Scudder.

formed. In each one of the well-formed pupz (and in such skins of
others as are capable of examination), the wing cases are fully de-
veloped externally, even to such a point that in all which I examined
for the purpose, six or more, I counted the eight veins of the wings
as ridges, and distinguished the fifth or intermediate vein as arising
from the discal nervure. Yet it was evident that there were no
wings under the cases in some, at least, because in them I could see
the sutures between the abdominal rings showing through the wing
eases. Five of the pup thus examined vary in length from 9 mm.
to 7 mm., and in breadth from 4 mm. to 3 mm., or from the largest to
the smallest of all the pupe which I extracted.

I carefully removed the dry and brittle pupa-skins from five of
these pupse, under the microscope, and found no wings beneath
the cases. I opened the bodies of the five imagos extracted, and
found eggs in each, so there can be no doubt that these are females.
Yarris’ saying, therefore, if I understand it, is erroneous.

I extracted three well-formed and undeveloped pup from the jar
in which the larvee of the other description had been put, marked
No. 3058, and found besides some dead imagos in some of the
cocoons. All the imagos are wingless females, which are mainly,
almost uniformly, of one size, and on the average much smaller than
the imagos of 3057, but I see no characteristic difference between the
two. ‘The wing cases of these are fully developed externally, like
those of No. 3057. Pupe from 7 to 6 mm. long, from 4 to 2.5 mm.
broad. I made sure that these are females by the same tests as used
before.

I have placed the emptied cocoons and the others, as well as the
extracted imagos, pup, and pupa-skins, in my collection, with name
and numbers corresponding, and will gladly verify my observations
by exhibiting the specimens.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder called the attention of the Section to
a Hesperian, in which ocelli were present.

In a memoir published in 1831 by the Berlin Academy of ‘Science,
Klug has reviewed the families of insects in which ocelli are present.
He states that they are wholly wanting in the rhopalocerous Lepidop-
tera, even in the Hesperians, and this assertion has been received up
to the present time. But in the male of the Papilio Accius of Smith-
Abbot a single ocellus is found in the middle of the front, consisting
of a slight eminence as broad as the base of the antennz, smooth and

Hyatt.] 166 [Dec. 3,

lenticular; in the female, however, this eminence is divided into three
minute points, which together are of the same size as the single ele-
vation of the male; this seems to show that the male ocellus is formed
of three elements united.

In all the heterocerous Lepidoptera which possess ocelli, these are
two in number, and are placed one behind each antenna, probably
therefore on the vertex. This difference is not extraordinary, for
among the Hemiptera some groups -possess ocelli below, some
above the eyes, a difference still greater; while in other groups
they are wholly wanting. In the genus Larema, to which Papilio
Accius Sm.-Abb. belongs, two other species have been examined, L.
Pattenti and L. Hianna. In the male of the former (the only sex
examined) the ocellus resembles perfectly that of Z. Accius; but there
is not the slightest trace of ocelli either in the male or female of the
latter; nor do they exist in the neighboring genera, so far as these
have been examined.

December 3, 1873.
The President in the chair. Fifty-five persons present.
The following papers were read : —

EVOLUTION OF THE ARIETIDS. By A. Hyarr.

My researches continued during the past fourteen years upon the
Ammonites of the Jura, but. more especially upon the family of Arie-
tidz, have led to the following results.

The parent form of the family, which includes the genus or group
Arietes, of Von Buch, and the series to which Scipionianus belongs,}

1This, however, does not include the group of Amm. angulatus, Charmasset,
Leigneletii and Boucaultianus. These, by their young and adult forms, are dis-
tinctly separable from any of the true Arietian forms. The young have a stout,
smooth whorl, followed by a stage in which the ribs are developed, and pass con-
tinuously over the abdomen. In the next stage the sides become flatter, the ribs
on the abdomen divided by a channel, and in all the forms except angulatus or
catenatus, the involution is notably increased. In the first old age stage the ribs
again become confluent on the abdomen, and in the last stages almost or entirely
obsolete. This stage compares in form and all its characteristics, with Boucaultia-
nus, the last representative of this special series.

Catenatus and angulatus occur at Lemur with tortilis immediately above planor-
bis, and below the Angulatusbed. Angulatus with Charmassei and Leigneleti in
the Angulatusbed, Charmassei continuing on into the Bucklandibed, succeeded
by Boucaultianus in the Tuberculatusbed of Oppel.

1873.] UO [Hyatt.

is the species known as planorbis in England, and psilonotus in Ger-
many.

In tracing the different series of species, it has been found that the
forms differ in their adult characteristics, sometimes very decidedly,
and in other instances hardly any definite line can be drawn between
those of the same series. ‘Thus Arnioceras, comprehending forms as
distinct as the miserabilis of Quenstedt, and the Ceras of Giebel, may
be described as one species; again torus, tortilis, Liassicus and Nodo-
tianus are all distinct forms, and yet undoubtedly derivatives of the
common stock, torus. It would be entirely ridiculous to describe the
latter series as one species, but the former can be for the most part
included under the name of Amm. falcaries Quenstedt. The differ-
ence is explained by the study of development.

Leaving out the first, or egg stage, common to all Ammonoid
forms, and the Goniatitic, or second stage, common to all the Am-
monites proper, the subsequent, or smooth stage, in Arnioceras mis-
erabilis and its derivatives, occupies a notable proportion of the
umbilical whorl, and has a peculiar form resembling that of the adult
planorbis. The adult characteristics are slowly and methodically
added after this stage of growth. Some individuals barely attain the
form common to the genus; others, however, reach beyond this, and
add by growth channels, and otherwise modify the form. In all
cases, however, no sudden changes are made by the growth; each
adult passes through a normal course of development, and the differ-
ent characteristics distinguishing this or that variety or species, is
gradually acquired, no-abrupt changes being remarked.

In Caloceras, however, while all the young forms resemble torus,
there is great latitude in the assumption of the adult form and char-
acteristics, and differences, even in forms which must be regarded as
varieties of the same species, are introduced suddenly during the later
stages of growth.

The study of the adult individuals in Arnioceras would enable an
observer to unite them, perhaps even into one species, as Quenstedt
and others have done, an1 the study of the young would lead to a
parallel result; but in Caloceras, while the consideration of the adults
alone would lead to the distinction of numerous species, the investi-
gation of the development alone would indicate here, as in Arnioce-
ras, only one species.

Throughout the Ammonoids, we find everywhere instances of these
two methods, the slow accumulation of differences, according to the

Hyatt.] 168 (Dec. 3,

Darwinian theory, and their quick or sudden production, according
to the law of acceleration, as explained by Cope and the writer,
and subsequently by Mivart. ‘The gaps between forms or species,
may be largely explained by the latter mode of development, if the
necessary care is taken to study the earlier stages, which should show
the close genetic connection of the distinct adult forms, and explain
thereby the absence of the intermediate varieties. By carefully ob-
serving these principles, it is possible to trace the entire family of the
Arietide to one variety of one species, the smooth variety of Psiloce-
ras planorbis.

The species are evolved from this single form in series of various
kinds, some forming lines passing up through the various subsequent
formations from the planorbisbed, giving origin in their turn to other
series, and some remaining single.

Thus the whole picture is comparable to a genealogical tree, the
trunk represented by the smooth psilonotus, which originates in the
Triassic formation, and giving rise on either side to a fan-shaped
array of branches, each branch representing a series of forms or
species, and quite often having smaller branches of its own. In each
case the point of origin of the branches or series is near the point of
origin of the branch from which they spring, whence the fan-shaped
arrangement alluded to above. Farther, each series perfects or car-
ries a certain series of characteristics common to itself, and a certain
series common to the whole family.

The first distinguish it as a genus or group, and the latter are the
parallel or mimetic characteristics which are recularly produced in
each individual, and each series, according to the place of the indi-
vidual in the series.

Thus psilonotus is smooth throughout life, Arnioceras is smooth
for a certain period in the young, then adds ribs, and a keel, then
channels. The adult Conybeari adds tubercles on the ribs, which
appear in a young stage of Coroniceras, a later appearing series, and
then in the last number of its own series becomes more involute; this
greater degree of involution appearing as a young characteristic in
the last series of the family Asteroceras.

The old age changes observable in psilonotus are very dpohe they -

become greater and more distinct in Caloceras, and succeeding series;
finally in the last members of the series of Coroniceras they seriously
affect the entire form of the adult, and in Asteroceras the adult of

|
|
‘
|
:
n

1873.] 169 [Hyatt.

Collenotii has precisely the same form as the old Coroniceras irigona-
tum or Asteroceras obiusum, and is also smooth. |

Thus we have the common characteristics of the family produced
independently, and in distinct series one after another in regular
order in the species of each series, first in the latest member of the
Conybeari series, then in the Arnioceras branch, again reproduced in
Coroniceras, a descendant branch. Then reduced to a young char-
acteristic, and finally abandoned, together with the channel and the
form of the whorl and ribs which were also first elaborated in the
adults of the Conybeari series, and Arnioceras, and replaced by char-
acteristics which have first made their appearance in the old age of
these very species themselves.

Thus the whole group may be compared to an individual taken out
of either the highest and latest occurring member of the lower
branch, Conybeari, or out of the centre of the Arnioceras branch, in
Coroniceras. These have in each individual a smooth stage, or:planor-
bis stage, then the adult with keeled, channeled, ribbed, tuberculated
stage, followed by an old age in which all of these disappear, and the
whorl becomes smooth, the sides convergent, the abdomen narrow and
acute.

The young, therefore, compares with the adult of psilonotus, the
adult possesses the characteristics elaborated by successive additions
in the growth of the species which intervene between the individual
and the point of origin of the series to which it belongs, and the
old age points out the changes which must subsequently take place
in its own series when the climax of development is reached, and
the series is declining.

In other words, a series of species has, like an individual, a certain
store of vital power which enable it for certain periods, more or
less prolonged, to evolve new forms and new characteristics, but
which in the end fails, and in place of farther progress in that direc-
tion we find an evolution of degraded forms, which compare exactly
with the retrograde metamorphoses of the individual.

Size, which indicates vegetative growth, and the power to take in,
and assimilate large quantities of nutritive matter, which is usually
ealled vital power, corroborates the above.

The size of the individual increases from psilonotus, which rarely
exceeds four or five inches, to Conybeari, which attains the enormous
diameter of over three feet.

Again, in the Arnioceras branch, the first appearing forms are very

McCrady.] Ai ri 0 [Dec. 8,

small, only an inch or two in diameter, and steadily increase to Coro-
niceras trigonatum, sometimes two feet in diameter, and then decrease
in Asteroceras gradually te Collenotii, which again hardly exceeds
two inches. .

The individual grows by constant addition of characteristics, or
parts, and declines by the loss in those characteristics or parts, first of
the power to perform their functions, and then by their obsolescence.
Series of species, on the other hand, progress by the evolution of
forms which, in their adult condition, add certain common or parallel
characteristics in regular order, and then decline by the evolution of
a series of forms exhibiting the obsolescence of the same parts or
organs, each form inheriting at an earlier age the old age characteris-
tics of the parent until finally none of the adult characteristics re-
main even in the young.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE Foop AND THE REPRODUCTIVE ORGANS
OF OsTREA VIRGINIANA, WITH SOME ACCOUNT OF BUCEPH-
ALUS CucuLUS Nov. SreEc. By Joun McCrapy.

During the year between September, 1868, and September, 1869,
J had frequent occasion to examine points connected with the natural
history of Ostrea virginiana in Charleston, 8. C. The specimens
examined were almost all what are known there as Millpond Oysters,
and are grown under circumstances very similar to those depended
on to produce the “green oyster” of the European markets. One
especial feature of this mode of culture is that the animal is fattened
upon a mud bottom, where it remains imbedded so as usually to be
invisible in the thick layer of low organic forms, carpeting the whole
surface of the mud in unbroken continuity, wherever this mud is
found. This organic layer therefore covers many square miles along
the coast of South Carolina alone, and furnishes the exhaustless sup-
ply of food upon which the oysters fatten. The layer itself, when-
ever I have examined it, seems to consist chiefly of a yellowish
organic film, which upon microscopic examination, presents the ap-
pearance of a sort of endless convoluted frill attached everywhere
along one border, and free along the other: the convolutions in their
natural healthy condition presenting somewhat the aspect of the
upper surface of cumulo-stratus. In this frill, which indeed seems to
constitute the whole organism, which I shall provisionally call
Chthamoctistes cumulus, I could never make out any structure. It

\

1873.] 171 [McCrady.

presented the appearance of a uniformly homogeneous organic film,
in which irregular strie often showed themselves apparently due to
the convolutions, and the transparency of the film. The exception to
this uniformity, which I observed, was the normal and regular exist-
ence of granules or nuclei, usually with a disposition to form clusters,
and which on one occasion, at least, I observed to be liberated (ap-
parently by the dissolution of the surrounding film), and which then
appeared as a swarm of dancing cellules with something like a
Brownian movement. Upon the layer of Chthamoctistes cumulus,
the particles of mud brought by the tide are continually depositing
themselves, so that it is slowly undergoing burial by this constant
accumulation. Never, however, is this burial complete, for it grows
upward as fast as it is buried, and if the mud beneath the layer be
examined, the presence of Chthamoctistes may be traced downward
to a considerable depth, mixed with a constantly increasing propor-
tion of mud, so that it is impossible to say exactly where the deposit
of mud begins in such a section, or where the traces of Chthamoctis-
tes disappear. Indeed, my observations led me to conclude that the
whole mass of these mud banks bordering the southern estuaries,
would prove to be made up of a sort of organic framework furnished
by the endless conyolutions and furbelows of Chthamoctistes, with its
instertices gradually filled in by constantly deposited mud particles.
As the deposit grows, the superincumbent weight increases, the
healthy and normal appearance of the Chthamoctistes ceases to be
traceable in the lower parts, and the mud appears then more com-
pact, but still contains traves of organic life in the form of granules
and apparently detached pieces of the endless Chthamoctistes frills.

The upper healthy portion of the Chthamoctistes growth is ten-
anted everywhere by Diatoms and sporules of Alge in countless
numbers, and in less quantity by various forms of Rhizopoda; and all
through the mud beneath, the lifeless shells and skeletons of these
organic forms are found in abundance. Many examinations of the
alimentary canal of the oyster prove that it is the Diatoms and spores
of Algz which constitute its food. The former, especially, are found
perfect, or nearly perfect, in the stomach and anterior portion of the
intestine, and, as empty skeletons, compose nearly the whole mass of
the rejectamenta found in the rectum. A few Rhizopods now and
then are found, and also a few antherizoids, which latter do not ap-
pear to suffer any diminution of vitality in the stomach and anterior
portion of the intestine.

McCrady.] Le [Dec. 3,

Reproductive Organs.

Though my attention was directed specially to the subject of the
fertilization of the ova in the oyster, I was never able to procure any
light on the subject. Davaine was similarly unsuccessful in O. edulis,
His determination, however, that the dyster is hermaphrodite was
fully borne out by my observations; which all tended to show that
the male organ consists in every part of a solid branching stem, con-
sisting wholly, as far as I could ascertain, of spermatocysts; and that
this stem was everywhere completely surrounded and enclosed by
the ovary, consisting usually of a granular common yolk-mass, in
which are scattered at intervals everywhere germinative vesicles of
various sizes, and with no enclosing membrane, so that they may be
broken up by pressure into fragments which immediately each assume
the spheroidal form, and then appear only as germinative vesicles of
a smaller size. ‘The spermatozoa are developed, or begin to be de-
veloped, and assume their perfect free form often long before the ova
would be considered, according to the analogy of other animals, as
ready for impregnation, that is, while they are still only scattered
germinative vesicles everywhere enclosed in a common yolk mass.
The spermatozoa may be seen in their aggregated, or even their free
condition, actively moving about among masses of this granular yolk-
substance enclosing many germinative vesicles, without exhibiting
any attraction for them, and without the appearance of any change
in the young vesicles themselves. The spermatozoa have, as de-
scribed by Dr. Burnett, an ovo-globular head and a delicate tail,
which I did not succeed in tracing but once to its extremity, and
which always seemed to me rather short.

The ova were observed by Davaine in a subsequent condition, in
which they were no longer simple germinative vesicles embedded in a
common yolk mass, but a condition in which each such simple vesi-
cle appears to be surrounded by a separate yolk of its own. But he
was unable to ascertain whether or not the egg of the oyster ever
presents the ordinary form among animals, viz., a vitelline membrane
enclosing a yolk, within which are found a germinative vesicle, con-
taining a nucleus, or nucleus and nucleolus. Nor did he succeed in
discovering whether, as in other Acephala, the ova ever became en-
closed each in a separate and usually pyriform sac of the ovarian
membrane.

I was fortunate in having the opportunity to observe the ova in

1873.] il i 3 [McCrady.

both of these advanced conditions, as well as in that which Davaine
observed; and there is also recorded among my notes an observation
upon an old oyster in which, notwithstanding the absence of any
observable germinative vesicles, the yolk had undergone its regular
segmentation into distinct yolk masses; while a young oyster exam-
ined at the same time contained similar perfectly separated yolk
masses, each surrounded by a vitelline membrane, and containing a
very distinct simple germinative vesicle (Lut without nucleus or nucle-
olus), easily separated from the yolk. ‘This observation may mean
that oysters become sterile so far at least as the female products of
the generative organs are concerned, with advancing age.}

In reference to these more advanced stages of the egg in the oys-
ter, not hitherto:observed, so far as I am aware, by any one, I prefer
to vive an extract from my journal of observations written at the time
of observation.

“Hxamined to-day (April 23, 1869) a good-sized mill-pond oys-
ter. It was quite lean, and the shell whitish, but it had the black
mantle and the yellow color. It was opened immediately after being
taken out of the water of my aquarium and the heart was beating at

Fig. 1.

Egg of O. virginiana in various stages.
g, germinative vesicles. y, yolk. c, egg-capsule.

1 In such a case we may, however, suspect the possible existence of a Partheno-
genesis. There is no known reason why yolk-mass should not in all cases be germ-
mnass, and of the nature of a bud, capable under favorable circumstances of
developing into a new individual; but ordinarily overcome and assimilated as food
by the superior vitality of the embryo, resulting from the contact of the sperma-
tozoa with the germinative vesicle. This seems to me the direction in which we
should look for the explanation of such Parthenogenesis as appears to exist in the
female Bee.

McCrady.] Al Hi 4 [Dec. 3

the rate of nineteen or twenty pulsations a minute. This is much
more than the rate of beating observed in oysters which have been
some time out of the water, in which Bese are long intervals of rest
between the beats.

“The examination of the ovary proved very interesting, for I
found numerous ova, all provided not only with germinative vesicle,
but with one or more Wagnerian vesicles, and these often containing a
dot. This is quite different from Davaine’s results, as he never was
able to establish the existence even of the Wagnerian vesicle at any
point of the growth. Moreover, the ova were lodged in distinct
pyriform sacs, precisely as is usually the case in other Lamellibranchi-
ates, and of this also Davaine makes no mention. The shape of
these sacs was precisely that of a Florence flask, and the neck quite
long. One view in profile was accidentally obtained, showing clus-
ters of. these pyriform ovisacs standing out from the membrane of the
ovary.

“It is quite impossible that there should be any error as to the
existence in this case of the Wagnerian vesicles, as they were much
jarger than the yolk cells, and of a quite different appearance, being
seemingly mere specializations of the substance of the germinative
vesicle, and like it quite transparent. ‘The dot within these Wagne-
rian vesicles appeared to be a congeries of granules. —

“‘T endeavored next to ascertain whether or not spermatozoa were
present, but could not satisfy myself on this point, as my eye had
become fatigued, and no disposition I could make of the light enabled
me to discover whether the minute dancing cellules, which were quite
numerous, had or had not a tail.”

This observation makes it evident that the egg of the oyster does
pass through a stage in which it has an ectoblast, mesoblast, ento-
blast, and entosthoblast, like other ova, and that it also, like the ova
of other Lamellibranchiates, has a stage in which it is lodged in a
distinct pyriform saccular diverticulum of an ovarian membrane.
This latter pomt was confirmed by several other recorded observa-
tions, in some of which the sac existed, though the germinative vesi-
cle contained neither nucleus nor nucleolus. .

I am therefore led to doubt the conclusion arrived at by Agassiz in
the case of Tubularia (Parypha) cristata, where there is a similar
obscurity, that in that case the ovum passes into the embryo without
the intermediation of a stage characterized by the crdinary complica-
tion of structure.

1873.] TS) [McCrady.

The ege of the oyster, therefore, appears to pass through the fol-
lowing phases.

1. A phase in which there are only germinative vesicles embedded
in a common mass of yolk, exhibiting no differentiation into distinct
yolk masses. .

2. A later phase, in which each germinative vesicle has appropri-
ated its proportionate share of yolk, which gradually becomes sur-
rounded with a vitelline membrane.

3. A phase still later, in which each complete ovum may consist of
ectoblast, mesoblast, entoblast, and entosthoblast, and is lodged ina
distinct pear-shaped ovisac, attached by its narrow and rather elon-
gated neck to an ovarian membrane.

4, Spermatozoa have been observed to be present in the ovary at
every one of these stages, without the appearance of any of the
phenomena of impregnation. It must, however, be here remarked
that the only observation of the spermatozoa in the ovisac phase was
in a specimen in which there was neither nucleus nor nucleolus re-
corded as observed in the germinative vesicles.

It is evident that the evolution of perfect spermatozoa antedates
that of perfect ova, though these former may continue to be seen in
the reproductive organ up to the time when the ova have nearly
reached maturity.

The spermatozoa may be seen in an active state when the ova are
as yet scarcely determinable. Again, we cannot affirm that at the
stage of actual maturity of the ovum, any spermatozoa are present.

The case is still further complicated by the fact that in the climate
of Charleston the spawning time of the oyster seems to extend from
May to November, the spawning being heaviest from about the mid-
dle of June to the middle of September. At almost any time during
the summer it is possible to find individuals with very immature ova.

It remains a question, therefore, whether self-impreenation is not
actually barred by some not yet known provision, and whether the
spermatozoa are not freely discharged into the water to be wafted to
other individuals, whose ova may be ready for fertilization. The
closely gregarious and crowding habits of the oyster render this alto-
gether possible, and in cases where the sexual products have flowed
from a tumid generative organ on pressure by the finger, I have ob-
served at one time the extrusion of ova only, at another, the extru-
sion of spermatozoa only.

McCrady | 1 76 [Dec. zi

Bucephalus cuculus nov. spec.

In total ignorance of the observations of von Baer uport Bucepha-
lus polymorphus, and of those of Lacaze-Duthiers upon Bucephalus
Haimeanus. or that Claparede had observed what was probably an
advanced freely swimming stage of the latter species, in July, 1868,
I found in the oysters of Charleston a closely allied entozoon. My
observations, though not sufficiently detailed to be of any great inter-
est, nevertheless probably indicate at least a new species, and are, I
believe, the first record of this remarkable entozoon in America.

On the 23d of July (1868), I examined six oysters as to the con-
dition of their reproductive organs. My journal records that only
one of them was in egg; two others being plentifully supplied with
spermatozoa; while the remaining three, including the largest, had
their reproductive organs filled in every direction with a peculiar par-
asitic srowth. As soon as I opened the organ I was struck with the
white fibres brought up by the knife, as something I had never seen
before. With the microscope I soon ascertained the presence of
various stages of the development of a vermiform larva, provided in
its most advanced form with two long tentaculiform organs at one
extremity, the portion to which they were attached being distin-
guished from the rest of the body by a marked constriction. The
cavity within the body was very evident, but no evidence could be
obtained that even in the most advanced form it extended to either
extremity. The part bearing the tentacula was not only separated
by a marked constriction from the body, but seemed to be provided
with lip-like folds, such as frequently appear at the oral extremity of
the gastrostyle of a Hydroid Medusa. ‘The opposite extremity of
the body was truncated, and I observed some appearances which I
thought might be due to the animal’s attaching itself by this trun-
cated extremity, and behaving like a hydroid larva, lengthening and
shortening its body, the lower parts of which could be considerably
elongated.

Round, embryos, like the outline, fig. 1, were observed, but in this
instance these were detached from the others, and it could only be
surmised that they really were the youngest stage of the same ani-
mal. The outlines 2, 3,4, and 5, and one representing the same
stage as fig. 6, were satisfactorily traceable to the cysts, where they
were observed to be enclosed usually three in the same cyst.

Six days after (July 29), I found another oyster infested by the
same parasite; my notes represent the generative organ as filled with

1873.] : 177 [McCrady.

the fibres found in the previous examples. These were more partic-
ularly examined and proved to be nodose branching tubes, recalling
forcibly the branching stems of Hydroids, being occupied like them
by a fleshy parenchyma enclosing a canal, d (except in ‘young
branches, like fig. 8, e), and expanding at irregular intervals into

Fig. 2.

1-8, stages in the development of Bucephalus euculus. 7, extremity of tentacu-
lum. 8, sporocyst. a, apparent cavity. 6, opake nucleus. c, already formed
worm with tentacula?. d, central canal, e, young branch without canal.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 12 MARCH, 1874.

McCrady.] 178 [Dec. 3,

round ovoid, or ellipsoidal chambers. ‘These chambers sometimes —
exhibited what seemed to be a mere cavity, formed by an enlarge-
ment, as at a, of the central canal, sometimes to have this cavity
filled with an opaque nucleus darker than the other parts, as at b. In
no case did I observe any contractility, such as would have been in-
volved by the formation of these narrowings and widenings of the
tube under the microscope. Indeed, the impression left upon me by
the distinct resistance of the tubes to the knife was that they would
probably prove chitinous. The species, therefore, is, in respect of the
rigidity of its tube, more in accord with the observations of Baer and
Siebold upon B. polymorphus, than with those of Lacaze-Duthiers
upon 6. Haimeanus. Again, as at c, would sometimes be seen a
worm far advanced in development, and in the larger ellipsoidal cysts
were several still more advanced stages. I was, however, prevented
from continuing the observations; and this will account for the
meagreness of detail in the drawings marked 7 and 8, of which the
former represents a worm liberated by the breaking of the tubular
stems during removal. My journal records that the tentacula are
remarkably long and extensile, and that they appeared bristling along
their whole length with pointed cells, having a general resemblance
to lasso-cells, but that I could find no appearance of a lasso either
within or without these cells. I have’no recollection of a ventral
aperture or sucker, and my journal does not even allude to any fea- _
ture of appearance which might be so interpreted. Of course I do
not consider this conclusive that there was none, and I have there-
fore abandoned the generic name (Hydricuculus) I had given to the
parasite, and have assigned it to the genus Bucephalus von Baer.
Meagre as are these details and drawings, they appear to me to in-
dicate quite a distinct species from B. Haimeanus. The younger
stages show a proportion between the size of the budding tentacula
and that of the body, quite different from what appears in the draw-
ings of Lacaze-Duthiers. These tentacular buds are much shorter
and stouter in proportion, and the body also stouter and shorter than
in B. Haimeanus. On the other hand, the advanced larva, fig. 7,
seems to be considerably narrower and longer than the other species,
and its tentacula shorter. This difference, however, may be due to
age. Though I observed fine transverse striations, the more distinct
constrictions of the animal’s outline presented to me none of that
reoularity indicated by Lacaze-Duthiers. They seemed to be mere
irregular contractions of the body wall at different points, no one of

1873.] 1 K 9 [McCrady

which extended completely round the body.1 The only permanent
transverse constriction I observed was that separating the tentaculi-
ferous extremity from the rest of the body. Finally the rigidity of
the tube seems to separate this species from B. Haimeanus, and to
approximate it to B. polymorphus; an approximation borne out by
the presence of those bodies in the tentacula which reminded me of
lasso-cells; something like which seem to be present in Baer’s fresh
water species, but not in the B. Haimeanus, though the latter, like
our B. cuculus, belongs to the sea, and is found in the oyster (Osirea
edulis) of Europe, as B. cuculus is in O. Virginiana.
The appearance of the oysters infested by this parasite is precisely
that described by Lacaze-Duthiers. Instead of the creamy or yel-
lowi&h tint of the healthy ovary, this part of the animal, on removing
the shell, seems covered by a transparent tissue, beneath which are
seen indistinctly the branching tubes, which in this position have
rather a brown appearance, agd do not appear white, as they seem
when removed from the organ. According to my observations, the
whole generative organ is filled by the branchjng growth of this
sporocyst, but I did not observe the parasite in any other part of the
body. Moreover, in such oysters, though not specially sickly in
appearance, and only less fat than their healthy companions, I did
not find any trace whatsoever of either ova or spermatozoa; and I
understand the presence of this parasite as completely destroying, for
the time at least, the fertility of its victim. It is quite conceivable
that the years of short spawn, said to be frequently noticed by those
concerned in oyster culture, may be due to unusual abundance of
these parasites in those years. I had no means of ascertaining
whether the parasite proves fatal to the oyster. As I have said, no
very distinct signs of sickness are observable. Of the oyster, from
whose reproductive organ the parasites sketched in figs. 7 and 8 were
taken, I find the following remark in my journal, “ This oyster was
taken out of the mudeyesterday morning” (July 29th, time of wri-
ting), “and stood all day and all night upon my microscope table
without water, but in the shade.” In the summer of Charleston this
is a severe ordeal for a healthy oyster, yet the next sentence records:
‘His heart was beating, and he seemed in pretty good condition not-
withstanding this treatment. He was not, however, so fat as many of
the oysters are even at this time, and an examination of the genera-

1 By an error in the woodcutting, one of the constrictions in Fig. 6 does appear
to be continuous across, but this is not the case in my original drawing.

3

McCrady.} | 180 {Dec. 3,

tive organ found it filled with the fibres ” of our parasite. It must be

‘borne in mind, however, that the standard of comparison here is the

degree of fat usually retained by healthy oysters in summer, and
this is far below what they exhibit in winter. On the whole, all
oysters may be said to sicken during the time of reproduction, and I
do not think that the individuals I have found thus infested, could be
said to be much more sickly than they would have seemed from the
effects of their own reproductive procésses. In the one case they.
seem to give their winter’s gain to the development of their own off-
spring, in the other, to this cuckoo-like worm. In all probability the
oyster is completely freed from its intruding guest before the winter
sets in. Such fibre# in such number, if introduced with an oyster into
the mouth of man, would probably soon make themselves known as
something very different from the oyster itself, and yet I have never
heard of their being noticed in winter, notwithstanding the enormous
consumption of these animals as foods The fact also that Claparede
found a Bucephalus (which he identifies with B. Haimeanus under the
name of Cercaria! Haimeana) on the coast of Normandy, between the ©
middle of July and the end of September, freely swimming in the -
sea by means of exceedingly lively strokes of the long appendages,
which I have called tentacula for want of a better name, seems to
indicate that in the latter part of the summer these parasites abandon
their temporary abode in Ostrea edulis and Cardium rusticum, perhaps
to seek another; as even in this more mature condition, Claparede
found no traces of sexual organs, and but little advance upon the
simple structure figured by Lacaze-Duthiers. My own observations
were all made in the latter part of July. I do not find any record of
the time of Lacaze-Duthiers’ observations. +

In its free condition Claparede several times found this Bucephalus
attached to the underside of the disks of Sarsias and Oceanias, and
in one instance, probably by some accident, the long tentacula had
been lost. He saw, however, nothing to indicate that the Medusez
furnished for it more than a temporary harborage.

In Mnemiopsis Leidyi, A. Agassiz has frequently observed! “a long
flesh-colored, cylindrical worm, with five longitudinal white lines

1 Pagenstecher asserts that these larve are not true Cercariz, and that while a
Distoma may develop from their body, their tentaculiform extremity develops
anew into a germ-sack. I know not on what facts this statement rests. I quote it
from Cobbold’s Entozoa, p. 30, having not yet seen Pagenstecher’s “ Trematoden
und Trematoden-Larven.”

1873.] 181 [McCrady.

extending the whole length; the mouth by which it is fastened to the
jelly-fish (to the inner wall in the upper part of the long furrow, near
the eye-speck) occupying the whole of the anterior part. This mouth
can be closed, extended to a point, and when inserted in the sub-
stance of the jelly-fish, it is expanded again like the mouth of a trum-
pet, and the worm is firmly fastened.” These worms, he tells us, are
sluggish in their movements, and exhibit only slow contractions of
their bodies when detached, though they will live several days after
being separated: He cannot refer them to any of the genera de-
scribed, though he regarded them as resembling a leech more than
anything else.

It is curious that the only jelly-fish I have observed in the pond
where these infested oysters were bred, was the Mnemuopsis littoralis,
whose development I traced in 1857, and described under the name
of Bolina. But they were taken in the month of April, and no par-
asites of any kind were observed upon them; nor have I observed
Bucephalus cuculus in any later stage of growth than that described
in this paper. The great size of A. Agassiz’ worm (its length vary-
ing from an inch to an inch and a half), and its five white lines, are
very unlike the parasite of the oyster. But the Cercariz, to which
group of larval forms Bucephalus belongs, appear to be all young of
Trematoda, and in our ignorance it is well to bring into comparison
with each other all the facts we can collect.

GENERAL REMARKS.

The remarkable fact that in the case of Bucephalus the “ sporo-
cyst” is a branching stem, in which is formed a continuous canal,
has, so far as I am aware, no analogy, except among the Hydroid
Medusz, and some Polyzoa and Tunicata. Among the Hydroids,
the :ciliated embryo, as in Melicertum, according to A. Agassiz’
observations, sometimes simply elongates into a worm-like shape,
enlarged at one extremity, and enclosing a simple cavity of nearly
the same form as the embryo. By the enlarged extremity these em-
bryos attach themselves, and continue their growth, sometimes even
put out lateral buds before the formation of a polyp-head. Here,
therefore, we have an embryo in the form of a branching stem
with central canal, and soon clothing itself with stiff chitinous
sheath. In other Sertularians, and the case which I recall was, I
think, an Obelia, a colony may, according to my. observations,

McCrady.] 182 [Dec. 3 -

e

throw out from its stem a multitude of long branches without polyp-
heads, evidently, according to my interpretation, in consequence of
conditions unsuitable to its ordinary mode of sustentation and
growth. ‘The long branches thus thrown out seem to be efforts to
secure a more suitable location; and usually, according to my impres-
sion, do not appear unless the polyps are in a sickly or dying condi-
tion. The fact seems to indicate that the branching stem of the
Sertularian is really the persistent embryo, or planula become arbo-
rescent. In this state it normally produces by gemmation polyps
which remain in sarcoceenonia, if I be permitted the term, with the
ramifying embryo; and in Antennularia and Aglaophenia, as Allman
has shown, the ramifying embryo also produces in the accessory cel-
lules, rhizopodous sarcode extensions of its substance, containing
lasso-cells; whence it is easily conceivable that by these alone the
embryo might capture and digest its food; while in Hincks’ genus
Ophiodes, these accessory bodies take on a remarkable development
so as to present the form of tentacula, capable of varied movements.
Prof. Allman even advocates the view that the paleozoic Graptolites
are the horny stems of such nematophorous, polypless embryonic
forms, and his view is worthy of most attentive consideration. How-
ever that may be, the facts forcibly indicate that among the Sertula-
rians the branched polyp stem, with its numerous and often annular
articulations, is a branched vermiform larva, capable of independent
existence under favorable circumstances. And this interpretation is
supported by the phenomenon of frustulation, which also we owe to
Allman, and which is probably the complement of that development
of long branches observed by myself in Obelia, or an allied genus.
In this case the ccenosare of the long branch transversely divides it-
self spontaneously into small frustules resembling planule in all re-
spects except the want of cilia! These next escape from the rup-
tured extremity of the chitinous sheath of the branch, find new places
of attachment, and without being themselves metamorphosed, give
out buds which develop hydroid polyps at their free extremities. So
that the embryo is still capable of multiplying itself by a process
peculiar to itself. We may doubt, therefore, whether the stems of
the Tubularians are indeed always strictly homologous with those of
the Sertularians. They are frequently produced. from a polyp al-
ready formed; and it is singular that similar frustules observed by All-
man in Corymorpha, actually developed directly into polyps, instead
of producing the polyp through the medium of a bud.

1878.] 183 [McCrady.

My own incomplete observations upon Bucephalus cuculus left me
under some doubt whether in that case, as in the Hydroids, there
was not actually a frustulation of the entire contents of the sporo-
cyst, in the production of the more advanced stage. The more defi-
nite observations of Lacaze-Duthiers seem, however, to settle the
question that the process is one of internal gemmation, and this coin-
cides with what is observed in other Cercarian forms. Nothing of
this kind has been observed among Hydroids, unless we admit the
case of supposed “Allecogenesis,” contended for by Haeckel; in which
he regards the young Cunina as budded out from the columella of
Geryonia, upon which they are found. Notwithstanding my recogni-
tion of Haeckel’s creat abilities, and his extremely valuable labors as
an original investigator, I cannot admit his interpretation of these
observations. It is*impossible to imagine that a remarkable form like
Cunina should be developed by gemmation, both from a Turritopsis
and a Geryonia; and that notwithstanding there should be no more
than a specific difference between the Cunina from the one, and that
from the other; and nothing proves more forcibly the profoundly dis-
organizing tendency of the Darwinian view of an indefinite and
practically lawless tendency to variation and transmutation, than
that so able an observer should propound’ such a view of the
facts in this case. There is, in my opinion, no evidence from the
observations of Fritz Miiller and Haeckel, that there is any gem-
mation at all. The fact observed by both appears to be that the
very youngest form of the larval Cunina is a very small planula,
which adheres so closely to the epithelium ‘of the stomach of its
host, as to appear merely as a thickening of that membrane. When,
as a beginner in embryological research, I made the mistake of sup-
posing the parasitic Cunina larve to be young of Turritopsis, I was
misled by the analogy of Tubularia nursing its own embryos, but cor-
rected my mistake in the later stages of my research. That Prof.

- Haeckel can imagine my first interpretation more correct than my

second, I can only explain as one of the miracles wrought by the
hypothesis of transmutation. Not only is the budding of one sex-
ually mature form from another and a different sexually mature
form, a thing so contrary to what we know of development, and so
unparalleled by all our observations as to require incontrovertible
proof, before it could be accepted, but the assumed fact depended
on for proof in this case, namely, the origination of an animal as a
bud from the mere thickening of a mere epithelium (an already quite

McCrady.} 1 84 [Dec. 3,

highly specialized structure) is equally unsupported by all we know
of development, and utterly incongruous with the known processes of
gemmation among the Hydroid Meduse.

But the fact that Cunina is, during its larval existence, a parasite,
deriving its nourishment from the stomachs of other Medusz of vari-
ous forms, various genera, various families, and even various orders,
such as Aegina, Liriope, Carmarina, and Turritopsis, and taking such
positions either within or without the stomach, as will render it pos-
sible to procure the food there elaborated, is important as multiplying
the evidences that parasitism is not confined to any particular class or
group of special animal forms; and that we must recognize not only
parasitic Insects and Arachnida, parasitic Crustacea, parasitic Gaste-
ropoda, parasitic Worms, and parasitic Actinie, but that the habit of
parasitism is not even foreign to the class of Acelephe. Parasitism is
indeed the universal condition of finite existence.

The special connection of this discussion with my present subject
is, that the analogies of Bucephalus with the Hydroids, remote as
they are, have led me to reflect that Leukart’s Celenterata have
been very much neglected in the general movement of recent sys-
tematists to revive the simple classification of our ancestors, and
to incorporate all the low forms of animal life in the all-embracing
group of Worms. ‘The typical Hydra itself is remarkably vermiform,
and so also are many Ctenophore, and there is not a single Aca-
leph or Polyp which is not equally or more vermiform than any single
Echinoderm. Yet the naturalists, who have not been deterred by
the enormous difficulties of the case, from favorably entertaining
Huxley’s proposal to associate the Echinoderms with the Annelides,
have not hesitated to leave the Celenterata behind. But certainly the
movement in question cannot be complete until the great sub-kingdom
of Worms has absorbed into itself not only the Annelides, Rotifers,
Gephyrie, Platyelminthe, Nematoda, Polyzoa, Brachiopoda, ‘Tunicata
and Echinoderms, but these much overlooked Acalephz and Polypi.
These last are not only fully as vermiform as the Echinoderms, but

the Hydroids and Discophore have, in their planula form and its

modifications, a vermiform embryological basis, which has no radiate
characters. There is a stage more or less vermiform, succeeding the
ege stage, in nearly all animals. Well marked indications also of
bilateral symmetry have been pointed out by various observers
throughout the groups of Polypi and Acalephe. ‘The general absence
of an anus is no objection, for besides the differentiation between the

|
|
|
|
|
|

1878.] 185 [McCrady.

trumpet-shaped tube and the remainder of the ordinary oral-ana
opening, which we see in Siphonactinia, and less distinctly in Cerian-
thus, we must recollect that many Platyelminths and some Nematodes
are similarly deprived of an anus, and that the former, in many
points of their structure, recall the type of organs seen in Acalephe
though they present this type in a highly differentiated condition.

The group of Vermes, even as generally received, and excluding
the Echinodermata, appears to me a heterogeneous collection of re-
markable forms, some of which can hardly be said to have any close
homologies with the others, and to agree with them in little else than
a general vermiform appearance, and the possession of some similar
structures, which may prove to have no closer relations with each
other than the arms of Brachiopoda with the gills of Fishes, or the
fin-like organs of Loligo with those of Amphioxus. The Annulata
or Annelida and Rotatoria have the closest affinities with the Arthro-
podous Articulates. The Gephyrian Vermes have undoubted and
long recognized connections with the Echinoderms, and. these, with
embryological considerations, have induced Huxley to associate the
latter with the Annulata. But there is another view which may
give quite a different result without separating the Gephyrians from
the Echinoderms; I mean the view that the Gephyrians are an aber-
rant outlying branch of the Radiate, as the Cirrhipeds are of the
Articulate, and the Chitonide and Dentalium of the Molluscan type.
The very larve of the Echinoderms which have furnished the argu-
ment for associating the latter with the Vermes, have really very
decided affinities with Ctenophorous Meduse, as Agassiz claimed,
and the typical affinities of the Acalephe with Echinoderms are so
close that any disposition made of the one group must eventually
carry the other along with it.

Just as the Gephyrians probably constitute an aberrant group o
Echinodermata, the Platyelminths (Trematodes, Turbellarians and
Cestodes), may constitute another such aberrant group with more
or less affinities with the Acalephe, especially the Ctenophore.
The question whether Cuvier, mistaken though he was as to the true
affinities of the Polyzoa, the Rotatoria, and most of the other organ-
isms included in the provisional group of Infusoria, had not, never-
theless, a more just conception of the limits of the morphological
possibilities of the type which he not very happily named Radiata,
than his successors, is yet an open one; and a thorough discussion
of it must be had before we can accept the Vermes as anything

°

McCrady.] 186 [Dec. 3,
but a provisional group, very similar in character to that popular
classification by which all low forms of animal life are included to-
gether as worms or vermin. Pe

Before associating all vermiform animals together, in a single
group, we ought to recollect how great an obscurer of typical charac-
ter is Parasitism; Mimicry being an extreme illustration.

Parasitism is indeed the universal condition of all finite being.
All animals and plants known to us are parasites of the earth; but
many are, besides, close parasites of other animals and plants, and
all animals and plants are, in the large sense, parasites of other ani-
mals and plants. Sexual union should be regarded as a form of
temporary parasitism, marriage as a permanent form of parasitism.
Many organic forms also live attached to other bodies, whether or-
ganic or inorganic; others live beneath the earth in caves, or in the
soil, mud, rock, or wet sand, as burrowers, either freely, or.in struc-
tures formed by their bodies for protection; all these, though forms of
parasitism upon the earth, are very different from those other forms
of parasitism upon the earth, in which the animal moves freely upon
or above the surface of the ground, either through air or water. We
find, moreover, that when an animal has, at one period of its exist-
ence, habits of parasitism very different from those affected by its
nearest allies, that then it differs more or less from the morphological
norm of its nearest allies during the same period. The young Star-
fish, which enjoys a free existence in the sea, as a wandering geo-
parasite, during its larval stage, develops the complex and remarkable
structure of Brachiolaria or Bipinnaria; while other, and even closely
allied species, which pass the same period, as parasites upon their
mother, or attached to foreign bodies, develop nothing but obscure
rudiments of this Brachiolarian organism; and pass more or less di-
rectly into the form of the starfish. The subject itself is capable of
cosmical development. In the Animal Kingdom many other exam-
ples might be adduced, did space permit; among them I may notice
the peculiar structures developed by young placental Mammalia, in
consequence of their parasitism upon the womb of the mother; as
well as the corresponding structures developed by the mother in con-
sequence of the same parasitism, which otherwise sometimes leaves
impressions of a permanent character upon her organization, so that
all her offspring are apt to resemble the first born. These structures
developed by the female mammal are strictly comparable as effects of
parasitism to the galls developed in plants, in consequence of the

1873.] 187 Be [McCrady.

parasitic presence of insect ova; and to the cysts formed by the tis-
sues of animals, in consequence of the presence of entozoa. In fact,

all parasitism may be considered as bi-polar in its effects, though
often the effect on the one or the other party, is inappreciable. ‘The
variability of animals and plants under domestication is due to the
addition of a form of parasitism upon man, which we call domestica-
tion, to their ordinary geo-parasitism; and we have no right to infer
from this, equal variability in their ordinary state, unless we can show
equal change and variability of parasitic conditions. It is change
of parasitism which induces change of structure; as we see in the
cases of the Lernzans, the Cirrhipedia, Dentalium, and the Gaster-
opod parasite of Synapta, among many others; and I believe that if
animals have, in the course of their genealogical history, undergone
great modifications of form, they have done so in consequence of great
change from one kind of parasitism to another widely different. The
consequent change of structure may have had a suddenness, compar-
able to that of the metamorphosis of an insect, or may have been
more gradual, according to the rate of change in the conditions of
parasitism. If, moreover, the change of parasitic conditions were
geographic, the consequent change of structure might include a
whole fauna, involving the sifting action of “Natural Selection.” 1
If the change embraced the whole earth, the structure of all animals
and plants would have been affected simultaneously.

But especially it is to be noted, that while these changes of struc-
ture may be very extraordinary, they have their limit. So far as we
know, they never involve the potentials of the form changed, or the
ratios of these potentials to each other; that is what I may call the
Logos of the form. What is subject to modification is not this Logos,
but the relative degree in which its various potentials may be realized.
Especially the generative system, though subject to functional dis-
turbance by great changes of parasitic conditions, is not thereby
transmuted into a new generative type. No true sexual bar seems to
be thus produced between allied lineages.

Now all Trematodes are zoo-parasitic, 7. e., parasitic upon other ani-
mals, and we should expect in their case a wide departure from the
form of their nearest allies among merely geo-parasitic animals. I
do not hesitate therefore to compare the Trematodes with the Radiata
in general, but especially with Echinoderm larve, more especially with

1 Which is only one of the modus operandi of Organisis, and has nothing to do
with Evolution, or with the Origin of Species.

McCrady.] -188 [Dec. 3,

°

Brachiolaria (as we know its history from the admirable research ot
Alexander Agassiz), and with such Acalephz as the Ctenophore and
fEginide. The so-called caudal appendages of Bucephalus and the
Cercariz, including two stumpy lobes, or long tentacula, one on each
side of an intermediate lobular unpaired organ, I compare with the
anierior extremity of Brachiolaria, which in the early stages of that
larva is its posterior extremity. ‘The unpaired lobe, especially, is
developed into a long flat tail in the next stage of growth, like the
anterior projection of Brachiolaria, and the long streamers of Bipin-
naria. The warty adhering organs on this anterior projection of
Brachiolaria (which is also trifid, like the caudal extremity of Cerca-
ria) are probably homologous with the suckers of such forms as Poly-
stoma, and are analogously used to anchor the larva while undergoing
resorption into the young star-fish. The digestive system of the
Trematodes would then require to be interpreted as in the condition
of that of Brachiolaria, before the mouth is formed, and when the
opening subsequently to be restricted to the functions of an anus,
fulfils also those of a mouth. Possibly the ventral sucker of the Cer-
carla may be a specialization of the depression on the ventral surface
of Brachiolaria preceding the formation of the mouth. But however
that 'may,be, this synthetic condition, in which a single opening fulfils
at once the functions of mouth and anus, is precisely that which we
see, not only in Turbellarians, but among all Acalephz; more espe-
cially for our; present purpose among Ctenophore, which not only
bear their sense organs at the opposite pole, but in a large number of
forms present two remarkable tentacula, which I compare with those
of Bucephalus, and also (since they are lodged in special tubular
chambers) with the single peculiar proboscis of the Nemertians.
When the water-tubes are sprouting, as two horns, from the blind
digestive tube of Brachiolaria before the mouth is formed, we have a.
condition of the digestive system nearly identical with the ordinary
biramic form among Trematodes; while again the isolation of the
water system from the digestive among Trematodes and Cestodes, is
merely an advance in specialization upon the synthesis of the two
systems in Ctenophoree; we can still directly compare the one case
with the other, for the single or double contractile vesicle and open-
ing of the water system at a, point opposite the mouth in Trematodes,
Cestodes and Nemertians, correspond precisely in formation and
position to the two contractile “celiac apertures” of Ctenophore, so
well figured and described by Agassiz, and which also have an excre-

1878.] ® 1 89 [McCrady.

tory or depuratory office. Finally the hermaphroditism of Platyel-
minths finds itself repeated, though in a sone less specialized form,
among the: Ctenophore.

The Planarians, which seem among Radiata to be analogues of
Gasteropoda among Mollusca, though not parasites upon other ani-
mals, have a parasitism upon the earth involving habits wholly differ-
ent from those of the Ctenophore, yet present a digestive system
eminently similar in type to that of Ctenophorz. Moreover, the
water system in Cestodes, and among Trematodes and Turbellarians,
both the digestive and water systems are, like the same systems in
Echinoderm larva, Ctenophorz, and all other Acalephe, merely
hollowed out in the solid body. All these forms indeed, as well as the
Polypi, are Ceelenterata. The body cavity of Echinoderms seems to
be a special modification of the right water-tube of the larva, and to
be itself part of the water system. At any rate, such cavity here and
among the Nemertians and Nematelminths is a mere specialization,
and sinve, by general consent of naturalists, it presents no bar to the
association of these animals with the Celenterate Planarians, it can
present none to an extension of Leukart’s Celenterata, so as to in-

‘clude in it all the Echinoderms, Gephyrians, Nematelminths and

Platyelminths, and so to bring us back to the Radiata of Cuvier,
emended of course by the elimination of Polyzoa, Rotatoria, pseudo-
helminths generally, and Infusoria.

The existence of a vascular system sometimes with pulsatile en-
largements, among Echinoderms, Gephyrians, and Nemertians, is, like
the body cavity, a mere advance in specialization. The usually close
connection of this system, where it exists with the water system,
points to its interpretation as a specialization of that system; which
indeed, among Acalephs and Polyps, performs both functions.

Similarly I regard the highly developed nervous system among
Gephyrians and Platyelminths as mere advances in specialization,
which like the efitire apparatus of spines, hooks, exsertile proboscides
and highly developed muscular system, the external organs of gener-
ation and the existence of a true coitus, among the Helminths, must
be attributed to the requirements of their modes of parasitism.

The Nematoda seem to be specialized upon the basis of the Cerca_
rian form. At least that interpretation is suggested by the frequently
lobed caudal extremity, which is sometimes bilobed or tri-lobed, as in
Gordius and Pseudalius; while Leptodera appendiculata and Filaria
appendiculata very strikingly recall Bucephalus in their caudal appen-

McCrady.] 190 "[Dec. 3,

dages. The great difficulty is presented by Sagitta: but here we
have a Nematode with very extraordinary conditions of parasitism,
which make it the analogue among Radiata of the Pteropoda among
Mollusca. An extraordinary form therefore we may naturally expect,
and find it no bar to the assignment of Sagitta to the same branch of
the Animal Kingdom with which its nearest allies connect them-—
selves. . ;

On the other hand, the Annulata proper are undoubtedly, as
Cuvier taught, members of the great Articulate series, having the
distinctly arthro-cylindrical body, which is archetypal in that series.
The same remark applies to the Rotatoria, which hold a position in
respect of the Crustacea and Arachnida, analogous to that held by
the Annulata proper to the Myriapoda and Insecta. The Leeches at
the base of the Articulate series seem to be analogues of the Lam-
preys at the base of Vertebrata, and to have similar conditions of
parasitism.

The approximation of the Gephyrians to the Echinoderms I have
treated as a matter of course; their embryology is the same, but they .
differ in the parasitism of their adult condition. I include among
them Balanoglossus and Phoronis, the latter being a polypoid form
allied to the Sipunculide. The extraordinary variety of form and
structure among Gephyrians, affords an excellent field for the study
of the modifying effects of extraordinary conditions of parasitism.

The progress of real knowledge is not usually cataclysmal. <A
vague striving after the subversion of everything done by our pre-
decessors, is as unscientific as an unreasoning acquiescence in their
results. Cuvier showed good ground for the belief that there are
four great groups presented to us in the Animal Kingdom. Our im-
proved acquaintance with structure renders it not only necessary for
us to adopt a fifth group, the Protozoa, either as a provisional or as a
permanent arrangement, but tends constantly to convince us that
Cuvier’s four groups are not all equally disparted, the one from the
other. It seems to me to prove that there is an affinity (which may
lead to the establishment of an order of homologies) between the
Radiata and the Articulata on the one hand, and between the
Mollusca and the Vertebrata on the other; while at the same time
that it approximates these groups two and two, it tends to widen
proportionately the distance between the Radiata-Articulata series on
the one hand, and the Mollusca-Vertebrata series on the other. Yet

1873.] 191 [MeCrady.

in no way does it tend to invalidate the existence of these four
groups.

If, for example, we symbolise the Animal Kingdom by a great
tree, of which the short but common trunk is, roughly speaking, the
egg, or the earth, we may conceive in accordance with our present
knowledge, this trunk as bifurcating into two great stems or sub-
ordinate trunks, diverging in opposite directions, each of which again
divides into two great branches. Then we observe that though these
two branches on each great stem are usually very distinct in their foli-
age, and that one stands on the whole altogether lower than the.
other, yet that their outmost twigs often so intermingle as to render it
difficult to decide to which branch each belongs, and that actually we
find the lower branchlets of the higher branch sometimes to hang
lower than the highest branchlets of the lower. Nay, further, that
in spite of the opposite divergence between the two main stems,
there is an important, though disguised parallelism between their sec-
' ondary branches, and that not unfrequently an aberrant branchlet
from one stem appears to us asif it might possibly belong to the
other, until embryology has traced it to its source.

By the important parallelism referred to, I mean the fact that the
Radiata, the lower branch of one stem, and the Mollusca, the lower
branch: of the other, correspond with each other in the sacciform
structure of their bodies, though they differ in the type and disposi-
tion of their organs; while at the same time the Articulata, the higher
branch of the one stem, and the Vertebrata, the higher branch of the
other, though differing in the type and disposition of organs even to
direct opposition, so as to be antitropes, actually agree in the circum-
stance that in each case the body is arthro-cylindrical. And this
parallelism involves a Paralogy or whole series of analogies between
the two great stems.

Nor does the recognition of these differences in the least obscure
the fact that the tree of life is one tree, the animal kingdom a unit,
having for its origin the earth, which either was itself, or else con-
tained the germ whence all organic types have originated, probably
by fissiparition, in a manner analogous to the gemmation of polymor-
phic communities from a common embryonic stock, such as we see in
Siphonophore, and many Polyzoa; but distinguished from such cases
by the circumstance that the forms produced are all detached (in-
stead of attached) parasites of their embryonic source, and also be-
cause their fissiparition must have been preceded by a peculiar differ-

Hagen.] 192 [Dec. 3,

entiation of their common source, whence it results, that in reproduc-
ing themselves by sexual union, though the young begin at the egg
(representing the earth) they do not, as the earth did, each develop
all forms of terrestrial life, but are restricted, each, to the develop-
ment of its own forms only; and, moreover, this primordial differen-
tiation seems to have resulted in a sexual bar, rendering impossible
the production of permanent intermediate lineages, though often
admitting the production of sterile offspring (known as hybrids), be-
tween lineages closely allied in structure. Within its own limits
. there is ample evidence that each primordial form is susceptible of
variation, often very great, but never without law, depending for the
special form it assumes in each given case: 1, upon the invariability
of its own Logos or specific ratio of potentials ; 2, upon Organisis, in-
volving the kind of its parasitism, and its changes from one kind of
parasitism to another, necessarily accompanied by ‘“ Natural Selec-
tion’; and, 3, upon the Universal Law of Development, which involves

both of the preceding principles, 1 and 2, and adds Evolution, by
which the potentials of the integral origin are realized as phenomena, -

according to their ratios, in the Logos, in such wise that the Special
and the General succeed the Homosynthetic: Evolution thus showing

tself, as a progress from Homosynthesis to Heterosynthesis, from inte-

gration to disintegration, from what is “ Organic” to what is “ Inor-
ganic”; having the integral-for its limit of origin, and the elemental
for its limit of progress; while between these limits development is
capable of manifesting a vast variety of forms, restricted by the
specific possibilities of the Logos, on the one hand, and by the spe-
cific actualities of Parasitism, on the other:1 the maximum of vari-
ability being near the limit of origin, the minimum near the limit of

progress.
Tue ORIGIN oF THE “TaILED Man.” Dy Dr. H. Hace.

Perhaps the following short communication concerning the fab-
ulous “ tailed man,” often mentioned in the last century, and even
later, will be of some interest to the Society.

In endeavoring to copy from a number of old works the figures
quoted as belonging to the so-called tailed man, the fact became grad-

1 These views are the development of those communicated to the Elliott Society
of Charleston, South Carolina, May 15th, 1857, an abstract of which will be\found
in that Society’s Proceedings, Vol. I, p. 222.

¢

1873.] 193 [Hagen.

ually developed that they were all copies one from the other, either
reversed or not, some of course slightly altered, until the tailed man
was completed: the gradual modification produced in time the car-
icature.

1. The original of all is Simza or Macacus Silenus of Linné, from
Ceylon, rather badly figured by the old Knight Bernhard von Brey-
denbach, in the description of his voyage to Palestine, published in
1486. He was a brave but somewhat credulous man, without scien-
tific knowledge.

2. The celebrated Conrad Gesner gave a reversed copy.of Brey-
denbach’s figure in 1551, as Cercopithecus, in his Liber de Quadru-
pedibus. :

3. Ulysses Aldrovandus, the Italian Polyhistor, in his Liber de
Quadrupedibus, Digit II, copied Gesner’s figure (not reversed) in
1637, as Cercopithecus rare forme.

4, lLinneeus, in his Anthropomorpha, m 1760, gave the same fig-
ure as Lucifer or Homo caudatus. In this figure, however, the inner
part of the handle of the walking-stick, in the hand of the animal, is
turned upwards. I believe that between Aldrovand and Linneus
‘there may probably exist still other copies unknown to me, and
bridging over the gap between them.

5. The last copy is given by Buffon in 1788, as tailed man.

After the story of the existence of tailed men was once originated,
it was often repeated without any change, or new proof by later ob-
servers. This tendency to figure monkeys with somewhat human
features has appeared several times, as in the figure of Simia Syrichta
Linné, from Luzon.

Perhaps the origin of other fabulous animals may be explained in
the same manner; in the words of Condorcet, ‘‘ Remonter 4 la source
d’une erreur, c’est la réfuter.”

December 17, 1873.

A special meeting of the Council of the Society was called
by the President, on Dec. 15, and it was voted that the regular
meeting, which should have been held on Dec. 17, be omitted,
out of respect to the memory of Professor Louis Agassiz.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. He. — VOL. XVI. 13 MARCH, 1874.

Morrison. ] 194. [Jan. 1,

Section of Entomology. January 1, 1874.

Mr. EK. P. Austin in the chair. Twelve persons present.
The following papers were read : —
New NortH AMERICAN LEPIDOPTERA. By H. K. Morrison.

Family GEOMETRID&.
i Genus Acidalia.

Acidalia albogilvaria (sp. nov.).

Expanse 18 mm. Length of body 6 mm.

Head, antenne, palpi and body, pure white. Anterior wings
white, crossed by three distinct, wavy, ochreous lines, with two other
fainter lines, which sometimes are only represented by costal spots
or submarginal lunules. The first basal line is sometimes rudimentary,
forming a spot on the costal margin, in some specimens extending
faintly across the wings. The second is distinct, less wavy than the
third, extending across the wings. ‘The third and fourth lines
are distinct, subparallel, broken into short waves between the nerv-
ules, much more marked than in the second line. They are distant
about 1 mm. from each other, and 2 mm. from the second line.
The fifth line consists of a faint costal spot, in some specimens
prolonged into a faint interrupted submarginal line. Posterior wings
above, with the third and fourth lines continued, distinct, slightly
more regular than on the anteriors, extending across the wings.
Fifth line represented by a few submarginal spots, sometimes com-
bined into a faint line. First and second lines obsolete. Discal dots
small, black, distinct, situated between the second and third lines, but
not touching either of them; on the posteriors, situated before the
third line. Anterior wings beneath white; discal dot larger than
above, linear. Costal margin with ochreous spots and discolorations
more conspicuous at the apex. Posterior wings beneath pure white,
without discal dot. No traces of the ochreous lines on the under sur-
face. Fringe long, white, concolorous.

Hab. Massachusetts, New York. In July. Collection of H. K.
Morrison.

This species is allied to Acidalia peralbata Packard, from which it
differs by the absence of marginal black dots on the anteriors, and by «+

1874.] | 195 s [Morrison.

the different form and position of the lines; and also by the pure white
of the wings beneath; only marked by the discal dot, and ochreous
costal margin.

Acidalia cacuminaria (sp. nov.).

Expanse 22 mm. Length of body 9 mm.

Palpi and front black; antenne and vertex dirty white; collar
black. Body above and beneath uniform dirty white. Anterior

_legs in front black; behind whitish. The remaining legs white, with

a black spot’ at the junction of the tarsi with the tibie. Abdo-
men with a row of dorsal black spots, one to each segment. Wings
above shining, dirty white, with a very slight tinge of ochreous; ir-
regularly sprinkled with black atoms. Anterior wings elongated,
pointed at the apex. The extra-basal line represented by a faint
black spot on the inner margin, and another, black, distinct, on the
median nervure; the two are connected by a faint reddish brown line.
This line is not continued to the costal margin, but stops at the me-
dian nervure. The discal dot black, distinct. ‘The median shade is
represented by an oblique, reddish brown line, commencing on the
middle of the inner margin, and crossing the wing beyond the discal
dot. This line is thickened on the inner margin, where it is most
distinct, gradually becoming fainter as it proceeds, and ceasing
shortly before the costal margin. It is much more oblique than is
usual in this genus, and if continued would reach the costa a short
distance before the apex. Beyond this line another, black, oblique,
broadly undulating, extending to the apex. From the inner margin
to the fourth median nervule it is continuous, from that point to the
apex it is represented by small black dots on the nervules. Beyond
this line a broad band, composed of black, irregular, poorly defined
blotches; very conspicuous on the inner margin, and covering the

inner angle, becoming gradually extinct before the first median

nervule. There is a slight tinge of reddish brown between the larger
of these blotches. A series of black, very distinct, marginal dots be-
tween the nervules, that between the submedian nervure and fourth
median nervule being double. Posterior wings elongated; costal
angle rounded. A very acute angle at the termination of the second”
median nervule. Between this angle and the costal angle the wing
is deeply concave; from the marginal angle to the anal angle the
margin is straight. Anal angle but little rounded. Abdominal mar-
gin nearly straight. Wings crossed by four undulating lines, inter-
rupted by the nervules; all of which are more conspicuous on the

Morrison.] ° 196 (Jan. 1,

~

abdominal margin. ‘The first is a continuation of the median shade,
reddish brown, passing before the discal dot, which is black, distinct.
The second line is black, tinged with reddish brown, formed of dots
on the nervules united together, and does not extend quite to the cos-
tal margin. The third is broad, undulating, formed of black, irregular
blotches, distinct on the abdominal margin, gradually becoming
fainter, but generally reaching to the costa. ‘The fourth line is red-
dish brown, interrupted, parallel to the third, not extending to the
costal margin. Three conspicuous marginal dots before the marginal
angle, and three, sometimes four, less strongly marked between it and
the anal angle. Wings beneath dirty white, powdered with black
scales. Discal dots large, black, distinct. Median shade blackish
brown, fainter than above, extending across both wings. Beyond
this, on the anterior wings, a series of black dots on the nervules, as
above. Beyond this line a faint gemminate black spot near the inter-
nalangle. Faint submarginal shades formed of united atoms. Margi-
nal dots present, not so distinct as above. Posterior wings with a
few faint shades corresponding to the lines above. These shades are
united und more conspicuous on the abdominal margin a little above
the anal angle, where they form a dark irregular blotch. The three
marginal dots before the marginal angle present; the others some-
times obliterated. Nervules distinct after the median shade. Fringe
concolorous.

Hab. Massachusetts, about the first of July. Collection of H. K.
Morrison.

Can be recognized by the elongated wings, both anterior and pos-
terior, by the acute marginal angle at the end of the second median
nervule of the posterior wings, by the oblique lines, and by the con-
spicuous marginal dots.

Genus Macaria.

Macaria unimodaria (sp. nov.).

Expanse 22mm. Length of body 9 mm.

Palpi beneath brown, lighter at the base. Front, vertex and col-
lar, brown. Antenne testaceous. Body ash-colored above, be-
neath lighter. Wings above uniform ash-color, powdered with
numerous dark brown atoms. The markings brown, and with the
exception of the exterior line, vague and indistinct. Anterior wings
with the interior line curved, formed of dark brown points, larger and

1874.] 197 [Morrison.

more distinct on the nervures. Median shade consisting of an ill-
defined costal spot, with short branches extending along the sub-
costal nervure; another spot at the junction of the median nervure
and fourth median nervule, and still another upon the submedian
nervure. The spots are partially connected together by brown
shades. Exterior line undulating, not reflexed on the costa, formed
of quite clear and distinct brown spots on the nervules; it is closely
followed by a faint whitish line. This line is followed by a broad
submarginal shade. The shade is scarcely darker than the ground
color, except on, and for some distance below the costa, and in the
interspace between the second and third median nervules, where it
forms dark irregular blotches. The submarginal shade is also fol-
lowed by another faint whitish line. This line is more distinct oppo-
site to the brown blotches. A series of faint marginal dots at the
base of the fringe. The discal dot is included in the median shade.
Posterior wings of a still more uniform coloration. Discal dot large,
brown, situated in the median shade, which is broad, diffuse, but
little darker than the ground color. The disc of the wing lighter,
thickly sprinkled with gray atoms. Exterior line absent. Submar-
ginal shade formed of segregated atoms of the ground color, suffused
. interiorly, edged exteriorly with a faint whitish line. Ground color
beneath, whitish. Discal dots black, large. Anterior wings
covered with brown spots and striez. Interior and exterior lines,
‘and median shade visible only in the centre, and on the inter-
nal margin of the wing, obliterated on the costa, which is ochreous
with brown transverse striz. Submarginal shade very diffuse,
extending to the outer margin. Two faint submarginal whitish spots
near the apex, and one in the interspace between the second and
third median nervules. Posterior wings much lighter. All the
lines obsolete, with the exception of the median and submedian
shades. ‘The latter is very distinct, brown, clearly defined exteriorly;
diffused interiorly. After this shade the white ground color shows
more plainly than on any other portion of the wings a series of
brown dots at the base of the fringe, which are whitish, intercepted
with brown at the termination of the nervules. Nervules on both
wings fringed with orange-yellow.

Hab. Massachusetts, in July. Collection of H. K. Morrison.

This species belongs to the same section of the genus, and is very
closely related to Macaria ocellinata, Guenée. It differs from it by its
more uniform coloration, by the exterior line not being reflexed on

Morrison. ] 198 | [Jan. 1,

the costal margin; and by the presence of faint whitish lines border-
ing the submarginal band on the anteriors. Beneath, it differs by
the absence of the distinct, clearly-defined submarginal shade on the
anterior wings, and the submarginal shade only is found on the pos-
teriors; the exterior line is not present, as in ocellinata, where it forms
with the submarginal two parallel distinct lines or shades.

Macaria sectomaculata (sp. noyv.).

Expanse, 22 to 25mm. Length of body, 10 mm.

Palpi, front and collar,. dark yellowish brown. Abdomen and
thorax concolorous with the wings, the former with two subdorsal
longitudinal series of round black spots; beneath these on each side
of the abdomen, another series of smaller lateral spots, sometimes
interrupted. There are thus four spots to each segment. Wings
strongly angulated. Anteriors with the apex subfalcate, beneath
which the margin is deeply excavated, and then produced, forming a
marked angle at the termination of the second median nervule; from
this point the margin is almost straight up to the inner angle. Poste-
riors with an acute angle at the termination of the second median
nervule. Wings profusely sprinkled with brown atoms and slightly
tinged with ochreous; above dirty white. On the anterior wings the
three ordinary lines are distinct, brown, subparallel, slightly undu-
lating, reflexed on the costal margin, and there forming slightly dif-
fused spots. The subterminal shade is represented principally by
two brown, very conspicuous blotches; the first, immediately beneath
the costa, is divided into three or four portions by a transverse line
of the ground color and by the costal branches, which are’white. The
second, and most conspicuous blotch, is black-brown, situated at
the divarication of the second and third median nervules and in-
cludes a portion of the exterior line, it is cut into parts by a trans-
verse line of the ground color, which immediately follows the exterior
line, and by the second and third median nervules, which are marked
in white. The indentation below the apex on the outer margin is
broadly marked with black-brown. Posterior wings with only two
lines present. The exterior line is followed by a series of light brown
blotches, divided by the nervules; discal dots indistinct. Wings be-
neath profusely sprinkled with blackish atoms. Median and sub-
terminal shades and exterior line present, brown overspread with
ochreous. Nervules tinged with ochreous. A series of black dots
at the base of the fringe. Discal dots distinct.

Hab. Massachusetts, New York. In May. Collection of H. K.
Morrison.

1874.] ‘ 199 [Morrison.

This species is of the size and general appearance of the common
M. quadrisignata Walk. I have named it sectomacuwlata in allusion
to its most distinctive character, the brown subterminal blotches, cut
by the nervules and exterior white line.

Genus Fidonia.

Fidonia quadripunctata (sp. nov.).

Expanse, 21-22 mm. Length of body, 8 mm.

Palpi brown above, white beneath. Front, vertex and thorax
clothed with intermixed white and brown scales. Abdomen, above
and below, whitish with numerous brown atoms. Lees whitish, with
tarsi alternated white and brown. Antenne in the male pectinated,
female simple. Ground color of the wings, pearl white. Anterior
wings, with brown atoms (in addition to the brown bands) on the
basal and costal regions. Interior line arcuated, dark brown, slightly
irregular, situated in, and partially concealed by, an ill-defined band,
composed of accumulated lichter brown atoms. Median shade, an
irregular brown band touching the interior line in the centre, and
separated from it on the costa and inner margin; faint yellow shades
sometimes present along its course. Discal dot black, large, situated
in the white median space. Exterior line very dark brown, slightly
dentate, undulating, subparallel to the outer margin, followed and
almost*concealed by a broad, regular, brown, submarginal band; an-
other marginal band, equally broad, separated from the first by a
narrow band of the ground color. This band is narrow and regular
in the male, broader and irregular in the female, and in the latter its
central portion is occupied by a series of irrecular dark brown spots.
Nervules slightly tinged with ochreous. An interrupted dark line at
the base of the fringe. Fringe dark brown interrupted with whitish
yellow between the nervules. Posterior wings above white, with nu-
merous brown atoms. Discal dot black, large. In the female the
interior and exterior lines are present, ochreous, subparallel, distinct,
with brown spots along their course; the submarginal dark brown
spots are also continued on the posteriors. The brown marginal
border is continued on the posteriors, but becomes obsolete before the
anal angle. A brown line at the base of the fringe, which is white
interrupted with brown. Wings beneath white, with numerous
brown atoms. Nervules ochreous. Discal dots large, very distinct,
equal in size on both wings. On the anterior wings the interior line

Morrison.] 200 [Jan, 1,

,
is reproduced. The median shade and submarginal and marginal
bands are absent. ‘The exterior line is distinct, formed of brown
spots on the nervules. In the female the submarginal row of spots
is reproduced beneath, in the male it is absent or hardly perceptible.
On the posterior wings the exterior and interior lines are continued,
ochreous, with brown spots on the nervules. The submarginal spots
are also present, more evident in the female. Fringe as above.

Hab. New York, Massachusetts. From June ist to 15th.

Collection of H. K. Morrison.

This species is closely related to Fidonia bicoloraria Minot, from
which it can be distinguished by its smaller size (bicoloraria ex-
pands 27 mm.) The following additional distinctions exist between
the two species. In quadripunctata the discal dots are very large
and of equal size on all the wings, above and beneath; in bicol-
oraria the dots on the-anterior wings are large, while on the pos-
terior wings they are small, faint, often nearly obsolete. On the an-
terior wings of guadripunctata beneath, the exterior and anterior lines
are present and very clearly marked; in bicoloraria only the costal
portion of the extevior line is found, and that is sometimes absent.
In quadripunctata the posterior wings above have the lines and sub-
marginal spots more or less marked, the marginal band of the ante-
riors is also continued on the posteriors; in bécoloraria the posterior
wings are only marked with the faint discal dot and with brown
atoms. In bicoloraria the fringe of the posterior wings is immaculate;
in quadripunctata it is interrupted with brown. The habits of the
species are also different, bicoloraria I have found resting on the
trunks of trees, only flying when disturbed; while quadripunctata is
found with truncataria Walk. in dry, sterile, open fields, very difficult
to capture and flying actively at mid-day.

One female, three male quadripunctata and six male, one female
bicoloraria examined.

Genus Hybernia.

Hybernia olivacearia (sp. nov.).

Expanse, males, 32-35 mm. Length of body ¢ ¢, 10-11 mm.

g. Palpi dark brown. Front whitish. Vertex and collar clothed
with mingled black and white scales. Antenne pectinated. Pro-
thorax with a transverse black band. Thorax gray, with an oliva-
ceous tinge. Abdomen lighter olivaceous gray, with a tinge of yellow,

1874.] 901 [Morrison.

a series of transverse black bands between the seements; beneath
light gray. Anterior femora dark brown. ‘Tarsi of all the legs
white and black alternating. Anterior wings above, gray, almost
entirely covered with olivaceous spots and bands. Interior and exte-
rior lines and median shade, black, very rarely forming continuous
lines. Interior line curved, consisting of three black, ill-defined
spots, on the costa, median nervure and inner margin, seldom con-
nected together. Median shade consisting of spots arranged in the
same manner as in the interior line; in one specimen this line is
distinct and connected. Exterior line parallel to the outer margin,
commencing on the costa, five-sevenths of the distance from the base
to the apex and consisting of black spots on the nervules, some-
times partially connected together, terminating on the inner margin,
very close to the median shade. At the termination of these two
lines on the inner margin, there is frequently a gemminate black
blotch. Two conspicuous, submarginal, parallel, dentate, olivaceous,
bands, including one of the ground color. The first is the most
strongly marked. ‘These bands, or traces of them, are present in
every specimen which I have examined. A series of marginal black
spots. Posterior wings above gray, thickly powdered with olivaceous
atoms. Discal dot present. In about one specimen in three there
are traces of the exterior line, and in one in five or six the first sub-
marginal band can be seen. A marginal black line. Fringe gray.
Wings beneath smoky gray, with the lines above not reproduced.
Anteriors free from spots. Posteriors sprinkled with dark atoms.
Disca] dot distinct on both wings.

?. Antenne simple, finely alternated with black and white. Head
asin the male. Thorax and abdomen dark gray. Abdomen with
two dorsal, longitudinal, black bands, enclosing one of the ground
color. ‘Two series of black spots along the sides of the abdomen;
the upper one is only present on the middle segments. Wings rudi-
mentary, 1 to 2 mm. in leneth, generally uniform gray. In one spec-
imen the wings are 3 mm. in length, with traces of lines and spots.

Hab. Massachusetts. From April 20th to May 5th. Collection of
H. K. Morrison.

Olivacearia is closely allied to strigaiaria Minot. (Anisopteryx? strig-
ataria Minot). But there are two constant characters which will al-
ways separate the males of the two species. 1st. The olivaceous col-
or of the wings, particularly the anteriors; in strigataria the wings are
gray, without any trace of olive green. 2d. In strigataria the three

. Morrison.] 902 5 (Jan. 1,

black lines are always continuous and strongly marked; in olivacearia
they are represented by black spots on the nervules, and although in
several cases one of the lines is continuous, the others on the same
specimen are disconnected and rudimentary. There are several other
distinctions between the two, which are, however, not always constant.
In strigataria, three lines on the posteriors above are nearly always
present; in olwacearia there is very rarely more than one, and that is
often absent. In strigataria the lines are partially reproduced be-
neath; in oliwvacearia, they are absent. In olivacearia the two sub-
marginal bands of the anteriors form a constant and conspicuous
feature; in strigataria there is seldom more than one present, and
that is frequently vague and little marked. As I am not sure of the
identity of my female strigataria, |cannot draw a comparison between
the females of the two ‘species.

Fifteen males, twenty-five females of olivacearia, and five males,
one female of strigataria were examined.

Genus Cidaria.

Cidaria albo-punctata (sp. nov.).

Expanse, 32 mm. Leneth of body, 12 mm.

Palpi dark brown. Front, vertex and collar, light yoleeie
brown. Antenne dark brown, becoming lighter at the tip; in the
female simple, in the male the first two-thirds are pectinated, the last:
third simple. Body yellowish brown, sparsely sprinkled with fine
black atoms. Ground color of the wings white, tinged on the costa,
apex and submarginal region, with light yellowish brown. Anterior
wings with the base covered with brown spots and striez. A black
diffused spot in the centre of the base, immediately adjoining the
white sub-basal band. This spot is sometimes only represented by
an accumulation of the brown strie. ‘Interior line black, very dis-
tinct, reflexed on the costal margin, then proceeding in a regular
undulating curve, to the centre of the interspace, between the sub-
median nervure and fourth median nervule. At this point (in about
one-half the specimens I have examined) a narrow white arm pro-
jects outwardly, about one-half of the distance to the exterior line;
from this arm the interior line first curves inwardly, and then drops
almost perpendicularly to the inner margin. ‘The interior line is
broadly bordered internally with white. In one specimen there
is another narrow arm, situated in the discal space and extend-

1874.) 203 [Morrison.

ing towards the discal dot. Discal dot very large, white, conspicu-
ous, partially bordered with black. Exterior line black, distinct,
commencing on the costa a short distance before the apex. ‘There
- are three acute projections on each of the costal nervules. From
the third costal nervule to the inner margin, the principal feature of
the line is two broad inward curves. The first is much the smaller,
having two lobes; extending to the second median nervule, from the
second to the third median nervule the line is nearly straight ; from
the third median nervule to the inner margin it forms a broad in-
ward curve, consisting of three lobes, the central one being the
largest, and nearest to the interior line. The entire central portion
of the wings, between the interior and exterior lines, uniform brown,
slightly lighter and with perceptible striee on the costa. Exterior
line, bordered externally with a broad white band. Entire submar-
ginal region of the wings, beyond the white band, covered with
brown spots and strie. A subapical, darker blotch, situated on the
border of the white band. Fringe dark brown, interrupted with
whitish between the nervules. Posterior wings above (in all the
specimens I have seen except one), without any trace of lines or
discal spot. In one specimen the exterior line is quite visible in the
centre of the wings. Numerous brown atoms, particularly near the
outer margin. Outer margin and base of the fringe light yellowish
brown. Fringe white, interrupted with brown at the termination of
the nervules. Anterior wings beneath with the markings above
partially reproduced, costal margin and apex more distinctly, yellow-
ish brown. Posterior wings beneath, very thickly sprinkled with
brown atoms. Exterior line present, distinct, brown, dentate,
followed by a whitish band free from atoms. Discal dot absent.

Hab. Massachusetts, New Hampshire. Collections of H. K. Mor-
rison and Boston Society of Natural History.

This species is very different from any described North American
Cidaria. It can be recognized at once by the conspicuous white
discal dot, and by the distinct lines of the anterior wings above,
bordered with white.

Mann.] 204. [Jan. 1,

EXPLANATION OF THE ‘‘ CORRIGENDA” To A COMMUNICATION
IN THESE PROCEEDINGS, VOL. XV, PP. 381-384, ENTITLED:
‘‘ ANISOPTERYX VERNATA DISTINGUISHED FROM A. POMETA-
RIA.” By B. Pickman MANN.

In the preceding volume of these Proceedings, pp. 381-384, is a
communication by me, in which our two common species of Anisop-
teryx, viz., A. vernata and A. pometaria, are described at length, and
carefully discriminated. In this communication the names of the two
species are used in a manner which, I have been convinced since, is
exactly the reverse of correct. The object of the present communi-
cation is to explain and establish my later view.

At the time when that communication was made to the Society,
and until the meeting of the Entomological Section on the 26th of
November last, I had never entertained a doubt that Harris called
the. two species of Anisopteryx in question by the same names and
with the same application which I had formerly used. Having had
no occasion to examine the literature of the species, I accepted the
current tradition, that the species described at length by Harris was
the vernata of Peck.

Meanwhile, Mr. H. K. Morrison, in the course of his studies upon
the Phalenide, had occasion to refer to the fifth volume of the “New
England Farmer” (July, 1827), pp. 893-394, which contains a reprint
of Peck’s original article upon the canker-worm. After the species
had been discriminated, as they were by me in the communication to
which this is a supplement, it needed but the simplest reading of
Peck’s description to discover that 1 had wrongly applied the name
of vernata. Mr. Morrison communicated this discovery to me on the
- 26th of November, 1873, and soon after, by reference to the plate in
Peck’s original article, I verified it. The question then arose,
whether the species, hitherto miscalled vernata, had ever received a
valid name.

Guided by the light of our present discovery, a critical examina-
tion of the text in Harris’ Treatise enabled us to decide that the
name of pometaria legitimately belongs to the fall species. Thus it
results that I have to correct my former communication. At this late
date I can do this properly only by the insertion of a slip into the
completed volume of the Society’s Proceedings.

In my former communication, I said that the necessity of applying
the name vernata to a fall species illustrates the danger of attempt-

1874.] 205 [Mann.

ing to give names characteristic of season or locality. This illus-
tration is now destroyed, but too numerous illustrations of the point
could be given.

I give below a brief sketch of the principal articles upon the
Canker-worms, as far as I have met with them. As I have already
gathered much material for a complete discussion of the subject, I
would be obliged for any assistance.

The original description of Anisopteryx vernata is to be found in
an article in the Massachusetts Magazine, 8vo., for Sept. and Oct.,
1795, Vol. 7, pp. 323-327, 415-416, entitled: ‘‘ The Description and
History of the Canker-Worm. By William Dandridge Peck,” and
accompanied by a plate, without explanation. The species is here
described entirely in accordance with the description which I have
given, heretofore, under the erroneous name of A. pometaria, and is
designated as follows: ‘‘ Phalena (vernata!) geometra seticornis,
alis cinereis, fasciis tribus obscuris, fuscis; posticis immaculatis:
femina aptera.”’

This article was reprinted in the ‘‘ Rules and Regulations of the
Massachusetts Society for Promoting Agriculture,” 8vo., 1796, pp.
35-45, under the heading: ‘ Natural History of the Canker-Worm.
By Mr. William Dandridge Peck,” and was accompanied by addi-
tional impressions from the original plate. Some verbal changes
were made in the text.

The same article appeared again in the ‘‘ New England Farmer,”
4to. (6 July, 1827), Vol. v, pp. 393-394, with the omission of the
last five paragraphs and the plate. This is not copied from the orig-
inal article, but from the reprint cited above, and is entitled: ‘ Nat-
ural History of the Canker-Worm. By William Dandridge Peck.
( From Memoirs of the Massachusetts Agricultural Society.) ”

From this time until the publication of Harris’ ‘‘ Report on the
Insects of Massachusetts, injurious to vegetation,” 8vo., 1841, no
scientific mention of the species was made, as far as I have ascer-
tained yet. Meanwhile, a great change seems to have come over the
relations of the species to each other and to the world, for when. Peck
wrote, the occurrence of fall imagos was considered quite exceptional,
while at the time that Harris wrote, the fall species was evidently
far the more common.

I do not consider myself justified in building largely upon the
foundation of my negative observation, that no specimens of A. ver-

1From its appearing early in the spring.

9

Mann.] 206 [Jan. 1,

nata have appeared in the fall; further observation is needed to
confirm this as a rule. Successive authors have quoted so largely

from one to another, without designating their own: observations,

and without giving the authority for their statements, that little reli-
ance can now be placed on the statements of any.

Mr. LeBaron says, that the first mention of the Canker-worm,
which he has met with, dates from 1789, when it is mentioned as
occurring in Massachusetts, (2d Illin. Rep., 1872, p. 100). Peck
says that the Canker-worm is said to have been observed first in the

Southern States, where it is probably a native. (Mass. Mae., 1795, .

vil, p.416). He states, that on the 17th of May, 1794, the night
was so cold as to produce ice one-third of an inch thick; at that time
a great part of the Canker-worms were hatched; to these the frost
was so fatal, at Kittery, Maine, where he lived, that very few were
seen in 1795. He paid diligent attention at the season of their
rising, but found not one female, and saw but one male by accident,
on the 6th of April. He says he earnestly wishes that this check,
seconded by the endeavors of man, may extirpate this destructive
insect. Was not his wish measurably eratified, as far as the A.
vernata is concerned? I throw out this question as a suggestion for
research. Assuming for the time, that wheneyer any fall imagos are
mentioned the A. pometaria is referred to, we find that A. pometaria
was comparatively rare when Peck was making his observations,
while A. vernata was ‘‘one of the most obvious and destructive of
the insects that inhabit the apple-tree.” The Massachusetts Society
for promoting Agriculture offered a large premium in 1793 for a sat-
isfactory natural history of the Canker-worm, and another for a
method of destroying the Canker-worm. The former premium was
quickly secured by Mr. Peck, and a lesser one by Mr. Atwater, but
the latter offer remained open and unsatisfied, from year to year, till
1813, when it was abandoned. The frost of 1794 (also mentioned
by Mr. LeBaron) seems to have been very effective, for it is not till
1801 that we find in the ‘‘ Papers on Agriculture,” of the Mass. Soe.
Prom. Agric., 8vo., 1801, p. 4, ‘¢‘ The Canker-worm has in some
places made its appearance again,” and in the “ Papers” of the same
Society, 1807, p. 12, ‘ Orchards have much improved of late [at
Newbury] (since the year 1802 ), owing partly to the disappearance
of the canker-worm,” and in the “‘ Massachusetts Agricultural Repos-
itory and Journal,” 8yo., June, 1815, p. 316, ‘‘ After having been

¥

1874.] | 207 | [Mann.

_ freed for nearly twenty years from the ravages of the canker-worm
[at Roxbury] our orchards are again overrun with them, and some
of the most valuable trees of our country are threatened with de-
struction.”’ Mr. J. Lowell, the author of the last quotation, says,
l. c., p. 317, ‘* the insects rise in the fall.”

Have we spanned the interval within which the relative impor-
tance of A. vernata sank, and that of A. pometaria arose? In the
Journal last cited, Jan., 1816, Vol. Iv, p. 89, Peck says, “It is cer-
tainly true that the canker moths rise in the autumn and deposit
their eggs.” But, he says, p. 90, ‘‘ Those which rise in November
are not very numerous, compared with those that rise in the spring.”
This certainly argues against my suggestion, if it is supposed to have
been founded upon new observations, but not if it is merely a re-
newal of the statements made in 1795.

Harris, in his Report, in 1841, by an ingenious turn of expression,
properly distinguished the males by description, without committing
himself upon the question of their distinctness as species. The ob-
scurity of his determining sentences, which I believe was intentional,
as indicating the hesitation in his own mind, seems to have misled
nearly all his successors. I have no doubt that he failed to be con-
vinced of the distinctness of the species. His account of the habits
is confounded with that given by Peck, in such a manner as to need
revision. Among his manuscripts in the Library of this Society, I
have found a figure of the male, female and egg of A. pomeiaria,
which is labelled Anisopteryx vernata.

The text of Harris’ work remains unchanged in regard to these
species through the successive editions, as far as I am aware, but in
the third edition (1862) the figures of A. pometaria have been insert-
ed under the usual misapprehension.

The Harris Collection contains sixteen specimens of both species
together, eleven males and five females. When the collection was
arranged by the former Secretary of the Society, Mr. S. H. Scudder,
printed Nos., with letters of the alphabet, were attached to each
specimen, so that they can be referred to separately. In the follow-
ing table I give in the first column these tickets; in the second col-
umn are Harris’ Manuscript labels, corresponding as far as they go
to his ms. Catalogue, from which I transcribe the proper portion; in
the third column is the indication of the sex of the specimen; and in
the fourth column the right name of the species.

Mann.) 208 [Jan. 1,

ae a Harris’ Numeros, ctc.| Sex. Species.
Pe ht 834 Me vernata
552 B 334 ) pometaria
BS C 335 fe} —— pometaria
4 335 3 —. pometaria
552 D Canker-worm moth or| , F
with them, Noy. 20 48.| 2 Detects
552 E Canker-worm moth, 3 .
cai Nov. 30, 48. Meo eT
O24 835 3 ometaria
552 G 360 3 vernata :
553 3 pometaria
5538 A 3 pometaria
553 B 3 vernata SS
553 C 129 9 2 pometaria
558 D 335 fe} == pometaria
553 E 835 2 —_—_— pometaria
553 K 334 Q Q pometaria
5538 @ 384 2 vernata

The corresponding portion of Harris’ ms. Catalogue reads, as

follows:

.

129 Phalena
334 ; Geometra | Apr. 1830. female apterous. Apr. 25. 1884. Apr. 10. 1885.

———. perhaps one species.
2 1829 female apterous. Oct. 25. 1831. 9 Apr. 25. 1831
and ¢ Nov. 1832 Oct. 1885. 6 ¥. Nov. 15. 1837

3d 2 Nov. 1888 g 9.

335
860

No. 129 comprises one ¢ pometaria; No. 834 comprises one o, one
? vernata, and one 3, one & pometaria; No. 335 comprises three ¢,
two ? pometaria; No. 360 comprises one ¢ vernata. Besides these
are two d pometaria collected in Nov., 1848; and two ¢ pomeiaria,

one J vernata, without date.
Fitch, in his Third New York Report, contained in Vol. xv1, of

the “ Transactions of the N. Y. State Agricultural Society, for 1856,”

reverses the names of the species, ($ 38, pp. 342-343).

In Packard’s ‘‘ Guide to the Study of Insects” (1869), pp. 324—
325, A. pometaria is called A. vernaia Peck, and A. vernata is called
A. pometaria Harris. The two species are correctly discriminated as
forms, although their distinctness is doubted. But the true A. ver-
nata & is figured in connection with the description of the true A. po-
metaria ¢. Kvidently the intention is the same in the figure of the
female. The figure of the female is enlarged, a fact which is not

1874.] 209 [Packard.

stated in the text, though it is mentioned in the explanation of the
plate, and no measurement of the female is given.

Riley’s Second Missouri Report (1870), 8vo., pp. 94-103, contains
an article on the Canker-worm, from which it appears that A. ver-
naia is the more common species in the West. Mr. Riley states that
some of the moths come out of the ground in November. Is this a
quotation or an observation? If it is an observation, what is the _
species? ‘The original matter in this article will become valuable
when the descriptions are assigned to their proper species. The
figures of the preliminary stages are copies of those in Harris’ Trea-
tise (1862), pp. 461-465, and therefore belong to A. pometaria.
The figures of the male and female are copies of those in Packard’s
Guide (1869), tab. 8, f. 9, 9a, and, therefore, belong to A. vernata.
The figure of the female is enlarged and no measurement is given.

LeBaron’s Second Illinois Report (1872), 8vo., pp. 99-116, seems
to treat only of the true A. vernata, but reproduces the figures given
by Riley. The measurement of the female is given. Mr. LeBaron
implies that some imagos appear in the fall. The difference of spe-
cies sufficiently explains the difference of habits, in regard to which
Mr. LeBaron criticizes the statements of Harris.

Dr. A. 8. Packard, Jr. exhibited drawings of the supra-
esophageal ganglion (brain) of the blind crayfish, Camba-
rus pellucidus, from Mammoth Cave, made from specimens
kindly loaned by Professor J. Wyman, and also of the ordi-
nary Cambarus (sp. undet.) of DesMoines River, Iowa, and
showed the differences between them consisted mainly in an
enlargement of the sides of the ganglion in the blind species ;
supposed to be connected with the sense of hearing. He
also exhibited drawings of the inner structure of the eye of
the blind species, showing that the pigment cells are white,
and the whole eye in a state of arrested development.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVI. 14 APRIL, 1874.

Bouvé.] 210 [Jan. 7,
January 7, 1874.
The President in the chair. Eighty-three persons present.

REMARKS OF PRESIDENT BOUVE.

Since we last met an event has occurred that has brought
deep sorrow to our hearts, and indeed moved with grief
those of the whole community; for whilst in the death of
Louis Agassiz we have lost a distinguished Honorary Mem-
ber, a pioneer in the paths we love to tread, one whose
name deservedly ranks high among the most illustrious of
those who have explored the world of matter and of life,
the great body of the community has lost one whom it has
long and justly regarded as pre-eminently the great teacher in
science, the man of all men, who inspired the love of knowl-
edge, and who was never weary in his efforts to impart the
best he knew to every seeking soul. ,

Truly all alike, learned or unlearned, high in attainments
and position, or only humble seekers of truth, may well weep
the loss of him, whose presence alone was to everybody an
inspiration.

To those of us who have been in any degree sharers in
his labors, or companions in literary or scientific circles, his
loss is irreparable.

The fine physical form, the countenance ever beaming
with feeling and intelligence, the expressive utterances, and
above all, that subtle influence which came from the whole
being of the man, alas! that these are now only matters of
memory.

But it is not for me to dwell upon the event I have al-
luded to. For a fit expression of the loss sustained by the

1874.] : 211 (Emerson.

Society, we have the privilege of looking to one whose valua-
ble services to it in its earlier days we have not forgotten,
and who was one of the first among scientific men to wel-
come to our shores and our companionship the great natural-
ist. I need not say I refer to our former President, Mr.
George B. Emerson, whom I now have the pleasure to intro-

duce to you.
ADDRESS OF MR. EMERSON.

I thank you, Mr. President, for the great honor you do me
by inviting me to say something before, and in behalf of, your
Society, in commemoration of the most distinguished natural-
ist that has appeared among us. You know how reluctantly
I consented to speak, and I feel how inadequately I shall be
able to represent the Society. Yet I cannot but admit that
there is some apparent propriety in your request. I was one
of those who formed this Society. All the others who first
met, except one, are gone; Dr. B. D. Greene, Dr. J. Ware, F.
C. Gray and the rest. My old friend, Dr. Walter Channing,
alone, in whose office most of the first meetings were held,
is still living. Moreover, while I was in the seat you now oc-
cupy, lt was agreed by my associates that it was very proper
and desirable that a Survey of the State, Botanical and Zoo-
logical, should be made, to complete that begun by Prof.
Hitchcock in Geology. At their request I presented to Gov.
Everett a memorial suggesting this.

Our suggestion was graciously received. Gov. Everett
brought the subject before the Legislature, in which some
friends of Natural History in the House of Representatives
had already been acting toward the same end; an appropria-
tion was made, and he was authorized to appoint a commis-

Emerson.] 2A? (Jan. 7,

sion for that purpose. On that commission four members of
this Society were placed ; the reports of three of whom, Dr.
Harris, Dr. Gould and Dr. Storer, have been, and still con-
tinue to be, considered of signal and permanent value, and
Mr. Agassiz himself regarded them as among the best re-
ports ever made. It has given and still gives me the great-
est satisfaction to know that the Society has been continually

going forward, and that it is now more prosperous than ever.

A little more than twenty-seven years ago, as I was sitting
in my study, a message came to me that two gentlemen de-
sired to see me. They were immediately admitted, and Dr.
Gould introduced me to Louis Agassiz. His noble presence,
the genial expression of his face, his beaming eye and
earnest, natural voice, at once gained me, and I responded
cordially to his introduction. He said, “I have come to see
you, because Dr. Gould tells me that you know the trees
of Massachusetts; I wish to be made acquainted with the
Carya. I have found the leaves and fruit of several species in
the Jura Mountains, where they were deposited when those
mountains were formed; but, since that time, none have been
found living in Europe. I want to know them as they are
now growing.”

I told him that I knew all the species found in New Eng-
land, and should be glad to show them to him. “But I
have,” I said, “presently to begin my morning’s work. If
you will let me call on you immediately after dinner, I shall
be glad to take you to them.”

At the time fixed, I called on him at his lodgings and took
him, in my chaise, first to Parker’s Hill, where one species of
hickory grew, then through Brookline, Brighton and Cam-

—

1874.] PAB [Emerson.

bridge, where two others were found, and to Chelsea, where
a fourth, and one that might be a variety, were growing. I
pointed out the characteristics of each species in growth,
branching, bark, fruit and leaves, and especially in the buds.
He listened with the most captivating attention, and ex-
pressed surprise at my dwelling upon the peculiarities of the
buds. “I have never known ‘the buds to be spoken of as
characteristic,” said he; “that is new to me.” He admitted
the distinct peculiarities of structure in the buds; and, I have
no doubt, remembered every word I said, for, a few months
afterwards, I saw, in a newspaper, that Mr. Agassiz would
give a lecture, in Roxbury, on the buds of trees.

We drove on to Chelsea Beach, which stretches off sev-
eral miles, — apparently without end, — and, as the tide was
very low, was then at least a quarter of a mile wide. He was
charmed with everything, expressing his pleasure with all the
earnestness of a happy child, hardly able to restrain himself
in his admiration and delight. He told me that he had never
before been on a sea-beach, but that he was familiar with the
undulations and wave marks on the old beaches laid open in
the Jura Mountains.

I need not say what a pleasant drive this was. I had long
felt great interest in various departments of Natural History,
but had been so fully occupied with my own duties, as a
teacher, that I had been able to indulge myself fully, and that
for a small part of the year, in one only. Here was a com-
panion who was intimately acquainted with all, and with the
most distinguished men who had been advancing them, and
who was ready and happy to communicate, wealth of inform-
ation upon every point I could ask about.

Some days after, I invited all the members of this Society

Emerson.] O14 (Jan. 7,

to meet Mr. Agassiz at my house. Every one came that
could come. They conversed very freely on several subjects,
and Agassiz showed the fulness of his knowledge, and his
remarkable powers of instant observation. All seemed to
feel what a precious accession American science was to re-
ceive.

Not long afterwards, Mr. Agassiz accepted an invitation —

to spend Christmas with us. We took some pains, ourselves
and our children, among whom were then two bright boys,
full of fun and frolic, one in college, and one nearly prepared
to enter. He was easily entertained, entering heartily, joy-
ously and hilariously, into everything, games and all, as if
he were still as young as the youngest, but full of feeling,
and moved, even to tears, by some poor lines to him and his
native land.

My friends, I have thus shown you how intimate I became,
for a few weeks, with Agassiz, whom I found the wisest, the
most thoroughly well-informed and communicative, the most
warm-hearted and the most modest man of science, with
whom, personally, or by his works, I had ever become ac-
quainted. I did not keep up that intimate acquaintance,
both because I was too busy in my own work, and because I did
not deem myself worthy to occupy so much of his time,
consecrated, as it was, to science and the good of mankind.
The strong impression he made on me, was made on almost
all who ever listened to, or even met, him. It is not surpris-
ing then, that

The news of the death of Agassiz caused a throb of an-
guish in millions of hearts. Such a death is aloss to man-
kind. What death among kings or princes in the Old World,

'
il

1874.] 915 [Emerson.

or among the aspirants for power, or the possessors of wealth,
in the New, could produce such deep-felt regret ?

He is gone. We shall see his benignant face and hear his
Winning voice no more; but we have before us his example,
and his works. Let us dwell, for a few moments, on some
features in his life and character, as an inspiration and a guide,
especially to those who mean to devote their leisure, or their
life, to Natural History, or to the great work of teaching !
What a change has taken place, in the whole civilized world,
and especially in this country, in men’s estimation of the value
and interest of these pursuits, since he began his studies.
To whom is that change more due than to Agassiz?

He was endowed by nature with extraordinary gifts. His
fascinating eye, his genial smile, his kindliness and ready
sympathy, his generous earnestness, his simplicity and ab-
sence of pretention, his transparent sincerity ;—these account
for his natural eloquence and persuasiveness of speech, his
influence as a man, and his attraction and power as a teacher.
For the development and perfecting of many of his highest
and most estimable qualities of mind and character, Mr.
Agassiz was doubtless indebted to his noble mother, who,
judging from every thing we can learn, was a very rare
and remarkable woman. To the quiet, homely, household
duties, for which the Swiss women are distinguished, she
added, unconsciously, very uncommon mental endowments,
which she wisely cultivated by extensive reading of the best
authors, and by conversation with the most intelligent persons.

Trained by such a mother, Agassiz grew up in the belief
of a Creator, an infinite and all-wise Intelligence, Author
and Governor of all things. He was sincerely and humbly
religious. During his whole life, while exploring every secret

>

Emerson.] 216 (Jan. 7,

of animal structure, he saw such wonderful consistency in
every part, that he never for a moment doubted that all were
parts of one vast plan, the work of one infinite, all-compre-
hending Thinker. He saw no place for. accident, none for
blind, unthinking, brute or vegetable selection. Though he
was aman of the rarest intellect, he was never ashamed to
look upwards and recognize an infinitely higher and more
comprehensive Intellect above him.

In his earliest years and through childhood, he was sur-
rounded by animals,— fishes, birds and other creatures, —
which he delighted to study, and with whose habits and
forms he thus became perfectly familiar. His education, in
all respects, was very generous and thorough. He spent his
early years in some of the most distinguished schools and
colleges in Germany; and he had the good fortune to be
made early a student of the two great languages of ancient
times. He became familiar, by reading them in their native
Greek, with the high thought and reasoned truth and grace-
ful style of Plato, and the accurate observations and descrip-
tions of Aristotle, the nicest observer of ancient times, and
justly considered the father of natural history. Probably no
work has been more suggestive to him than Aristotle’s History
of Animals ; and probably his own breadth of conception and
largeness of thought, upon the highest subjects, were due, in
no inconsiderable degree, to his early familiarity with Plato.
He also read some of the best Latin authors, and wrote the
language with great ease.

No one who, early, has the time and opportunity, and who
desires to become a thorough naturalist, or a thinker on any
subject, should neglect the study of these two languages.
From them we borrow nearly all the peculiar terms of nat-

1874.] DUT. [Emerson.

ural science, and find the originals of almost all the words
which we use in speaking on ethical, metaphysical, sesthetical
and political subjects, and no one can be sure that he per-
fectly understands any of these words unless he knows them
in their original language.

I dwell upon this subject, because I believe that the early
study of language, especially of the ancient languages, is far
too much undervalued. We use language, not only in our
communication with others, but in our own thoughts. On
all subjects of science, or whatever requires accurate thought,
we think in words, and we cannot think, even within our-
selves, upon any subject, without knowing the words to ex-
press our thoughts. He who is most fully and familiarly
acquainted with the richest language and the thoughts that
have been expressed by it, has the power of becoming not
only a good thinker but an eloquent speaker. No greater
mistake can be made, in the early education of the future
naturalist, than the neglect to give him a full and familiar
acquaintance with the words by which thought can be car-
ried on or communicated. .

Agassiz’s mother-tongue was French, but both this and
German were in common use in the Pays de Vaud. He
lived, for years afterwards, in several parts of Germany, and

thus attained, without special study, the rich language which

1It is a matter of the greatest satisfaction that the only true mode of learning
language, the natural one, by word of mouth from living teachers, is becoming
common; the language itself first, and afterwards the philosophy of it—the rules.
It is most desirable that this mode of learning the ancient languages should be in-
troduced, to learn first the language, to read and understand it, and afterwards the
rules. Indeed I would not recommend the study even of Greek, if most or much
of the time given to it had to be thrown away upon the grammar. The true mode,
Agassiz’ mode, of teaching on all subjects, is becoming more and more common.

Emerson. 218 [January 7,

we Americans have to give so much time to acquire; and he
lived, long, a studious and laborious life in Paris, where he
became intimately acquainted with Cuvier and other distin-
guished naturalists, and perfectly familiar with the French

language in its best form. More than once, when he was —

putting his note-book into his pocket, he told me he knew
not whether he had made his’notes in German or in French.

Agassiz’s universality of study and thought suggest a pre-

cious lesson. It is never safe to give one’s self entirely to one
study or to one course of thought. The full powers of the
mind cannot so be developed. Nature is infinite; and a small
part of one kingdom cannot be understood, however care-
fully studied, without some knowledge of the rest.

Neither must a man allow himself to be a mere naturalist.
Every man ought to seek to form for himself, for his own hap-
piness and. enjoyment, the highest character for intelligence,
and for just and generous feeling, of which he is capable.
He is not a mere student of a department of nature. He
is a man; he must make himself a wise, generous and well-
informed man, able to sympathise with all that is most beau-
tiful in nature and art, and best in society. It would be a
poor, dull world, if all men of talent were to educate them-
selves to be mere artisans, mere politicians, or mere natu-
ralists.

Agassiz took a large, comprehensive view of the whole
field of natural history ; his thorough education and intimate
acquaintance with the works of the highest men in several
walks, Von Martius, Cuvier, Humboldt, and others, made it
possible for him to do it, and he then fixed on certain depart-

ments, and, for the time, he gave himself entirely to one.

sy
ee ar

1874.] 919 [Emerson.

As a future inhabitant of America, it was fortunate for him
to have been born, and to have grown up, in one of the free
cantons of Switzerland. He was thus accustomed to treat
men as equals; and thus his perfect familiarity and his free-
dom from all assumption were as natural to him as they
were graceful and winning. He looked down upon none,
but felt a sympathy with every thing best in every heart.
The reality of these: great human qualities gave a natural
dignity which his hearty and ready laugh could never
diminish. Every one was drawn toward him by what was
best in himself. With the greatest gentleness he united a
strong will, and with a resolute earnestness, untiring patience.
His great object was truth, and, as he never had any doubt
that it was truth, he may have been impatient, but he never
felt really angry with those who opposed it.

Mr. Agassiz had, for several years, the great advantage and
privilege of being an assistant, in the deseription and delinea-
tion of fishes from Brazil, to Von Martius, the genial and elo-
quent old man of Munich. In him he had the example of a
man, who, with great resources as a naturalist, had, for many
years, given himself, in a foreign country, to the study of a
single department of Botany, without, however, shutting his
eyes to any thing that was new and remarkable in any page
of Natural History. To one who was a good listener and
never forgot what he heard, what a preparation must this
have been for his own expedition, many years after, to the
sources of the Amazon, to which he was invited by the Em-
peror of Brazil, in which he was assisted by the princely aid
of his own friends, and from which he brought home a greater
number of new species of fresh water fishes than were ever

before discovered by one individual, thus carrying forward

x

Emerson. ] 220 [January 7,

that work upon the fishes of Brazil, his first work, which he
had published when he was twenty-two years old.

He spent the leisure of several years in examining the reefs
and dredging.in the waters of the coast of Florida and other
parts, always bringing home stores of new species and genera,
and completing the history of innumerable known ones.
What a preparation were these years for the great Hasler ex-
pedition, in which the depths of the ocean were very fully
explored, and innumerable objects, new and old, were brought
up, showing that the bottom of the ocean is any thing but
barren, and throwing new light upon the geology of recent
and of ancient times.

Whenever Mr. Agassiz undertook a special work, he pre-
pared himself for it by a careful study of whatever had been
done in that particular line by all others. He had seen, every-
where, indications of the action of ice. He determined to
investigate. He began by reading all he could find upon the
subject, and then set himself to observe, patiently and care-
fully, what was taking place in the glaciers themselves. He
gave the leisure of several years to this examination, and
then felt himself ready to observe the effects of similar ac-
tion in former ages and distant regions. The opinions of
such an observer, after such a preparation, cannot be without
authority and value; and it is not surprising that he should
not himself have been willing to yield them ‘to those of
others who had never given the same study to the subject.

When he wrote his wonderfully complete work upon the
American Testudinata, he began by studying whatever had
been written in regard to that group of animals, and he fur-
nished himself, by the liberal aid of many friends, with im-
mense numbers of specimens, so that he had ample means of

1874.) Ds 21 [Emerson.

satisfying himself in regard to almost every question that
could be asked, as to structure or habits. Such a work will
not need to be done over again for many years. It can never
be entirely superseded except by a work showing greater dil-
igence, greater fidelity and better powers of nice observation
and faithful description.

Let no one who has not carefully examined this, and his
other papers in the “ Contributions to the Natural History. of
the United States,” 1 venture to speak of his incompleteness.

His example as a teacher has been of inestimable value, as
showing the importance of the best and largest possible
preparation, teaching by things really existing and not by
books, opening the eye to the richness and beauty of nature,
showing that there is no spot, from the barren sea-beach to
the top of the mountain, which does not present objects at-
tractive to the youngest beginner, and worthy of, and reward-
ing, the careful consideration of the highest intellect.

The town of Neufchatel, near which Mr. Agassiz was born,
and particularly the hills behind it, give fine views of natural
scenery. From a hill, not two miles from his former home,
I had a view of the lake and the plains and mountains be-
yond, which I now recall as one of the widest, most varied
and most exquisite, [ have ever seen. Agassiz thus grew up
to a love of the beautiful.

This love of the beautiful in nature has been increasing
from the most ancient times to the present. It is more gener-

ally felt and more fully enjoyed now than ever before, and in

1 In speaking of the thorough execution of the work in these four volumes, we
ought not to forget the aid he received from the exquisite skill in drawing and
engraving of Sonrel, who wore out his eyes in the work, and of Burckhardt and
Clark.

Emerson.] 992. [January 7,

this country, apparently, more than in any other. , More per-
sons leave the cities, as soon as they begin to grow warm and
dusty, to enjoy the country or the seaside, the mountains or

the lakes; and they enjoy rationally and heartily. Who has —

done more than Agassiz to increase this enjoyment? With
thousands, it is becoming not merely the enjoyment but the
study of the beautiful. Collections of shells, curious animals,
minerals, sea-weeds, and flowers, are becoming, like libraries,
not only sources of pleasure to the eye, but of delightful
study, whereby a nearer approach is made to the very foun-
tain of enjoyment; we not only see and feel, we begin to un-
derstand. The more we see of the uses, of the wonders, of

the structure, the more profound is our enjoyment? Who

has done more than Agassiz to awaken this enjoyment?
In 1855, with the aid of Mrs. Agassiz, who, from the. be-

ginning, did a great deal of the work, Mr. Agassiz opened a _

school for young ladies. For this he was, in all respects,
admirably well qualified. The charm of his manner, his per-

fect simplicity, sincerity and warm-heartedness, attracted.

every pupil, and won her respect, love and admiration. He
knew, almost instinctively, what we teachers have to learn by
degrees, that we cannot really attract, control and lead a
child, and help to form his habits and character, without first
loving him; that nothing in the world is so powerful as real,
disinterested affection. He gave, himself, by lectures most
carefully prepared, an how’s instruction, real instruction,
every day. All his pupils retain their respect and love for
him, and some keep the notes they made of his talks, and
read them with delight. The school was continued for seven
years, with great success, attracting pupils from distant parts

of the country.

1874.] 223 [Emerson

One of the secrets of his success as a teacher was, that he
brought in nature to teach for him. The young ladies of a
large school were amused at his simplicity in putting a grass-
hopper into the hand of each, as he came into the hall; but
they were filled with surprise and delight, as he explained the
structure of the insect before them, and a sigh of disappoint-
ment escaped from most of them when the lesson, of more
than an hour, closed. He had opened their eyes to see the
beauty of the wonderful make of one of the least of God’s
creatures. What a lesson was this to young women prepar-
ing to be teachers in the public schools of the Commonwealth,
showing that in every field might be found objects to excite,
and, weil explained, to answer, the questions, what? and
how? and why? which children will always be asking.

He had all the elements necessary to an eloquent teacher :
voice, look and manner, that instantly attracted attention;
an inexhaustible flow of language, always expressive of rich
thoughts, strong common sense, a thorough knowledge of all
the subjects on which he desired to speak, a sympathy with
others so strong that it became magnetic, and a feeling of the
value of what he had to say, which became and created en-
thusiasm. He thus held the attention of his audience, not
only instructing and persuading them, but converting them
into interested and admiring fellow students.

His mode of teaching, especially in his ready use of the
chalk and the blackboard, was a precious lesson to teachers.
He appealed at once to the eye and to the ear, thus naturally
forming the habit of attention, which it is so difficult to form
by the study of books. Whoever learns this lesson will soon
find that it is the teacher’s part to do the study, to get com-
plete possession of what is to be taught, in any subject, and

Emerson. ] 224 (January 7,

how it is to be presented, while it ‘is the part of the pupils
to listen attentively and to remember. This they will easily
do, and, to show that they do remember, they may be easily

led to give an account, in writing, of what they have heard.

Every lesson will thus be not only an exercise of attention —

and memory, but a lesson in the English language, proper in-
struction in which is very much needed and very much
neglected. Whenever a pupil does not fully understand, the
teacher will have the opportunity, while he is at the black-
board, of enlarging and making more intelligible.

Wherever the teacher shall be successful in adopting this
true and natural mode of teaching, the poor text-books which
now infest the country will be discontinued, and those who
now keep school will become real teachers; school keeping
will be turned into teaching. When this method is fairly in-
troduced, we shall hear no more of long, hard lessons at
home, nor of pupils from good schools who have not learned
to write English.

The advent of Agassiz is to be considered a most import-
ant event in the Natural History of the country. The ex-
ample of his character, his disinterestedness, his consecration
to science, his readiness to oblige even the humblest and most
modest, his superiority to self-interest, his sincerity and ab-
sence of all pretention, his enthusiasm in all that is noble —
all these recommended not only him, but the science he pro-
fessed. Never was a life more richly filled with study, work,
thought; and all was consecrated, not to the benefit of him-
self, but to the promotion of science for the good of his fellow
creatures.

For many years Mr. Agassiz has seemed to live only for

the advancement of natural history, by the building up of —

1874.] OS [Waterston.

his Museum, for which he had collected materials, of the
greatest possible diversity, which would, properly cared for
and arranged, form a Museum superior in numbers and vari-
ety to any similar collection in the world. Shall this great
_ work be allowed to fail ?

Let every person who honors the memory of Agassiz, say
No! Let every one who regrets that the great main support
of the noble structure is taken away, resolve that it shall not
fail, Bur that, so far as depends on him and what he can do,
IT SHALL GO ON AND BE BUILT AND FILLED, AND STAND
FIRM, A GLORIOUS TEMPLE OF SCIENCE FOREVER.

REMARKS OF REY. MR. WATERSTON.

In response to an invitation from the chair, the Rev. Mr,
R. C. Waterston spoke of Prof. Agassiz’s connection with
the Centennial Anniversary of the birth of Humboldt.

At a meeting of the Boston Society of Natural History,
June, 1869, it was moved and voted that a celebration of the
Centennial Anniversary of the birth of Alexander von Hum-
boldt, by this Society, is highly desirable. It was also sug-
gested that Professor Agassiz be invited to deliver an ad-
dress upon the occasion. The invitation was extended to
Professor Agassiz and accepted Various circumstances
connected with that memorable occasion, at a time like
the present, come to the mind with peculiar power.

In Professor Agassiz’s public address, his introductory re-
marks were, “I am invited to an unwonted task. Thus far I

1The Committee appointed at the meeting in June, to make all desirable ar-
rangements, were, R. C. Waterston, Jeffries Wyman, N. B. Shurtleff, Samuel
Kneeland and Samuel H. Scudder. To this Committee was afterwards added T. W..

Higginson.
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. ‘XVI. 15 APRIL, 1874, ~

Waterston.] 226 [January 7,

have appeared before the public only as a teacher of Natural
History. To-day, for the first time in my life, I leave a field
in which I am at home, to take upon myself the duties of a
biographer.”

Thus this Society had the privilege of inviting Professor
Agassiz to a duty (most nobly fulfilled), which without this
invitation in all probability he would never have entered
upon. That being, as he himself expressed it, the first time in
his life he had undertaken such a task; it was also, as we
now know, destined to be the last. This event which, on
every account, had great interest, for these reasons possesses
a solemn and sacred import. That anniversary we would
keep in grateful remembrance, forming as it does, in connec-
tion with many reminiscences, an added and, may we not
say, an indissoluble tie between us and him.

At the time when the invitation was extended to Prof.
Agassiz, he was overwhelmed with work; while, by previous
labor, both body and mind had already been overtaxed.
Under such circumstances, it would have appeared next to
impossible for him to comply with the request of the Society,
yet so desirous was he to meet their wishes that he under-
took the task.

On the 8th of June Mrs. Agassiz wrote: —

“Though your letter touched and gratified me deeply, it
made me very anxious, too. I could almost have wished the
occasion had not arisen, for it alarms me to see the way in
which work accumulates upon Mr. Agassiz, whose health is
no longer so good as it used to be.

“Tt seems as if it would be easy for him to talk of Hum-
boldt, and so, out of the fulness of his heart, it would; but
on such an occasion, the address must include a very careful
review of all the facts of his life, of his relation to science

1874.) 9927 [Waterston.

through three-quarters of a century; it must be accurate
as well as comprehensive, and even Humboldt’s most intimate
friend could not prepare it without a good deal of care and
research. I do not say this because I would dissuade Mr-
Agassiz from it; on the contrary, it seems to me a duty,
which, since it arises, he cannot avoid; and I think he fully
intends to undertake ‘it, though not without many fears lest
he should not rise to the grandeur of the occasion.

“Mr. Agassiz begs me to say that he has the greatest desire
to further the project to the utmost of his power, and only
fears, as I have said, to fall short of his own wishes, and the
expectations of those who are willing to entrust him with
such a responsibility.”

On the 3d of July Prof. Agassiz wrote as follows: —

“or weeks past I have intended every day to write you,
but the fact is that just now I have scarcely time to breathe,
and with the sincere desire of accepting the invitation ten-
dered to me through you, I have been trying to free myself
in some degree of the tasks before me. It is not so easy to
do this as it seems.

“ However, I write now to say that I will do my best so far
as it depends upon me, to make the Anniversary of Hum-
boldt worthy of his memory, and servicable to science in the
country. The task will be a difficult, and in some respects a
painful, one to me, none the less because of my personal rela-
tions with him. But I will do my best, and I beg you to
believe that the confidence placed in me by those who wish
to make this occasion a marked day, has gratified and touched
me deeply.

“JT wish you would express thissentiment in my behalf, and
add that my great cause of hesitation has been the fear that
I might not satisfy the expectations of those who have thus
honored me. Believe me,

«Ever truly yours,
“Louis AGassiz.” »

Waterston.] 228 (January 7,

In a note dated July 21st, he says,

“J have been completely prostrated this week.”

Yet notwithstanding this exhaustion (doubtless far beyond
what was imagined by his most intimate friends, and, added
to this, serious illness among the members of his own family,
his son leaving for Europe, on account of his health, the
very day upon which the address was delivered), Professor
Agassiz most conscientiously devoted himself through the
sultriness of an intensely hot mid-summer, to the work of
preparation. Few are probably aware what a mind like his
would, under such circumstances, consider requisite. Noth-
ing was to be taken for granted; not even the memory of
former investigations would be accepted without passing
through the process of examination. Every step was to be
measured, with critical exactness, through the long progress
of Humboldt’s scientific career.

Is there not exemplified in this fact, one of the marked
characteristics of Prof. Agassiz’s mind? Absolute thorough-
ness; sifting every question and principle down to its first
elements; tracing every thought, from its earliest germ
through each successive development, until the’final result is
reached.

In order to secure freedom from all interruption during
these researches, he asked for a room at the City Library, —
which was readily granted. Here he could gather about him
papers and books, which during his absence would remain
undisturbed. Mr. Winsor, the efficient and obliging Super-
intendent, tells me that for more than a month Prof. Agassiz
passed at least three or four days of each week, from nine
o’clock in the morning until generally three o’clock in the

1874.] 929 [Waterston.

afternoon, and that during this time he called for more than
two hundred volumes in different languages, always desiring
to read each work as it originally came from the mind of the
author. Thus every work which Alexander von Humboldt
ever wrote passed under careful review; not only every vol-
ume, but every pamphlet, with the exception of one, which
could not be found in this country.
On the 4th of September he wrote me,

“T have only yesterday finished gathering my materials,
and have not yet begun preparing my address.”

He adds —“ My friends will never know what anxieties I
have to go through on this occasion.”

Six days after this I received the following: —

“Nahant, Sept. 10th, 1869.
“My Dear Sir: | |
“T have succeeded this evening in bringing to a close my
draft of an address; not exactly as I would like to deliver it
but such as I may be compelled to read should the occur-
rences of the day unfit me for an extemporized discourse,
which I believe might be more effective.”

It would thus appear that even after the address was
written, he hoped to give, not what he had embodied in
manuscript, but the result of which that would be the basis,
in the form of an extemporized discourse, for which, as all
know from his constant habit of speaking without notes, he
possessed the very highest qualifications.

However, to meet every contingency, he adds: —

“As I go to-morrow to Cambridge, I will try to have my
illegible manuscript set in type, that I may myself be able to
read it. At the same time I shall see how my diagrams are

Waterston.] 230 [January 7,

progressing, and if satisfactory, forward them at once'to the
Music Hall. _ Very truly yours,
“<L. Agassiz.”

On the 13th of September he wrote: —

“Dear SiR: —

“JT hope I may have a proof of my address for your report-
ers by the time I reach Boston to-morrow, which I shall
hand to you. My diagrams went to the Music Hall Saturday
afternoon, with the palm-branch worn on Humboldt’s funeral.

“The pen taken from his desk the day he died, and sent to
me, I shall bring myself, fearing it might be lost if left with
bulkier objects. Very truly yours,

“LL. AGaAssiz.”

Such were some of the preparatory labors connected with
the address which was to be heard on that Centennial Anni-
versary by literary and scientific men in every part of the
country. Seldom has there been an occasion in the history
of New England, which has brought together so brilliant an
assemblage of able scholars and prominent men in every
department of thought.

At the evening reception, Mr. Ralph Waldo incessant in
speaking of what he termed the “ delightful address in praise
of Humboldt,” concentrated his estimate in this characteris-
tic declaration, “our eminent professor never delivered a
discourse more wise, more happy, or of more varied power.”

These words expressed the universal feeling. And the
address, so cordially welcomed by those who heard it, was
received when published with equal favor on both sides of
the Atlantic.

This very day, I was reading a letter by Sir John Her-
schel expressing his commendation ; and. in the Life of Alex-

1874.] 231 [Waterston.

ander von Humboldt, edited by Professor Karl Bruhns,
director of the observatory at Leipzig, the address by Agassiz
is referred to, both in the preface, and in the body of the
book. In the latter, a lengthy extract is introduced. [See
Vol. II, pp. 179, 180 and 181.]

There were several occasions upon which Alexander von
Humboldt extended such attention and kindness to Agassiz,
at a time when encouragement was most needed, that it
seems but an act of justice and gratitude to recall them here.
The first was related by Agassiz some fifteen years ago, ata
meeting of the American Academy of Art and Science, soon
after Humboldt’s death.

“May I be permitted,” he said “to tell a circumstance per-
sonal tome? I was only twenty-four years of age when in
Paris, whither I had gone with means given me by a friend,
but I was at, last about to resign my studies from want of
ability to meet my expenses. Professor Mitscherlich was
then on a visit in Paris, and I had seen him in the morning,
when he had asked me what was the cause of my depressed
feelings, and I told him I had to go, for I had nothing left.
The next morning as I was seated at breakfast, in front of
the yard of the Hotel, where I lived, I saw the servant of
Humboldt approach, he handed me a note, saying there was
no answer and disappeared. I opened the note, and I see it
now as distinctly as if I held the paper in my hand. It said:

‘My Frrenp:—

‘I hear that you intend leaving Paris in consequence of
some embarrassments. This shall not be. I wish you to
remain here as long as the object for which you came is not
accomplished. I enclose you a check of £50. It is a loan
which you may repay when you can.”

Waterston.] Bon [January 7,

That one act of Humboldt, at the turning point in the life
of Agassiz, may have affected the whole course of his after
career. If Sir Humphrey Davy could say “My best discov-
ery was Michael Faraday,” — what shall we say of this dis-
criminating instance of generous encouragement, which per-
haps gave to us Agassiz as a man of science!

In the address upon Humboldt, Agassiz speaks of his
studies at Munich, whose University had opened under the
most brilliant auspices, and where nearly every professor
was prominent in some department of science or literature.
“These men,” he says, “ were not only our teachers but our
friends. We were the companions of their walks and often
present at their discussions.” “My room,” he adds, “ was
our meeting-place, bed-room, study, museum, library, lecture-
room, fencing-room, allin one. Students and professors used
to call it the little Academy.”

It was at this time that Humboldt was preparing for his
Asiatic journey. Agassiz was anxious to accompany him,
and asked that he might join the expedition as an assistant.
This was the beginning of his personal acquaintanceship
with Humboldt.

A graphic picture is presented of the student’s life in
Paris, in the days of Louis Philippe, when Cuvier, just the
age of Humboldt himself, was active and ardent in research,
his salon frequented by statesmen, scholars and artists.

Cuvier was then giving a course of lectures, in the College

of France, on the History of Science. “ Humboldt,” says
Agassiz, “ attended these lectures regularly; I had frequently
the pleasure of sitting by his side, and being the recipient
of his passing criticism.” . At this period, Humboldt had
his working-room at the Rue de la Harpe. “There,” ‘con-

1874.] Se) Ds} [Waterston.

tinues Agassiz, “it was my privilege to visit him frequently.
There he gave me leave to come, to talk with him about my
work, and consult him in my difficulties.”

At this time Agassiz was twenty-four years of age, and
- Humboldt sixty-two.
«J had recently,” says Agassiz, “taken my degree as Doc-
ter of Medicine, and was struggling, not only for a scientific
position, but for the means of existence also. I have said
that he gave me permission to come as often as I pleased to
his room, opening to me freely the inestimable advantages
which intercourse with such a man gave to a young investi-
gator like myself But he did far more than this, occupied
and surrounded as he was, he sought me out in my lodging.”

Here he gives a most interesting account of a visit from
Humboldt, at Agassiz’s narrow quarters, in the Hotel du
Jardin des Plantes. After which is an invitation from Hum-
boldt, to meet him at the Palais Royal— where they dine,—
“a rare indulgence,” says Agassiz, “ for a young man, who
could allow himself few luxuries.” “Here,” he adds, “for three
hours, which passed like a dream, I had him all to myself.
How he examined me, and how much IJ learned in that short
time! How to work, what to do, and what to avoid; how to
live, how to distribute my time; what methods of study to
pursue; these were the things of which he talked to me, on
that delightful evening.”

When we reflect upon the extended reputation acquired
by Agassiz before he left Europe; of that visit to this coun-
try which led him gladly to adopt it as his home, and of the
untiring zeal with which he devoted to it the best years of
his life; shall we not hold in grateful remembrance the man

Waterston.] 234 (January 7,

who gave to him, at the most critical moment, the cordial
hand of friendship, and who by his cheering words, inspired
fresh ardor, and a hope which no after trial could extinguish ?

It is more than a pleasant picture, it is a lesson for all time,
and should awaken, through generations, the desire gener-
ously to encourage and wisely to aid.

THE HUMBOLDT SCHOLARSHIP.

It was in this spirit that a “Humboldt Scholarship” be-
came associated with the Humboldt Anniversary. Through
personal solicitation on the part of the committee the sum of
Seven Thousand dollars was subscribed to form a permanent
fund, the income of which, under the direction of the Fac-
ulty, was to be solely applied to the aid of young and needy
students, while pursuing their preparatory studies at the Mu-
seum of Comparative Zodlogy, in Cambridge. The found-
ing of this scholarship? was the voluntary proposition of this
Society as a token of sympathy and hearty good-will.

1The amount of the Fund of the Humboldt Scholarship, reported by the Treas-
urer (Mr. Theodore Lyman), in January of the present year, was $8,504.43.

The following note will illustrate the manner in which this scholarship is made
practically useful to the individual, while at the same time it aids in the advance-
ment of science.

“ At a meeting of the Faculty of the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, held
May 6th, 1871:

‘¢ The Humboldt Scholarship was awarded to J. A. Allen—in consideration of his
paper upon the Mammals and Winter Birds of East Florida, and the proceeds of
the Humboldt Fund —for one year, and granted to him in aid of his Exploration
of the Fauna of the Rocky Mountains.”

In a recent communication Mr. Lyman says: —
“The fund is just what we need, and its value must always be of the first order.”

1874: 235 _[Waterston.

The gratification of Professor Agassiz was at once ex-
pressed. In a note written July 3d, he says:

“Your proposition to connect a scholarship with the Mu-
seum of Comparative Zodlogy, in commemoration of this
occasion, has had great weight with me. I believe that such
an arrangement will not only be an ever-returning memento
of the solemnities of this 14th of September, but, if properly
conducted, will contribute to the real advancement of Nat-
ural History among us.”

The origin of this scholarship was by some misappre-
hended. It was supposed to have been suggested, directly
or indirectly, by Professor Agassiz. This is an entire mis-
take. No one could feel more sensitive than he himself
did upon this subject. His feelings are frankly expressed
in a note which I received from him, after he had read a
paragraph in the daily papers, referring this movement to
him.

“ My Dear Sir: —

“In a paper to-day, giving an account of the proposed cele-
bration, ‘a plan’ is alluded to ‘of Mr. Agassiz for founding a
Humboldt Scholarship in the institution of which he is the
head.’

“This is no doubt a simple error of the press, but I should
be very sorry to have it stand. It would have been very un-
gracious in me, and would have shown, to say the least, a
great want of delicacy, had I suggested an endowment. for
the Museum in which I am personally interested. It was,
as you know, a proposition made spontaneously without any
reference tome. And though I rejoice in it and feel doubly
unwilling, on account of this offer, to shrink from the respon-
sibility connected with the invitation of your committee, yet
the suggestion coming from me, under the circumstances, in-
stead of being appropriate, would be wholly unbecoming.

Waterston.] 23 6 {January 7,

You will excuse me for troubling you about this, but I am
sure you will see that it places me in an awkward position.”

If in any mind there should exist even the shadow of a
misapprehension upon this subject, these words will serve to
explain fully both the feelings of Prof. Agassiz and the exact
facts of the case.

At’ the close of his public address of the 14th of Septem-
ber, he says: —

“JT have appeared before you as the representative of the
Boston Natural History Society. It was their proposition to
celebrate this memorable anniversary. I feel grateful for
their invitation, for the honor they have done me. _I feel still
more grateful for the generous impulse which has prompted
them to connect a Humboldt Scholarship, as a memorial of
this occasion, with the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy at
Cambridge.”

Thus, Mr. President and gentlemen, while we cannot but
deeply mourn the vast loss which this community and the
whole country has sustained by this bereavement, we rejoice
in that friendly relationship which so long existed between
us, and are thankful that one of the last great public utter-
ances of his life was given under the auspices of this
Society.

And now that his life, so beneficently crowded with activ-
ity and usefulness, has closed to us in this sphere of being, we

are grateful that our mutual efforts established what will not —

only be a perpetual bond of union between this Society and
the institution of which he was the honored head, but which,
we trust, through successive years, may prove a source of
practical help and encouragement to numberless students, who,

1874. DENT [Hunt.

by their future efforts, may extend the boundaries of knowl-
edge, thus aiding in the work of human progress, while they
carry forward to yet further completion, those investigations
and discoveries which, in our own day, have given immortal-
ity to the names of Humboldt and of Agassiz.

Dr. T. Sterry Hunt made some remarks on the stratifica-
tion of rock-masses.

The crystalline rocks are commonly divided into stratified and
unstratified; the first being those whose arrangement suggests that
they have been formed, like the uncrystalline sedimentary rocks, by
the accumulation of matters at the bottom of seas or lake-basins; and
the second those which are supposed to have been erupted or forced
out in a more or less liquid state from the inner portions of the earth.
These two classes correspond to what the author has designated
indigenous and exotic rocks, but a third class must be distinguished,
which he has called endogenous rocks, and which appear to have been
deposited from solutions, not in open basins, but in fissures at greater.
or less depths from the surtace, and under peculiar conditions of tem-
perature and pressure. To these crystalline deposits belong the
various veinstones, including many of the so-called granites, espec-
ially those containing the rarer mineral species.

The speaker desired to call attention to the fact that a stratiform
or layer-like arrangement of the constituent parts is often met with,
both in exotic and endogenous rocks, and cannot be regarded as
characteristic of indigenous rocks, nor as a proof of aqueous deposi-
tion at the earth’s surface. The banded structure in mineral veins
parallel to their walls is well known, and was remarkably shown
in some granitic veinstones exhibited from Ireland, from Maine and
from Nova Scotia. In the latter case, the banded granite, looking
like a coarse-grained gneiss, is seen to cut at right angles the strata
of a mica-schist. This structure is clearly due to successive deposits
from water of crystalline matter on the walls of the veins, and re-
sults from a process which, though operating in later times, and in
subterranean fissures, was perhaps not very much unlike that which
gave rise to the indigenous granitic gneisses.

Hunt] 238 [January 7,

Of a different origin is the stratiform structure often seen in rocks:

clearly exotic or erupted, which is apparently due to the arrangement
of the elements in a flowing and imperfectly liquid material. This
was well shown in a specimen from Groton, Connecticut, in which a
large angular fragment of strongly banded micaceous gneiss is in-
closed in a fine-grained eruptive granite, the mica plates in which are
so arranged as to show a beautiful and even stratification in contact
with the broken edges of the gneiss, but at right angles to the strata
of the latter. A coarse-grained dolerite, from Montreal, Canada,
was also shown, in which black augite crystals in bands of half an
inch in width alternate with others of nearly unmixed white labra-
dorite. These bands, which may be traced for a distance of several
feet on glaciated surfaces, are found curiously contorted and inter-
rupted, ard in their drawn-out and lenticular arrangement suggest
the extension by flow of a heterogeneous pasty mass, and the partial
blending of an augitic portion with another more feldspathic. Simi-
lar appearances are equally conspicuous in the dolerite of Montar-

ville, a few miles distant from the last. These dolerites were erupted

probably before the Devonian period. A fine-grained, dark mica-
ceous dolerite from a narrow dike cutting the Trenton limestone near
Montreal was also exhibited, in which the abundant laminz of mica
(probably biotite) are arranged parallel to the walls of the dike. An
eruptive diorite, shown from among the mesozoic sandstones at Lam-
bertville, New Jersey, is conspicuously marked by light and dark
bands, due to the alternate predominance of one or the other of the
constituent minerals.1 The speaker alluded to these cases of stratifi-
cation in eruptive rocks only as fresh illustrations of a well-known
phenomenon which has been repeatedly observed and described by
geologists. A similar stratified structure is also seen in glacier-ice
and in many furnace-slags.. The consideration of such facts has led
some geologists to suppose that the banded structure of the great
areas of gneiss and gneissoid rocks was caused by movements of flow
in a solidifying mass, and not to successive deposits of dissolved or
suspended material from a watery medium. While admitting the
frequent occurrence of this structure in eruptive rocks, and the neces-

1 From the study of the diorites interstratified with the mesozoic sandstones of
New Jersey, Prof. Henry Wurtz has been led to look upon them as indigenous
rocks, like the diorites of the Huronian series of crystalline schists, which they in
many respects resemble. Notwithstanding his great respect for the opinions of
this learned naturalist, Dr. Hunt, in common with most other geologists, regarded
these mesozoic diorites as intrusive.

1874.] 239 [Grote.

sity in many cases of a careful geognostical study to determine to
which class a stratiform rock should be referred, the speaker main-
tained the truly indigenous character of the great formations of
gneissic rocks, such as, for example, the Laurentian, which, from their
wide extent, and from the mode of their association with layers of
quartzite, limestone and iron-oxides, were clearly deposited in hori-
zontal layers at the earth’s surface.

- The following paper was presented by the Secretary : —

DESCRIPTIONS AND NOTES ON THE Noctuipm By Avg. R.
GROTE.

Acronycta dactylina Grote.

?. Smaller than A. hastulifera (Americana Harris) ; the primaries
of a distinctly bluish grey. The median lines continuous and den-
tate. Orbicular small, a black annulet with empty centre. Reni-
form vague, with a blackish stain on the cross vein. ‘Transverse
posterior line double, with broad, pale enclosed space, the inner line
faint, the outer black, distinct with acutely pointed outward denta-
tions, more noticeable twice opposite the cell, and once broadly on
_ subterminal fold, opposite which the inner line is accentuated. A
(sometimes obsolete) narrow dash on the fold beyond the line. The
t. p. line is followed by a diffuse, dark shade. Fringes grey. Ter-
minal line marked by interspaceal black dots. Hind wings pale whit-
ish grey, with a pale fuscous terminal shade. Veins a little darker
marked; terminal dots indistinct; fringes whitish grey. Beneath
whitish grey, with faint outer line on primaries, becoming denticulate
and more distinct on the hind wings; blackish discal dots on both
wings.

Expanse, 50 mm.

Hab. Quebec (F. X. Bélanger); N. Y. (KE. L. Graef).

At first sight recalls lepusculina, but the species is larger, the pri-
maries darker and the lines continuous, as in hastulifera.

Acronycta albarufa Grote.

g ? Allied to A. ovata but smaller. Primaries pale purplish grey.
Transverse anterior line widely geminate, receiving a distinct black
dash from the base which attains the outer of the two lines. Orbic-
ular white, annulate, contrasting, with a dark eentral point, approxi-
mate to the reniform and divided from it by the black median shade,

Grote.] 240 {January 7,

the latter continuous, less black inferiorly. Reniform complete, dis-
tinct, with a very evident reddish tinge suffusing the internal black
crescent mark. T. p. line narrow, geminate with included whitish
space, not prominently denticulate, indented opposite the cell and
crossed by a narrow black streak above the angle. A dusky shade fills
the subterminal space. The subterminal line is whitish, more or less
evident, followed by blackish shades accentuated opposite the cell.
Hind wings translucent fuscous in ¢, with faint line before the darker
margin; darker in 2. Thorax like fore wings ; abdomen fuscous
stained with vinous at tipin ¢.

Expanse, 3 30, 2 35 mm. .

Hab. Missouri (C. V. Riley, ‘ 389, L., imago in May” ).

This species is conspicuous by its purple grey smooth colors and
the contrasted white and red of its orbicular and reniform spots.

Acronycta lithospila Grote.

?. In the shape of the wings and streaky shadings of the prima-
ries this species is allied to 4. Xylinoides Guenée. The ornamenta-
tion is almost entirely obliterate, the transverse lines marked by even
oblique darker shades on costa. The color is dark steel gray with
dull, inconspicuous, brownish shading on the cell, behind and accom-
panying the transverse posterior line and about the long, black, basal
streak. Thet. p. line is dentate, more evident than the other lines;
it is even on the costal region and is seen to run further back tkan in
A. Xylinoides. Whitish streaky shadings may be noticed on the cell
accompanying a black discal streak, above internal angle below a very
fine black streak, and again on submedian interspace before the t. p.
line and on a line with the black basal streak. The reniform is in-
completely indicated. Terminally the fore wings are paler grey with
the veins marked with dark grey and with dark interspaceal shade
streaks on the margin, accentuating the terminal dots so that the ter-
minal space has a succession of blackish stripes on a paler grey
ground. Hind wings whitish, with smoky nervules and faint, unde-
fined terminal shade band. Beneath whitish, dusted with smoky
scales, and with improminent discal mark and line on the hind wings.
Thorax and head concolorous with fore wings. Palpi whitish, with
the second joint black at the sides.

Expanse 35 mm.

New York.

In the markings this species resembles closely a gray Leucania, or
Xylina.

1874.] 241 [Grote

Mamestra cinnabarina, Grote.

g,¢. A-small species with hairy eyes and a casual resemblance to
Euplezia lucipara in the arrangement of the colors. Deep brown;
the transverse lines picked out by pale, somewhat ochreous shades.
Claviform black; orbicular indistinct, partly black, edged with pale
central fleck; reniform pure white, contrasting, erect, with straight
base, above which it is narrowed, with dark linear centre more or
less obvious. Subterminal space contrastingly colored, light ochreous
brown, reddish brown above on costa; subterminal line preceded by
a reddish brown shade, the line itself is pale, followed by the black-
ish terminal space and fringes. The basal fields of the wing are
more or less flecked with ochreous brown so that they appear paler
than the median and terminal spaces. Hind wings fuscous without
marks; beneath paler, without lines.

Expanse, ¢ 26, 2 24mm.

Hab. California (No. 2750, Dr. A. S. Packard, Jr. ).

Mamestra legitima.

Apamea legitima Grote, Proc. Ent. Soc., Phil., Vol. 111, p. 82, Plate
2, fic. 4. (1864.)

I have received from Dr. Packard specimens of this species from
Massachusetts, which have enabled me to correct my former generic
reference. ‘The eyes are hairy; in general tint the species resembles
the much larger Mamestra purpurissata Grote.

Mamestra laudabilis. if

Hecatera laudabilis Guenée. Noct. p. 30.

I have received specimens of this species from California, from Dr.
Packard, so that we have a new locality for the species, the Califor-
nian specimens not differing appreciably from our Eastern material.

Hadena arctica Boisduval.

Vancouver Island (Dr. Packard).

Ufeus plicatus Grote.

California (No. 4414, Dr. Packard). The specimens do not differ
from our Eastern material, while they are perhaps a little higher col-
ored. There is a variability about the appearance of the discal lon-
gitudinal streak, while in one specimen the transverse line is obsolete.
Both sexes of the two species of Ufeus have now been observed.

Heliothis (Melicleptria) pulchripennis Grote.

g. yes constricted. Fore tibiz with a disproportionately long
claw on the outside, and a short one on the inside, at the extremity ;
middle and hind tibiz spinose. Fore wings intensely reddish purple

PROCEEDINGS B.S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 16 MAY, 1874.

‘Grote.] 242 {January 7,

with an arcuate inner median, and a slightly sinuate outer median
bluish transverse line; the outer line accompanied by a broad, inner
greenish shade; a greenish discal shade approximate to the inner me-
dian line. Hind wings blackish with a pale, central blotch and with
pale fringes becoming purplish towards the apices. Beneath, the
wings are pale, with rosy purplish shades along the coste and exter-
nal margins ; the fore wings show a central black spot and the bases
and internal margin of-the hind wings are soiled with blackish. Head,
thorax, and tibize with mixed purple and blackish, or purple and pale
hair ; abdomen blackish ; the whole body is lengthily hirsute.

« Expanse, 20 mm.

Hab. California (No. 4380).

In the style of ornamentation this brilliant species differs from cal-
ifornicus, suetus and ‘diminutivus by the continuous, bluish median
lines and the absence of the inferior blotches on the median space;
in the course of the median lines the species resembles the yellow
species, Spraguet, arciferus, etc.

- Schinia rectifascia Grote.

More broadly winged and slighter bodied than S. trifascia Hiibner,
of a similar pale, dull, olivaceous color. The primaries have each
three pale fasciz, but these are much narrower and nearly upright in
the new species. The two first, corresponding to the ordinary median
lines, are nearly straight, wider apart than in tri-fascia, where they
are approximate and very oblique. The third fascia corresponds to
the usual subterminal line; it is outwardly projected beyond its costal
inception, where it copies the course of the second fascia or outer
median line. A pale linear discoloration at the extremity of the cell,
in the place of the reniform. The fringes and terminal margin are
stained of a brownish ochreous on both wings; the secondaries are
silky discolored whitish. Beneath pale fuscous, with ochreous term-
inal stains, dyeing the fringes; and with costal traces of double
darker common lines.

Expanse, 28 mm.

Hab. Pennsylvania, Alabama.

Catocala residua Grote.

¢@. Dusky blackish. Fore wings obscure dusky blackish, like C.
obscura in tint, but less evenly tinted and with a greater proportion
of pale scales. Differing by the distinct black ordinary lines, the
transverse posteriors more notably projected opposite the disc,
where are two prominent, subequal, broadly marked teeth; subreni-

1874. 943 [Grote.

form open. The subterminal grey dentate shade is paler than in its
ally, more obvious and deeply dentate and bent opposite the teeth of
the t. p. line; the succeeding dusky shade in C. obscura is here ob-
solete. There is a distinct, diffuse, subapical, oblique, blackish shade
(wanting in C. obscura), which dentatedly margins the subterminal
pale shade opposite the discal teeth of the t. p. line. Terminal field
less dusky than the rest of the wing. Hind wings black, with dusky
fringes, becoming white at apices. Beneath similar to C. obscura;
the fringes on both wings dusky, the white bands quite narrow.

Expanse, 74 mm.

Hab. New York (in Coll. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sciences); Canada (J.
Pettit).

Three coincident specimens examined. In the dark fringes to the
hind wings C. residua resembles C. insolabilis; but the species is
nearer C. obscura in its general tone, and especially in the dusky tint
of the fore wings, which differ by their acutely and strongly toothed
transverse posterior line.

Catocala Faustina Strecker.

?. In the appearance of the fore wings this species resembles C.
parta, but the basal dash and distinct apical streak are wanting, the
species is but little less than one-third smaller and the hind wings
are bright pinkish red as in the European nupta, which it more nearly
resembles. ‘The fore wings are bluish grey, and differ from nupta, by
the greater equality of the extra discal teeth to the transverse poste-
rior line, and by the white subreniform, closed but connected with the
line, which is clouded in the European species, while their general
color is brighter, more bluish grey than in nupta. Hind wings, with a
nearly straight, nowhere excavate, black and even band. In nupta
this is elbowed, deeply excavated externally, opposite the cell. In
C. borealis the usual widening of the band at vein 5 is slighter than
usual. The band terminates abruptly before the margin and there is
no duskiness towards the base or along internal margin. Superiorly
the band is notably even, not diffusely widened as in Meskei, from
which it differs in the absence of the terminal attenuatior’ and crook-
ing. Marginal band as in nupta and allies with a broad and deep
ante-terminal sulcation. Beneath, the fore wings are like nupta, but
the bands are more even. Hind wings cosine Hou inferiorly; the
median band wider than on upper surface.

Expanse, 60 mm.

Hab. Michigan (Dr. A. S. Packard, Jr.).

Grote.] D4 4. [January 7,

Mr. Strecker’s description is uncharacteristic and inaccurate; the
hind wings are not “scarlet.” The identification is made with diffi-
culty, assisted by the indifferent figure in the ‘“Lep. Het.”

Anarta melanopa Thunberg.

Anarta nigrolunata Packard.

Hab. Colorado Territory (coll. Mr. Theo. L. Mead, No. 26).

I have received, through the kindness of Dr. Packard, specimens of
this species, as well as of A. melaleuca ( = bicycla Packard), A.
algida, A. funesta, A. quieta, A. amissa and A. leucosticta, for compar-
ison with the species collected in Colorado by Mr. Mead, two of
which, on being compared, seem new to science.

Anarta quadrilunata Grote.

¢. Eyes hairy. Allied to melanopa, but differing by the fuscous, not
blackish, primaries, which want the orbicular spot, and by the larger
size. Fore wings pale fuscous, with the transverse anterior line pale
blackish, broad and angulate. No orbicular; reniform merely a lu-
nate black shade on the cross-vein. TT. p. line of the usual shape,
obsoletely lunulated. Subterminal line faint; terminal line subcon-
tinuous. Hind wings largely whitish at base, with distinct and heavy
black discal spots and broad black borders, which latter are narrower
at anal angle than in melanopa. Beneath somewhat yellowish white,
with distinct lunate spots on both wings ; primaries without subter-
minal line ; hind wings with the border narrower than above. Body
parts with mixed whitish hair; anus with yellowish hirsuties.

Expanse, 30 mm.

Colorado Territory (Mr. Mead, No. 24).

Anarta subfuscula Grote.

?. Eyes hairy. In size and ornamentation of the fore wings allied
to A. Richardson (algida), but differs by the fuscous secondaries with
median line beneath. Fore wings bright grey, being a little more
whitish than usual, pulverulent in appearance. All the lines distinct
and continued; median shade faint, blackish; median space a little
darker than the rest of the wing; ordinary spots concolorous, grey,
with black annuli, moderately large, of the usual shape. Transverse
posterior line lunulate, shaped much as in Richardsont. Subterminal
line dentate, with diffuse, blackish, irregular, triangulate, preceding
shades, continued. A terminal series of black dots. The fringes are
fuscous, with a central pale line, and obsoletely cut with greyish.
Hind wings fuscous, concolorous, reflecting the discal dot and line

1874.) 9AD5 [Pourtalés.

from the under surface which, on both wings, is fuscous, paler than
the hind wings above.

Expanse, 32 mm.

Colorado Territory (Mr. Mead, No. 25).

January 21, 1874.
The President in the chair. TWifty-seven persons present.

Mr. L. F. Pourtalés exhibited a specimen of olopus
Rangit VOrb., belonging to Governor Rawson of Barbados,
and by him lent to Prof. Agassiz for description.

It is the second specimen of this. curious Crinoid known ; the first
one having been obtained by Mr. Rang at Martinique, about 1836,
and described and figured by d’Orbigny. The original specimen
could not be found in d’Orbigny’s collection by Dujardin and Hupé,
and doubt has been thrown on its affinities. Gov. Rawson’s speci-
men was brought up on a fisherman’s hook at Barbados, somewhat
damaged, having lost four arms. It agrees in most particulars with
d’Orbigny’s specimen except that it has ten arms, instead of eight,
and is therefore more normal. ‘That it is a true Crinoid there can be
no doubt, from the most cursory inspection, but it is of a type which
can find no place in any of the known families. Figures, and a brief
description of the specimen, will shortly appear among the publica-
tions of the Museum relating to the Hassler Expedition.

Mr. Pourtales took occasion to exhibit at the same time specimens
of the other Crinoids belonging to the Museum of Comparative Zool-
ogy, which now possesses all but one of the living Crinoids known,
the exception being Bathycrinus gracilis, Wyville Thomson. The
list comprises Pentacrinus Asteria L., P. Mulleri Oerstd., P. Wy-
ville-Thomsoni Jeftreys, Rhizotrochus lofottensis Sars.. Rh. Raw-
sont, Pourt., the latter a new species, the description of which is
in the press.

Mr. Pourtales also remarked that the characters assigned by
by Liitken to distinguish P. asteria and P. Mulleri are far from con-

Allen.] 946 [January 21,

stant, and will require to be definitively settled by the examination
of a larger number of specimens than has been possible thus far.

In concluding, he called attention to the very fine collection of fos-
sil Crinoids from the Burlington, Iowa, carboniferous rocks, purchased
by the Museum from Mr. Wachsmuth, and of which a part is now on —
exhibition at the Museum.

The following papers were read : —

METAMORPHISM PRODUCED BY THE BURNING OF LIGNITE BEDS
IN DAKOTA AND MontTANA TERRITORIES. By J. A. ALLEN.

The “ Bad Lands” of the Upper Missouri and its tributaries are
replete with interest to the geologist and explorer, and though often
described in general terms, one of their most important and interest-
ing features seems as yet to have been only casually noticed. ‘This
is the presence of highly metamorphosed beds of clays and sands, —
accompanied by pumiceous and lava-like materials, undistinguishable
in character from true volcanic proeducts,? occurring over an extensive
area, remote from any region of true volcanic action; this metamor-
phism being solely the result of the burning out of beds of lignite,
and coextensive with the “bad lands” of the so-called Lignite Ter-
tiary Formation.

This formation extends, in the United States, from near the 100th
to about the 108th meridian, and from the 43d to beyond the 49th
parallel, or over an area of about five hundred miles in an east and
west direction and more than three hundred and fifty miles in a
north and south direction. Its southern border is, however, quite
irregular, being broken into by the Black Hills, between which and
the Big Horn Mountains it extends southward as far as the 43d par-
allel. To the northward the Lignite Tertiary Formation is said to
extend far into the British Possessions,? but I have failed to trace

1 The observations on which the present communication is based, were made in
the summer of 1873, while attached to the North Pacific Railroad Expedition (Gen.
D.S§. Stanley commanding ) as zoologist of the Expedition.

2 Specimens of the metamorphosed rocks here described were exhibited to the
Society, and have been pronounced by one of our highest authorities, (Dr. T.
Sterry Hunt), to be undistinguishable in appearance and composition from true
volcanic lavas.

8 The great Lignite Tertiary Formation is also well-known to extend over por-
tions of the valleys of the Saskatchewan and Mackenzie Rivers.

1874.] a LT [Allen.

these peculiar phenomena of metamorphism much to the northward
of the Missouri River. There is, however, an outlying district west
of the main chain of the Rocky Mountains, on the Gros Ventres
Fork of the Snake River. Throughout this extensive region the
strata are nearly always horizontal in position, and consist of soft
clays, marls and sands, with occasional beds of soft, friable sand-
stone, and thin bands of indurated yellowish clay, interspersed with
heavy seams of lignite. Owing to the yielding nature of these mate-
rials, the streams have excavated for themselves deep channels, and
the country bordering them is deeply cut by innumerable gullies and
ravines, extending back often for many miles from the principal water
courses, forming the well-known and almost impassable “ Bad Lands”
of this region. ‘These ravines vary in depth from one hundred to three
or four hundred feet, and so extensive has been the denudation at many
localities, that only narrow ridges and isolated buttes, with their
naked and almost vertical slopes, are left to indicate the former gen-
eral level of the country. In consequence of this erosion the lignite
beds are exposed at frequent points and for lone distances. They
vary in thickness from a few inches to six or eight, and even ten
feet, and in quality from mere carbonaceous shale to that of a texture
so compact and dense as to present the general appearance of cannel
coal.1 The metamorphism resulting from the combustion of these
beds varies, of course, in degree and extent with the thickness of the
burned out beds. Over immense areas, embracing hundreds and
even thousands of square miles, the lignite beds seem, in some cases,
to have been wholly consumed, all the ridges and buttes being either
capped or banded with the reddened, indurated shales, that have
resulted from the combustion.

The metamorphosed beds consist generally of, first, a thin stra-
tum of grayish cinders and pumiceous matter, bearing a striking re-
semblance to the ashes, cinders and clinkers resulting from the combus-

1At a point on the left bank of the Yellowstone, near the mouth of Powder
River, is an exposure of two heavy beds of excellent quality, separated by about
three feet of soft clay shale. The lower bed has a thickness of five feet, and the
upper of eight feet. On Custar’s Creek, about ten miles above this point, a heavy
bed is frequently exposed, with a variable thickness of six to ten feet. Exposures
of this, or other heavy strata, were traced for a distance of some thirty miles, but in
places had been burned out. Here, in consequence of the great thickness of the
lignite beds, the metamorphism of the overlying strata extends through an unusual
thickness. Similar beds probably also extended throughout the extensive meta-
morphic districts of the Powder River Valley, to be hereafter more particularly
mentioned.

Allen.] 248 [January 21

tion of coal in our grates, and varying from a few inches to two feet
or more in thickness. Below this layer there is only a slight discolor-
ation and hardening of the subjacent clay. Above the bed of cin-
ders occurs a bed of indurated clay, of a bright brick red color, vary-
ing in thickness from a few feet to twenty or more; still above this
are generally several feet of indurated reddened sandstone. The
whole thickness of the strata showing more or less strongly the effect
of heat, may amount to thirty or even fifty feet, but the more common
thickness rarely exceeds eight to twelve. Generally but a single
reddened band is seen at a given point, which may extend for many
miles, capping all the ridges and isolated buttes as far as the eye can
reach, which hence all rise to a uniform level. Occasionally the
metamorphosed beds occur at a relatively lower level, with a consid-
erable thickness ‘of unmodified clays and sands above the reddened
beds. Again, as in the Bad Lands of the Little Missouri, and in
other regions where the surface is deeply scored by erosion, several
of these reddened bands are exposed, situated one above the other,
separated by fifty to one hundred or one hundred and fifty feet of
soft clays, marls and sands, they preserving their relative positions
and almost perfect horizontality for many miles. Generally the.
metamorphism is limited to the hardening and change of color of the
superjacent clays and sands, but where the burned out lignite beds
were several feet in thickness, the strata immediately in contact with
the lignite have been more or less fused or at least reduced toa
more or less plastic condition. This is evident from the vitreous,
poreellanic and vesicular structure of the different portions of these
lower beds.

At points where this igneous action has been most intense, we find
almost every variety of scoriaceous material, undistinguishable in ap-
pearance from true volcanic lavas and pumiceous matter. As already
mentioned, the lowermost of the metamorphic series of beds consists
of cinders and clinkers, not much unlike the residuum left in our coal
grates from the combustion of ordinary coal. It is generally of a
whitish or grayish color, portions of which are so soft as to be easily
crumbled in the hand, or crushed under the foot ; but the greater
part is made up of hard, rough, vesicular masses, with the larger inter-
stices filled in with ashy or earthy matter. The material next above
this layer of cinders shows signs of having been in a plastic or semi-
molten condition. It presents a great variety of colors, from white,
through yellowish white, olive and yellow, to dark brown, purple, and

1874.] DAY [Allen.

even black. The purple and olive tints are quite frequent, while the
general mass is often beautifully banded with narrow zones of several
of the above named colors. The texture varies from a glazed, vitreous
or porcellanic, compact outer surface, and a dense, jaspery inner struc-
ture, with conchoidal fracture, to that so porous and vesicular as to
float on water, while every degree of porosity between these two ex-
tremes can also be found. The vesicular portions are usually black,
but are sometimes grayish, and occasionally every shade of red is pre-
sented, from dark reddish brown to bright carmine. These highly
variegated beds are usually but a few inches to a foot, or perhaps a
foot and a half in thickness, and are found only in certain localities
where the clays before induration doubtless contained the peculiar
elements that have given rise to these varieties of color. The natural
surfaces usually present a glazed, waxy or vitreous, or sometimes a
pearly, lustre; a fresh fracture usually has a jaspery appearance, but
quite often also exhibits a waxy lustre. Above these thin, variegated
beds occur the reddened, baked clays, which may present a thickness
of four to twenty feet, and hence from their thickness and the uni-
versality of their occurrence form the characteristic feature of these
regions of metamorphism. The color resembles that of bright red
bricks, and where the material has been thinly scattered about by the
gradual demolition of the buttes it once covered, the resemblance of
the locality to an old long-abandoned brick-yard is very striking.
These reddened beds are extremely fissile, breaking up into small,
irregularly shaped splinters and fragments, and possess a metallic
resonance. Nearly all these beds contain impressions of plant re-
mains, chiefly stems and blades of broad leaved sedges and grasses,
too imperfectly preserved to be of value as specimens. Occasionally,
however, one meets with quite well preserved impressions of the
leaves of exogenous trees. The sands that next overlie these beds of
hardened clay are also generally affected to a greater or less degree,
being baked into a red, coarse-grained, generally rather soft sandstone,
hand specimens of which can be selected that are undistinguishable
im appearance from the red sandstone of the Connecticut Valley.
When the clay beds are very thick the metamorphism sometimes alto-
gether fades out before the overlying sandy strata are reached; in
other cases, where they are thin, ten to twenty feet of the superim-
posed sands may have been converted into a bright red, coarse,
rather friable sandstone.

The quantity of explosive gases disengaged by the burning of the

Allen.] 250 (January 21],

heavier lignite beds must of course be very great, and the pressure
they must exert when thus pent up be by no means inconsiderable.
In regions where the greatest intensity of igneous action has oc-
curred, or where lignite beds of four to six or more feet in thick-
ness have been burned out, there are frequent evidences of the
breaking through to the surface of these subterranean fires. - These
evidences consist of jagged, chimney-like mounds of volcanic breccia
that crown many of the buttes and ridges, the softer materials that
surrounded them having been worn away by denuding agencies, leay-
ing them as striking and picturesque features of the landscape.
These chimney-like mounds are often circular, and but a few feet in
diameter, but sometimes are prolonged into narrow walls of ragged,
lava-like rock, presenting the features of a true volcanic breccia.
Most of the matter composing these chimneys presents the appear-
ance of having been forced out through small orifices or narrow
fissures while in a semi-molten or highly plastie condition. In con-
nection with these ejections there were occasionally slight disturb-
ances of the adjoining strata, affecting sometimes an area of only a
few feet in diameter, and rarely extending beyond a few yards.
They were little voleanic puffs, — volcanoes, as it were, in miniature,
— having their seat of action in the burning coal-seam, ten, fifteen,
or perhaps fifty feet below. The molten or plastic matter in its pas-
sage often carried with it angular pieces of the adjoining strata,
which, becoming consolidated with the melted mass, form the brecci-
ated matter already mentioned. These chimneys, as before stated,
are often but a few feet in diameter, and sometimes but a few feet in
height. At other times they form masses ten or fifteen feet in diam-
eter, and fifteen to twenty feet in height. They are generally irregu-
larly scattered, and vary, in respect to distance from each other, from
a few feet to fifty or a hundred yards, or even greater distances.
Those occurring in the same immediate vicinity are generally of
nearly the same size, some districts being characterized by small
mounds of this character, others by large ones; the size being propor-
tioned to the thickness of the lignite bed, to the burning of which
they owe their existence.

Considerable portions of the matter composing these mounds is
highly vesicular, or presents an eminently scoriaceous character, but
often associated with it are the beautifully-variegated jaspery varie-
ties of the igneous material already described. The heat was, of
course, exceedingly intense at these points of eruption, and its

1874.] 251 f Allen,

effect upon the adjoining sandy strata very peculiar and interest-
ing. The portions nearest these fissures became thoroughly molten,
giving to the walls of these fissures glazed surfaces, vitrifying them to
a depth varying from half an inch to several inches. The melted
matter, in many cases, ran down in a viscous, semifluid state, solidi-
fying in pendent, flowing, rounded masses, or was squeezed out
through lateral cracks in the walls of the fissures and congealed in
botryoidal masses while still adhering to the walls. In some cases
masses occur that can be well described by comparing them to masses
of molasses candy that have been pulled and folded; as they exactly
resemble in structure and general appearance viscous matter that has
been pulled, twisted and folded while in a plastic state. A peculiar
and interesting change of structure is often presented by the sand-
stones immediately in ‘contact with these highly metamorphosed
masses, a cleavage oblique to the planes of stratification being induced,
by virtue of which the sandstones break up into more or less reeularly
five or six sided prisms, half an inch to an inch or two in diameter,
and one to two, and even two and a half feet in length. This pris-
matic structure was noticed at quite a number of localities, occurring,
in fact, wherever the sandstones and these little eruptive mounds
_ came in contact.

Usually the areas of this intense igneous action present a very
broken and volcanic aspect, and a geologist suddenly transported to
one of these districts would feel at first that he must be in the midst
of a truly voleanic region. ‘The blocks of scoriaceous material have
in many cases rolled down from the tops of the buttes and ridges,
and lie scattered in erratic masses from a single cubic foot in size to
those of a ton’s weight throughout the adjoining valleys, and often
for some distance out on the level plain. These ragged masses of
voleanic rock crowning the higher points, with the adjoining deep
and abrupt ravines, combine to present quite a disturbed and chaotic
appearance; yet a careful examination of even these localities shows
that the strata everywhere maintain their horizontality, save the
slight disturbances, of at most only a few yards in extent, already
noticed. The beds of cinders underlying the metamorphosed strata
point out most distinctly the cause and origin of the metamorphism
and the local disturbances of the strata. Occasionally, further con-
vincing proof that these eruptions proceeded from the burning of the
heavy lignite beds, and not from deep-seated sources, is afforded by
the occurrence of here and there the total removal of the mounds by

Allen.] ‘ TAS A : [January 21,

denudation, which have been worn away nearly to the general level
of the plateaux on which they are located, leaving only a rim ot
blocks of scoriaceous matter surrounding a bare area of unaltered
and undisturbed shales.

At a point on our trail, a few miles west of the Little Missouri, are
some deep gorges, where the above described metamorphism may be
seen on a grand scale, as also near the mouth of Powder River. At
the latter locality a portion of the lignite bed still remains, and points
may be found where the burning of the beds ceased, and with it the
metamorphosed condition of the overlying shales. Such exposures
were seen on Custar’s Creek, where is a fine exposure of the junc-
tion of the burned and unburned portion of one of the heaviest beds
of lignite we observed — a bed varying from eight to twelve feet in
thickness. The layer of cinders was fully three-to four feet in thick-
ness, and the subsidence of the strata at the point where the combus-
tion ceased was plainly visible.

The Bad Lands of the Little Missouri appear to present one of the |

most extended areas of this remarkable metamorphism that has yet
been noticed. Here, with a breadth of twenty to thirty miles, these
appearances are said to be continuous for fully two hundred miles.
Throughout this vast area all the ridges and buttes are capped or
banded with the reddened and indurated shales. ‘This, with the
generally chaotic appearance of the district, led Gen. Sully, it is
reported, when he crossed it in 1864, to compare it-to “ hell with the
fires put out.” From the Sentinel Buttes, two high points situated
about twenty miles west of the Little Missouri, and nearly on the
boundary of Dakota and Montana Territories, the Bad. Lands of the
Little Missouri can be overlooked ; the position of these buttes being
just to the westward of the western border of this great igneous
district. It terminates quite abruptly along a line running nearly north
and south, so that to the eastward is one vast expanse of red undu-
lating surface, as far as the eye can see; at this distance only the bare
verdureless crests of the red-capped buttes and ridges being visible.
The view is, hence, one of utter barrenness, yet wild and picturesque.
A sea of fire, with its billows “fixed and motionless,’ is the simile at
once suggested as mile upon mile of this reddened district meets
the eye.

Other areas of eee extent and similar appearance, when seen
from a distance, also occur along the Yellowstone, near the mouth of
the Powder River, along a considerable extent of Powder River itself,

fe

1874.] Dive [Allen

and also along the Rosebud and Tongue Rivers. In speaking of the
country between the Rosebud and Tongue Rivers, Dr. Hayden re-
marks: ‘‘ As we ascend this ridge, we find the country exceedingly
rough, gashed up by myriads of gullies, and covered with square, con-
ical hills eighty to two hundred feet high. A bed of yellow marl
forms the summit, then a layer of lignite which has frequently ignited
and baked the superincumbent yellow marl, so that the high hills are
covered with a bed five to twenty feet in thickness with a brick-red
rock, many of them fused. Sometimes immense masses are cemented.
together in large blocks of nearly baked material. The melted ma-
terial varies in character from a leht vesicular to a hard, compact
MOCK Moyers ss Descending into the valley of the Rosebud, we en-
counter the same rugged country, with indications of the burning out
of the lignite beds and the fused and semi-fused material covering the
hills, giving them a peculiarly picturesque, reddened appearance.
Numerous seams of lignite occur more or less pure,” etc.1 Speaking of
the same ridge nearer the mountains, he says: “'The summits of the
ridge present a beautiful red appearance from the burning out of
lignite beds.”” Again he says: “As far as one can see, perhaps a dis-
tance of thirty miles, there is most abundant evidence of the burning
of the lignite beds. The thick bed of lignite which occurs on the Yel-
lowstone seems to have spread over a great area of country, and to
have ignited to a great extent, giving to the surface of the country a
picturesque appearance.” ? Dr. C. M. Hines, in describing the coun-
ry along the right bank of the Rosebud, near the Wolf Mountains,
observes as follows : “The same general features [occur] as on Tul-
_lock’s Creek, excepting that the tops of the mountains present a
beautiful pink or carmine color; the surface of the hills being covered
with broken and detached pieces of stone and burnt clay to the depth
of forty or fifty feet. Mingled with it is sandstone, some of it ina
pulverulent form, and the other portions again have a scoriated ap-
pearance. The lignite in this vicinity approaches nearly to coal, and
the beds increase in depth.’’8
The most western point of the occurrence of these burned. out lig-
nite beds, east of the Rocky Mountains and south of the Yellowstone,
appears to be the dividing ridge between the head of Tullock’s
Creek (one of the lower eastern tributaries of the Big Horn) and the

1 Geol. Rep. Expl. Missouri and Yellowstone, p. 5, 1869.
2 Thid, pp. 63, 64.
3 Tbid., p. 96.

Allen.] 254 [Ji anuary 21,

sources of the Rosebud. They occur thence eastward from the Rose-
bud and the eastern base of the Big Horn Mountains to the Black

Hills and the Bad Lands, bordering almost the whole extent of the —

Little Missouri, and northward throughout that part of the Yellow-
stone valley below the mouth of Tongue River. They have been
found by Dr. Hayden on the sources of the Tongue River, within a

few miles of the Big Horn Mountains,! and by Dr: Hines as far south

as “the foot-slopes”’ of the same range, on the Crazy Woman’s Fork
of Powder River.2- Dr. Hayden also mentions their occurrence on
the extreme sources of the North Fork of the Shyenne River, near
the parallel of 43° 30’, and about midway between the Black Hills
and the Big Horn Range. He says, “ There is near the source of the
Shyenne a most remarkable series of hills of varied forms, so connected
together as to form a ridge which extends far across the country from
the Platte to the Big Horn River. The summits of all these hills are
covered with burnt rocks in a melted or semi-melted state, and they
are from 150 to 200 feet in height above the surrounding prairie.” 3
In respect to the Powder River, it seems more than probable that it
is bordered, like the Little Missouri, nearly its whole length by “ bad
lands” and these accompanying metamorphic phenomena. They
have been observed on its sources, as already noted by Hines, who
also speaks of their occurrence for a considerable distance above the
junction of Clear Fork with the Powder River, and also on Clear
Fork, on a grand scale,* while one of the most noteworthy localities
occurring on the Yellowstone is at the mouth of Powder River.

On the Yellowstone itself, the first appearance of lignite, so far as
reported, is opposite the mouth of the Big Horn,® while the first oc-
currence of the baked clays is still lower down, near the so-called
Buffalo Shoals, about half way between the mouths of Tongue and
Powder Rivers. Atthis point begins thegreat Powder River region of
metamorphism. It was at this point that Capt. Clarke first met with
the “burnt hills” in descending the Yellowstone,® and where also Dr.
Hines first came to the “red baked clays” in his journey down the

1 Hayden’s Geol. Rep. Expl. Missouri and Yellowstone, p. 63.
2 Ibid., p. 97.

3 Ibid., p. 73.

4 Hines, in Hayden’s Rep. op. cit., p. 96.

5 Hines, Ibid., p. 102.

6 Lewis and Clarke’s Exped., (Am. Ed.), Vol. I, p. 393.

1874] 250 [Allen.

same river! [I find also that I have noted this vicinity as the highest
point at which we met with these beds in our last season’s exploration
of the Yellowstone. Thence to its mouth they occur with more or
less frequency, often forming the most striking features of the country
for long distances.?

Leaving the Yellowstone and proceeding eastward to the Missouri,
between the parallels of 46° and 47°, these reddened beds only occur
as the capping of isolated and often widely separated buttes, till one
approaches the Bad Lands of the Little Missouri. Crossing this belt
of igneous action, already sufficiently described, the traces of this
metamorphism suddenly almost wholly cease, but occur still eastward,
at widely separated localities, to within about one hundred miles of
the Missouri. To the eastward of the Little Missouri Bad Lands,
however, these brick-like materials form but a thin capping to a few
low mounds, where the scattered fragments of the reddened clay-chips
resemble not a little the débris covering the sites of abandoned brick-
yards. Mixed with the brick-like materials are fragments of scoria
and pumiceous matter, while pieces of pumice stone are occasionally
met with thence eastward to the Missouri, and I gathered speci-
mens at Fort Rice so light as to float in water.

Fragments of pumice stone have been found on the Missouri as far
south as the vicinity of Fort Pierre, and by the early explorers were
supposed to be the products of unknown volcanos situated near the
Rocky Mountains. Lewis and Clarke first met with “pumice stone”
near their winter quarters on the Missouri, about fifty miles above the
mouth of Heart River, to which they refer as follows: ‘Captain
Clarke passed along the points of the high hills, where he saw large
quantities of pumice stone on the foot, sides and tops of the hills,
which had every appearance of having been at some point on fire.’’8
Mr. I. N. Nicollet, in his exploration of the Upper Mississippi in 1839,
ascended the Missouri as far as Fort Pierre, where he appears to have
heard of these appearances of metamorphism and of the “smoking
hills’’; but he seems not to have actually seen them himself. Allud-
ing to the smoke that had been seen to issue from some of these hills,
he says: “ The observance of this phenomenon, associated with the fre-

1 Hayden’s Geol. Rep. Expl. Yellowstone and Missouri, p. 103.

2 As high up as the mouth of the Rosebud, the pebbles in the bed of the Yellow-
stone consist largely of scoriaceous matter and indurated shales, brought down
doubtless by its eastern tributaries, probably the Tongue and Rosebud Rivers.

5 Lewis and Clarke’s Expedition, (American Ed.), Vol. 1, p. 173.

Allen.] 2 5 6 [January 21,

quent recurrence of a peculiar light and spongy stone that the Mis-
souri carries down and strews along its shores, and which has been
mistaken for pumice stone, has led to the often controverted opinion
that there was.a volcanic region on the Upper Missouri. ‘There are,
however, no true voleanos over any portion of the United States east
of the Rocky Mountains ; and it was this belief that led me to the
adoption of the word pseudo-volcano. Neither is the substance found
in these regions, and commonly called pumice, a true pumice ; and,
by a similar analogy to that which has prompted the name of its prob-
able origin, I have called it a pumiciform stone (roche pumiciforme).”
Lewis and Clarke note the appearance of these phenomena at in-
tervals from their winter camp already mentioned, nearly up to the
mouth of the Judith River, or for a distance of not less than five
hundred miles. The country at the mouth of Miry Creek (Wuddy
River of recent maps) they describe as follows : “ The hills along the
river are broken, and present every appearance of having been burned
at some former period ; great quantities of pumice stone and lava, or
rather earth, which seems to have been boiled and then hardened by
exposure, being seen in many parts of these hills, where they are
broken and washed down into the gullies by the rain and melting
snow.’2 ‘Twelve miles further on they “ reached the lower point of a
bluff on the south, which is in some parts on fire, and throws out quan-
tities of smoke which has a strong sulphurous smell, the coal and other
appearances in the bluffs being like those described yesterday.’’?
Again at a point about forty miles above the Little Missouri they ob-
serve: “The appearances of the minerals continue as usual.....
There is indeed reason to believe that the strata of coal in the hills
cause the fire and appearances which they exhibit of being burned.
Whenever these marks present themselves in the bluffs on the river,
the coal is seldom seen; and when found in the neighborhood of the
strata of burnt earth, the coal with the sand and the sulphurous mat-
ter usually accompanying it, is precisely at the same height and nearly
of the same thickness with those strata.” .
At the end of the next day’s journey they remark: ‘‘ We had tray-
elled twenty-eight miles through a country similar to that of yesterday,

1 Nicollet’s Rep. on the Hydrogr. Basin of the Upper Mississippi River, p. 39, 1843.
(Sen. Doc. 237, 26th Congress, 2d Session.)

2 Lewis and Clarke’s Exped., Vol. 1, p. 180.

3 Tbid., p. 181.

4 Thid., p. 189.

1874.] DUET [Allen.

except that there were greater appearances of burnt hills, furnishing
large quantities of lava and pumice stone, of the last of which we ob-
served pieces floating down the river, as we had previously done as low
down as the Little Missouri.”! These appearances continue to be
noted by these observers as.far as the Yellowstone. At the mouth of
Martha’s River, a little above the Yellowstone, they remark: “ There
are greater appearances of coal than we have hitherto seen, the strata
of it being in some places six feet thick, and there are strata of burnt
earth, which are always on the same level with those of the coal.’
A little below Porcupine River they speak of the hills as having ‘“ be-
come lower, and the strata of coal, burnt earth and pumice stone”
as having “in great measure ceased, there being in fact none to-day.”
A little further on, at a point some thirty or forty miles below the
mouth of Milk River, they again refer to the entire cessation of these
appearances.4 At Teapot Island, some distance above the Mussel-
shell, however, the appearance of coal and pumice stone is again no-
ticed.>5 About Elk Rapids, and thence nearly up to the mouth of the
Judith River, the continued “ appearance of coal, burnt earth, pum-
ice stone, salts,’’® etc., is noted, beyond which is no mention of these
phenomena. It hence appears that these metamorphic phenomena
begin on the Missouri at a point some distance below Fort Berthold,
probably near Fort Clark, and extend thence, with occasional inter-
ruptions, nearly to the Judith River ; that near Fort Berthold, be-
tween the mouths of the Little Missouri and Yellowstone, and be-
tween the Yellowstone and Elk Prairie Creek, and also at a locality
some distance above the Musselshell, are districts where the metamor-
phism produced by the burning out of the lignite beds forms a strik-
tng feature in the topography of the country. Both above and below
the Musselshell. for a considerable distance, owing to an extensive
outcrop of the cretaceous beds at this point, none of this metamor-
phism appears to have been observed.

Dr. Hayden has reported the occurrence of one seat of this met-
amorphism west of the main chain of the Rocky Mountains, on the

1 Lewis and Clarke’s Exped., Vol. 1, p. 190.
2 Ibid., p. 201.
3 Ibid., p, 203.
4 Tbid., p. 208.
5 Ibid., p. 229.
6 Ibid., p. 230.

PROCEEDINGS B. 8. N. H. — VOL. XVI. 17 MAY, 1874.

Allen. ] 258 [January 21,

Gros Ventres Fork of the Snake River. In describing this locality,
he says: “ To-day the tertiary strata begin to assume a good deal of
importance. We have the brick-like materials which result from the
burning out of the lignite beds. There were also masses of indurated
clay, covered with vegetable remains and impure lignite beds; in-
deed, all the indications which the lignite tertiary beds present on the
east side of the mountains.” }

How far to the northward of the Missouri River these burned out
lignite beds extend, I have been unable to determine. That they do
not-extend far in this direction seems probable, from the fact that no
mention is made of them in any reports of the surveys of the 49th
parallel ; neither does Hind refer to them in his report of the geology
of the Assinniboin and Saskatchewan Rivers. The valley of the
Musselshell, and the dividing ridge between the Musselshell and Yel-
lowstone, is apparently all cretaceous, and these metamorphosed beds
are hence limited to the vicinity of the Yellowstone River; neither do
they occur in the valley of the Yellowstone above the mouth of
Tongue River. As already noticed, their western limit, in the basin
of the Yellowstone, is the dividing ridge between the tributaries of the
Big Horn and Rosebud Rivers, while they extend southward along the
eastern base of the Big Horn Range to the sources of the Shyenne,
and thence eastward to the Black Hills and the valley of the Little
Missouri. ‘They appear to occur not only along this river throughout
nearly its whole extent, but along all the tributaries of the Yellow-
stone east of the Big Horn. ?

The time during which this peculiar metamorphism has been act-
ing extends back to a very remote period, this igneous material, in a
water-worn state, occurring in the drift that covers the general sur-
face of the country, often many miles from the nearest seat of meta-
morphic action, as well as in the terraces that border the larger

i Hayden’s Rep. Geol. Expl. Missouri and Yellowstone, p. 86. :

2 Pumice stone, it is well known, occurs in isolated, erratic fragments in Colo-
rado, near the base of the Rocky Mountains, and it hence becomes an interesting
question to ascertain whether it originated in the lignite region to the northward,
or in the volcanic districts of Montana, or whether the lignite beds in Colorado
have not at some points also been on fire, giving rise to these materials. The ques-
tion may perhaps also arise as to whether the volcanic fragments in the terraces of
the Yellowstone and its tributaries did not perhaps come from the volcanic district
to the westward. From the appearance of the materials, however — the baked
clays as well as the scoriaceous matter —I had not, while on the ground, any doubt
of their being formed by the burning out of the lignite beds of the immediate
vicinity in early post-tertiary times.

1874.) ., 959 Allen.

streams. Hence it must have begun anterior to the close of the
drift period, its beginning antedating the terrace epoch; and that it
still continues there is abundant evidence.

Of the explorers who have visited this region, Lewis and Clarke
appear to have been the first who gave any intelligible account of
these interesting phenomena. They not only described in consider-
able detail the appearance of these metamorphic materials, as the
preceding quotations from their narrative have already shown, but
correctly ascribed their origin to the combustion of the coal beds of
this region, being guided in part to this decision, doubtless, by find-
ing some of them actually on fire. Nicollet, in his account of his
journey up the Missouri, in 1839, refers to these burning coal beds,
but he seems not to have seen them himself, and his knowledge con-
cerning them was in some respects vague and erroneous, and his
theories respecting their origin rather visionary. He says:

‘| have now reached the proper place to treat of a very interest-
ing phenomenon observed in the midst of this cretaceous group. It
manifests itself by the occasional appearance of a dense smoke at
the top of some conical hill, or along a line of country bounded by
the horizon, so as to awaken the idea of distant voleanoes; hence,
I have chosen to call them pseudo-volcanos. The smoke from these
hills and the crevices in the plastic clay, is said to last at the same
spot for a long time — say two or three years; indicating at them a
large accumulation of combustible materials. It is not, to my knowl-
edge, accompanied by luminous vapors, and is silently wafted along
the valley, which it mournfully shrouds.” “Before proceeding to
account for the appearances and circumstances attending these
smoking hills,” he continues, ‘I must add a few more facts concern-
ing their traditional and recorded history. There were none when
we ascended the Missouri, in 1839; and so would seem to have been
the case at the passage of Lewis and Clarke at the beginning of this
century.1 But previous to my arrival, since the memorable expedi-
tion last referred to, and during a period of three years, they were
seen (as my information goes), by many intelligent persons engaged
in the fur trade, all of whom are naturally observant, and most of
them of unquestionable authority. J have no doubt, therefore, of the
existence of these hills.” ‘I believe,” he says further, “and it is

1 Anerror. See Lewis and Clarke’s Exped. Vol. 1, p. 181.

Allen.] - » 260 (January 21,

also the opinion of my friend, Prof. Ducatel, to whom I submitted
my specimens, that these pseudo-voleanic phenomena may be com-
pared with those described as occurring in other parts of the globe,
under the name terraines ardens; although they are not here accom-
panied by the emission of flames.” }

Vague rumors of burning coal beds on Powder River seem to have
been a long time current before their existence was positively estab-
lished by the visits of scientific observers. Lieut. Warren, in 1858,
in a letter to the Hon. Geo. W. Jones, relating to his exploration of
Nebraska,? thus alludes to them : ‘‘ Everywhere throughout this [the
lignite tertiary] formation, beds are to be found sometimes of a thick-
ness of six and seven feet, and those on Powder River are said to be
still on fire over large areas, and in many places are entirely burned
out.” They seem, however, to have been first described by Dr.
Hines, who visited them in 1859, while attached to General Ray-
nold’s expedition. The locality is the Clear Fork of Powder River,
and he describes it as follows: “Hight miles below our yesterday’s
camp we discovered the stratum of coal 3 (lignite) on fire. Consider-
able smoke issued therefrom, having a strong sulphurous smell. The
heat at this point was so intense that we could not stand within
twenty feet from whence the smoke issued. A thick layer of sand-
stone lying immediately above it, four feet, was completely calcined.
From this point, at the same elevation, to some distance below the
mouth of Clear Fork, I noticed the red color given to the banks by
the burning out of the coal bed. Here and there were portions that
had escaped. The origin of the fire I was unable to account for, un-
less it contains within itself the elements of spontaneous combus-
tion.” 4

Lieut. Maynadier also makes brief reference to the same locality,® .
and Gen. Raynolds speaks of Powder River as deriving “its name
from the sulphurous vapors rising from the burning beds of lignite.’ ©

‘

1 Rep. Hydrogr. Basin Upper Mississippi, pp. 39, 40.
2 Letter (an 8vo pamphlet, pp. 15), p. 6, Jan. 29, 1858.

3 A bed six feet thick, and of excellent quality, ‘‘somewhat resembling Cumber-
land coal,’’ exposed for a long distance on Clear Creek, near its junction with Pow:
der River. ;

4 Haydens’ Rep. Geol. Expl. Yellowstone and Missouri, p. 96.

5 Raynold’s Rep. of the Exploration of the Yellowstone River, p. 8, 1868.
6 Ibid., p. 129. .

1874.] 261 [Allen.

Dr. J. P. Kimball, Chief Medical Officer of the Northern Pacific
Railroad Expedition of 1873, described to me a locality he visited a
few years since near Fort Berthold, where a lignite bed had burned
in for a distance of fifty yards and was still on fire. The ground
was considerably heated, and the overlying clays baked and red-
dened. Lieut. P. H. Ray, Chief Commissary of the same Expedi-
tion, informed me of a similar locality on the,Little Missouri, some
fifty miles above where we crossed it, which he visited in 1871. He
camped on it and found the ground quite warm, although it was late
in the season and the weather very cold. ;

From other reliable sources I have received additional accounts of
beds seen in a state of ignition, and some smokes we saw in July on
our right as we crossed the Little Missouri Bad Lands, and supposed
at the time to be signal fires of the Sioux, were afterwards attributed
to burning beds of lignite.

The origin or cause of these subterranean fires seems somewhat
obscure, but it is evident that they must have arisen from more than
a single cause. Several instances are well known of the lignite beds
having: taken fire from the burning of the prairie grass by the Indians;
in some cases these fires lasting for several years. On Heart River
the lignite beds exposed in the banks of the stream are said to some-
times take fire in this way, and to burn until a rise of the water
reaches the exposure and extinguishes the fire. It is also probable,
as suggested by Dr. Hines, that the lignite beds contain in themselves
the elements of spontaneous ignition, and that in earlier times the
fires may have originated in this way. The slopes of the buttes and
ridges in which the lignite seams are exposed are usually destitute of
vegetation, being in most cases almost vertical, so that it seems in
many cases highly improbable that the fires could have reached them
from the burning of the adjacent prairies. The theory of Mr. Nicol-
let, that these fires may be due [ “ are evidently due,” he writes | “to
the decomposition, by the percolation of atmospheric waters to them,
of beds of pyrites, which, reacting on the combustible materials, such
as lignites and other substances of a vegetable nature in their vicin-
ity, give rise to a spontaneous combustion”! may not be wholly im-
probable.

It is well known that beds of true coal, when once ignited, will
burn for many years, the fires penetrating to a great depth into the

1 Nicollet’s Rep. Hydrogr. Basin Upper Mississippi, p. 40.

Allen.] 262 [January 21,

earth, as has happened in the great coal fields of Pennsylvania, of
England, Germany and elsewhere. Although it seems almost impos-
sible that a sufficient supply of oxygen to support combustion could
reach these fires, it is well known that they are in reality exceedingly
difficult to extinguish, and that they will smoulder for years when every
effort has been made to smother them by closing every communica-
tion with the external air. I have, however, met with no account of
any extended metamorphic action attending these burning coal,seams
such as always attends the burning of the lignite beds of the Upper
Missouri country. This difference is doubtless owing to the different
condition of the enclosing shales of the true coal and the lignite beds.
In the former the strata are usually already indurated, and are not
readily modified by heat ; in the latter they consist of soft clays and
sands, which are easily influenced by heat, speedily becoming baked
and reddened when exposed to great heat, like the brick-clays when
subjected to heat in a brick-kiln. As an illustration of how readily
these clays become indurated by even moderate heat, I may mention
a familiar incident of camp life. Owing to the violence of the winds
in the region under consideration, it is often necessary to build the
camp-fires in little pits to protect them from the wind, when the
walls of these pits, after exposure to the fire for but a single day,
become indurated to a considerable depth.

An apparently similar combustion of coal-seams in the Celestial
Mountains has been described by Semenof;! and in the mountains of
the Upper Zaraphan and the Tian Shan ranges by Severkof,? the
earlier, vacue descriptions of which led Humboldt to suppose these
regions were seats of volcanic action.

The influence of the metamorphism above described upon the to-
pography of the country where it occurs is by no means slight. Not
only do the baked, indurated clays and sands give their own preva-
lent bright red tint to the landscape, but they arrest or greatly retard
the erosion of the buttes and ridges whose summits they compose.
Over areas of thousands of square miles in extent they thus in great
measure determine the surface contours, and protect the hills from
an otherwise rapid demolition by the agency of aqueous denudation.

1 Journ. Roy. Geog. Soc., Vol. XXXyV, p. 213.
2 Ibid., Vol. XL, pp. 395, 396. Also quoted in Nature, by Howarth, Vol. rx, p. 142.

1874.] 263 [Brewer.

Dr. T. M. Brewer remarked on some noticeable cases of
supposed Hybridism.

Hybrids among the various forms of the duck tribe are by no
means of rare occurrence, and in several instances have been de-
scribed as new species. The specimens described by Audubon as
Anas breweri, the like of which has never since been obtained, is pre-
sumed to have been a cross between the wild Mallard and the Gad-
well, or grey duck (Chaulelasmus streperus). Several remarkable
cases of hybridism, where the evidences of the parentage on both
sides are well marked, have been recorded with great care. In avery
large proportion of these the common Mallard figures as one of the
parents.

Somewhere about the year 1843, in company with my friend Prof.
Baird, I found a race of ducks of uncommon size in a farm-yard in
Carlisle, Pa. They were said to be, and their appearance tended to
confirm the statement, a cross between a male Canvass-back and a
female tame Mallard. The race was quite as productive as the pure,
unmixed Mallard, and existed at that time in several generations,
preserving with a remarkable deeree of uniformity the marking of
their origin. Some of these were imported into Massachusetts ; but,
although at first they promised well, the breed is lost. Whether it is
_ still preserved at Carlisle, I do not know.

A second instance is one more involved in doubt as to the reality
of its being a case of hybridism. Yet that it is one appears to be
a very general impression. Under the name of the Green-backed
Mallard, Anas maxima, Gosse described a wild duck shot near
Savanna-le-Mar, in the island of Jamaica. Mr. G. R. Gray, after
inspecting the specimen, pronounced it to be a hybrid. Against this
judgment, Mr. Gosse, however, contends. His reasons for regarding
it as a good species are, that it is a not uncommon kind in Jamaica,
and is one well known to the negro gunners, — that others precisely
similar have been known to occur in the neighboring waters, and that
this identical variety was known and described more than a hundred
years ago. Mr. Gosse quotes’ from a Ms., which states that a Mr.
Thistlewood shot, Nov. 19th, 1753, a duck identical with his speci-
men. The duck described by Gosse as Anas maxima weighed four
and one fourth pounds. Its head and neck is a velvety purple,
changeable to sea-green. ‘The other colors are a rich chocolate with

Brewer.] 264 (January 21,

purple reflections, and purple-brown with brilliant green reflections,
and a demi-collar of pure white.

This same form has since been obtained by Mr. Bell, near New
York, and by him described as Fuligula viola. ‘The opinion has been
expressed, perhaps on insufficient ground, that this remarkable duck
is a cross between the Mallard, Anas boschas, and the Muscovy, Cai-
rina moschata. Mr. George N. Lawrence, who includes this as a spe-
cies in his list of the Birds of New York, does not regard its being a
hybrids, as established by the evidence. He objects that this form is
always a wild bird, and cannot therefore well originate from the Mus-
covy, which is not found wild north of Mexico. In all that have been
seen, there is a remarkable uniformity of coloration somewhat resem-
bling the Mallard, but not in any respect like the Muscovy Duck.
The bill is the bill of an Anas, and not of a Cairina. Mr. Lawrence
is quite sure that a mongrel breed, between the domestic duck and
the common Muscovy would, in all instances, show unmistakable marks
of the latter parentage. He thinks, therefore, that the Muscovy must
be rejected from its parentage, and urges that no other presents itself
of which the product could be so large. A pair shot afew years since
late in November, at South Hempstead, Long Island, is in Mr. Law-
rence’s possession. The male weighed six and one-fourth pounds,
and the female four and three-fourths.

Two years since I purchased from Hon. Arthur W. Austin, of
West Roxbury, for the Mount Auburn Cemetery, three ducks, one
male and two females, of what is known among bird-fanciers as the
Cayuga Lake Duck. It is not a common bird, yet is by no means
unknown to bird-fanciers. ‘This flock of three has been increased
to nine at Mount Auburn, and all of the additions are exactly like
their parents. They are very gentle and tame, but will not permit
any intercourse with them on the part of the other ducks, either Mus-
covy or Aylesbury. Unfortunately the drake died and the flock has
only a single young drake, and the past season nearly all the eggs
proved unproductive.

The drake that died combined in a remarkable degree the charac-
teristic peculiarities of the male Mallard and the female Muscovy.
It has the bill, the glossy green, with purple reflections, on the head
_ and shoulders, of the male Mallard, with the curling tail feathers found

in no other duck — unless the maxima be admitted to be a good spe-
cies,— than the Mallard, and the black body and large size of the
Muscovy. It wants the white wings of the wild Muscovy, and has a

1874.] 265 [Austin.

breast that properly belongs to neither parent. The origin of this
hybrid is not known. Individuals of this race are known to attain
the weight of eight pounds each.

That a variety so obviously a hybrid should thus be known to
reproduce itself with so much exactness, may perhaps be taken into
consideration in connection with Anas maxima. It is very different
in plumage from that bird, and so far is suggestive that the origin of
the latter, if a hybrid, must have been different. But its remarkable
reproduction of children of uniform coloration with their parents is
also suggestive that the mazima may, after all, have been a wild
hybrid of some unknown origin, and in like manner able to repro-
duce its own peculiar combination of form and colors. Nor is it safe
to argue that its size necessarily proves an original parentage as
large as itself. The race of hybrids between the Canvas-back and
the Mallard, in Carlisle, was nearly twice the size of either parent,
and this is equally true of the Cayuga.

Section of Entomology. January 28, 1874.

Mr. H. K. Morrison in the chair. Eleven persons present.

The following paper was read :—

CATALOGUE OF THE CoLKOPTERA OF Mt. WasuineTon, N. H.,
BY EK. P. Austin; witH Descriptions OF New SPECIES, BY
J. L. LEConte, M.D.

In the summer of 1870 I visited Mt. Washington for a couple of
days, but became convinced that the favorable season for collecting
Coleoptera there was much earlier than the middle of August, as very
few beetles were to be seen.

Last summer I had an opportunity to go again, and started earlier,
though not as soon as I desired, and, as I believe, two weeks late for
the best collecting. I reached the mountain on the 19th of July,
camping a short distance below the Half-way House, as Mr. Sanborn’s
old camp among the rocks appeared too bleak, and was on the

Austin, ] 9g 66 ’ (January 28,

mountain just ten days; about half of that time it was too rainy to
collect.

As the collections made embrace so many species, I think it would
be interesting to present a list of them to the Section, and, at the
suggestion of friends, I have added all the species which I have been
able to learn have been found in the vicinity. ‘The materials for this
have been a collection by Mr. S. H. Scudder, a list of species taken
near the foot of the mountain, by Mr. S. Henshaw, and a list of
White Mountain species from Mr. G. D. Smith. To all species not
taken by myself I have appended the name of the authority. I
regret not to have been able to see Mr. Sanborn’s collection, which
would doubtless have added quite a number of species, but hope at
some future time to be able to present a more complete list, and with
a view of making it as perfect as possible, I shall be much obliged
to any one possessing Coleoptera from Mt. Washington to send me
a list, or the specimens themselves for determination.

I am under obligations to Mr. Ulke, of Washington, D. C., for
assistance in determining the species, and especially to Dr. LeConte,
who determined a number of species sent for that purpose, and made
descriptions of a number of new species which will be found at the
end of this list.

Species referred to in the descriptions are marked with an
asterisk.

CICINDELIDE. Nebria sahlbergu Fisch. Under
stones near the summit and
along the streams.

Nebria pallipes Say. With the
last, but much more abundant.

Calosoma frigidum Kb. Near
the summit.

Cicindela longilabris Say. One
specimen in 1870, about two-
thirds up the mountain.

Cicindela vulgaris Say. (Scud’r.)

a 12-guttata De}.

a ancocisconensis Harr:
: Carabus serratus Say. (Foot of
(Smith.) 2

mountain, Henshaw.)
CARA Carabus chamissonis Fisch. Not
common, under stones, near
Notiophilus sibiricus Mots. Not the summit. I have also seen
rare under moss and small _ a specimen from Mt. Desert,
stones near the summit. Me., and it may doubtless be
Nebria suturalis Lec. Near the found on all the higher peaks

summit, under stones, rare. in New England. Specimens

1874.]

taken in July had _ probably
wintered in the perfect state,
as it was taken much later,
quite immature in 1870.

Lebia pumila Dej.

Cymindis unicolor Kb. Moun-
tain streams, rare.
Cymindis cribricollis Dej. (Foot

of mountain, Henshaw.)
Calathus ingratus De}.

“¢ mollis Schaum. Rare,
near summit.
Platynus sinuatus De}.
on vicolon Dex:
ge cupripennis De}.
Me rujficornis Lec.
a obsoletus Say.
octocolus Mann, stigmo-
sus Lec.
Pierostichus honestus Say.
es coracinus Newm.
sf punctatissmus Rand.

Several specimens taken un-
der chips and bark in the
woods, near the Half Way
House.

Pterostichus lucublandus Say.

iB luczotti Dej. Com-
mon under stones.
Pterostichus hudsonicus Lec.
Common. —
Pterostichus mandibularis ee.
Common.
Amara hyperborea Dej. Decid-

edly the most abundant species
under stones; specimens were
also taken on grass, apparently
eating it.

Amara similis Kb. Only a few
specimens taken; it was much
more common in 1870.

267

(Austin.

Eurytrichus piceus Lec. (Foot
of mountain, Henshaw.)
Bradycellus cugnatus Gyll.
ss cordicollis Lec.

Harpalus pleuriticus Kb.

‘¢ laticeps Vee.
mountain, Henshaw.)

Stenolophus conjunctus Say.
Patrobus tenuis Lec.

“ —rugicollis Rand. (= an-
gicollis, a misprint which has
been perpetuated in all lists
and notices since published.)
Rare.

Trechus micans Lec.
Bembidium simplex Lec.

ae scopulinum Kb., geli-

dum Lec.
Bembidium nitens Lec.

« versicolor Lec.

ag cautum Lec. (Known
before only from Colorado.)

Bembidium mutatum Gemm., az-
illare Lec.

Bembidium 4—maculatum Linn.

The above species of Bembidium
were nearly all taken along the
streams, and as no special
pains were taken to collect
them, several other species may
have been overlooked.

(Foot of

DYTISCIDA.

Hydroporus niger Say.
lacustris Say.

Laccophilus maculosus
(Scudder.)

Acilius fraternus Harris.

Rhantus binotatus Harris.

Gaurodytes leconte: Cr., discolor
Lee.

Germ.

Austin.]

Gaurodytes parallelus Lec. In
the mountain streams, common,
All the other species were
from pools near the summit.

GYRINID.
Gyrinus sp. (Scudder.)

HYDROPHILIDA.

Hydrobius fuscipes (Linn.)
Cercyon sp.

STAPHYLINIDA.

Homalota 2 sp.

Tachinus sp.

Tachyporus jacosus Say. var.*

Boletobius 2 sp.

Quedius sp.

Baptolinus melanocephalus Nord.

Peederus littorarius Grav.

Dianous nitidulus Lec.*

Stenus sp.

Oxyporus 5-maculatus Lec.

Ancyrophorus planus Lec. In
moss, along streams, abundant:

Anthophagus verticalis Say. Rare
in same localities.

Lesteva pallipes Lec. In moss,
rare, found quite abundantly
on Mt. Tom, Mass., in similar
situations.

Olophrum sp.

Micredus austinianus Lec*. In
moss, along streams, not rare.

Anthobium dimidiatum Mels. On
flowers in the greatest abun-
dance.

Anthobium n. sp.

Besides the above, quite a
number of Staphylinide were

268

[January 28,

taken, which have not yet
been determined.

PSELAPHIDS.

Near

Decarthron abnorme Lee.
the foot of mountain.

SILPHID#.

Silpha marginalis Fabr.
shaw.)

Anisotoma alternata Lec.

s indistincta Lec.
Lnodes globosa Lec.
Agathidium exiguum Mels.

8 pulchrum Lee. [pre-

viously known only from Cal-
ifornia. Leconte. ]

Brathinus nitidus Lee. In drift
wood on the mountain streams,
not rare.

Brathinus varicornis Lec. With
the preceding, one specimen.

(Hen-

SCAPHIDIID&.
Scaphisoma terminatum Mels.

ENDOMYCHID&.
Phymaphora pulchella Newm.

CUCUJIDA.

Cucujus clavipes Fabr. Summit,
one specimen.

NITIDULID4.

Byturus unicolor Say.
Cercus pennatus Murr.
Epurea infuscata Mak).

“¢ flavomaculata Makl.*
Ips 4-guttatus Fabr. var.

1874.]

COCCINELIDE.
Hippodamia parenthesis Say.
(Smith.)

Coccinella 5-notata Say. (Scud-
der.)

Harmonia picta Rand.

Anisocalvia similis Rand. (Sm.)

Anisocalvia 12—maculata Gebl.

Psyllobora 20-maculata Say.

Hyperaspis signata Oliv.; normata
Say. (Scudder.)

BYRRHIDZ.

Simplocaria metallica Er. One
specimen taken at the summit
It was found in the greatest
abundance under stones near
the six-mile mark, on the car-
riage road, in August, 1870,
but not a single specimen was
to be found in the same place
last year, probably because it
was too early.

Byrrhus geminatus Lec.

Byrrhus kirbyi Lec.? Taken quite
abundantly under stones, near
Willis’ Seat.

Cytilus varius Fabr. var.
locality as above.

Same

LUCANIDE.

Platycerus depressus Lec. (Seud-
der. Henshaw.) ;

SCARABAID#.

Aphodius jfimetarius Linn. On
‘carriage road, near summit.

Aphodius fossor Linn. (Smith.)

Geotrupes splendidus Fabr. (Hen-
shaw.)

269

[Austin,

| Phyllophaga fusca Frohl. (Hen-

shaw.)
Trichius

affinis Gory. On

flowers, not common.

BUPRESTIDA.

Dicerca lurida Fabr. (Scudder.)
Ancylochira maculiventris Say.
Melanophila longipes Say.

“ Julvogutiata Harr.

Chrysobothris dentipes Germ.

a trinervia Kb.
scabripennis
(Seudder.)

Agrilus torpidus Lec. One speci-
men from the west branch of
Peabody River, near foot of
mountain.

Lap.

ELATERID.

Epiphanis cornutus Esch.
Cryptohypnus sanborni Horn.
Very abundant under stones.
Cryptohypnus abbreviatus Say.
& lacustris Lee.
Elater apicatus Say.
*¢ luetuosus Lec.
“ pedalis Cand.
“ pullus Cand.
“ —mixtus Hbst.
Agriotes limosus Lec.
Dolopius pauper Lec.
Campylus denticornis Kb. Sev-
eral specimens flew into my
camp in the early part of the
evening. A single specimen
was taken under a stick. |
Oestodes tenuicollis Rand. Near
foot of mountain.

Austin.]

Eanus costalis Payk.; vagus Lec.
On flowers, rare.

Eanus estriatus Lec. On flowers,
rare.

Eanus pictus Cand.; maculipen-
nis Lec. On flowers, rare.

Sericosomus incongruus Lec. On
flowers and at summit, com-
mon.

Oxygonus obesus Say. (Scudder.)

Corymbites virens Schr.; kendalli
Ger. (Scudder.)

Corymbites resplendens Esch.;
erarius Rand. Near summit,
abundant.

Coraieics fulvipes Bland ?

spinosus Lec.

- insidiosus Lee.

Ut medianus Germ.

“6 triundulatus Rand.
Common.

Corymbites propola Lec.
ae hieroglyphicus Say.
a eripennis Kb.

DASCYLLIDA.

Macropogon piceus Lec. Two
specimens. Heretofore known
only from the Pacific coast.

Cyphon pallipes Lec?

LAMPYRIDA.

Ceenia basalis Newm.
Eros sculptilis Say.

“© modestus Say.
Lucidota atra Fabr.
Photinus corruscus Linn.

“nigricans Say.

270

[January 28,

TELEPHORIDA.

Podabrus diadema Fabr.
“¢ piniphilus Esch.
“ spuneticollis Kb.
“ — Jevicollis Kb. |

Telephorus carolinus Fabr.
a oriflavus Lec.*

6 imbecillis Lec. var.
2 Jraxini Say.
6 curtisit Kirb.

_ Malthodes fuliginosus Lec.

CLERID.

Clerus dubius Fabr.
« — nubilus Klug.

PTINIDA.

Dorcatoma pallicornis Lec.* One
specimen found running on
an old stump near Halfway |
House.

CERAMBYCID.

Hylotrupes (Callidium) ligneus
Fabr. (Scudder. “ Alpine.”)
Rhopalopus sanguinicollis Horn.

(Smith.)

Calloides nobilis Say. (Scudder.)

Xylotrechus colonus Fabr. (Hen-
shaw.)

Xylotrechus undulatus Say. One
specimen near foot.

Pachyta monticola Rand. On
flowers, not rare.

Acmeops bivittata Say. Was
found in the greatest abun-
dance on flowers in the vicin-
ity of Willis’ Seat, but not a

1874.)

single specimen was seen at a
distance from that place. It
occupied the flowers of the
Mountain Ash, to the exclu-
sion of almost all other insects:
often a dozen were seen on a
single bunch of flowers.
Acmeops proteus Kb. Near sum-
mit, common.
Gaurotes cyanipennis Say. (Sm.)
Leptura plebeja Rand.
«¢ subargentata Kb. On
flowers, not rare.
Leptura instabilis Hald.+ (Smith;
one specimen.)
Leptura sexmaculata Linn.
“canadensis Fabr. (Hen-
shaw.)
Leptura hirtella Lec.
*“¢ proxima Say.
“ tibialis Lec.
« pedalis_ ~— Lee.
abundant.
Leptura vibex Newm. (Smith.)
“ — sphericollis Say. Very
common.
Leptura mutabilis Newm.
Monohammus scutellatus Say.
Graphisurus pusillus Kb.
Pogonocherus penicellatus Lec.
of mixtus Hald.

Very

CHRYSOMELID&X.

Orsodachna children Kb. On
flowers, common.
Syneta ferruginea Germ.
Say. Flowers, rare.
Adozus vitis Linn.
Phyllodecta vulgatissima Linn.
Plagiodera tremule Fabr.

tripla

271

(Austin.

Luperus meraca Say.

Trirhabda tomentosa Linn.

Disonycha pennsylvanica Ml.

Crepidodera helxines Linn.; nana
Say.

Crepidodera robusta Lec.*

Also two undetermined species.

Epithrix cucumeris Marr.

TENEBRIONIDA.

Phellopsis obcordata Say. One
specimen under bark in the
woods, near west branch of
Peabody River.

Upis ceramboides Linn. (Scud-
der.)
Centronopus calcaratus Fabr.
(Henshaw.)
CISTELID®.

Isomira 4-striata Coup.
- PYROCHROIDA.
Dendroides concolor Newm.
ANTHICID&.
Nematoplus collaris Lec.
MELANDRYIDA.

Canifa pallipes Mels.
Scotodes americana Horn.
specimen, near summit.

*
Emmesa connectens Newm. Sev-
eral specimens were taken at
the camp, running on logs,

One

which were burning at one end.

Prothalpia undata Lee. With
preceding.

Scotochroa atra Lec.* One speci-
men with last.

Orchesia castanea Mels.

LeConte.]

MORDELLIDZA.

Anaspis nigra Hald. Flowers.
6 flavipennis Hald. Flow-
ers, common.
Anaspis rufa Say. Flowers, com-
mon.
Mordella scutellaris Fabr.
Mordellistena scapularis Say.

CEPHALOIDA.

Cephaloon lepturides Newm. On
flowers, and occasionally in the
woods, on moss or rocks.

Cephaloon ungulare Lec.* With
the preceding.

272

[January 28,
.

PYTHID”.

Pytho niger Kb.

‘« strictus Lec. (Smith.)
Salpingus virescens Lec. Sum-
mit, not rare. :

CURCULIONIDA.

Pissodes affinis Rand.
« dubius Rand.
Lepyrus colon Linn. Near sum-
mit, rare. .
Anthonomus erythropterus
suturalis Lec.
Polygrdphus rufipennis Kb.
Xyloterus bivittatus Kb.

Say.”

OEDEMERID&.
Ditylus ceruleus Rand. (Smith.)

APPENDIX, BY JOHN L. LEContTs#, M.D.

Tachyporus jocosus Say; arduus Er.

A variety of this species, nearly black, with the prothorax dark
brown towards the sides, was collected by Mr. Austin. The pubes-
cence of the elytra and dorsal surface of the abdomen is unusually
well preserved, and quite sericeous.

Dianous nitidulus sp. nov.

Black, shining, with a bluish lustre, strongly but sparsely punctured;
prothorax one half longer than wide, widest before the middle, where
it is rounded on the sides; disc with two vague transverse impres-
sions, one near the tip, the other behind the middle; elytra as wide
as the head, a little longer than wide, convex, with a small, oval, yel-
low spot just behind the middle, and nearer the side than the suture;
abdomen strongly margined, finely punctured, with two long anal fil-
aments at tip. Length, 4.7 mm.; .18 inch.

White Mountains, Oregon and British Columbia.

Remarkably different from D. cerulescens and chalybeus by the
punctuation being deep and sparse, as in Stenus kiesenweiteri of Ku-
rope. Otherwise it resembles D. chalybeus, but is more slender.

In the ¢ the sixth ventral segment is broadly and strongly emargin-

ate.

1874.] 273 [LeConte.

Microedus austinianus sp. nov.

Black, shining, thinly clothed with fine, short pubescence, protho-
rax wider than long, sides and anterior angles rounded, posterior
angles obtuse, disc broadly convex, alutaceous, sparsely and obsoletely
punctulate, sides narrowly flattened towards the base, which is straight;
elytra a little wider than the prothorax, three-fifths as long as the
abdomen, outer angle rounded, sutural rectangular; rather depressed,
finely punctured, with a large, ill-defined, dark brown spot extending
from the base to the middle; exposed part of abdomen obsoletely
punctulate, alutaceous, sides flattened. Length, 3.6 mm.; .14 inch.

Several specimens collected in the White Mountains, by Mr. Aus-
tin; it also occurs in Vancouver Island. The antenne are about one-
half the length of the body, slightly thickened externally; third joint
a little longer than the second, which is equal to the fourth; sixth to
the tenth subtriangular, a little longer than their width; eleventh one-
half longer, oval, rounded at tip. Under surface finely punctured, legs
brown.

I have established this new genus upon an insect resembling in
form Coryphium angusticolle of Europe, as figured by Duval (Gen.
Col. Europ. ii, pl. 24, fig. 120), but differing from that, as from the
other genera of Omalini having subulate maxillary palpi, by the
penultimate joint less swollen, being more than one-half longer than
its thickness at the distal end, and by the last joint slender, and acic-
cular, being only a little shorter; the mandibles are acute and curved
at tip, armed with a sharp tooth beyond the middle. The head is
much swelled beneath on each side, and the space between the gular
sutures is very narrow. )

Epurea flavomaculata Miklin, Bull. Mosc., 1853, p. 205.

A remarkable species, which has been heretofore found only in
Alaska. It is easily recognized by the body being black above, with
the side margin of the prothorax and elytra yellow; the latter each
marked with two yellow spots near the suture, one behind the base,
the other, smaller, behind the middle.

Telephorus orifiavus sp. nov.

Black, finely, scarcely perceptibly pubescent with short gray hairs;
head in front of the eyes shining yellow, behind dull black, finely
alutaceous; prothorax yellow, shining, with a broad black dorsal
vitta, one-half wider than long; anterior margin rounded; basal mar-
gin slightly rounded, narrowly reflexed, sides nearly straight, nar-

rowly reflexed; angles rounded, disc moderately convex; elytra not
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 18 MAY, 1874.

LeConte.] 274 {January 28,

much wider than the prothorax, finely scabrous-punctate; antenne,
palpi and thighs black; tibie and tarsi piceous, ungues cleft; lower
part slender, nearly as long as the upper. Length 6.5 mm., .26 inch.

White Mountains, Mr. Austin. The second joint is about two-
thirds the length of the third. This species resembles in appearance
T. angulatus and lineola, but is readily known by the head being yel-
low in front of the eyes.

‘ Dorcatoma pallicornis sp. nov.

Oval convex, black, shining, uniformly finely punctulate, thinly
clothed with very short pruinose pubesceuce; elytra with two nearly
entire strize at the sides, and an obsolete short stria behind the hu-.
merus; antenne testaceous, first joint black. Length 3 mm.,.13 inch.

‘One specimen; much larger than our two other species, with the
punctures uniform and finer, and the pubescence shorter.

Crepidodera robusta sp. nov.

Reddish brown, shining, oblong and convex, prothorax nearly
twice as long as wide. Sides narrowly margined, broadly rounded,
disc smooth, basal impressions deep and strong, tramsverse impres-
sion distinct; elytra but little wider than the prothorax, strongly
punctured in rows; antenne rather stout, two-thirds as long as the
body; second and third joints equal. Length 23 mm., .09 inch.

One specimen, White Mountains, Mr. Austin. Easily known by
the robust form, the prothorax being hardly narrower than the elytra.

Scotochroa atra sp. nov.

Elongate, rather depressed, black, clothed with fine, short, pros-
trate pubescence; head and prothorax finely and densely punctured,
the latter one-half wider than long, narrowed in front, rounded on
the sides and apex; truncate feebly bisinuate and finely margined at
base, which is slightly flattened each side; hind angles rectangular;
elytra scarcely wider than prothorax, elongate, gradually rounded and
narrowed behind, finely less densely punctured; antennz at base,
and tarsi piceous. Length 5 mm., .2 inch. ‘

One specimen, White Mountains, Mr. Austin. An uncharacteris-
tic looking insect belonging to the Serropalpus group of Melandry-
ide, which, I regret to say, warrants on examination the founding of
a new genus, allied to Carebara and Spilotus, agreeing with them in
having the middle coxze not contiguous, the maxillary palpi with the
second and third joints not dilated, and the pubescence short, pros-
trate. It differs from the former by the smaller head, slender anten-
ne, and triangular, less securiform, last joint of the maxillary palpi.

1874.] 975 [LeConte.

The characters therefore are: Body elongate, finely punctured,
clothed with fine prostrate pubescence; head rather small, eyes con-
vex prominent, transverse, rather finely granulated; mandibles bifid
at tip; maxillary palpi moderately long, last joint wider than second
and third, triangular; antenne slender, longer than head and protho-
rax; second joint a little shorter than third. Prothorax narrowed in
front, rounded on sides, feebly bisinuate and finely margined at base.
Elytra paraliel, gradually rounded and narrowed behind. Legs short,
feeble, tarsi slender, penultimate joint bilobed, first joint of hind
tarsi as long as the others united.

A second species of this genus is indicated by a specimen from
Oregon, too mutilated to permit of generic determination in my
former investigations. It is in form and size similar to the species
above described, but differs by the prothorax more distinctly bisinuate
behind, the hind angles better defined, and by the antenne being
testaceous at base, and at the extremity of the last joint. It may be
called S. basalis.

Cephaloon ungulare sp. nov.

Very elongate, testaceous or piceous, finely punctured and pubes-
cent; antennz slender, scarcely thickened externally, joints 9-11
longer, especially in the ¢, claws pectinate, with the appendage
slender, curved and acute at tip. Length 11-13 mm. ;- .44-.50 inch.

White Mountains and Lake Superior: resembles in form C. leptu-
rides, but is more slender, with the antenne longer and nearly fili-
form; the claws are rather stout, and strongly pectinate as in that
species, but the appendage is slender, curved and acute at tip, as in
most Meloides.

T received from the Rev. A. Matthews a specimen collected in
Vancouver’s Island, which, on more careful examination, proves to be
quite distinct; it may be known by the following characters: —

C. tenuicorne sp. nov.

Above testaceous, head behind the antenne, sides of elytra and
under surface piceous; antenne a little longer than the head and
prothorax; (¢) slender, slightly thickened externally, joints 3-7
slender, elongated (third longest), ninth and tenth shorter than
eighth, wider than the preceding ones, eleventh nearly twice as long
as the tenth. Length 12 mm.; .48 inch.

The appendage of the claws in this species is broad and rounded
at tip, precisely as in C. lepturides; the form is also broader and
stouter, resembling the figure of the Siberian C. variabile Motsch.

Allen.j 276 {February 4,

(Amur Reise, 11, 141, tab. ix, fig. 16), and the antenne are also
similar in having the intermediate joints elongated. The fifth ven-
tral is more strongly emarginate than in the ¢ of the other two
species. The following table will serve to distinguish the three
species known to me:

A. Appendage of claws broad, rounded at tip :—

Outer joints of antenne gradually broader, not elongated.

1. lepturides.
Four outer joints slightly wider, joints longer, especially the inter-

mediate ones. 2. tenuicorne.
B. Appendage of claws slender, curved, acute :—
Antenne very long and slender, nearly filiform. — 3. ungulare.

February 4, 1874.

Vice-President, Mr. R. C. Greenleaf, in the chair. Forty-four
persons present.

The following paper was read : —

On GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATION IN CoLoR AMoNG NortH AMER-
ICAN SQUIRRELS; WITH A LIST OF THE SPECIES AND VARIE-
TIES OF THE AMERICAN SCIURIDEZ OCCURRING NORTH OF
Mexico. By J. A. ALLEN.

Some months since! I had the pleasure of calling the attention of
the Society to the subject of geographical variation in size, propor-
tions and color among North American birds, and of illustrating the
subject by an exhibition of specimens. At the same time I also re-
ferred incidentally to variations of a similar character among North
American mammals. As remarked on these occasions, the law of ge-
ographical variation in size with locality (representatives of the same
species decreasing in size with the altitude and latitude of the local-
ity) was satisfactorily established by Prof. Baird in 1857 and 1858,

1 At the meetings of April 17 and June 19, 1872.

1874.} OT [ Allen.

in ‘respect to both mammals and birds. The occurrence of variations
in the proportion of parts and in color at certain localities among in-
dividuals of the same species, was also at the same time brought to
notice, and again alluded to by Prof. Baird in 1866. These observa-
tions led to a further examination of this interesting subject, and the
discovery of hundreds of additional facts of a similar character. The
instances noticed prior to 1866 proved to be by no means exceptional
cases, but to be the result of other geographical laws of variation, as
universal and almost as well pronounced as that of the variation of
size with locality. These I have termed the laws of (1) the enlarge-
ment of peripheral parts at the southward; (2) of the increase in
intensity and extent of dark colors at the southward, and (8)
increase of color with increase of humidity, or the correllation of in-
tensity of color with the mean annual rainfall.1_ I now propose to re-
fer more especially to the variation of color with locality among the
North American Sciuride, and to briefly notice some of the results
that have attended a recent examination of the group. :

First, in respect to the increase in intensity of color from the north
southward. Among the squirrels this increase is finely illustrated in
Sciurus hudsonius and in Tamias striatus, representatives of which
from the southern parts of New York and Pennsylvania are much
more highly colored than are those from northern New England and

1 See Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. 11, pp. 229-242, 369-375, April, 1871;— vid.
Vol. 111, pp. 114-119, July, 1872. Also, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xv, pp.
156-159, Sept., 1872 (Communicated Apr. 17, 1872) ; — Ibid. xv, pp. 212-219, Dec.,
1872 (Communicated June 19, 1872); — Amer. Nat., Vol. v1, pp. 559-560, Sept., 1872.
For other reference to the subject see CouES (Dr. ELLIOTT), Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci., Phila., 1872, p. 60, July, 1872; RipDGWAY (ROBERT), Amer. Journ. Arts
and Sci., 3d Ser., Vol. Iv, pp. 454-460, and Vol. v, pp. 39-44, Dec., 1872, and Jan.,
1873; containing a further development of the subject of geographical variation in
color, and the addition of many new corroborative facts. Also the critique of Dr.
Coues, on Mr. Ridgway’s article (Amer. Nat., Vol. vil, pp. 415-418, July, 1873), and
Mr. Ridgway’s reply (Ibid., pp. 548-555, Sept., 1873).

In this connection I feel called upon to notice briefly Mr. Ridgway’s important
paper in the American Journal of Arts and Science, and his defence of it in the
American Naturalist. In respect to the original article, the general laws of geo-
graphical variation in color, previously worked out by others, are here restated
without any intimation whatever that anything had been previously done on the
subject. The ample apology, however, subsequently made, renders it clear that
this omission was an inadvertance rather than any intended wrong, and would not
be here alluded to except for its historical connection with a matter now to be
noticed. In his reply to Dr. Coues’ rather pointed criticism, his anxiety to exon-
erate himself, seems (to me, at least,) to have misled him into a somewhat unfair
statement of the points at issue as respects the originality of some of my own work.

Allen.] 278 [February 4,

the British Provinces. Sciurus carolinensis is perhaps a still more
marked example, in which the color varies from the light pure gray
of the upper parts in New England specimens, with a restricted pale
yellowish brown dorsal area, to the rusty gray dorsal surface of the
Florida type, in which the whole upper surface is usually strongly
yellowish-rusty. This increase of color southward is, however, still
more strongly marked in the fox squirrels of the Mississippi Basin,
the so-called Sciurus ‘“ ludovicianus.” In specimens from Ohio,
Northern Illinois, Southern Michigan, Wisconsin and Iowa, the lower
parts are pale fulvous, varying in some specimens to nearly white. In
Southern Illinois, and at St. Louis, Mo., the color has increased to a
strong bright fulvous, while in specimens from lower Louisiana the
color has become reddish fulvous or deep orange. At the same time,
the color of the dorsal surface becomes proportionally darker at the
southward, through the greater breadth of the black annulations at
the tips of the hairs, the dorsal surface in Louisiana specimens being
many shades darker than in those from the Upper Mississippi. This
variety also finely illustrates the variation in color seen in speci-
mens from comparatively dry and moist regions, its habitat ex-
tending up the Missouri and its western tributaries to a point consid-
erably above Sioux City. Beginning with Ohio specimens and pass-
ing westward, we find an increase of color in those from Northern
Illinois, Wisconsin and Iowa, west of which point the color rapidly

As I have felt it proper to notice this already somewhat at length in the Amer-
ican Naturalist (Vol. vill, pp. 227-229, April, 1874), I need not go into details
here. Suffice it to say, then, that he seems to have failed to appreciate the differ-
ence between calling attention to a few instances of variation with locality in
respect to proportions and color, and their combination with hundreds of others
of a similar character, and noting their correlation with differences in the phys-
ical conditions of the localities at which these variations occur. In short, I think ©
he hardly fairly states the case when he assumes that Prof. Baird, in stating, in
1866, that the representatives of certain species of birds in Florida and Lower Cal-
ifornia had relatively larger bills than their more northern relatives, and that in
several instances the western representatives of certain species had longer tails than
their eastern relatives, anticipated my announcement in 1871 and 1872 of a law of
enlargement of peripheral parts to the southward, including in birds the lengthen-
ing of the tail and claws, as well as the lengthening and enlargement of the bill
(the lengthening of the tail really occurring at the southward, rather than at the
westward); or, in stating again that the birds of the plains were apt to present a
bleached or weather-worn appearance, and were darker again on the Pacific Coast,
that he also anticipates my announcement of the laws of the greater intensity,
depth and extent of the dark colors southward, and their increase also in depth
and extent at localities varying in longitude with the increase of atmospheric hu-
midity.

1874. eg) [Allen.

decreases in intensity, Nebraska specimens being much paler than
those taken on the same parallel near the Mississippi River. Speci-
mens from the Indian Territory are also very much paler than those
from St. Louis, as are Texas ones than those from Louisiana. Even
between specimens from the prairies of northwestern Louisiana and
others from the lowlands of the same State, near the Mississippi
River, the difference in color is very strikingly marked.

The variation in color occurring in representatives of the same
species at localities differing in longitude, is well shown in quite a
number of groups. But few specific forms, however, have a sufli-
ciently wide range to illustrate the variations that obtain along a given
parallel’throughout the whole breadth of the continent, the Sciurus
hudsonius group being the only instance among the squirrels. Oth-
ers, however, show the transition that obtains in passing from the
moist, fertile prairies of the Mississippi Valley to the dry plains, or
from the deserts and mountainous districts of the interior to the moist
recion bordering the Pacific Coast north of the parallel of 40°.
Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus furnishes a good illustration of the dif-
ferences in color that occur between representatives of the same spe-
cies living on the moist, fertile prairies and those inhabiting the dry,
barren plains, those from Hlinois, Wisconsin, Minnesota and Iowa
being much darker than those from Western Nebraska, Western
Kansas and Colorado. Even specimens from Eastern Kansas are
much darker than those from the middle and western portions of the
same State. In this species the color is varied, in passing from the
prairies to the plains, not only by the lighter shade of the dark
‘ground color, but by the considerably greater breadth of the light
spots and stripes in the specimens from the plains. The Spermophi-
lus grammurus group (composed of the S. grammurus, S. Beecheyi, S.
Douglass, etc., of authors) illustrates not only a similar variation in
intensity of color between the inhabitants of dry and moist regions,
but also a somewhat changed style of coloration. Beginning with the
nearly uniformly gray or grizzled type of Texas and Southeastern
New Mexico, we pass to the more rufous or reddish phase of the cen-
tral portions of the Rocky Mountains (in Colorado), which also has an
increased amount of hoariness on the sides of the neck and shoulders,
to the form west of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, typically represent,
ing the Spermophilus Beecheyi, in which the hoariness forms broad
lateral bands separated by a narrow brown medial stripe. This
form in Northern California passes into the so-called Spermophilus

Allen.] 280 [February 4,

Douglassi, which differs chiefly from S. Beecheyi in having the medial
stripe darker, or nearly black.

But two of the most instructive and interesting groups of the
Sciuride, in this connection, are those of which the common Sciurus
hudsonius and Tamias quadrivitatus are respectively familiar exam-
ples, the former ranging over the northern half of the continent, and
the latter extending over the western half of North America and
Eastern Asia. In the Sciurus hudsonius group, we have at the east
the well-known chickaree (S. hudsonius), extending westward to the
Plains, and northwestward to Alaska, with its brighter and smaller
southern form in the eastern Atlantic States. On the arid plains of
the Platte and Upper Missouri Rivers it presents a markedly paler or
more fulvous phase, well illustrated by specimens from the Black
Hills. This form becomes even still paler and more fulvous at the
eastern base of the main chain of the Rocky Mountains, between lat-
itude 43° and 47°, where it begins to pass by insensible stages of
gradation into the so-called Sciurus Richardsoni of the Rocky Moun-
tains north of 45°, and the so called Sciwrus Fremonti of the Rocky
Mountains south of about the same parallel. In the collections made in
Western Wyoming, near the Yellowstone Lake, occur many specimens
which are so exactly intermediate between the three forms (S. hudso-
nius, S. Richardsoni and S. Fremonti) whose habitats here meet, that
it is impossible to say which of the three forms they most resemble.
At the same time specimens can be selected which will form a series
of minute gradations from the pale form of hudsonius from the Plains,
on the one hand, to the Richardsoni and Fremonti forms on the other.
To the southward of this district we soon pass into the region of the
typical Fremonti, and to the westward and northward into the habitat
of the Richardsoni type. Even the country about the sources of the
Gros Ventres Fork of the Snake River, is already within the range of
the true Richardsoni1 The habitat of S. Richardsoni extends from
the main chain of the Rocky Mountains, north of latitude 44°, to the
' Cascade Range. Here it becomes mixed with S. Douglassi, which
scarcely differs from S. Richardsoni, except in being a little darker

1 While the prevailing color above in S. hudsonius is light yellowish-brown, vary-
ing to bright ferrugineous along the middle of the back, in S. Richardsonz it is
dull rusty or dark chestnut-brown, and in S. Fremonti pale brownish-gray. The
prevailing color of the tail in §. hudsonius is usually yellowish-rusty, varying to
dark ferruginous, with broad annulations of black; in S. Richardson it is black,
varied more or less with rusty; in S. Fremonti black varied with gray.

1874. 281 [Allen.

above, and in having the ventral surface more or less strongly tinged
with buff, varying in different specimens from cinerous to pure buff.
This form prevails from the Cascade Range to the Pacific Coast,
southward to Northern California, and northward probably to Sitka.
In Northern California the S. Douglassi meets the range of the true
S. Fremonti, between which two forms there is here the most gradual
and intimate intergradation. In this group we have hence four forms
which, in their extreme phases of mutual divergence, appear as di-
verse as four good, congeneric species need to, but which, at points
where their respective habitats join, pass into each other as gradually
as do the physical conditions of the localities at which their extreme
phases are developed.

The Tamias quadrivitatus group! presents an equally or even more
striking range of variation in color, and also varies to an unusual de-
gree in size. Beginning at the northward, we find that specimens
from as far south as Pembina, and thence northward, are quite undis-
tinguishable from specimens from Northeastern Asia, or the so-called
Tamias “ Pallasi” (T. Paliasi Baird = T. striatus of most European
authors). ‘This form is found to only a limited extent south of the
northern boundary of the United States, where on the plains of the
Upper Missouri it passes into the blanched, pallid form of 7. quadri-
vitaius (T. quadrivitatus, var. pallidus nobis,— see beyond), and further
westward into the true 7. quadrivitatus of the Rocky Mountains, and
still further westward into the so-called 7. Townsendi of the Pacific
Coast. In this group the greatest pallor is reached on the plains of
the Yellowstone, and in the deserts of Nevada, Utah and Arizona. In
the central portions of the Rocky Mountains (Colorado and portions of
New Mexico) a form is developed distinguished by its generally bright,
strong colors, but especially for the rich fulvous tints of the sides of
the body, to which there is but a slight tendency either in the north-
ern form or the pallid form of the plains. Both, however, very grad-
ually pass into the rufous-sided type, the pallid form wherever the
plains approach the mountains (as along the eastern base of the Rocky
Mountains, the Uintah, Sierra Nevada, and others of the more south-
ern ranges), gradually becoming fulvous, while the darker northern
form grades into the larger fulvous race of the more northern portions
of the Rocky Mountains in Montana and Idaho. This larger fulvous
race west of the main divide soon begins to assume a duller, more

1 Tamias quadrivitatus, T, Pallasi, T, Townsendi and T. dorsalis of American
authors.

Allen ] 282 . [February 4,

fuscous shade, deepening finally into the very fuscous form (T. Town-
sendi) of the region between the Cascade Range and the Pacific
Coast. In this form the general color increases so much in depth as
to become dusky yellowish-brown, and both the light and the dark
stripes become obscure, and occasionally almost entirely obsolete,
through the gradual accession of color. Between the extreme phase
of this fuscous type and the extreme phase of the pallid type of the
plains, in which the stripes are sometimes again partially obsolete
through the extreme lightness of the general color, the differences are
very great indeed. Yet in placing the scores of specimens I have
had the opportunity of examining in a geographical series, or arrang-
ing them simply according to their localities, a most thorough and
minute intergradation becomes at once apparent. The difference in
size, too, between northern and southern specimens is also unusually
great; the pale, southern form of the plains, and the extremely bright,
fulvous form of Colorado and New Mexico, being very much smaller
than the northern, darker form, or than the fuscous type of the north-
west coast.

As corroborative evidence that these varied types of coloration are
but geographical races, it becomes interesting to observe that the
light and dark and the fulvous and rufous forms, respectively of the
different species, occur over the same areas. With the fuscous type of
Tamias quadrwitatus occur the dark types of Sciwrus hudsonius, and
the dark-backed form of Spermophilus grammurus, and also a peculiar,
dusky form of Arctomys and of Lepus, and a dark form of Spermophi-
lus Richardsoni. On the plains occur pallid forms of Sciurus “ludo-
vicianus,”’ Sciurus hudsonius, Tamias quadrivitatus, and Spermophilus
fiichardsoni. With the fulvous type of Tamias quadrivitatus occurs a
rufous form of Spermophilus grammurus; but the form of Scutrus
hudsonius, occurring over the same area, presents the exceptional
condition of a minimum amount of rufous.

Taking the mammals and the birds of the continent collectively,
we may recognize, in a general way, at least five more or less well-
marked areas characterized by certain peculiarities of color variation,
and also a correlation between these areas and the prevalent tenden-
cies of color increase and the amount of aqueous precipitation. Other
lesser areas, characterized by certain peculiarities of color variation,
will doubtless be recognized when the material at hand is sufficient to
admit of a more detailed examination of the subject, such indications,
in fact, being already more or less apparent. The first region we

1874.] 983 [Allen,

propose now to define is that of the Atlantic Slope, which will include
not only the country east of the Alleghanies, but a large part of the
British Possessions, extending westward at least as far as Fort Simp-
son, and thence northward and westward to Alaska, including, ap-
parently, all of that territory north of the Alaskan Mountains, with an
annual rain-fall throughout the whole of this extended region of
about thirty-five to forty-five inches. Over this region (to which we
may give the general term of Ailantie Region) the colors may be re-
garded as of the average or normal type, those of other regions being
either of a diminished or increased intensity.

The second region will embrace the Mississippi Valley, or more
properly the Mississippi Basin, and may hence be termed the Mis-
sissippt Region. Here the annual rain-fall reaches forty-five to fifty-
five inches, and over a small area east of the Lower Mississippi even
exceeds sixty inches. The tendency here is so often to an increase
of fulvous and rufous tints, that we may regard this as the distinctive
chromatic peculiarity of the region, these tints reaching their maxi-
mum in the limited area of greatest humidity, but a general increase
in intensity of color is also more or less characteristic of the region.
A third region embraces the central portion of the Rocky Mountains,
and being developed most strongly within the present territory of
Colorado, and being also mainly included within that territory, may
be termed the Colorado Region. The tendency here again, as com-
pared with the immediately adjoining districts, is to a general increase
of intensity of color, with also a marked inclination to the develop-
ment of rufous and fulvous tints, this region being also within the in-
fluence of a comparatively high temperature, at least in summer. The
humidity is here less than in either of the other regions already de-
fined, the annual aqueous precipitation’ amounting to only about
twenty-four to thirty inches; but it is yet greatly in excess of that of
the districts immediately surrounding it.

The fourth region may be regarded as made up of the arid plains
and deserts of the great central plateau of the Continent, including
not only the “ Great Plains,’ usually so called, but the deserts and
plains of Utah, Nevada, Western Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona,
and southwestward to Lower California, and may hence be appropri-
ately termed the Campestrian Region. 'The annual rain-fall is gener-
ally below fifteen inches, but rangés, at different localities, from
three inches to twenty. Here a general paleness of color is the
distinctive feature. The fifth region begins on the Pacific Coast

Allen.] 284 [February 4,

at about the 40th parallel, embracing a comparatively narrow belt
along the coast from Northern California to Sitka. Its peculiarities
are most strongly developed west of the Cascade Range, north of
45°; they also prevail eastward nearly or quite to the main chain
of the Rocky Mountains. It may hence be termed the Columban .
Region. With an average annual rain-fall of fifty-five to sixty-five
inches, the prevalent tendency in color is to dusky and fuscous
rather than rufous tints. The district between the Cascade Range
and the main chain of the Rocky Mountains presents features that
may almost entitle it to rank as a distinct region, as might also
the region of maximum rain-fall in the Mississippi Region. The
southern half of Florida is also perhaps entitled to recognition as a
distinct region, being characterized by excessive humidity and a sub-
tropical intensity of color. It may also be necessary to eventually
recognize as distinct districts the almost rainless portions of the
Campestrian Region.

In respect to the correllation of intensity of color in animals with
the degree of humidity, it would perhaps be more in accordance with
cause and effect to express this law of correllation as a decrease of
intensity of color with a decrease of humidity, the paleness evidently
resulting from exposure and the blanching effect of intense sunlight,
and a dry, often intensely heated atmosphere. With the decrease of
the aqueous precipitation, the forest growth and the protection af-
forded by arborescent vegetation gradually also decreases, as of
course does also the protection afforded by clouds, the excessively
humid regions being also regions of extreme cloudiness, while the dry
regions are comparatively cloudless districts.

In addition to the tendency to change of color with locality, there
is another phase of color variation that requires, in this connection, a
passing notice, — namely, Melanism. It is now well known that al-
most every species of mammal may be expected to present melanis-
tic individuals, instances of its occurrence in the majority of the
North American species being now well established. Indeed, the
very fact of a melanistic phase of coloration may be looked upon as
almost a priori evidence that the individuals presenting it belong to a
melanistic race of some species whose normal color is some other tint
than black, as Prof. Baird lone since remarked in respect to the
American squirrels. It has been supposed that the tendency to me-
lanism is more prevalent at the northward; but such does not appear
to be necessarily the case. Among the Sciuride, for instance, a

1874.] . 285 [Allen.

group rather remarkable for a tendency to melanistic varieties, the
black and dusky forms are as often southern as northern. In some
species melanistic individuals are as rare as are the cases of albin-
ism, as in Sciurus hudsonius, the species of Tamas, and in many of
the Spermophilt, while in others they are sometimes the common, if
not the prevalent, form over a considerable area, as occurs in Sciurus
carolinensis and Sciurus cinereus. Melanism is also of frequent occur-
rence in Sciurus Aberti, and in Spermophilus grammurus, which pre-
sents a melanistic form both in Texas and Lower California. Sperm-
ophilus Parry: has also a black race along the Youkon River, and
frequent instances of melanism are well known in all the species of
Arctomys. In numerous instances these melanistic individuals and
melanistic forms have been described as distinct species, while in re-
ality they are generally so sporadic in their occurrence as to render
them hardly worthy of recognition, even as varieties.

The gradual increase of our knowledge in respect to the character
of these melanistic forms, and especially in regard to the extent and
character of geographical variation, necessarily leads to the modifica-
tion of our views in respect to the status of many forms that have
formerly passed current as more or less well-established species, and
also to consequent changes in nomenclature. The representatives of
few groups are more variable in respect to color, even among individ-
uals of the same species inhabiting the same locality, than the arbo-
real squirrels. Add to this the considerable amount of geographical
variation that obtains among them, and the very considerable changes
attendant upon season in respect to the character of the pelage, and
we shall no longer feel surprised at the profusion of synonyms that
attach to many of the species. In respect to the North American
members of Sciurus, Prof. Baird, in his excellent monograph of the
eroup published in 1857, found it necessary to reduce the number of
species from twenty-four, the number recognized by Audubon and
Bachman in 1854, to ten well-established species and two doubtful
ones, several of his own species, in this reduction, sharing the fate of
those of previous authors. Jn undertaking recently a monographic
revision of the American Sciuride, I have found it necessary to still
further reduce the specific forms to jive, recognizing, however, seven
geographical varieties in addition, making the whole number of rec-
ognized forms twelve. As illustrative of the bearing of the class of
facts already noticed, I subjoin herewith a synoptical resumé of the
species and varieties of the Sciwride of North America found north

Allen.) 286 [February 4,

of the Isthmus of Panama.t The synonyms cited will doubtless be
sufficient to render clear the changes of nomenclature here intro-
duced (the names of the United States species used in Baird’s Mam-
mals of North America being always given), the detailed descriptions
of the forms recognized, and the discussion of their character and
relations being reserved as the subject matter of the more extended
memoir referred to above.

Genus SCIURUS.

1. Sciurus cinereus.
a. var. cinereus.

Sciurus cinereus Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, 64, 1758.—Baird, Mam. N. Am.,
248, 1857.
Hab. Atlantic States north of Virginia.

b. var. niger.

Sciurus niger Linn., Syst. Nat , 1, 64,1758. —Allen, Bull. Mus. Comp.
ZOol; Th 1 (6, US el.

Sciurus vulpinus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 147, 1788. — Baird, Mam.
N. Am., 246, 1857.

Sciurus capistratus Bosc., Ann. du Museum, 1, 181, 1802.— Bachman,
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., v1, 85, 1835.

Hab. Atlantic States south of Virginia; Gulf States west to
Texas ?

1T should here state that the following résumé, as well as the proposed mono-
graph, is based mainly on the immense stores of material that for many years have
been accumulating at the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, and which have
been kindly placed in my hands by Prof. Baird for elaboration. In addition to this
rich material, I am also permitted the use of that contained in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, which, so far as the forms of Eastern North America are
concerned, far exceeds that of any other collection. The material at my command
hence ranges from thirty to several hundred spécimens of each of the greater part
of the species of North American Sciuride. As indicative of the recent increase
in the material at the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, I may add that while
in 1857 there were but two specimens of Sciurus ‘‘ Fremonti”’. extant, I have had
access to more than fifty skins, many skulls and to specimens in alcohol; the five
specimens of Sciurus ‘‘Richardsoni”’ have been increased to forty; of Spermophi-
lus Harrisi, from three to thirty-five; of Spermophilus Richardsoni, fron none to
above seventy, etc. Of Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus I have had before me about
one hundred and sixty; of the Sciurus hudsonius group, upwards of two hundred
and fifty; and of the Tamias quadrivittatus_group, nearly one hundred and
seventy-five, and very large and satisfactory series of nearly all the other species
mentioned in the following synopsis.

1874.] 987 [Allen.

c. var. ludovicianus.

Sciurus ludovicianus Custis, Barton’s Med. and Phys. Journ., 11, 43,
1806.—Baird, Mam. N. Am., 251, 1857.

Sciurus macroura Say, Long’s Exped., 1, 115, 1828.

Sciurus magnicaudatus Harlan, Faun. Am., 178, 1825.

Sciurus texianus, subauratus and Audubont Bachman, Proc. Zool. Soc.
Lond., vi, 86, 87, 97, 1838.

Sciurus occidentalis Aud. and Bach., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
VIII, 317, 1842. Ms

Sciurus rubicaudatus and Sayi Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., 1, 30,
274, 1851.

Sciurus limitis Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vir, 331, 1855.

Hab. Mississippi Basin, west to the Plains.

2. Sciurus carolinensis.
a. var. carolinensis.

Sciurus carolinensis Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 143,.1788.— Baird, Mam.
N. Am.; 256, 1857.
Sciurus cinereus Schreber, Sdugt., rv, 766, 1792 (mec. Linn.).
Hab. Southern Atlantic and Gulf States.

b. var. leucotis.

““Sciurus pennsylvanicus Ord, Guthrie’s Geog., (2d Am. Ed.,) 11, 292,
TStor?

Sciurus niger Godman, Am. Nat. Hist., 11, 136, 1826.

Sciurus leucotis Gapper, Zool. Journ., v, 206, 1830.

Sciurus fuliginosus Bach., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., vr, 96, 1838.

Sciurus migratorius Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., 1, 265, 1849.
Hab. United States east of the Plains, except the South Atlantic

and Gulf States.

8. Sciurus fossor.

Sciurus fossor Peal, Mam. and Birds U. 8. Exp., 55, 1848.

Sciurus Hermanni Leconte, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v, 149, 1852.
Hab. Pacific Coast, from the Columbia River to San Diego; only

west of the Cascade and Sierra Nevada Mountains.

4. Sciurus Aberti.
a,

Sciurus dorsalis Woodhouse, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vr, 110,
1852 (nec Gray).

Allen. 288 [February 4,

Sciurus Abertt Woodhouse, Ibid., 220, 1852. — Baird, Mam. N. Am.,
267, 1857.
Hab. Southern Colorado, New Mexico, and portions of Arizona.
Sciurus castanotus [casianonotus| Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
VII, 832, 1855. — Ibid., Mam. N. Am., 266, 1857.
Hab. San Francisco Mountains.

5. Sciurus hudsonius.
a. var. hudsonius.

“Sciurus hudsonius Pallas, Nov. Sp. Glir., 376, 1778.”— Baird, Mam.
N. Am., 269, 1857.
‘Sciurus carolinus Ord, Guthrie’s Geog. (2d Am. Ed.) 1m, 292, 1815,”
Sciurus rubrolineatus Desm., Mamm., 1, 333, 1822.
Hab. North America, east of the Rocky Mountains; Alaska.

b. var. Fremonti.

Sciurus Fremonti Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., 111, 237, 1853. —
Baird, Mam. N. Am., 272, 1857.
? Sciurus mollipilosus Aud. and Bach., Prec. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1,
102, 1841. 7
Hab. Rocky Mountains, south of about latitude 43°, and westward
to the Pacific Coast.

c. var. Richardsoni.

Sciurus Richardsoni Bach., Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., v1, 100, 1838. —
Baird, Mam. N. Am., 273, 1857.”
Hab. Western slope of Rocky Mountains, north of about lati-
tude 44°, and westward to the Cascade Range.

d. var. Douglassi.

Sciurus Douglassi Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., Lond., rv, 88, 1836.—
Bachman, Ibid, vi, 99, 1838. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 275, 1857.
Sciurus lanuginosus Bach., Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 7, 101, 1838 (par-
tial albino).
Sciurus Townsendi Bach., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., virr, 63,
1839 (Ms. name).
Sciurus Belchert Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., x, 263, 1842.
Sciurus Suckleyi Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vir, 333, 1855.
Hab. Cascade Range, westward to Pacific Coast, and from North-
ern California north to Sitka.

1874.] 289 [ Allen.

Genus SCIUROPTERUS.

6. Sciuropterus volucella.
a. var. volucella.

“Sciurus volucella Pallas, Nov. Sp. Glir., 351, 353, 359, 1788.”
Pieromys volucella Desm., Mamm., 11, 343, 1822:— Baird, Mam. N.
Am., 286, 1857.
Hab. North America, south of about the isotherm of 40° F.

b. var. hudsonius.

Sciurus hudsonius Gmel., Syst. Nat., 1, 153, 1788.

Pteromys hudsonius Fischer, Synop., 365, 1825.— Baird, Mam. N.
Am., 288, 1857.

Pteromys sabrinus Rich., Zool. Journ., 111, 519, 1828.

_ Pieromys alpinus Wagner, Suppl. Schreber’s Saugt., 111, 230, 1843.

Pteromys oregonensis Bachm., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vir, 101,

1839.
Hab. Northern North America, north of about the isotherm of

AO? EK.
Genus TAMIAS.

7. Tamias striatus.
Sciurus striatus Linn., Mus. Adolphi Fred. Regis., 1, 8, 1754.
Tamias striatus Baird, 11th Rep. Smith. ase, 55, 1857. — Ibid.,

Mam. N. Am., 272, 1857.

“Tamias americanus Kuhl, Beitr. zur Zool., a 1820.”
Sciurus (Tamias) Lysteri Rich., Faun. Bor. Am., 1, 181, 1829.

Hab. Northern Maine to Virginia on the Atlantic Coast; in the
interior north to the northern shores of Lakes Superior and Huron;
west to the Missouri River.

8. Tamias quadrivitatus.

a. var. Quadrivitatus.

Sciurus quadrivitatus Say, Long’s Exped., 11, 45, 1823.
Hab. Rocky Mountains, and westward in the mountain ranges to
the Pacific Coast.

b. var. pallidus.}
Tamias quadrivitatus Baird, Mam. N. Am., 297, 1857 (in part only).

1 The small, pale form of the high, dry plains of the interior.
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 19 JUNE, 1874,

Ailen.] 290 {February 4,

Hab. The Great Plains, and the desert region generally of the in-
terior of the continent.

c. var. Pallasi.

Sciurus striatus (in part only) of the older authors.
Tamas Pallasi Baird, 11th Rep. Smith. Inst., 55, 1857.

Hab. Northeastern Asia; northern North America, west of Lake
Winnipeg, south to United States; not west of the main chain of
the Rocky Mountains.

d. var. Townsendi.

Tamias Townsend: Bachm., Journ. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., virr, 68,
1839. — Baird, Mam. N. Am., 300, 1857.

Tamias Hindei Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., x, 264, 1842.

Tamas Cooperit Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viz, 334, 1855.

Tamias quadrimaculatus Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser.,
XX, 435, 1867.

Hab. Pacific Coast, from Northern California north to Sitka? and
east to the Cascade Range.

é. var. dorsalis.

Tamias dorsalis Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vit, 332, 1855.
—Ibid., Mam. N. Am., 300, 1857.
Hab. Arizona; Utah. /

9. Tamias lateralis.

Sciurus lateralis Say, Long’s Exped. R. Mts., 11, 46, 1828.
Spermophilus lateralis Baird, Mam. N. Am., 312, 1857.

Hab. Rocky Mountains, from New Mexico northward (to latitude
57°, according to Richardson).

Genus SPERMOPHILUS.

10. Spermophilus Harrisi.

Spermophilus Harrisi Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., 111, 267, 1854.
— Baird, Mam. N. Am., 313, 1857.
Hab. The Great Interior Basin (Utah, Nevada, Arizona?) and
Lower California.

1874.] 991 [Allen.

11. Spermophilus Franklini.

Arctomys Franklini Sabine, Linn. Trans., x111, 587, 1822.
Spermophilus Franklini Baird, Mam. N. Am., 314, 1857.
Hab. Northern Illinois northward to the Saskatchewan.

12. Spermophilus tereticaudus.

Spermophilus tereticaudus Baird, Mam. N. Am., 815, 1857,
Hab. Fort Yuma, California.

13. Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus.
a. var. tridecem-lineatus.
Sciurus tridecem-lineatus Mitchell, Med. Repos., xxi, 248, 1821.

Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus Baird, Mam. N. Am., 316, 1857 Gn

part only).
Arctomys Hoodu Sabine, Linn. Trans., xx1, 590, 1822.
Hab. The prairies of the United States, from Arkansas north-
ward to the Saskatchewan.

b. var. pallidus.

Spermophilus tridecem-lineatus Baird, Mam. N. Am., 316, 1857 (in

part only).
Hab. The dry plains and deserts of the interior westward to the

Great Basin.
14. Spermophilus mexicanus.

Sciurus mexicanus Erxleben, Syst. Anim., 428, 1777.
Spermophilus mexicanus Baird, Mam. N. Am., 319, 1857.

Hab. Southwestern Texas and Southern New Mexico, southeast-
ward into Mexico.

15. Spermophilus spilosoma.

a. var. spilosoma.

Spermophilus spilosoma Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1, 40, 1835.
— Baird, Mam. N. Am., 321. 1857.
Hab. Western New Mexico west to the Pacific Coast.

b. var. obsoletus.

Spermophilus obsoletus Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863,
157.

Allen.] 292 [February 4,

Hab. Eastern base of the Rocky Mountains north to Western
Wyoming.

16. Spermophilus Parryi.

a. var. Parryi.

Arctomys Parryi Rich., Parry’s Second Voyage, App., 316, 1825.
Spermophilus Parryt Baird, Mam. N. Am., 323, 1857.

Hab. Northern parts of the continent, from Hudson’s Bay to
Behring’s Straits; also on the islands of the Asiatic side of the Strait.

b. var. kodiacensis.!
Hab. Island of Kodiac.

ce. var. erythrogluteia.

Arctomys Parryt var. 3. erythroglutera Rich., Faun. Bor. Am.,1, 161,
1829.
Hab. Northwestern America south to Puget Sound.

2d. var. phoenognatha.

Arctomys Parryi var. y. phenognatha Rich., Faun. Bor, Am., 1, 161,
il}748),
Hab. Shores of Hudson’s Bay.

17. Spermophilus Richardsoni.

a. var. Richardsoni.

Arctomys Richardsoni Sabine, Trans. Linn. Soc., x111, 589, 1822.
Spermophilus Richardson Baird, Mam. N. Amer., 325, 1857.

Hab. Plains of the Saskatchewan southward to the Upper Mis-
souri, and west to the Rocky Mountains.

b. var. elegans.

Spermophilus elegans and armatus Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 158, 1863.
Hab. From eastern base of Rocky Mountains to a little west of
Fort Bridger.

1A form with cinerous lower parts, less fulyous above, and more busby tail,
from the Island of Kodiac.

1874.] 293 [Allen.

18. Spermophilus Townsendi.

a. var. Townsendi.

Spermophilus Townsendi Bach., Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., v111,
611, 1839.
Hab. Plains of the Columbia.

6. var. mollis.

Spermophilus mollis Kennicott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, 157.
Hab. Northern Rocky Mountains, from about lat. 45° north into
the British Possessions.

19. Spermophilus grammurus.
a. var. grammurus.

Sciurus grammurus Say, Long’s Exped. R. Mts., 11, 72, 1823.
Spermophilus grammurus Baird, Mam. N. Am., 310, 1857.
Spermophilus Couchii Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viz, 332,
1855.—Ibid., Mam. N. Am., 311,1857. (Black form from Texas.)
Spermophilus Buckleyt Slack, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vir, 314,
‘1861. (Melanistic form from Western Texas.)
Hab. Western Texas and New Mexico west to Sierra Nevada Mts.

b. var. Beecheyi.

Arctomys (Spermophilus) Beecheyt Rich., Faun. Bor. Am.,1, 170, 1829.
Spermophilus Beechey: Baird, Mam. N. Am., 307, 1857.
? Spermophilus macrourus Bennett, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1, 41, 18338.

(Melanistic.)
Hab. West of Sierra Nevada Mts. from northern California south

to Lower California. :

c. var. Douglassi.

Arctomys ? (Spermophilus?) Douglassi Rich., Faun. Bor. Am., 1, 172,
1829.
Spermophilus Douglassi Baird, Mam. N. Am., 309, 1857,
Hab. Pacific Coast from Northern California to Puget’s Sound.

20. Spermophilus annulatus.

Spermophilus annulatus Aud. and Bach., Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.,
_ vii, 319, 1842.
Hab. Plains of Colima, Mexico.

Allen.] 294 [February 4,

21. Cynomys ludovicianus.

“Arctomys ludovicianus Ord, Guthrie’s Geog. (2d Am. Ed.), m1, 292,
303, 1815.”

Cynomys ludovicianus Baird, Mam. N. Amer., 331, 1857.
Cynomys socialis and grisea Raf., Am. Month. Mag., 11, 45, 1817.
Arctomys missouriensis Warden, Descrip. U. 8., v, 627, 1820.
Arctomys latrans Harlan, Faun. Am., 306, 1825.

Hab. The great plains east of the Rocky Mountains, from south-
ern Texas nearly to the British Boundary.

22. Cynomys columbianus.

“Arctomys columbianus Ord, Guthrie’s Geog. (2d Am. Ed.), m1, 292,
302, 1815.”

Anisonyx brachyura Raf., Am. Month. Mag., u, 45, 1817.

Arctomys Lewisi Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Am., 11, 32, 1853.

Cynomys Gunnisoni Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vir, 334,
1855.—Ibid., Mam. N. Am., 335, 1857.

Hab. The parks and plains within and west of the Rocky Moun- -
tains to the plains of the Columbia.

23. Arctomys monax.

Arctomys monax Linn., Syst. Nat. (10th ed.), 1, 601, 1758. — Baird,
Mam. N. Am., 339, 1857.
Arctomys empetra Schreber, Saugt., rv, 143, 1774.
Arctomys pruinosus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1, 144, 1788.
“Arctomys melanops Kuhl, Beitr., 64, 1820.”
Hab. Eastern North America, from Hudson’s Bay to Virginia,
and west to the Missouri River.

24. Arctomys caligatus.

Arctomys caligatus Eschscholtz, Zool. Atlas, 11, 1, 1829.
Arctomys pruinosus Richardson, Zool. Journ., 111, 518, 1828 (nec
Gmelin). (In part only.)
Arctomys okanaganus King, Narr. Back’s Journ., 11, 257, 1836.
Hab. . Puget’s Sound northward, west of the Rocky Mountains.

PASI Arctomys flaviventer.

Arctomys flaviventer Aud. and Bach., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1,
99, 1841. — Baird, Mam. N. Amer. 343, 1857.
Hab. Rocky Mountains, west to the Pacific Coast.

1874.] 995 [Hitchcock.

Prof. C. H. Hitchcock gave an account of the Helderberg
Rocks of New Hampshire. From the discovery of char-
acteristic fossils, especially a Pentamerus, perhaps the PP.
Knightii, these rocks seem to belong to the lower Helder-
berg series. Prof. Hitchcock, with the aid of map and
diagrams, described in. detail the geology of the northern
portion of Grafton Co., N. H., in which the Helderberg rocks
occupy three areas in the neighborhood of Littleton, North
Lisbon, and Lyman.

Mr. 8. H. Scudder exhibited a large series of drawings of
Georgian Insects, principally of the transformations of Lepi-
doptera, executed by Abbot more than fifty years ago.

One collection was painted for Dr. Oemler, of South Carolina, and
has recently been purchased by friends for the Society; it consists of
nearly two hundred colored drawings of Lepidoptera, very few of
which are given in the work of Sir James Edward Smith. Another
collection formerly belonged to Mr. Raddon, of England, and was
afterwards given to Dr. Asa Gray, who has identified the plants figured,
and has now transferred it to the Society’s library; it is composed of
about the same number of sheets, mainly representing the transform-
ations of Lepidoptera, nearly all distinct from those in the first series,
or those published by Smith. Mr. Scudder added a brief account of
other similar collections, especially of those in the British Museum,
and gave a short sketch of Abbot’s life.

The thanks of the Society were voted to Dr. Gray for his
very valuable gift.

The amendments to the By-Laws, proposed at the last
meeting, were then discussed, and the question being put to
vote, the following amendments were adopted : —

That the following Section be added to the By-Laws: —

“Srotion II. Or THe ELECTION oF OFFICERS.

“ Article 1. Whenever any existing or anticipated vacancy in
the list of officers is to be filled by election, a Nominating Committee

By-Laws.] 296 [February 18,

shall be appointed by the Society at a stated meeting, to bring in at
a subsequent meeting one or more nominations of persons to fill each
such vacancy; but additional nominations may also be made in any
other way.

“ Article 2._ No person shall be elected to any office until his
nomination has been under consideration by the Society for at least
two weeks.”

And, in consequence, that Sections II to X of the By-Laws
become Srcrtions III to XI, respectively.

SECTION Ley Articles 7 and 8.

That the words ‘Committees on Departments of the Museum’ be
substituted for the word ‘ Committees, where this word occurs for
the first time in each of these Articles.

Section V. Article 2.
That the word ‘of’ be changed to ‘on’ after the word ‘ Commit-
tee.’
Section VI. Article 1.

For the words ‘Committee on Publications,’ read ‘Publishing
Committee.’

February 18, 1874.

The President in the chair. Fifty-seven persons present.

eS
The following papers were read : —

On AMBER IN NortH AmeERICA. By Dr. H. A. HAGEN.

It may, perhaps, not be inopportune to draw the attention of
American geologists to an American paper published fifty years ago,
and treating of an interesting geological fact in a very interesting
manner, and nevertheless almost entirely overlooked since, at least
by all foreign naturalists.

1874.] 297 [Hagen.

Dr. G. Troost, of Baltimore, Md., published in the third volume of
Silliman’s American Journal of Science in 1821, a paper entitled,
“ Description of a variety of amber, and of a fossil substance sup-
posed to be the nest of an insect, discovered at Cape Sable, Magothy
River, Ann Arundel Co., Maryland.”

The title of the paper may have its share in its oblivion, because
the paper contains much more than is indicated by it, and gives an
elaborate account of the geological formation at Cape Sable, of the
successive situation and thickness of the strata, and a scientific de-
termination of their mineralogical contents. All statements of the
author concerning European amber, proving a perfect acquaintance
with the matter, are well founded, and, considering the time of pub-
lication, are rather remarkable.

Fifty years ago the geological strata containing the fossil called
amber (Bernstein), and still more, all the strata connected with it,
were hardly studied. Born in the country where most of the amber
known has been found for centuries, and initiated.in the study of the
subject by my grandfather and my father, both authors of valuable
papers about amber, I have myself studied’ this curious fossil and the
palzontological remains very often admirably preserved in it. By
mere accident I became aware of the existence of Dr. Troost’s
paper, entirely unknown to European naturalists, and of course over-
looked in every bibliography concerning amber.

Two valuable scientific periodicals + had published short extracts
of the quoted paper; nevertheless, at the time, these extracts were
overlooked, for these periodicals rarely contained geological mat-
ter. As the paper of Dr. Troost seemed to be exceedingly interest-
ing, I presented a translation to the Physico-Oeconomical Society
of Koenigsberg, Prussia, now for years the centre of all works and
studies concerning the amber of Europe. This translation was pub-
lished in the Society’s Memoirs, 1871, Vol. x1, with a learned and
interesting report from its most competent member, Dr. G. Berendt,
which report, together with somewhat more detailed written remarks
by the same geologist, induced me chiefly to present this communi-
cation.

1Schweigger Jahrbuch der Chemie u. Physik, 1822, p. 484. Karsten Archiv, Vol.
VI, p. 416.

Hagen. ] 298 [February 18,

The geological profile of Cape Sable in Maryland, according to
Dr. Troost, is formed as follows: —

15-70 feet thick. Sand, the lower part with a coarse ferrugineous
sandstone.
Mixture of lignite and sand with amber.

34-4 a Lignite.

15-20 Sand with large nests of pyrites, or instead, of
shaly clay.

5-12 ss Earthy lignite with pyriteous wood, and large

fragments of bituminous trees; with streaks and
nests of gray clay, pebbles of greasy quartz and
insect nests of earthy amber.

2-5 ee Argillaceous sandstone, with small masses of
pyrites.
4 o Whitish gray clay, exempt from pyrites.

White sand, in which the water is so abundant as
to render it difficult to penetrate lower.

Comparing this profile with the profile of the coast of Samland, in
Eastern Prussia, there is no resemblance to be found except in the
occurrence of amber in sandy strata, and the ageglutinations of the
sand by iron oxide (or iron oxide hydrate), similar to the so-called
krantlayers in Eastern Prussia. Whether the sand has any similarity
to the glauconite (Griin Sand) of the‘amber strata in Prussia, is
still entirely unknown; the agglutination being only a secondary
process, to be found in sands of the most different formations.

A striking difference between the amber strata in Eastern Prussia,
and those in Maryland, is the occurrence of the lignite only below
the amber strata in Maryland, only above the amber strata in Hast-
ern Prussia. This difference, and the immediate neighborhood of
amber and lignite, would perhaps indicate the occurrence of amber
in Maryland as homologous with the occurrence of amber in the
so-called striped sand belonging to the lignite layers of Eastern
Prussia. This supposition is supported by the fact quoted in the first
note at the end of Dr. Troost’s paper, which runs as follows: —

1874.] 999 [Hagen.

“According to Hotsman, who has examined the Prussian mines,
the amber seems not to be in contact with the pyrites, but the mines
are worked in a bed of coarse sand below.” Mr. Hotsman, by the
way, a person entirely unknown in Prussia, seems to have visited the
mines worked twenty-four years at the end of the last century, near
Great Hubnicken. These mines were undoubtedly situated in lignite
strata, and only those strata could have been chosen for a comparison
with the Maryland strata, and not at all those later discovered in a
ereater depth in the so-called blue earth, which is always below and
never above the coarse sand.

I am sorry that there is not a piece of Maryland amber at hand.
But the determination by Dr. Troost is to be accepted as correct,
because the remarks of the author prove his acquaintance with this
fossil, the more so as retinasphalt from the Magothy River, at Cape
Sable, was chemically analyzed by him, and the analysis published.
(c. f- Gmelin Handb. Chemie, 1866, p. 1836.)

A scientific opinion concerning the relation of the amber strata in
Maryland, and the stratum of the blue earth in Eastern Prussia, is
still impossible, and necessarily depends on a careful and more ex-
haustive examination of the American locality. It seems evident
that the strata, twenty to twenty-five feet thick, at Cape Sable, be-
long to tertiary lignite-bearing strata, a fact corroborated by later
published geological maps, giving the geological formation of Mary-
land as eocene and miocene, analogous to the geological formation of
the Samland coast in Eastern Prussia. Even the first stratum of Dr.
Troost, the fifteen to sixty or seventy feet sand above the amber
stratum, is apparently not to be separated from the lignite stratum.
The word alluvium, used in the beginning of the paper, designates
only what Werner calls aufgeschwemmte Gebirge — alluvial moun-
tains — and not the terms alluvium and diluvium used at present
as counterpart of the tertiary rocks.

As the only rich bed of amber in tertiary layers now known is that
on the coast of Samland in Eastern Prussia, a more thorough exami-
nation of the locality of Cape Sable would afford perhaps a great
interest for science and commerce. For practical purposes it would
be important to ascertain whether the bed of amber is sufficiently
rich to be worked, or whether the pyrites could not be used with
profit for the manufacture of sulphuric acid.

With regard to the scientific question, it would be necessary to
form a complete collection of samples of the different strata. A

Hagen.] ' 300 [February 18,

careful comparison of these samples with the Prussian strata would
afford a great deal of interest. In this connection the following ques-
tions would be of prominent importance.

American scientific literature, so far as I know, affords very little
concerning amber found in America. The Geology of New Jer-
sey by George H. Cook, State Geologist (Newark, 1868, p. 283),
says, amber is found irregularly distributed in all parts of the marl
region. Specimens have been seen from marl pits in every county of
the region, but there is no certainty of finding other specimens in the
same localities. Pieces enough to have filled a barrel are said to
have been taken from one marl pit at Shark River, about twelve
years ago, but since that, in looking over many hundred tons of marl
there, not a fragment was found. The mineral is yellow in color, but
is not so compact or lustrous as good specimens of foreign amber.

Dana’s Mineralogy mentions amber, and Appleton’s American Ge-
ologist, Vol. 1, p. 445, gives as localities, Amboy, N. J., Gayhead,
Martha’s Vineyard, Mass., and Cape Sable, Md.

Mr. H. D. Rogers, in his Description of the Geology of the State
of New Jersey, Philadelphia, 1840, mentions twice, pp. 180, 185, the
occurrence of amber. There is also a mention of American amber
in Silliman’s Amer. Journ., X, 171; xvut, 292. For these few data I
am indebted to Mr. W. Holden, of Marietta, Ohio.

Almost all my attempts to see pieces of amber found in America
have been unsuccessful. The University collections in Cambridge and
New Haven do not possess specimens. According to a communica-
tion from Mr. Ph. R. Uhler, in Baltimore, amber is found in Mary-
land, about twenty-five miles from Baltimore, in a lignite bed,
but in very small quantities, and he did not succeed in finding any
one possessing specimens. Through his kindness I obtained a small
piece from Pennsylvania, which, however, was declared not to be
amber at all, by the most experienced authorities in Prussia.

Later I was favored by Dr. Endlich, from Reading, Pennsylvania,
with two small pieces of true amber. But as no locality was given,
and as the pieces formerly belonged to an apothecary, who profes-
sionally used to keep some amber in store, I can not consider these
pieces as of undoubted American origin.

The discovery of amber in larger quantities in America would be
of the greatest interest. It orld certainly contain here, as in
Europe, fossil remains, and promote the knowledge of the fossil fauna
and flora in a remarkable manner. ‘The so-called insect nest and the

1874.] 30 1 [Hunt.

doubtful fruit mentioned by Dr. Troost, seem to prove that these
strata are not without paleontological remains. It may not be well
known to American students, (as the amber formation is a very local
one, and rich only in eastern Prussia), that the flora and fauna in-
cluded in the amber itself, or in the strata just above, have a decided
North American character. Professor Goppert, of Breslau, the
eminent botanist, goes even so far as to identify some of the amber
plants with some living ones in North America. I should add, that
his opinion is not shared by other German naturalists, and is even
positively contradicted for some species. Nevertheless, the similarity
is rather striking. ‘The amber fauna, mostly consisting of articulata,
gives an analogous result. A fossil amber-genus of white ants, Ter-
mopsis of Professor Heer, is represented by a single living species in
North America; and of a very remarkable Psocid, also found in am-
ber, Amphientomum, a species was discovered not long ago by Dr. A.
S. Packard, Jr., in New England.

It would be out of place to dwell more on these analogies here,
though many other facts are at hand. It may be that amber, which
also occurs in Greenland, will be discovered in the southern and
western parts of the United States. When I first saw the shores of
the Lakes Huron and Michigan, and the Island of Mackinaw, I was
so struck by their resemblance to the shores of my native country,
the very locality where amber is found, that I could not help thinking
that here also amber would be discovered.

I conclude by recommending to American geologists this interesting
seological question. The accidental circumstance of my birth in the,
as yet, richest amber country, convinced me of the advantages which
geologists may derive from a careful study of this singular mineral.

Dr. Chas. Pickering remarked that in 1826 specimens of
amber, claimed to have been brought from the region of the
Chesapeake and Delaware Bays, were plenty in Philadelphia,

Dr. Sterry Hunt observed that the glauconite or green-
sand marl of New Jersey, and along our eastern coasts, is
generally of cretaceous age, as in Hurope; although glauco-
nite is by no means confined to that horizon, since he had
analyzed and described glauconites of Cambrian age, viz. .
from the Potsdam of the Mississippi Valley, and from the

Hunt.] 302 [February 18,

Levis formation near Quebee. In Finland also these ancient
glauconites are found, while from Vermont he had examined
a glauconite of later tertiary age. Dr. Hunt had also re-
ceived from the late Dr. Torrey a kind of fossil resin from
the marl-pits of New Jersey, which had not yet been studied.
He referred farther to the well-known frequent occurrence
of a resin-like substance in the more recent coals and lignites
of the west, and said Dr. Newberry had observed a similar
matter in the paleozoic coal of Perry Co., Ohio. These
bodies are perhaps none of them identical with amber, but
so nearly related to it as to be of interest in this connection.
Dr. Hunt had also described a hard infusible resin in the
plant-bearmg Devonian sandstones of Gaspé, on the Gulf of
St. Lawrence, found cementing together grains of coarse
sand, and constituting about one-half the weight of the rock.
It resembles amber, but is perhaps more nearly related to the
substances named scleretinite and middletonite.

Tuer DEPOSITION OF CLAYS. By Dr. T. Sterry Hunt.

It is known to chemists that many bodies insoluble in water, when
in a finely divided state, remain for a long time in suspension in that
liquid, and readily pass with it through the pores of paper filters;
but that the addition to the water of a small portion of acid or saline
matter prevents this passage, and, moreover, causes the suspended
matters to subside rapidly, leaving the liquid clear. This tendency,
which shows itself in many uncrystalline substances, such as, for
example, hydrated titanic and stannic acids, and a certain modifica-
tion of hydrated ferric oxyd, is also very noticeable in clays. Itisa
well known fact that clayey waters will remain turbid for days, but
may be readily rendered clear by the addition of a little salt or alum,
which soon causes the clay to settle. The turbidity of such a water
is, in fact, a mark of the purity or freedom from soluble salts. Prof.
E. W. Hilgard has lately applied this property to the mechanical
analysis of soils, separating the clay from the sand by suspension in
pure water, and afterwards precipitating it by the addition of com-
mon salt. He employed for this purpose one and a half parts of salt
to one hundred of water, but found that the half of this quantity, or

1874.] 303 [Hunt.

even less, would suffice to cause the ready precipitation of the clay
from the water.

The first notice of the geological significance of this fact occurs, so
far as Iam aware, in the Report of Messrs. Humphreys and Abbot
on the Physics and Hydraulics of the Mississippi, published in
1861, where, in the Appendix A, page xr., Mr. Sidell, having exam-
ined the turbid waters of the river near its mouth, found it to con-
tain about one two-thousandth of suspended matter, chiefly clay,
which required from ten to fourteen days to subside. He, however,
observed that the addition to it of a portion of sea-water, or of com-
mon salt, alum, sulphate of magnesia or sulphuric acid, sufficed to
render the turbid water clear in from twelve to eighteen hours. He
thus explained the ready precipitation of the suspended clay when
these turbid waters come in contact with the salt waters of the Gulf,
causing great deposits of fine mud, and helping us to understand the
origin of the accumulations of argillites and clay slates which are met
with in various geological formations. ‘This action of salt water has
lately been insisted upon by an English author, who is apparently not
aware of the observations and conclusions of Mr. Sidell. The latter,
who does not appear to have followed farther this curious phenomenon
suggests that it may be explained by some action of the salts upon a
portion of dissolved organic matter, the coagulation of which may
precipitate the suspended clay; but experiments show that it is inde-
pendent of the presence of organic substances.

An explanation is, however, I think to be found in the researches
of Guthrie on the formation of Drops, published in the Proceedings
of the Royal Society for 1864 (Vol. x1v). In studying the size of
drops of water falling from a small sphere of ivory, he found that the
cohesion of the water was diminished when it held saline matters in
solution, as was shown by the smaller size of the drops. This was
verified by experiments with solutions of various strengths of nitre
and of chlorid of calcium. It was found that the addition of eight
parts of the latter salt to one thousand of water, reduced by one-
ninth the size of the drops, as determined by their lessened weight.
These results show a diminished cohesion of the liquid to the ivory
sphere, from which it was by the force of gravity made to fall. The
cohesion, in virtue of which the extremely attenuated particles of
clay are held suspended in water in opposition to gravity, is, in like
manner, so far reduced by the addition to the water of a portion of
saline matter, that gravity and cohesion rapidly assert themselves

Ridgway.] 304 [February 18,

among the suspended particles, which come together and soon sub-
side, leaving the saline liquid clear. The precipitation of suspended
clays is very rapid when a strong solution of salt is made use of.

THe Lower WaxspasH VALLEY, CONSIDERED IN ITS RELATION
TO THE FAUNAL DISTRICTS OF THE EASTERN REGION OF
NortH AMERICA; WITH A SYNOPSIS OF ITS AVIAN FAUNA.
By Ropert Ripeway.

Part I.— General Preliminary; Relation of the Lower Wabash
Valley to the Faunal Districts of the Eastern Region of North Amer-
ica ; local characteristics of its Avian Fauna.

The present paper is intended as a step toward supplying an im-
portant deficiency in our knowledge of the geographical distribution
of the birds of the Mississippi Valley. In this undertaking encour-
agement is given by the success of Mr. Allen’s treatment of the avi-
fauna of adjoining portions,! as well as by the hope that a gap exist-
ing between the local lists of the Atlantic States and those States
along the western border of the Mississippi may be filled.

It is the purpose to here present a condensed review of the birds
belonging to a section of the country which is of great interest to
ornithologists, from the fact that it is as yet comparatively a terra in-
cognita as regards our knowledge of the details of its bird life. No
portion of the Eastern Region of North America presents a richer
field for ornithological research. This arises from its unusually
favorable physical conditions and consequent diversity of natural
productions, for no portion of the continent is more replete with
both animal and vegetable life. The wild regions of the Far
West have been almost exhausted of novelties in this line through
the agency of numerous Government Surveys which have traversed
them in every direction, while the States bordering the Atlantic
have been pretty thoroughly worked up by the zealous efforts of

1 The titles of Mr. Allen’s papers on the birds of localities in the Mississippi Val-
ley, are the following: —

I. Notes on the Birds observed in wetieee Iowa (July 1 to Sept. 20 — 108 spe-
cies), Northern Illinois (June—94 species) and Richmond, Wayne Co., Indiana
(June — 72 species). Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. 1, pp. 491 — 526.

II. List of Birds observed in Leavenworth, Kansas, from May 2 to May 11, and
at Topeka, Kansas, from May 11 to May 24, 1871; with annotations. Bulletin of
the Mus. Comp. Zool., Cambridge, Mass., Vol. 111, No. 6, July, 1872, pp. 122-131.
(121 species.)

1874.] 305 [Ridgway.

various local naturalists; but the long-settled and easily-accessible
district here treated, has, to the present day, been neglected.

In his valuable work on the geographical distribution of North
American birds! Mr. Allen notes in the following words the lack of
information in regard to the avifauna of the region of which the lower |
Wabash Valley is a part:—“ The data are tolerably full only for
the region embraced between the St. Lawrence and the Upper Lakes
on the north, and the Ohio River and Virginia on the south. Much
is also known, however, in regard to the other Atlantic States; but
in respect to the whole region of the lower Mississippi and the Gulf
States, the recorded facts bearing upon this subject are lamentably few.
The importance of complete and carefully annotated lists of the
birds of many localities in the South Atlantic and Gulf States, and
in the Mississippi Valley, is hence clearly manifest” (p. 391, italics
are ours.) Although the lower Wabash Valley does not appar-
ently come within the region indicated above in a geographical sense,
yet it is demonstrable that it is strictly a part of it as far as its natu-
ral productions are concerned.

The field of this paper comprises the area drained by the Wabash
River and its tributaries, both in Illinois and in Indiana, as far north
as Vincennes, and lies between parallels 38° and 39° North latitude.
The greater part of the investigations upon which it is based have,
however, been made in the vicinity of Mt. Carmel (Wabash County)
and Olney (Richland County) in Illinois, and on the Indiana side of
the Wabash River directly opposite the former locality: Occasional
excursions to the southward not having revealed the slightest differ-
ence in the avifauna from that of the three points mentioned, it is
presumed that its character is quite homogeneous throughout the
whole extent of the district named. In fact, though the distance
from the Ohio River to the nearest point on the Gulf of Mexico
is fully six hundred miles, no very marked change can be noticed
in either the fauna or flora in proceeding southward along the Missis-
sippi, until the alligator (A. mississippiensis), long moss (Tillandsia
usneoides), evergreen magnolia (JZ. grandiflora), live oak (Quercus
virens) and fan-palm (Chamcrops) are first found, at a certain lati-
tude (somewhere near the parallel of 33°), which marks the northern
limit of the sub-tropical belt of the Gulf coast. Of course the char-
acteristic southern species gradually become more abundant, to the

1 Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., Vol. 11,
No. 3, pp. 375-425, 1870.
PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 20 JUNE, 1874.

Ridgway.] 306 [February 18,

southward, but nearly all extend northward well into the Wabash
Valley.

The vegetation of the lower Wabash Valley if not essentially
southern has a very decided impress of the southern character, the
subtropical forms mentioned above being the main desiderata.
Among the forest trees the pecan (Carya oliveformis) extends up the
Wabash as far as Terre Haute; the bald cypress (Taxodium dis-
tichum) forms a swamp in Knox Co., Indiana, covering seventeen
thousand acres;! the catalpa (C. bignonioides) is a common under-
wood throughout the bottom-lands south of Vincennes; while the
tupelo gum (Nyssa uniflora), water locust (Gileditschia monosperma),
southern hackberry (Celtis mississippiensis) and lyre-leafed oak ( Quer-
cus lyrata) are more or less abundant in the woods. The tropical
family Bignoniacee has four representatives, viz., Catalpa bignonior-
des, Bignonia capreolata, Tecoma radicans and Martynia proboscidea
—all abundant —only one other species (Zecoma stans, found in
Florida) occurring in the United States. Besides these southern
plants, the Cocculus carolinus, several southern species of Smilax and
Cuscuta, the Hibiscus grandiflorus, Cabomba caroliniana, Nelumbium
luteum (growing in great abundance and magnificence) and a host
of other strictly southern species attest the decidedly southern na-
ture of vegetation of the lower Wabash.2, Among the southern
reptiles the following species have been found near Mt. Carmel:? An-
cistrodon piscivorus (the dreaded “cotton-mouth” or moccasin of south-

ern plantations), Hutcenia fairey), E. dorsalis, E. proxima, Tropidonotus .

erythrogaster, T. transversus, Heterodon cognatus, Coluber confinis,

1 Wabash County, Illinois, contains 128,420 acres; 69,853, or more than one-half
of this area is woodland, most of which is primitive forest. (County assessment of
1873.)

2 In this connection the reader is referred to the following papers by the writer,
published in the American Naturalist: —Notes on the Vegetation of the lower
Wabash Valley.—I. The Forests of the Bottom Lands, Voi. vi, Nov., 1872.—
II. Peculiar Features of the Bottom Lands, Vol. v1, Dec., 1872.— III. The Woods
and Prairies of the Upland Portions, Vol. vi1, March, 1873.

3 In giving the above list of Ophidians, I must acknowledge the valuable assist-
ance rendered me in this line by my friend Mr. Lucien M. Turner, of Mt. Carmel,
who has collected many of the species named, and has them in his possession. The
doubtful of these have been determined by Professor Cope, so that their identifi-
cation is authentic. My authorities for the other species are Mr. Kennicott’s
list in the first volume of the Illinois Agricultural Report (1853, pp. 591-593), and
the invoice sheets and specimens in the Smithsonian Collection. The total number
of species of serpents known with certainty to be found in Illinois, is about 45;
this number no doubt will be increased to considerably more than fifty species.

1874.] 307 ) [Ridgway.

Ophibolus sayi, Osceola elapsoidea, Abastor erythrogrammus and Cych-
lophis cestivus. In addition to these, other collectors, chiefly Mr. Ken-
nicott, have obtained the following species in different portions of
Southern Illinois:-— Tropidonotus woodhousi, Regina grahami, Ophi-
bolus doliatus, O. evansi, Diadophis arnyi, Haldea siriatula, Farancia
abacurus, Virginia valeria, V. elegans, Celuta helene and C. vermis.
Of the seven species of lizard which are known to be inhabitants of
Illinois, four of them (Ophisaurus lineatus, O. ventralis, Lygosoma later-
ale and Ameiva sex-lineata) are chiefly southern. Among the mammals
the southern Vulpes virginianus and Lynx rufus largely preponderate
over, if they do not replace, the northern V. fulvus and L. canadensis.
There also oceur Neotoma floridana, Hesperomys aureola, H. (Oryzo-
mys) palustris, and Reithrodon humilis —all emphatically southern
species.

The avian-fauna of this section is as quite decidedly southern as
the reptilian-fauna and the flora. Mr. Allen considers twenty-four
species of birds as peculiar to the ‘‘ Louisianian Fauna.” Of this num-
ber only ten remain to be discovered in Southern Illinois. Few of
these ten species have been found so far as one hundred miles away
from the coast, since their distribution is governed by other conditions
than those of climate. They are mostly pelagic or littoral species,
which of course never go inland, and tropical land-birds which in
the United States are confined to the hot Gulf-coast. The species
are the following: — Puffinus obscurus (strictly pelagic); Platalea
ajaja, Ibis alba, Demiegretta ludoviciana, Chamcpelia passerina,
Quiscalus major, Picus borealis, Sitta pusilla, Helinaia swainsont
(known only from Georgia and Florida) and Helminthophaga bach-
mannit (known only from lower South Carolina and Cuba). Of
these, Ibis alba and Demiegretta ludoviciana will probably yet be
found in Southern Illinois, since they have been traced quite as far to
the northward both on the Atlantic coast and west of the Mississippi.
Platalea ajaja may possibly occur, since Plotus anhinga and Tantalus
loculator, equally characteristic of the Tropics, are quite common.
Picus borealis and Sitta pusilla are without doubt yet to be found
among the yellow pines (Pinus mitis) and red cedars (Juniperus
virginianus) which grow abundantly in many localities south of Wa-
bash County. Quiscalus major and Chamepelia passerina are hardly
to be looked for, for evident reasons. The remaining fourteen have
already been detected, the following being the species: Peucea esti-
valis (common, breeding; known before only from Georgia and aid-

Ridgway.] 808 [February 18,

joming portions of Florida and South Carolina); Cyanospiza ciris
(one specimen); Protonotaria citrea (a very abundant and character-
istic summer bird in the bottom-lands); Dendroica dominica (not
rare, breeding); Antrostomus carolinensis (not rare, breeding?);
Campephilus principalis (rare — but probably as numerous as it is
anywhere, and breeding); Conurus carolinensis (formerly excessively
abundant, but now exceedingly rare, except in certain bottom-lands,
and breeding) ; Catharista atrata (occasional) ; [ctinia mississippiensis
(very abundant on the prairies, and breeding); Nauclerus Sorficatus
(excessively abundant on the prairies, and breeding); Elanus leucurus
(one pair noticed in summer at a lagoon in the bottom-lands) ; Tantalus
loculator (quite common, — breeding ?); Plotus anhinga (rare as far
north as Mt. Carmel, but common towards. the Ohio, — breeding ?);
Porzana jamaicensis (not rare, breeding); and Graculus dilophus var.
Jfloridanus. Besides these, the writer has also found the Asturina
nitida (var. plagiata), a hawk of tropical America not previously
found within the United States (see “American Naturalist,” Vol. v1,
July, 1872, p. 430), though it was obtained by Lieut. Couch on the
Mexican side of the Rio Grande, and has since been found breeding
in Arizona, by Capt. Bendire.

The great mass of the birds, however, are mainly those character-
istic of the “ Carolinian Fauna,” as defined by Mr. Allen (pp. 394,
395), all of these being abundant, with the exception of some species
belonging to the littoral and pelagic series,! which, of course, are not
found at all. The following species of this fauna are permanent
residents in the lower Wabash Vailey, and are as abundant in win-
ter as in summer : —Cardinalis virginianus, Thryothorus ludovicianus,
Lophophanes bicolor, Centurus carolinus, Rhinogryphus aura, Parus
carolinensis and Thryomanes bewicki. The last two species Mr. Allen
omits from his list, but they are strikingly characteristic of the

1 What I term the Atlantic littoral series is a group of birds composed of four
terrestrial and several aquatic species. which are never found away from the salt
marshes or beaches of the Atlantic coast. These species are the followi’g: — Am-
modromus maritimus, A. caudacutus, Passerculus princeps, Corvus ossifragus,
Tringa canuta (?), Hematopus palliatus, Rallus crepitans, etc. This series is rep-
resented on the Pacific coast by a corresponding one composed of Passerculus
Corvus caurinus, Aphriza virgata, Heterosceles brevipes and Hematopus rostratus
and niger. The littoral series is to be distinguished from the pelagic series, com-
posed of various Longipennes and Anatide. The latter, like the aquatic forms of
the littoral series, are more nomadic, and are apt to follow large water-courses
inland, many of them being found about the Great Lakes.

1874.] 309 [Ridgway.

Carolinian Fauna, although the latter appears to be very rare east of
the Alleghanies.

The extremes of temperature in winter and summer, which are
perhaps greater in the Mississippi Valley than in corresponding lati-
tudes of the Atlantic States, no doubt explain why the northern
species extend so much farther south and the southern ones so much
farther north, in their respective seasons of migration, in the former
region than in the latter. In short, there are more northern birds in
winter and more southern ones in summer. The sedentary fauna
associates in summer with one possessing a decided subtropical im-
press, while in winter it mingles with the aretic series. The resident
Cardinalis virginianus, Lophophanes bicolor, Parus carolinensis, Thry-
othorus ludovicianus, T’. bewicki and Centurus carolinus associate in
summer with Cyanospiza ciris, Guiraca caerulea, Peucea esiivalis,
Protonotaria citrea, Dendroica dominica, Conurtis carolinensis, An-
trostomus carolinensis, Campephilus principalis, and such southern
forms, while their winter companions are Agiothus linaria, Loxia
americana, L. leucoptera, Plectrophanes lapponicus, P. pictus, P. niva-
lis, Pinicola canadensis, ete.; Astur atricapillus, Nyctea scandiaca
and Nyctale acadica, may be seen in winter, where in summer Astur-
ina plagiata, Ictinia mississippiensis, Nauclerus forficatus, Elanus
leucurus, and Strix pralincola replace them. ‘There is likewise an
extensive overlapping of the western and eastern faune, since the
eastward extension of the Missouri plains, in the modified form of the
Illinois prairies, causes many of the western species to range as far
at least as the Wabash River. The eastern species pass thei and
reach as far west as the Missouri River— many of them to the Rocky
Mountains, or even well into that range itself.

The western element in the Illinois bird-fauna is thus rendered con-
spicuous by the abundance of Chondestes grammaca, Collurio excubiio-
roides and Hremophila alpestris, which breed plentifully almost every-
where; Vireo bellii is common, locally, even on the most eastern
prairies in the State; Stwrnella neglecta is sparingly scattered over the
same area, while on those of the central and western portions Spizella
pallida is found. Xanthocephalus icterocephalus is common, even
abundant, in suitable sections, nearly throughout the State; Helmin-
thophaga celata is abundant in the Wabash Valley during both the
spring and fall migrations. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus is occasional
in winter, while Falco polyagrus and Buteo swainsoni occur nregu-

‘

Ridgway.] 310 i [February 18,

larly at various seasons! ‘This overlapping of the faune from the
four points of the compass, in consequence of the central geographi-
eal location of the State, accounts for the peculiarly rich and varied
nature of the Illinois Avian Fauna. .

In studying the bird-life of Southern Illinois, the ornithologist from
the Atlantic States is at once impressed with many points wherein
it differs from that to which he has been accustomed in the East.
In summer he misses the chant of the song sparrow (Melospiza melo-
dia),? and the merry gabbling song of the house wren (Tvroglodytes
edon); these seem to be entirely replaced by the Chondestes gram-
maca, a\western species possessing an unrivalled song, and the
Thryomanes bewicki, with a loud, clear chant similar to but much
finer than\ that of Melospiza. In the meadows the “ dick-sissels ”
(Euspiza americana) are abundant, the males perching upon the
fence stakes as they. pour forth their rude but incessant ditty; around
the border of the old fields the rich musical chant of the Peucea est-
valis is heard; in the groves the fine robin-like, but well-sustained,
song of the vermilion tanager (Pyranga estiva) delights the ear, while
troops of tufted titmice (Lophophanes bicolor) and Carolina chick-
adees (Parus carolinensis) rove noisily through the woods. Among
the shade trees of the town-parks, and along even the Jusiest
streets, red-bellied and red-headed woodpeckers (Centurus carolinus
and Melanerpes erythrocephalus) sport without fear, while the blue
jays (Cyanura cristata) descend from the orchard into the yards
to pick up scraps of food from the very doorsteps. If he leaves
the town and visits the wild woods in the “bottoms,” the birds
are as unfamiliar as the scenery. The cerulean warbler (Dendro-

1 As might be expected from their habits of life and facilities for migration,
there is but a small mixture of the western element in the Iinois reptilian-fauna.
Still, Hutenia parietalis occurs plentifully in the Wabash Valley, and Bascanion
jflaviventris is found in other portions of Southern Illinois. Both of these species
belong to the Western Region south of 40°. There may be other western forms
found in the State, of which I am not aware.

21n Southern Iowa, according to Mr. Trippe (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Oct.,
1872, p. 237), the song sparrow is ‘abundant in spring and fall, but not observed to
breed, Shy and retiring, a complete contrast to the eastern. song-sparrow.” In
Southern Illinois this is also the case, the species being there a winter sojourner,
abundant, but very retiring, inhabiting almost solely the bushy swamps in the bot-
tom-lands, and unknown as @ song bird. The same are also probably its habits
throughout Illinois and the adjacent districts. This is a remarkable instance of
variation in habits with longitude of one geographical race, since in the Atlantic
States it breeds abundantly as far south at least as the parallel of 38°, and is besides
one of the most familiar of the native birds.

1874.] 811 [Ridgway.

ica cerulea) is abundant —but secure from the reach of shot —
in the tops of the tall trees; around any pond the prothonotary
and yellow-throated warblers (Protonotaria citrea and Dendroica
dominica) may be seen, the one flitting through the bushes, the other
creeping around and hanging from the branches which bend over the
water. In the dark, damp portions of the forest are heard the rich
liquid notes of the Louisiana water thrush (Seiurus ludovicianus)
and cardinal-like song of the Kentucky warbler (Oporornis formosus).

On the prairies! Henslow’s bunting (Coturniculus henslowi) and
the shore lark (Hremophila alpestris) are the most characteristic birds,
along with Vireo bellu, Sturnella neglecta, Chondestes grammaca,
Collurio excubitoroides (the two latter also common birds in cleared
districts of the wooded portions), and Euspiza americana; while the
eracefully floating flight of swarms of swallow-tailed kites (Vau-
clerus forficatus), and the beautiful evolutions of Mississippi kites
(Ictinia mississippiensis) form a sight to be witnessed elsewhere only
on the prairies of the South-west. .

In winter the birds are even more numerous than in summer,
though the increase in the number of individuals is accompanied by
a diminution of the species. From about one hundred and fifteen to
over one hundred and fifty species remain during the winter, the
number varying considerably according to the character of the sea-
son; the former number represents about the minimum of winter
residents, or the number found in severe winters, and the latter the
maximum of mild winters. Of course quite a large proportion of
them are more or less rare; but at least fifty species are represented
by a perfect host of individuals. Among the brush-heaps, in
the new clearings, in the briary scrub overgrowing neglected
fields, in the shrubbery along the fences, and particularly in
the bushy swamps in the bottom-lands, the sparrow tribe literally
swarms, the most abundant species being the Spizella monticola,
Melospiza melodia, M. lincolni, M. palustris, Zonotrichia albicollis,
Z. leucophrys and Junco hyemalis, each represented by multitudes;
associated with these excessively abundant species are plentiful
numbers of Pipilo erythrophthalmus, Cardinalis virginianus, Passerella
iliaca and Thryothorus ludovicianus, besides a few of Spizella pusilla.

In the woods are troops of Lophophanes bicolor (the most abund-
ant and noisy of all our birds), nearly as many of Cyanura cris-
tata, an abundance of Parus carolinensis, Sitta carolinensis and Den-

1See American Naturalist, Vol. vu, April, 1873.

Ridgway.] S12 [February 18,

droica coronata, a fair sprinkling of Sitta canadensis, and now and
then a Sayornis fuscus and Turdus pallasi; while in very mild
winters the Seiwrus noveboracensis is often seen. Of woodpeckers
eight species (Picus villosus, P. pubescens, Sphyropicus varius, Hylo-
tomus pileatus, Centurus carolinus, Melanerpes erythrocephalus and
Colapies auratus) are abundant.

Many of the foregoing species are nearly constant inhabitants of
the door-yards and orchards, even in towns, the most familiar ones
being Junco hyemalis, Zonotrichia leucophrys, Z. albicollis, Spizella
monticola, Cardinalis virginianus, Lophophanes bicolor, Parus caro-
linensis, Cyanura cristata and Dendroica coronata.

With few exceptions, the birds of the bottom-lands are different
from those usually found in the dryer and more open districts. In
summer they are very difficult to procure, owing to the fatigue and
various anoyances endured in the search for them; the value of the
few obtained, however, will almost surely compensate for all the
trouble experienced. Going into these heavy, luxuriant woods upon
awarm day in June or July, they are so perfectly silent as to ap-
pear at first entirely uninhabited. No sooner has one come to this
conclusion, however, than a yellow-throated vireo (V. flavifrons) flits
across the path, for this bird is always upon the alert for intruders,
and the individual in question has heard your approach. Alighting
on a prominent twig he stretches out his neck, and peers curiously
at you; if satisfied, he vanishes into the maze of foliage; but if his
curiosity develop into suspicion, he suddenly breaks the silence with
his harsh, scolding notes, which startle from their noon-day siesta all
the little birds in that part of the woods. It is the well-known signal
of the presence of an enemy, and soon the springing of light twigs
and jostling of leaves, with an occasional twitter and chirp, makes
you suddenly aware that there are birds all around. Among the
numerous little fellows which are now and then detected peeking
slyly at you, as they hop cautiously among the branches, or flit, with
as little noise as possible, through the foliage, may be distinguished
two sets, one keeping near or upon the ground, the other de-
scending from the tree-tops to the lower branches. The most
conspicuous member of the former class is the Kentucky warbler
(Oporornis formosus), while his companions are the hooded, worm-
eating, prothonotary, and blue-winged yellow, warblers (MJyiodioctes
mitratus, Helmitherus vermivorus, Protonotaria citrea and Helmintho-
phaga pinus), and large-billed water thrush (Seiwrus ludovicianus).

{G
1
i
:

1874.] Silty [Ridgway.

These are the chief terrestrial species, the oven bird, or orange-
crowned thrush (Seiurus aurocapillus) and Carolina wren (Thryotho-
rus ludovicianus) being about the only ones which ever reinforce
them. The arboreal series consists chiefly of “wood warblers ” (Den-
droice), instead of “ground warblers,” (Geothlypee) and “worm-
eating warblers” (Vermivoree). D. cerulea is by far the most
common species, and with it are seen D. dominica, Mniotilta varia,
Setophaga ruticilla, Parula americana, and occasionally D. pinus.
Lanivireo flavifrons, Vireosylvia olivacea, V. gilva, and several Empi-
donaces (E. acadicus, E. traillii, and occasionally E. minimus — the
former most abundant, the latter rare) about complete the list of
small birds which are most likely to be observed — though the scarlet
tanager (Pyranga rubra) may flash across an opening in the foliage,
and alighting on a bare twig, sit as if intended for pure orna-
ment, his intense scarlet plumage with velvety-black wings and tail
contrasting richly with the green background of foliage. This spe-
cies is mentioned the more particularly because the vermilion tanager
(P. estiva), so common in the dry or upland woods, is rarely, if ever,
seen in the forest of the bottom-lands.

It will be noticed that in this fauna the Fringilline element is
entirely wanting, but this becomes a component part as soon as an
open copse or glade in the woods is reached. Then we find it
represented by Cardinalis virginianus, Pipilo erythrophthalmus, Spizella
pusilla and Cyanospiza cyanea; few, if any, other [’ringillide ever
occurring at this season in the bottom-lands along with these species.

In addition to the foregoing, few birds are likely to be met with
during the sultry mid-day; but towards evening, when their retreats
grow cooler, every variety of animal life wakens into activity. Squir-
rels (Sciurus ludovicianus and S. carolinensis) scamper through the
tree-tops; several species of Cicada deafen the ear with their screech-
ing, trilling and sawing notes; and birds which have been hidden and
silent during the warmer part of the day leave their places of con-
cealment and become noisy. The pzeet, isip and pit of various war-
blers is heard among the canes or thé spice-wood bushes; the peerless
whistlings of the Zhryothorus ludovicianus and the rich song of the
Seiurus ludovicianus — so full of power and sweetness —is heard
from a neighboring swamp. Perched upon the outstretched arms
of a huge sycamore, whose old, dead, snow-white branches over-
hang a lagoon, sits a great crested fly-catcher (Myiarchus crinitus),
uttering the screaming whistles and irritable twitter so characteristic

*

Ridgway.] 314 [February 18,

of the species and so much in harmony with the wildness of a virgin
forest. Parakeets (Conurus carolinensis) occasionally commence
their screeching notes, and now and then a solitary individual —
more rarely a small flock — dashes by as it pursues its rapid, erratic
flight through the trees. Oftener, however, they may be heard on
every hand, but the closest and most persevering search will fail to
discover one of them, since their green color renders it almost im-
possible to distinguish them from the thick foliage in which they
are hidden. The yelping “log-cock,” or “ black wood-cock ” (Hylo-
tomus pileatus) is sure to be now and then seen or heard, while
a glimpse at a noble ivory-bill (Campephilus principalis) is a possible
sight. As the evening shades thicken, and the stars come out,
the melancholy notes of the whip-poor-will (Antrostomus vocif-
erus) are heard, occasionally answered by the louder voice of the
chuck-will's-widow (A. carolinensis); at intervals we hear the plain-
tive, wailing notes of the wood pewee (Contopus virens), and the
monotonous lisping note of the Empidonax acadicus; while the
utterances of these twilight birds— all expressive of great solitude —
are accompanied by the rasping of the katydids aud the chirp of
crickets. These nocturnal voices of the forest of the bottom-lands
continue without intermission through the night, though in the neigh-
borhood of the bayous or “ ponds” they are drowned by the chorus
of frogs, whose notes range from the delicate peep of a warbler to the
hoarse bellowing of a bull. These, in turn, are frightened to silence
by the harsh discordant squawk of the great blue heron (Ardea
herodias), as, startled, he flies up at one’s approach. Before the frogs
resume their clatter one hears the little screech owl (Scops asio)
wailing tremulously. The loud echoing hoot of the barred owl
(Syrnium nebulosum), and the hoarser, more gutteral utterance of the
great horned owl (Budo virginianus), are heard at intervals until
morning, when they are relieved by the gobbling and yelping of the
wild turkeys (Meleagris sylvestris) and the various notes of the other
birds which usher in the day.

1874.] 315 (Ridgway.

Part Il. Consideration of Climatic Influence upon Color, as mani-
fested in the Birds of the Lower Wabash Valley.

The law of increased intensity of color to the southward is al-
ready well understood;! and that the birds of the Mississippi Valley
are more brightly colored than individuals of the same species from
parallel latitudes on the Atlantic coast is another law which Mr.
Allen’s observations in Eastern Kansas have developed and which my
own in Southeastern Illinois confirm. On pages 113 and 115 of Mr.
Allen’s paper, cited at the beginning of this article, that gentleman
tells us that “in the woodlands of Eastern Kansas a decided general
tendency to a greater intensity of color than at the northward was
noticed, in accordance with the law of the increase in intensity of
color to the southward, which in several* species was especially
marked. The males of the common indigo bird (Cyanospiza cyanea)
were not only much more than ordinarily lustrous, but the females
shared the blue tint of the males to an unusual degree.” The cardinal
found there “makes a decided approach to the thick-billed race of
this bird found in Lower California (C. zgneus auct.).”

In regard to this law there is a striking analogy, with minor dis-
-tinctive features to be noted afterwards, between Eastern Kansas
and Southeastern Illinois. Specimens of Cardinalis virginianus from
Mt. Carmel and Olney are as intensely red as those from Florida
while this tint is at the same time much purer; they have also about
the same general size and form, while the dimensions of the bill
are similar. Males of Pyranga estiva? are of a far richer vermilion
than those from Washington, D.C., and resemble more nearly ex-

1 Jn this connection see especially the following works : —
ALLEN, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 11, No. 3, pp. 233-236.— Jb., Do., Vol. 111, No. 6,
p. 114.— 1b., Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. xv, pt. 2, Dec., 1872,
p. 214.
RipGway, Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 3d ser., Vol. rv, Dec., 1872, p. 454; Jan.,
1873, p. 39. — ib., American Naturalist, Sept., 1878, p.
CouEs, Am. Nat., July, 1873, p. 417.

2Tn the Colorado province of the United States and the contiguous portions of
Western Mexico, is a well-marked geographical race of this species, characterized
by much larger size, and purer, though lighter, red colors. In the opinion which
they pass upon its merits as a valid race, several authors (see Coues’ “‘“Key to North
American Birds” p. 111, and Maynard’s “ Birds of Florida.”’ pt. 11, p. 85) are at
fault, evidently because their conclusions were not supported by the examinations
of specimens and comparison of them with the eastern form. Dr. Coues has made
this comparison since the publication of his “‘ Key,’ and the race is consequently
recognized in his later ‘‘Check List’’ (p. 23, No. 108a); but for the benefit of those
who persist in ignoring it, the following facts are presented: (1.) Eastern specimens

Ridgway.] 316 [February 18,

amples from tropical America. Centurus carolinus frequently has
the entire lower parts tinged with red, the belly bright scarlet, and
the lower part of the head strongly tinged with the same color; the
amount of this red tinge is about the same as in the Florida form, but
its tint is a pinkish scarlet mixed with salmon-pink, instead of dingy
purplish, on a duller ground. JZelanerpes eryihrocephalus often has
the abdomen strongly washed with salmon-pink, with touches of
brighter reddish. In males of Geothlypis trichas the yellow of the
lower parts is generally nearly continuous, being seldom interrupted
by a large creamy-whitish abdominal area, as is universally the case
in specimens from the States along the Atlantic Coast. In this fea-
ture they incline decidedly to G. melanops Baird (= var. melanops —
see Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, Dec., 1872) from Eastern Mexico.
The quail (Ortyz virginianus) is represented by a style intermediate
between that of Southern Florida (var. floridanus Coues) and the
common form of the New England and Middle States. Many males
have as much black as the Florida birds, but less plumbeous and
more rufous. One (No. 961), in my own collection, from Mt. Car-
mel, has the black jugular collar almost as wide as in the var. cuban-

ensis, from Cuba and the bill is as large as that of any Ficrida_

example with which it has been compared. In general size the quails
of Southern Illinois average a trifle larcer than those from Florida.
It is somewhat difficult to decide to which district — the Gulf Coast
or the Plains — the lower Wabash Valley inclines most in the matter
of climatic variation in color, its intermediate geographical location
making it rather neutral in this respect. After careful study, how-
ever, it has been found that in the birds of the densely wooded portions
thé Gulf-coast impress is more marked, while on those of the prairies
the modifications characteristic of the Plains are more perceptible.

of var. estiva never approach the characters of var. cooperi, and it is only in Mid-
dle Mexico and on the Upper Rio Grande, that the two begin to intergrade, which
they there do just like all other con-specific regional representatives along the line
of junction of the provinces they respectively inhabit. (2.) Having seen a sufii-
cient number of specimens of both forms, I am prepared to maintain that the char-
acters of var. cooperi are as tangible and constant as those of any other geographi-
cal form of any American species. Indeed, they are so apparent that the type
specimens are labelled in Dr. Coues’ own handwriting ‘‘P. hepatica,” which would
seem to suggest that they looked somewhat different to him from P. estiva. ‘The
form was also mentioned under the name of “Pyranga hepatica Swains.,’’ in his
‘¢ Prodrome of a work on the Ornithology of Arizona Territory ”’ (p. 35).

The P. cooperi is a large-billed, long-winged, long-tailed race, peculiar to Western
Mexico and the Arizona district, and holds an exactly parallel relation to P. estiva
that Myiarchus coopers of the same region does to MV. irritabilis of Eastern Mexico.

2S ASE Ci ee

1874.] Sen _ [Ridgway.

As above noted, quails from the heavily-wooded portions in the
vicinity of the Wabash River exhibit the dark colors and thick bills
of the Florida specimens; on the other hand, those from the wide
prairies of the central and western portions of the State incline al-
most as decidedly toward var. texanus of the southwestern plains;
the latter is typical as far north as the Republican River, in Kansas.
The shrike (Collurio) is apparently much more like excubitoroides
than ludovicianus, since J have yet to see a specimen from Southern
Illinois — even from the immediate vicinity of the Wabash River —
which inclines at all toward the Gulfcoast form.

The Cardinal (Cardinalis virginianus) has the size and exact pro-
portions throughout of the Florida bird; but the colors are very much
purer though equally intense. In colors the resemblance is closer to
specimens from the Rio Grande, which, however, incline more toward
var. coccineus, of Eastern Mexico, in possessing a more robust bill
and narrower black frontlet. The difference from the Kansas form is
very remarkable considering the nearness to each other of the two
localities. J have examined Mr. Allen’s specimens from Ft. Leaven-
worth, and they seem to be almost typical var. igneus! The Peucca
cestivalis is precisely like that from Florida and Georgia. In Kan-
sas they have, apparently, only P. cassini, a very distinct species.
Among the chickadees I have never seen a specimen which inclined
toward P. atricapillus, much less toward yar. septentrionalis; all are
P. carolinensis, a very distinct species.

In regard to the meadow larks (Stwrnella) some very curious facts
have been observed bearing directly upon the nature of the relation-
ship which the S. magna and S. neglecta bear to each other.
Throughout the wooded districts all these birds are pure magna, with
songs and other notes precisely like those of the same species found
along the Atlantic coast, and not approaching in the least degree,
either in habits, notes or plumage, the S. neglecta. In size they
are more like those from Florida than those from more nearly the
same latitude to the eastward, while their colors are slightly purer,
richer, and more sharply contrasted; but there is no tendency to
the peculiar features of S. neglecta. On the prairies, however, the
songs of meadow larks may be heard which I have been unable to
distinguish from those of the western birds, and they are very
probably of that species. These songs are in the proportion of about
one to half a dozen listened to in the course of an hour, the others
being the ordinary notes. Whether these birds with the song
of S. neglecta are really that species or merely denote the commence-

Ridgway.] he 318 [February 18,

ment of modifications toward that form, I have failed to decide by
the securing of specimens. I strongly incline to the epinion that
the former is really the true state of the case, since in Southern
Iowa the two species occur together on the same prairies, and yet
each preserves its own characteristics of habits, notes, etc., without
mixing or otherwise interfering with the other. (in this connection
see T. Martin Trippe, in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. x1v,
pt. 11, Dec., 1872, p. 229.)

Part Ill. The times of Migrating and Nesting of the Birds of the
Lower Wabash Valley.

The return of the birds which have passed the winter to the south-
ward commences almost with the year, but the species that arrive in
January are those which in mild winters are resident, such as Rhino-
gryphus aura, Ectopistes migratoria, and various water-fowl. February
ushers in but few land-birds, the Seiurus ludovicianus being about
the only true non-resident one. In March they begin to arrive in
earnest, and from this the number increases until about the 20th
of April, after which there is a gradual falling off, but very few spe-
cies making their first appearance in May. The height of the
“warbler season” is about the 20th of April, when the fruit trees,
both cultivated and wild, are in full blossom,.during which time the
trees literally swarm with the various species of this tribe, engaged
in catching the insects which infest the flowers. The summer sojourn-
ers do not begin to depart until about the middle of September, but by
the end of that month the majority of them are gone. Dendroica do-
minica remains until the 13th of September; D. estiva until the 27th;
Seiurus aurocapillus, Vireo flavifrons, V. olivaceus and Oporornis formo-
sus remain until well along in October; Dendroica palmarum has been
shot October 15th; Tvrochilus colubris was observed Oct. Ist; Chetura
pelagica stays as late as Oct. 20th; Stelgidopteryx serripennis has been
observed on the 17th; Galeoscoptes carolinensis on the 15th; Cyano-
spiza cyanea about the 15th; Guiraca cerulea on the 6th; Contopus
virens on the 15th; Coccygus erythrophthalmus on the 19th; C. ameri-
canus on the 15th. The return southward of species which breed
farther north commences before the summer sojourners begin to
leave. Empidonax minimus and Seiurus noveboracensis are common
in August, but these two species may possibly nest in small numbers.
The latter sometimes remains through mild winters. Most of the
winter birds come in October, but in one season the snow bird Junco

1874.] 319 [Ridgway.

hyemalis arrived as early as September 26th, though another season
it had not appeared as late as the 20th of October. None of them
remain longer than the early part of April, the last lingering individ-
uals of the snow bird and purple finch (Carpodacus purpureus)
departing by the 10th.

It is a curious fact, and one which perhaps has been noted before,
that many species of the migratory warblers pass northward through
the country east of the Alleghanies and return southward through
the Mississippi Valley, and vice versa. Dendroica castanea, D. black-
burnie, D. maculosa and Myiodioctes canadensis are abundant in
autumn, but I have never seen a specimen of either in the spring,
when all are common in the Atlantic States. On the other hand,
Perissoglossa tigrina, D. cerulescens, D. palmarum and Oporernis
agilis, are more or less abundant in spring, but rare or wanting in
autumn. D. pennsylvanica, though it comes in spring and remains
all summer, is yet abundant only in the fall when the young (in the
green and white plumage) in some years outnumber all the other
species together. According to Mr. Brewster it has never been taken
in this plumage in Massachusetts.

The following table of migrations is condensed from the record of
four years’ observations at Mt. Carmel, and shows the earliest and
latest arrival of sixty-two species noted during that time.

TABLE OF MIGRATIONS.
Spring Arrivals.

Species marked with an asterisk (*) sometimes remain all winter.

1. *Anas boschas. January 15.
2. *Ectopistes migratoria. cf 15-Feb. 25.
3. *Dafila acuta. cs 20.
4, *Branta canadensis. ws 20—Feb. 14.
5. *Mergus americanus. oh 20.
6. *Spatula clypeata. Kf 20.
7. *Aythya americana. ie 25.
8. *Nettion carolinensis. February 1.
9. *Mareca americana. 18-28.
10. Seiurus ludovicianus. Ss 20:
11. *Avx sponsa. cs 25.
i2. *Querquedula discors. et 28.
13. *Grus canadensis. March 1-4.
14. * “ americanus. BS
15. *Bucephala albeola. te neil

Ridgway.]

16.
IV.

18.

19\

20.

BOE:
22.
23.
QA.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
aap
38.
39.
40.
Al.
42.
43.
AA.
Ad.
46.
47.
48.

49.

50.
51.
52.

53.

54.
55.
56.

Graculus floridanus.

* Charadrius virginicus.
Spizella socialis.
Actodromus maculatus.
Tachycineta bicolor.
Progne subis.

* Harporhynchus rufus.

* A ctiturus bartramius.

- Regulus calendula.

Mniotilta varia.
Hirundo horreorum.
Polioptila cerulea.
Chetura pelagica.
Numenius longirostris.

Slelgidopteryx serripennis.

Dendroica dominica.
Petrochelidon lunifrons.
Dendroica eestiva.
Vireo noveboracensis.
Tyrannus carolinensis.
Dendroica palmarum.
Antrostomus vociferus.
* Galeoscoptes carolinensis.
Icterus baltimore.
tS SPUTIUS:
Cyanospiza cyanea.
Vireo flavifrons.
Empidonaz trailiit.

c acadicus.
Myiarchus crinitus.
Turdus mustelinus.
Vireo philadelphicus. .
Pyranga rubra.

is estiva.
Geothlypis trichas.
Euspiza americana.
Vireo olivaceus. °
Protonotaria citrea.
Icteria virens.
Dendroica pennsylvanica.
Oporornis formosus.

320

[February 18,

March 1-7.

12. -
13-19; remains until Sept. 20.
15.

15-24; remains until Sept. 20.
20-28; remains until Sept. 8.

21-26.
28.

April 1-9.

(13

1-15.

2-5.

2-10; remains until Sept. 20.
3-11; remains until Oct. 20.
4A.

8-12; remains until Oct. 17.
9-18; remains until Sept. 13.
10-20; remains until Sept. 20.
14-22.

15.

15-21; remains until Sept. 9.
16-23; remains until Oct. 15.
die

18-24; remains until Oct. 5.
19-22; remains until Sept. 14°
19-25.

19; remains until Oct. 15.
19; remains until Oct. 15.
ie

£9.

19-26; remains until Sept. 10.
19-21; remains until Oct.
20.

20-23; remains until Sept.
20-29; remains until Sept. 27.
20-30; remains until Sept. 16.
22-30.

22; remains until Oct. 15.
23.

23-May 4.

26.

28; remains until Oct. 15.

ge,

ee Oy Cae ae

re We i
CeO ee

16.
Le
18.
19.
20.

Dolichonyx oryzivorus.
Coccygus americanus.
Chordeiles popetue.
Dendroica tigrina.

- Contopus virens.

Hedymeles ludovicianus.

321

(Ridgway.

April 29-May 7.
“ 99-May 14.
May 2-8.
66 8.
“ 6-7; remains until Oct. 15.
‘* 8; remains until Oct.

Autumnal Arrivals.

Sphyropicus varius.
Ampelis cedrorum.
Junco hyemalis.
Eremophila aipestris.
Certhia americana.
Dendroica coronata.
Sita canadensis.
Regulus satrapa.
Melospiza palustris.
Zonotrichia albicollis.
Carpodacus purpureus.
Zonotrichia leucophrys.
Spizella monticola.
Curvirostra americana.
Passerella iliaca.
Anthus ludovicianus.
Troglodytes hyemalis.
Aquila canadensis.
Melospiza melodia.
Plectrophanes lapponicus.

September 15-29.

Uo 18.
“ 26-Oct. 21.
WC 26-—Oct. 12.
oe 29-Nov. 2.
October 1—4.
66 Os
46 >.
66 8.
oe 9-10:
Os 20 — Nov. 8.
Oe 15.
we 20 — Nov. 1.
Ob DO.
ce Dike
September 15.
JE 3-Dee. 25.
66 5.
October 15.
ae 20:

In order to show the relation between the return of birds from the
south and the vernal change in the vegetation, I give the following
dates of the leafing and flowering of plants at Mt. Carmel, as noted
in the spring of 1872.1 They hardly show the usual time of these
species, for the season happened to be one later than usual.

Species. Date of leafing. Date of flowering.
Acer rubrum. April 12. March 20.
“ dasycarpum. ea OU April 8.
“6 sacharrinum. rion —
Carya alba. is te, — —

1 From observations made by Dr. J. Schneck.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H. — VOL. XVI. 21 JUNE, 1874.

‘

. |
Ridgway.]. oan [February 18, |
Species. Date of leafing. Date of flowering.
Cercis canadensis. April 20. April 10.
Prunus serotina. Ce bs [See Be
Cornus florida. £6 20. —

* Fraxinus americana. — April 12.
Liriodendron tulipifera. April 4. _
Persica\vulgaris. sO, April 12.
Pyrus malus. ci ty dee)
Quercus iba. St lee kee —
Syringa vulgaris. Sa), April 12.
Ulmus americana. ~~ March 20.
Aquilegia canadensis. April 20. —
Claytonia virginica. * SAO April 12.
Erythronum\americanum. 20: —
Geranium maculatum. ; Crs Bi —
Hepatica triloba. — March 31.
Iris versicolor) April 13. _
Podophyllum peltatum. March 380. ———
Rubus villosus.\ April 10. — —
Sambucus canadensis. March 20. —
Sanguinaria canadensis. April 12. April 14.

As the peach ordinarily blooms at Mt. Carmel about the twentieth
of March — sometimes even as early as the first of that month — it
must be borne in mind that the spring of 1872 was unusually back-
ward and that the first leafing and flowering of the above species
usually takes place two or three weeks earlier than the dates above
given.

The nesting season begins with March and ends in October, though
only one species (Ortyx virginianus) has been noticed breeding in the
latter month and but afew (Corvus americanus and certain Rapto-
res) in the former. From the middle of April to the middle of
June is the most productive season to the odlogist. Eggs of Buteo
borealis have been obtained at Mt. Carmel on the sixth of March, the
nest being commenced early in February. On the first of April Cyan-
ura cristata, Turdus migratorius, Sialia sialis and Parus carolinensis
often have eggs, while Sayornis fuscus, Harporhynchus rufus, Ceryle
alcyon, Quiscalus eneus and a few others are building their nests.
Collurio excubitoroides, Zenaidura carolinensis, Cardinalis virginianus
and Spizella socialis also lay their first eggs in April, either of them
often as early as the middle of the month. All the other species nest
in May, June and July, though in the latter month very few nests in-

1874.] By3) [Ridgway.

deed — and those chiefly of Zenaidura carolinensis, Ortyx virginianus
and Chordeiles popetue— can be found. ‘The first of these nests
until the latter part of September, while of the next species I have
found a nest full of eggs in the early part of October.

Part VI. Catalogue of the Birds of the Lower Wabash Valley,
arranged according to their Relation to the Seasons ; with Summary.

The following tables are believed to express very nearly the rela-
tionship of the seasons to the several groups of birds characteristic
of each. They will of course be modified to some extent by the
results of future observations, but the fact that they have been drawn
up from the experience of several years’ continued observations war-
rants the belief that they are approximately accurate.

A. — SPECIES FOUND IRRESPECTIVE OF SEASONS.
a. Regularly resident —all breeding.

© OG ligs 8 oe
S S <8 33
Be Sr ecules
ae wae
sk a a Paes
Se ibiplety cae
1. Turdus migratorius. i
2. Muimus polyglottus.
3. Stalia sialis. 2
4. Lophophanes bicolor. 1
5. Parus carolinensis. 2
6. Sitta carolinensis. 1
7. Thryothorus ludovicianus. 3
8. TLhryomanes bewickit. 3
9. Telmatodytes palustris. 4
10. Troglodytes cedon. (?)1 5
11. Collurio excubitoroides. 4
12. Chrysomitris tristis. 2
13. Poocetes gramineus. 2
14. Passerculus savanna. 3
15. Spizella pusilla. 6
16. Cardinalis virginianus. 5
17. Pipilo erythrophthalmus. 6
18. Hremophila alpestris. 3
19. Molothrus pecoris. 7 .
20. Agelaius pheniceus. 8
21. Xanthocephalus icterocephalus (?). 9

1 These queries signify that it is not absolutely certain that the species are found
throughout the year.

Ridgway.] 324 [February 18,

e \ SS § Ss = SS

eS | Sc eee
838 S8 = § gv
ot | Bie Mesa
Ss S83 S8 as
3 8 ws 2 as an &
Be | Ss Sf hanes,
Ss = = = °

22. Stutmella magna. 7

23. ¢ neglecta. 8

24. Quiscalus cencus. ; 10

25. Cyanura cristata. 9

26. Corvus carnivorus. 10

27. 6 americanus. 11

28. Sayornss fuscus. 11

aie) 12

30. 12

ol. nee

32. 5

33. 13

34. 1

35. Melanerpes erythrocephalus. 15

36. Colaptes auratus. 16

37. Conurus carolinensis. 17

38. Strix pratincola. 13

39. Syrnium nebilosum. 18

40. Bubo virginianus. 19

41... Scops asio. |\ 20

42. Falco sparverius. 21

43. Circus hudsonws. 6

44, Nisus cooperi. \ 22

45. CO Ise US. iy) 23

46. Buteo borealis. | 24

47. co hineatus. | 95 :

48. Haliaétus leucocephalus. 7

49. Pandion carolinensis. 14

50. Rhinogryphus aura. 15

51. Ectopistes migratoria. 4

52. Zenaidura carolinensis. 16

53. Meleagris sylvestris. 26

54. Bonasa umbellus. 27

55. Cupidonia cupido. 28

56. Ortyx virginianus. 29

57. Aigialites vociferus. nd

58. Philohela minor. 18

59. Gallinago wilsoni. 5

60. Actiturus bartramius. 19

61. Tringoides macularius. 20

62. Rhyacophilus solitarius. 21

63. Botaurus lentiginosus. 22

eee a a0 [Ridgway.

5 RS iS ‘Sis
= S S a5
Se cee, Pee
2 ss £8 as
SOS S = S < S a>
eS Shall co Sees
a) ~”H nD nL
e/a (8 | 85
64. Grus canadensis. 6
65. FRallus elegans. 23
66. «¢ virginianus. 24
67. Porzana carolina. 25
68. Fulica americana. 26
69. Aix sponsa. 27
70. Lophodytes cucullatus. 7
71. Erismatura rubida. 8
72. Anas boschas. 9
b.. Irregularly resident — breeding doubtful.
1. Falco polyagrus.
ap “« anatum.
3. “ ~~ columbarius.
4. Buiteo pennsylvanicus.
5. “ swainsoni. .
SUMMARY OF RESIDENT SPECIES.
As abundant at one season as another ore : 29 species.
Most abundant insummer . ; : : : POH a
Most abundant in winter . : 3 ; A ‘ fo at
Most abundant during spring and fall migrations . ps i Bie
Found irregularly throughout the year : : : SR Ne
Total number of species permanently resident 77
B. — SPECIES FOUND ONLY IN SUMMER.
‘ a. Summer sojourners — all breeding.
1. Turdus mustelinus. Abundant.
*2. Harporhynchus rufus. ¢
*3. Galeoscoptes carolinensis. Very abundant.
4. Polioptila cerulea. Abundant.
5. Cistothorus stellaris. Common ?

* The species marked with an asterisk probably occasionally remain all winter.

\
\
\

Ridgway.]

6.\ Mniotilta varia.

\Protonotaria citrea.

Helmitherus vermivorus.
lelminthophaga pinus.

Fi chrysoptera.

Purula americana.
Devdreca cestiva.

€ pinus.

i discolor.
domunica.
cerulea.

¥S pennsylvanica.
Seiurus\aurocapillus.

é udovicianus.
Oporornts formosus.
Geothlyp philadelphia.

“ \ trichas.

Icteria virens.
Myiodioctes mitratus.
Setophaga ruticilla.
Progne subis.
Petrochelidon lunifrons.
Hirundo horreorum:
Tachycineta bicolor.
Cotyle riparia.

Stelgidopteryx serripennis.

Vireosylvia olivacea.
es gilva.
Vireo noveboracensis.
“bellu.
Lanivireo flavifrons.
Pyranga rubra.
“ cesta.
Coturniculus passerinus.
6 henslowt.
Chondestes grammaca.
Spizella socialis.
Peucea estivalis.
Euspiza americana.
Guiraca cerulea.

[February 18,

Abundant.
ce

Common.
Abundant.
Not common ?

66
Very abundant.
Not common.

73
Common. :
Very abundant.
Not common.
Abundant.

&¢

6

Not common.
Abundant.

(73
Common.

Abundant.
Extremely abundant.
ce 66

Abundant.

Very abundant.
Common.

Extremely abundant.
Abundant.

66

ee

Common.
Abundant.
Very common.
Abundant.

te
ce

oe

Very abundant.
Common.

Very abundant.
Rare?

1874.] oot [Ridgway.

46. Cyanospiza cyanea. Abundant.
47. Icterus baltimore. fe
48. ¢ spurius. .
49. Tyrannus carolinensis. ss
50. Myarchus crinitus. as
51. Contopus virens. ms
52. Empidonax acadicus. Ms
53. tf traillir. Common.
54. Chordeiles popetue. G
55. Antrostomus carolinensis. & ?
56. xf vociferus. Abundant.
57.. Chetura pelagica. Excessively abundant.
58. Trochilus colubris. Very abundant.
59. Coccygus americanus. Very common.
60. «& —— erythrophthalmus. Not common.
61. Nauclerus forficatus. Very abundant.
62. Ictinia mississippiensis. Abundant.
63. Phalaropus wilson. Not common?
64. Ardea herodias. Abundant.
65. Herodias egretta. ue
66. Garzetta candidissima. Rare ?
67. Ardetta exilis. as
68. Butorides virescens. Abundant.
69. Nyctiardea gardeni. Rare?
70. Nyctherodias violaceus. Common ?
71. Porzana noveboracensis. eet
72. “« jamaicensis. eee
*73. Gallinula galeata. aay
74. Graculus floridanus. Common.
75. Plotus anhinga. KS
76. Sterna hirundo. Rare ?
77. ae’ forstert. ne?
78. “ antillarum. 6a
19, <-" ‘regia. oi:
80. Hydrochelidon fissipes. Common.

b. Summer yvisitants— probably not breeding.

1. Cyanospiza ciris. 1 specimen, June, Wabash Co.
2. Elanus leucurus. 1 pair, July, Wabash Co.

3. Astwrina plagiata. 1 specimen, Aug., Richland Co.
4. Catharista atrata. Occasional.

Rilgway.] 328 {February 18,

5.\ Himantopus nigricollis. Occasional.

6. \ Recurvirostra americana. i
7. EOE loculator. Common in latter part of summer and
\ early fall.

8. Tis falcinellus. Occasional.

> Frorida cerulea. Occasional.
10. Gadlinula martinica. “
11. Chrecocephalus atricilla. . “
12. Pelecanus erythrorhynchus. “

\

\ SUMMARY OF SUMMER BIRDS.
Found eee of seasons. : ; : : : it ee
Found only in summer . : : : : é : : 92
\ wan.
Total number of species found in summer ; . = tos

Of these probably not breeding . 5 : : : 12

\ ——

\ Number of species breeding . : » 155

\ C. — Founp ONLY IN WINTER.

\

a. Winter sojourners—regularly resident.

1. Regulus satrapa. Abundant.
2. Satta canadensis. Sometimes very common.
3. Certhia americana.* Common.
4. Troglodytes hyemalis. ee
5. Anthus ludovicianus. Very abundant.
6. Dendroica coronata. Extremely abundant.
7. Seiurus noveboracensis.* Common.
8. Ampelis cedrorun.* Extremely abundant.
9. Carpodacus purpureus. ‘ a
10. Chrysomitris pinus. Usually very rare; sometimes common.
11. Zonotrichia leucophrys. Very abundant.
12. albicollis. ° se
13. Junco hyemalis. et be
14. Spizella monticola. Extremely abundant.
15. Melospiza melodia.* Very abundant.
16. “ - palustris.* Extremely abundant.
17. Passerella iliaca. Very common.

* Species in this list marked with an asterisk may possibly breed in small num-
bers, since most of them may be occasionally seen during the summer.

OR, TA

a>

Ser ee

wre IEE

1874.] 329 , [Ridgway.

18. Scolecophagus ferrugineus. Extremely abundant, at times.

19. Sphyropicus varius.* Very common.
20. Fulix marila. Abundant.

21. « affinis. as

22. ne collars. a

23. Bucephala americana. ie

24. s albeola. fs

25. Larus argentatus. re

26. “¢ delawarensis. “

27. Chrecocephalus philadelphia. Common?
28. Colymbus torquatus. Abundant.

29. “ _ septentrionalis. Common?
30. Podiceps cornutus. oh

131. te cristatus. apres
32. ae holbollit. $4

6. Winter visitants— of irregular occurrence.

1. ?Parus atricapillus. Very rare?
2. Collurio borealis. 4 «
3. Loxia americana. Sometimes common.
4, “¢ leucoptera. a é
5. Pinicola canadensis. Extremely rare.
6. Aigiothus linaria. ac ot
7. Plectrophanes nivalis. Extremely rare—accidental ? (1 spec.)
8 a lapponicus. Extremely abundant.
9 fs pictus. Common on the prairies.
10. Scolecophagus cyanocephalus. Accidental.
11. Nyctale acadica. Extremely rare?
12. Nyctea nivea. Common on the prairies.
13. Astur atricapillus. Rare.
14. Aquila canadensis. Rather common.

15. Archibuteo sanctijohannis. Abundant.

SUMMARY OF WINTER BIRDS.

Found irrespective of season . ° : : : : : 75
Found only in winter . : . : : é : : . 47
Total number of speciesin winter. : 122

[The number much increased (to about 150) in mild winters by
accessions from lists C. 0, and D.]

Ridgway.) } 330 [February 18,

D. TRANSIENT VISITORS — (passing through in spring and fall).

ee

Turdus fuscescens.* Abundant.

“\ qlicie. “
‘6 swainsoni. “
“ \ pallasi.t “

Regulus calendula.t «s
Helminthophaga ruficapilla. Very common. (Noted in fall.)
a celata. Very common. (Most common in spring.)
| peregrina. 3 66 66 8# Hee 66 «6
Perissoglossa tigrina. Common? (Spring.)
Dendroica maculosa. Abundant. (Most common in fall.)

cc |

sf \ blackburnic.. Common. ee ot ie

i \striata. Abundant. Bee

. \castanea. Common. as eae

es cerulescens. Common.

xt airens. Abundant. (Both spring and fall.)
m palmarum. (Most common in spring.)

Oporornis agilis. Common? (Spring only?)
Myiodioctes canadensis. Abundant. (Most common in fall.)
¢ pusilus. Not common.
Vireosylvia philadelphica. Rather common. (Noted in fall.)
Lanivireo solitaria. Very rare?
Melospiza lincolni. Rather common.
Hedymeles ludavicianus.* Rather common.
Dolichonyz oryzivorus. Abundant.
Empidonaz minimus.* Common.
. flaviventris. Rare?
Squatarola helvetica.
Charadrius virginicus. Abundant.
Legialitis melodus.
eG semipalmatus.
Macrorhamphus griseus.
Pelidna americana.
Actodromus bonaparteit. Abundant.
af maculatus.
oa minutilla.* ie

* Species thus distinguished may occasionally breed, being seen, at times, during
the summer.

+ These species remain in very mild winters.

1874.) 331 | [Ridgway.

36. Hreunetes pusillus.

37. Calidris arenaria.

38. Symphemia semipalmata.*

39. Micropalama himantopus.

40. Gambetta melanoleuca. Abundant.
41. flavipes. ce

42. Tryngites rufescens.

43. Limosa fedoa. Common.

44, “ hudsonica. Common.

45. Numenius longirostris. Common.
46. tt hudsonicus.

47. fe borealis.

48. Phalaropus hyperboreus.

49. Gs fSulicarius.

50. Grus americanus.

51. Cygnus americanus.

Boat “ buccinnator.

53. Anser hyperboreus.t

54. “ albatus.t

55. “ cerulescens .F

56. “ gambeli.t

57. Branta canadensis.t Seen December 10th.
58. “ — hutchinsi.t Common.

Do: “ ~~ bernicla. Seen December 10th.t
60. Anas boschas.* +

61. “6 obscura.t

62. Dafila acuta.t

63. Nettion carolinensis.t

64. Querquedula discors.* t

65. Mareca americana.t

66. Chaulelasmus streperus.t

67. Spatula clypeata.* t+

68. Aythya americana.t

69. «© vallisneria.t
70. Mergus americanus. t
71. 2 serrator.t

72. Graculus dilophus.* + Common.

Hunt.] 3382 he

GENERAL SUMMARY.

Found irrespective of season . . : , : : : 77
Found only in summer : ; ; . : : - 0 92
a > WAGER aks : : : : : : : 47

+ spring and fall.‘
Total number of species : : - 288

Number of species breeding, . : : - : about 155
Number of species wintering, : : : ; . about 155

Second and final action was taken on the following change
in the Constitution, Art. VI, viz.: that after the words “ma-
jority of votes,” the words “of members present ” be inserted,
and the proposed change was adopted. .

The thanks of the Society were voted to Mrs. J. J. Glover
for a collection of paleontological, ethnological, and other
specimens.

March 4, 1874.
The President in the chair. Forty persons present.

Mr. Bouvé introduced the subject of Dr. Genth’s theory of
the metamorphism of corundum, which has lately been pub-
lished, and explained the meaning of the terms metamorphism
and pseudomorphism as used in mineralogy, and, in conclud-
ing, called upon Dr. Hunt for his views on the question.

On Dr. GENTH’s RESEARCHES oN CORUNDUM AND ITS ASSOCI-
ATED MINERALS. By Dr. T. STERRY HoNT.

The speaker, while praising the industry and chemical skill dis-
played in the paper of Dr. Genth, insisted upon the importance of
some clear definitions as to replacement, alteration and association
in the mineral kingdom, for the lack of which he conceived the
learned author, in common with many others, had fallen into errors,
and had been led to conclusions wholly uutenable. The name of

1874.1 aoe [Hunt.

pseudomorphs, or false forms, is given to mineral masses resulting
from very unlike processes. Of these, the first class has a very simple
origin. In a vein where the process of filling up by deposition is
occasionally varied by the opposite process of solution, the re-
moval of certain crystals from their matrix leaves cavities which are
afterwards filled up by another species. An example of this is seen
in the well-known cubes of chalcedonic quartz cast in the moulds of
fluorite. The silicification, or so-called petrifaction, of wood, is the
result of a similar process. The pores of the wood are in the first
place filled with silica, while the woody fibre remains. This is sub-
sequently removed by decay, leaving a porous mass, the cast of the
original spaces in the wood; but in many cases this, in its turn, be-
comes filled up, and there thus is at last produced a solid mass, in
which both the pores and the fibre of the wood are represented by
silica.

The second class of pseudomorphs is illustrated by the alteration of
feldspar, and various feldspathides, which by a loss of protoxyd bases
with a portion of silica, and the taking up of water, are converted
into kaolin. The change of chalybite and pyrite into limonite, and
of cuprite into malachite, are examples of similar processes; all of
which take place under atmospheric influences.

Analogous alterations may be produced in veins as a result of
changes in the composition in the circulating waters, as when crystals
of pyromorphite, a phosphate of lead-oxyd, are converted into
galena. Changes of this kind being effected from without, nuclei of
the unaltered species are often found in the centre of the altered
‘ crystals. This process is obviously very different from replacement,
and is properly designated epigenesis.

The notion of epigenic alteration has been extended to a great
number of cases which have nothing in common either with it or with
replacement, but are simply examples of the association or envelop-
ment of different and unlike species. This envelopment is of two
kinds: as an example of the first, carbonate of lime crystallizing
from solution in the midst of silicious sand may include so much of
this that the resulting crystals, though having the geometrical forms
of calcite, contain less carbonate of lime than sand, as is seen in the
so-called crystallized sandstone of Fontainebleau. ‘The nature of the
process is not, however, in all cases, so obvious as this; but it is clear,
from numerous examples, that small proportions of certain substances
may, in the act of crystallizing, give their own forms to large and pre-

Hunt.] 334 [March 4,

dominating quantities of foreign matter. From the analysis of such
mixtures chemists have concluded an epigenic change, more or less
complete, of the crystal. A good example of this is seen in certain
orthoclase crystals which include a large admixture of -cassiterite.
Besides these cases of asymmetrical envelopment, we have those of
symmetrical envelopment. The occurrence of red tourmalines en-
closed in green ones, and of muscovite in margarodite, are clearly
cases of the deposition of one mineral upon another in the slow
growth which takes place in veinstones. In these also, by a process
which is often seen in the crystallization of certain species, such as
saltpetre, hollow or skeleton crystals are formed. The erystals of
tourmaline from Paris in Maine are in many cases prismatic tubes,
which are either empty or filled with mica. In like manner, erystals
of beryl are found which are filled with orthoclase, and similar shells
of zircon and of galena enclose calcite. The envelope is often ex-
ceedingly thin, and in the case of some species may be removed by
such selective solution as often takes place in mineral veins, leaving
the enclosed mineral with the form of the mould.

The greater part of all the examples of replacement and envelop-
ment known have been described as cases of pseudomorphism by
epigenesis, and the advocates of the doctrine of transmutation have
not hesitated to assert, upon this supposed evidence, the conversion
of almost every mineral species into some other, and to extend this
view to rock-masses, declaring that the great part of all the so-called
metamorphic or crystalline rocks are the results of an epigenie pro-
cess; a doctrine which has been embodied in the dictum of Prof
Dana, that “regional metamorphism is pseudomorphism on a broad
scale.” For an illustration of this doctrine and its legitimate conse-
quences, see the speaker’s presidential address before the American
Association for the Advancement of Science in 1871, and in the Amer-
ican Journal of Science for July, 1872, his reply to Dana’s criticisms
thereon.

While the advocates of this doctrine maintain that a mass of
granite or diorite may be converted into serpentine or limestone, and
that a limestone may be changed into granite or gneiss, which may,
in its turn, become serpentine, it is evident that it makes little differ-
ence what mineral species is taken for the starting point. Dr. Genth, -
unlike his predecessors, takes his departure from corundum, and from
various facts in the association and envelopment of minerals found
accompanying it, is led to conclude that there have been formed

1874.] 335 [Kneeland.

from it by epigenesis spinel, tourmaline, fibrolite, cyanite, paragonite
and other micas, chlorite, and probably various feldspars. According
to him great beds of micaceous and chloritic schists have resulted
from the transformation of corundum, and even the beds of bauxite,
a mixture of hydrous aluminic and ferric oxyds allied to limonite,
which abounds in certain tertiary deposits, were once. corundum or
emery, from which they have been derived by a retrograde metamor-
phosis; a striking example of the strange conclusions to which this
doctrine of epigenic pseudomorphism may lead.

The speaker had not only carefully studied Dr. Genth’s paper, but
through the courtesy of this gentlemen, had examined with him the
extensive collection of specimens upon which the conclusions an-
nounced by Dr. Genth have been based, and while bearing testi-
mony to his accuracy and skill as a chemist and mineralogist,
maintained that all of the phenomena in question are nothing more
than examples of association and envelopment, as above explained.
All of the facts regarding the corundum-bearing veins described by
Dr. Genth, have their parallels in the granitic veins with beryl and
tourmaline, so common in the Montalban, or White Mountain rocks
of North America, and in the calcareous veinstones, with apatite,
pyroxene, phlogopite, and graphite, of the Laurentian rocks, both of
which classes of veins have elsewhere been described by the author.

Dr. 8. Kneeland exhibited a dress and pouch made by the
natives of the Gold Coast, Africa, and several photographs of
the Ashantees and Fantees, now brought to notice by the
war between the former and the English.

The Ashantees are on that portion of the Gold Coast, in Upper
Guinea, bounded north by the Kong Mts., south by the Atlantic, east
and west by large rivers, from 5° to 9° 30’ North latitude. Since
the beginning of this century, they have been the most powerful
kingdom of native Africans, having reduced the Fantees, between
them and the sea, to subjection, and having had several encounters
with the English on the coast, almost always gaining the victory, and
when defeated causing heavy loss to the enemy. ‘They number more
than a million people, and their soil is extremely fertile; they are
ingenious manufacturers, and export large quantities of gold dust, no
doubt washed down from the Kong Mts. to the north.

The Fantees are on the coast, of which the interior region is occu-

Kneeland.] 3836 [March 4,

pied by the Ashantees. Their country is also fertile and populous,
and they have important trading stations on the coast; they are a
fine looking race, more muscular but less warlike than the interior
tribes, and are known by the small scarifications on the back of the
neck and upper part of the cheeks. .

A few years ago they became involved in a war with the Ashan-
tees, and obtained the aid of the English, who had a small fort in one
of their towns; but, in spite of this aid they were overpowered, and
the whole country became a part of the Ashantee empire, with the
consent of the English.

Cape Coast Castle is the capital of the British settlements on the
coast of Guinea, and has a population of about 10,000. The town is
ivrecularly built; the climate is very damp and unhealthy, and ‘is
more deadly to the invading whites than the weapons of the native
tribes. From this are exported gold dust, palm oil and tortoise shell,
brought down by the natives. There are strong fortifications on
a granite rock projecting into the sea, once nearly taken by the
Ashantees.

Before the English, the Dutch paid a subsidy for the privilege of
the trade; the former refused to pay the subsidy, and to allow the
Ashantees free trade with the coast. The Ashantees attacked the
Fantees, and drove them into ‘Coast Castle, under the very guns of
the English, who were obliged to assist the Fantees— hence the
present war. ‘The stories of the English victories he believed greatly
exaggerated, as this warlike and numerous people, aided by their
unhealthy climate, would render any victory, and especially the cap-
ture of Coomassie, their capital, a dearly bought one.

The sand in the streets of the coast towns, and the sand on the
shore, is rich with gold; the natives work the gold-bearing earth till
it caves in, and then they leave it, fearing the displeasure of their
gods, which they think is thus displayed. The nuggets belong to the
king, the dust to the people. The king of Ashantee is allowed three
thousand three hundred and thirty-three wives; a photograph of one
of whom was presented, also others of Ashantee musicians and Fan-
tee princesses. ‘The dress and pouch were made by the Mandingoes,
an interior tribe to the north of Liberia; they are very skilful tan-
ners and workers in leather, using for tanning the bark of the
mangrove.

1874.) 337 [Kneeland.

March 18, 1874.

The President in the chair. Sixty-one persons present.
The following papers were read : —

Dr. Samuel Kneeland read a paper illustrated by diagrams
and specimens, on the “Evidence for and against the exist-
ence of the so-called sea-serpent.”

Though an animal so named has been seen by many credible wit-
nesses on the coasts of Norway and New England, and has been
popularly believed in for centuries, all the researches of naturalists
have failed to discover any remains of such a creature, or to obtain
any satisfactory information as to its size, proportions, appearance, or
habits. There is, doubtless, much exaggeration in the popular de-
scriptions of the animal; but in view of the great mass of testimony
in favor of its existence, the fact that we are by no means cognizant
of all the forms of life in the ocean, and also the certainty that in
former geological ages more than one type existed to which this ani-
mal may bear some resemblance, it is fair to assume that there may be
a portion of truth at the foundation of this question.

After tracing the history of the animal from Pontoppidan in the
middle of the 18th century to the present time, and enumerating the
numerous references to its appearance in Europe and America, and
quoting Prof. Owen’s remarks against its existence, he brought in
review the various alleged sources of error; none of these seemed
to him pr obable, considering the practised oe of the principal wit-
nesses in marine objects.

After showing that this animal could not be referred to fishes nor
to serpents, nor to any described form of living reptiles or mammals,
he drew attention to the fact that many early geological types had
been transmitted to the present time, with or without interruption —
such as the Cestracion, Lepidosteus, Chimera, Percopsis, Lingula, ete.

For the last thirty years it has been believed that the closest
affinities of the “‘sea-serpent ” were with the enaliosaurians of the
secondary age, and especially with Plesiosaurus. The Mosasaurus, a
marine saurian of the cretaceous epoch, seems to fill up still better
the requirements of this animal.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 22 JULY, 1874.

Kneeland.] 338 [March 18,

Prof. Agassiz, in 1849,in a lecture in Philadelphia, is reported to
have said, “I have asked myself whether there is not such an animal
as the sea-serpent. There are many who will doubt the existence of
such a creature until it can be brought under the dissecting knife;
but it has been seen by so many on whom we may rely, that it is
wrong to doubt any longer. The truth is that if a naturalist had to
sketch the outlines of an Ichthyosaurus or Plesiosaurus from the
remains we have of them, he would make a drawing very similar to
the sea-serpent as it has been described. There is reason to believe
that the parts are soft and perishable, but I still consider it probable
that it will be the good fortune of some person on the coast of Nor-
way or North America to find a living representative of this type of
reptile, which is thought to have died out.”

In his ‘‘ Geological Researches,” 1871, Prof. Agassiz writes, twenty-
two years later, “If there exists any animal in our waters not yet
known to naturalists, answering to the description of the ‘sea-
serpent,’ it must be closely allied to the Plesiosaurus. The occur-
rence in the fresh waters of North America of a fish, the Lepidosteus,
which is closely allied to the fossil fishes found with the Plesiosaurus
in the Jurassic beds, renders such a supposition probable.”

The undoubted rarity of such an animal would account for the
failure of any fragment to find its way into collections; many ceta-
ceans are so uncommon that only single specimens have ever been
seen by naturalists, and some have been entirely unknown until
within fifty years. Inhabiting the ocean, the chances of its body
floating long enough for any part to be cast on shore would be very
‘small; the rocky coasts which it seems to frequent are unfavorable
for the accidental casting up of any fragment. In the present crea-
tion, were it not for the persecution of man, the bones of seals and
whales, of the beaver, of the cougar, of monkeys and elephants,
would hardly ever be found in the places thickly inhabited by them.
The non-occurrence of any fragments, therefore, is of little weight
in disproving the existence of an animal, even of man himself.

The cetacean Zeuglodon of the tertiary fulfils some of the indica-
tions of the prevalent idea of the sea-serpent, and there is no reason

@ priori why a slender and lengthened mammalian form should not _

exist among the present cetaceans. ‘The marine saurians of the sec-
ondary were replaced by the marine mammals of the tertiary and
present ages. On the generally admitted laws of paleontology there
would be a greater probability of the Zeuglodon than of the Plesio-

=e SS

1874.] 339 [Putnam.

saurus type descending in a modified form to the present epoch; and
either, in the vast expanse of ocean, might for ages escape the exam-
ination of naturalists: The probability is that this animal belongs
either to some secondary form greatly modified, of enaliosaurians,
perhaps intermediate between these and the ophidians, or to a terti-
ary Zeuglodont form, with reptilian affinities, ike Elasmosaurus,
intermediate between Plesiosaurus or Mosasaurus, and the elongated
cetaceans.

He thought a careful weighing of the evidence showed that such
an animal is not a zoological absurdity, and that from paleontology
(if we discard the testimony of many credible witnesses), we may
even conclude that it is a possibility—and, he believed, a probability—
that some form, intermediate between the marine saurians of the
secondary and the elongated cetaceans of the tertiary has come down
to the present epoch, and will eventually come under the notice of
naturalists, and prove, in this as in many other cases, that widely
spread popular beliefs in natural history, especially when professing
to rest upon credible testimony, have generally for their foundation
some portion of scientific truth. He believed there were at least two
species of the creature (which he styled Eremotherium), one in the
northern and another in the southern ocean.

Dr. Hagen said that he had, in 1839, accompanied Prof.
Rathke in his visit to Norway to collect evidence in regard
to the sea-serpent, the reality of which no Norwegian doubts,
and Dr. Hagen expressed himself convinced of its existence.

NoTEs ON OPHIDIIDH AND FIERASFERIDZ, WITH DESCRIPTIONS
or New SPECIES FROM AMERICA AND THE MEDITERRANEAN.
By F. W. Putnam.

OPHIDIUM.

Two species of this very interesting genus inhabit our southern
coasts. One of these, first mentioned by Mitchell, under the name
of Ophidium barbatum, was afterwards described and figured under
the name of O. marginatum by DeKay, from a single specimen taken
in New York waters. The other species, which I believe to be un-
described, I name O. Holbrooku, in memory of the late Dr. J. E.
Holbrook of Charleston, S. C., one to whom science is deeply in-
debted for the results of his labors on the reptiles of North America

Putnam.] 340 [March 18,

and on the fishes of our southern waters, and one whose memory is
deeply cherished by those who were honored with his friendship.

Ophidium marginatum DeKay.

A single specimen of this rare fish is in the Agassiz Collection. It
is in rather poor condition, but sufficiently well preserved to estab-
lish the fact that DeKay’s description and figure are quite correct,
and to enable the heretofore unknown character of the air-bladder
to be made out and thus settle the validity of the species.

The species is very closely allied by its external characters to
O. barbatum and O. Broussonetii from the Mediterranean, but differs
in a very marked manner from them in its air-bladder.

The air-bladder, which is represented of natural size in the fol-
lowing cut (a, view from above; 0, from below; c, from the side), is
thick, flattened above, and bulg-
ing below, about two-thirds as
wide as it is long; slightly con-
tracted at its anterior portion,
where it is closely united to three
small, thin and flat bones, which
penetrate its substance but do not
enclose the side walls, by the extension of the lateral bones, as in
O. Vasalli. Posteriorly the bladder is rounded, with a slight notch
in the hind margin, and just forward of this notch, on the under side,
is a round foramen covered by a very thin mucous membrane.

Ophidium*Holbrookii sp. nov.

The only specimen I have seen of this species was collected by
Mr. C. J. Maynard, at Key West, Florida, in 1872. Externally it
cannot be distinguished from Mediterranean specimens of O. Brous-
sonetii, with the exception that when placed side by side with them
it is seen to be a slightly deeper fish. The barbels, length of the
maxillary, proportions of the eye and of the head are about the same,
and it also has the black margin to the dorsal and anal fins in com-
mon with several other species. The air-bladder, however, is of a
different shape, being very long and pointed, with a posterior portion
that is easily detached, while in O. Broussonetii the air-bladder is
oval, and is quite firmly attached along the vertebral column. Had
I examined but a single specimen of O. Broussonetii and a single
specimen of O. Holbrookii, I should hardly have dared to consider
the difference in the shape of the air-bladder as one that would

—

1874.] 341 [Putnam.

prove of specific importance, but two specimens of Broussonetii agree
precisely in their bladders, and the well known and singular variation
of this organ in the species of the genus, as shown by the dissections
of Miller, is quite convincing in the determination of the present
species. As in Broussonetii, the front part of the bladder is firmly
attached to the anterior vertebre, but in Holbrookii this part of the
bladder is thicker, and is penetrated by a small bone on each side
anteriorly, and firmly united to the processes of the fourth vertebra.
The shape of the air-blad-
der is given in the accom-
panying figures; a, repre-
senting the surface that
lies along the vertebral
column; 4, as seen from
_ the ie aids, and c, giv-

ing the rofile. The air-
bladder is without a pos-
terior foramen, and in this
respect, as well as in its

being more elongated than
those having the foramen, the species is more closely allied to O.
barbatum, Broussonetii and brevibarbe.

The 0. brasiliense, with which the species should be compared, is
said to have only the dorsal fin edged with black, and very short
barbels. The air-bladder of this species is not known. -

The teeth on the jaws are about the same in all the species of the
genus I have examined, but there is a slight variation in those of the
palatines, and more especially of the vomer, O. Holbrooku having a
considerably less number of the rounded vomerine teeth than any of
the other species mentioned below.

The following are the characteristics of the several species of the
genus Ophidium which I have had an opportunity of examining.
The species were first determined from their air-bladders by the aid
of Miiller’s figures. I cannot refer any of the specimens to O. bar-
batum from the Mediterranean, and I have not seen O.. brevibarbe and
O. brasiliense, both from the Brazilian coasts.

O. Broussonetii Miiller.
Inner barbel about two-thirds the length of the outer. Outer
barbel equal to the distance from the centre of the eye to the point

Putnam.] 342 [March 18,

of the operculum. Maxillary reaching to the posterior margin of the
eye. Length of the eye equal to the distance from its posterior mar-
gin to the ridge of the preoperculum. Head one-sixth of the total
length of the fish. Dorsal and anal with a black margin. Gill-rakers
four. Air-bladder long, oval, without a foramen.

Mediterranean. 7 ,

Agassiz Collection. No. 2542. Mediterranean. (One specimen.
6 inches.)

Agassiz Collection. No. 4826. Nice, Prof. C. Gegenbaur. Re-
ceived December, 1864. (One specimen. 64 inches.)

O. Holbrookii Putnam.

Inner barbel nearly two-thirds the length of the outer. Outer
barbel equal to the distance from the centre of the eye to the point
of the operculum. Maxillary reaching to the pesterior margin of
the eye. Length of the eye equal to the distance from its posterior
margin to the ridge of the preoperculum. Head one-sixth of the
total length of the fish. Dorsal and anal with a black margin. Gaill-
rakers four. Air-bladder long, pointed, without a foramen.

Gulf of Mexico.

Boston Society of Natural History. No. 1117. Key West, Florida,
C. J. Maynard, 1872. (One specimen. 6 inches.)

O. marginatum DeKay.

Inner barbel not over one-half the length of the outer. Outer
barbel about equal to the head in length. Maxillary hardly reaching
to the posterior margin of the eye. Length of the eye very slightly
more than the distance from its posterior margin to the ridge of the
preoperculum. Head hardly one-sixth of the total length of the fish.
Dorsal and anal with a black margin. Gill-rakers four or five (four
on one side and five on the other of the single specimen examined).
Air-bladder short and broad, with a foramen on the under side.

Atlantic coast of North America from New York southward.

Agassiz Collection. No. 2544. Charleston, 8. C., Dr. J. E. Hol-
brook. (One specimen. 63 inches.) ;

O. Rochii Miiller.

Inner barbel very nearly equal to the outer in length. | Outer
barbel fully equal to the head in length. Maxillary reaching consid-
erably beyond the posterior margin of the eye. Length of the eye
equal to about two-thirds of the space between its posterior margin

1874.] 343 & [Putnam..

and the ridge of the preoperculum. Head one-seventh of the total
length of the fish. Dorsal and anal not margined with black. Gill-
rakers four. Air-bladder pear-shaped, with a posterior foramen.
Mediterranean.
Agassiz Collection. .No. 4327. Nice, Prof. C. Gegenbaur. Re-
ceived December, 1864. (One specimen. 54 inches.)

O. Vasalli Risso.

Inner barbel very nearly as long as the outer. Outer barbel fully
equal tothe head in length. Maxillary reaching considerably beyond
the posterior margin of the eye. Length of the eye equal to about
two-thirds of the space between its posterior margin and the ridge
of the preoperculum. Head slightly more than one-seventh of the.
total lenoth of the fish. Dorsal and anal not margined with black.
Gill-rakers four. Air-bladder globular, with a posterior foramen.

Mediterranean.

Agassiz Collection. No. 4329. Mediterranean. (One specimen.
7 inches. )

Agassiz Collection. No. 4828. Nice, Prof. C. Gegenbaur. Re-
ceived December, 1864. (One specimen. 64 inches.)

FIERASFER.

For several years I have had in my possession eight specimens of
the interesting genus of Fierasfer, which were given by Prof. Verrill
from a number belonging to the Yale Museum, and collected at
Panama by Mr. Bradley, in 1866. ‘They were all obtained alive
from pearl oysters, and fully prove the parasitical habits for which
this genus of fishes is noted.!. These specimens show so great a
variation in their dentition and relative length of the head to the
body, as to convince me that some of the species now acknowledged
will prove to be unworthy of specific rank. On comparing these
Panama specimens with several from the Atlantic coasts, I could not
find any character by which they could be separated, and I am forced
to admit that our North American species, now for the first time re-
corded, is the same on both sides of the continent, making one more
instance of the occurrence of the same species on the Atlantic and
Pacific waters of the central portion of America.

1Jn the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy there is one valve of a pearl oyster
from Panama, in which a specimen of Fierasfer dubius is beautifully enclosed in a
pearly covering deposited upon it by the oyster.

Putnam.] % 344 [March 18,

I regret that I have but a single specimen of the genus from other
regions for comparison, as it is impossible to distinguish the American
fish by description alone from the following species:

F.acus Kaup, from the Mediterranean and the Atlantic coast of
Europe; F. afinis Gunther, from unknown locality; and F. caninus,
Giinther, from unknown locality.

From the description and figures given by Richardson of his
Oxybeles Homei, from the Island of Timor and Australia, I cannot dis-
tinguish any characters by which the American species can be sep-
arated, and if it were not that I have the opportunity of comparing
them with a single specimen taken from a starfish collected at the
Kingsmills Islands, I should be much inclined to consider the Amer-
ican fish the same as F. Homei. The Kingsmills specimen, however,
has so much larger, more numerous and more crowded teeth on the
jaws, and has the central vomerine teeth so much larger than in the
American specimens, and also has the anus slightly forward of the
root of the pectorals, while in the American specimens it is directly
under them, and is also a more slender fish with dark cross bars, that
I believe it to be distinct from the American species, and the same as
the one described by Richardson. Dr. Giinther, in his characters of
F’. Homei, states that the gill membranes leave one half of the isthmus
uncovered; but the Kingsmills specimen agrees with the American
specimens in having the membranes united forward of the isthmus,
and leaving it entirely exposed.

Fierasfer dubius sp. nov.

Head from one-seventh to one-eighth of the total length. Depth
of head about one-half of its length, width about one-third. Mouth
extending slightly beyond the eye. With the exception of two to
four teeth in the front of the upper jaw, which are larger than the
rest in the jaw and equalling the largest teeth of the lower jaw in
size, the teeth in the under jaw are larger than those in the upper.
Vomer with from three to six large teeth forming a central row, of
which two or three are always much larger than the rest. Pectorals
about one-half the length of the head. Vent under the base of the
pectorals. Dorsal fin low but distinct. Anal fin much more devel-
oped than the dorsal, with its longest rays about in the middle of
the fish, where the depth of the fin is equal to about one-half the _
depth of the body. At this portion of the fin the distant joints of
the rays can be distinctly seen with a good lens. A short line of

1874.] 345 ' [Putnam.

mucous pores commences over the operculum and extends above the
silvery patch on the side to under the commencement of the dorsal.
Color, in spirits, uniform light brown, with a short silvery band made
by confluent spots along the sides of the abdomen. Air-bladder
extending the whole length of the abdominal cavity and slightly
constricted behind. ;

( From Pearl Oysters, collected in the Bay of Pan-

8 specimens, ama, by F. H. Bradley, 1866. From the Yale Museum,

34 to 44 ins.{ No. 545. (These specimens are now in the Peabody

in lenoeth. | Academy of Science, and in the Agassiz Collection. No.

—(4381.) |
1 specimen, From a Holothurian collected at Key Bisquan, Flor-
43 inches jis by Theodore Lyman, 1856. Agassiz Collection.
in leneth. (No. 4332.

From a large Holothurian collected at Tortugas,

Florida, by G. Wurdemann, March 19, 1858. Agassiz
Collection. No. 2547.

1 Sa
1 specimen, } Cape Florida, G. Wurdemann, 1857. Agassiz Col-

34 inches.

5i inches. (lection. No. 2470.

1 specimen, Tortugas, Florida. G. Wurdemann, March, 1858.
4 inches. (¢ Agassiz Collection. No. 2546.

1 specimen, New Providence, Bahamas. F. G. Shaw. Received
32 inches. ¢ April 22,1861. Agassiz Collection. No. 4333.

: eae } Locality unknown. Agassiz Collection. No. 4334.
3 inches.

Fierasfer Homei Kaup.

Oxybelis Homei Rich. Voy. Ereb. and Terr. Fishes, p. 72, pl. 44,
f. 7-18.

Fierasfer Homei Kaup. Apod. Fish., p. 158.

A specimen of Fierasfer taken from a starfish collected at the
Kingsmills Islands is probably of this species.

The head is one-eighth of the total length, and its depth is a little
more than one-half of its length. The depth of the body is less than
one-half the length of the head. The pectorals are about one-
half the length of the head. The gill membranes are united
forward of the isthmus, leaving it uncovered. Vent slightly in ad-
vance of base of pectorals. Dorsal fin very low. Anal more devel-
oped than the dorsal. Teeth on the jaws large and crowded, several
in the upper jaw larger than the rest in the same jaw. Vomer with

a
Putnam.) 346 {March 18,

a central group of four large teeth. The general color is greyish
with distinct darker cross bars, and a silvery band of spots along the
sides of the abdomen.

This fish is of a darker color, with distinct bars, and with larger
teeth, than #’. dubius, and with a more anterior position of the anus-
1 specimen, From a starfish collected at the Kingsmills Islands:

3 inches } son Pacific, by Andrew Garrett. Agassiz Collec-

long. tion. No. 43835.

ECHIODON.

Echiodon dentatus.

Fierasfer dentatus Cuv. Regne Anim.

Echiodon Drummondii Thomp. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1837, p. 55.
Trans. Zool. Soc., 11, p. 207, pl. 38.

Though the genus Echiodon was established by Thompson without
the knowledge that the fish he founded it upon was the same as
Cuvier’s Fierasfer dentatus, I think the generic name should be
adopted for this species, as the presence of a distinct caudal fin, and
the peculiar dentition are characters of more than specific value.

I have been unable ‘to find the least indication of a caudal fin in
Fierasfer dubius after careful microscopical examination, all the
specimens showing the tail without caudal rays, and with the last
dorsal and anal rays projecting beyond its fleshy end.

ENCHELIOPHIS.

In the year 1865 Dr. E. Haeckel sent to Professor Agassiz a very
interesting collection of Mediterranean fishes. These specimens
were all named except the single example which is the subject of
these remarks, and though I can scarcely believe it possible that so
distinct a form can have escaped the notice of all the many writers
on the fishes of the Mediterranean, yet I must confess my inability
to find any description that applies to it in the works at my disposal,
and, in order to call.attention to the form, I have ventured to place it
in the genus proposed by Miiller for the reception of a fish that may
be characterized as Fierasfer without pectoral fins.

Of course there is a possibility of the fish now under consideration
being well known to Mediterranean ichthyologists as the young of
some one of the many species found there, though from the general
character of the specimen I believe it to be a perfect, though perhaps
not an adult, form. ’

1874.] 847 [Putnam.

The perfect development of the bones.of the head, the distinct
rays of the dorsal and anal fins, and the ossification of the caudal
vertebre, all give it the appearance of a perfect form, and its char-
acters, so far as they can be traced without a dissection, which would
destroy the specimen, shows the fish to belong to the family of
Ophidiide, as defined by Giinther.

The structure of the head, gill
opening, position of the teeth on the
jaws and on the vomer, and the po-
sition of the dorsal and anal fins, are
similar to Fierasfer, but the body is
not compressed as in that genus, be-
ing, on the contrary, nearly cylin-
drical, though the head is compressed
and shaped much like Fierasfer.

The genus Encheliophis was pro-
posed by Miiller for the reception of
a fish from the Philippines, which, if
it were not from his statement that
the pectoral fins were wanting, would
be placed in the genus Fierasfer, and
as the fish now under consideration
has very similar characters,! and as I N
ean find no trace of pectoral fins, I :
have referred it to the genus rather » ,

than risk the creation of a generic as
well as a specific synonym.

Encheliophis tenuis sp. nov.

The outline figures here given rep-
resenting the fish of natural size, and

also the head enlarged, will serve to | A\

call attention to the form, and give if

the general characters of the fish. Ni 3
The total length of the specimen i

is eight inches. Body naked, nearly
cylindrical, slightly constricted back of the head, greatly elongated
and terminating in a thread-like tail. Gill-openings wide, and as in

1 With the exception of the cylindrical body, and it may be that the strong spir-
its in which it has been preserved has much to do with its present shape.

Brewer.] ’ 348 [March 18,

Fierasfer. Teeth on jaws small but distinct. Vomerine teeth ina ~

bunch with larger ones in the centre, as in Fierasfer. No pecto-
rals, no ventrals. ‘The dorsal fin commences posteriorly to the anal.
The anal fin commences immediately after the short abdomen.
Dorsal and anal rays very delicate,! but distinct and wide apart,
extending along the thread-like tail. No membrane can be traced
connecting the rays, though one probably existed in life. The upper
angle. of the operculum is produced as a minute and delicate spine.
The height of the head is about equal to one-half of its leneth, and

its lencth is contained thirty-four times in the total length of the fish.

The diameter of the eye is equal to about one-fourth the length of
the head, and is greater than the interorbital space.

Agassiz Collection. No. 4330. Mediterranean, at Messina, Dr. E.
Haeckel, 1865. :

Note ON THE NESTING AND Eaos or LAGOPUS LEUCURUS.
By Dr. T. M. BREWER.

I have recently received the fragments of a set of eggs of the
white-tailed Ptarmigan, Lagopus leucurus, and some interesting notes
in relation to its breeding habits, from T. Martin Trippe, Esq., the
well known ornithologist. Fortunately one of the eggs, though
broken into a dozen fragments, admitted of being put together suffi-
ciently to give the exact size, shape, and all the peculiarities of the
ego. This egg is 1.70 inches in length, by 1.21 inches in breadth, is
oval in shape, one end being but very little smaller than the other.
The ground color is a rich creamy drab, and the surface of the egg
is pretty uniformly marked with small rounded dots of dark chestnut.
These are about equally distributed over the entire egg, and are
nowhere confluent. The egg procured by Mr. J. A. Allen, and de-
scribed in the North American Birds, is without doubt correctly
identified, and the estimate of its length only varies from this speci-
men a tenth of an inch, the breadth being the same in both. Mr.
Trippe writes me: “ The eggs were found June 28, 1873, on a high
ridge a thousand feet above the timber line, near the Chicago lakes,
about fifteen miles from Idaho Springs. ‘The nest was merely a slight
depression in the ground, lined with a few white feathers from the
mother’s breast, which was quite bare. The eggs were eight in num-
ber, and the bird had evidently just begun incubating. She was so
tame that I sat down on the grass by her side and lifted her off the

1The woodcut represents the rays very much thicker than in the specimen.

a“

<n

1874.] 349 (Hagen.

nest, while she scolded and picked at my hands like a setting hen,
I subsequently found several broods of young ones in July, August
and September, from which I drew the following conclusions — that
there are rarely more than ten in a brood, and usually from seven to
nine. The young birds appear about the 10th of July; by the first
or second week of August they are as large as quails, and their tails
begin to show some white, and a few white specks to appear here and
there. By the latter part of September they are nearly full grown.
and very closely resemble the parent birds. When quite young they
are striped with broad bands of blackish brown and dirty white, like
- some varieties of game and Cochin chickens. ‘The mother is very
assiduous in the protection of her brood, and employs all the little
artifices that the Ruffed-grouse uses to draw off an intruder.

I am under the impression that they raise but one brood a year,
although I cannot be certain of this. Most of the brood are two-
thirds erown, and strong on the wing by the 5th or 10th of Septem-
ber, but occasionally a young brood may be met with at that time,
less than half grown. I am inclined to think, however, that in this
case the first brood has been destroyed by hawks, weasels, or other
predacious animals.

Section of Entomology. March 25, 1874.

Mr. E. P. Austin in the chair. Thirteen persons present.

The following paper was read .—

THe OpoNnATE FAUNA OF GEORGIA, FROM ORIGINAL DRAwW-
INGS NOW IN POSSESSION OF Dr. J. LECONTE, AND IN THE
British Museum. By Dr. H. HaGen.

The materials for this sketch of the Odonata Fauna of Georgia
came together gradually, and at great intervals of time. In 1852
Professor Heer placed in my hands a number of Odonata from
Georgia, collected by Abbot, and belonging to the collection of the
late Mr. Escher Zollikofer in Zurich, Switzerland, the duplicates of
which I was allowed to keep for my collection. In 1857 I studied care-
fully a number of species collected by Abbot contained in the British
Museum in London, and the original drawings in the library of that

\

Hagen.] 300 [March 25,

Institution. I published in 1863, in the Stett. Ent. Zeit., T. xxtrv,
p- 369-378, a paper on the Neuroptera of Georgia. A considerable
number of colored drawings made by the late Major J. E. LeConte
(a few of them, however, may be by Abbot), now in possession of
Dr. John L. LeConte, induced me to attempt again a sketch of the
Odonata Fauna of Georgia, and I was courteously allowed by Dr.
LeConte to examine the drawings in his possession. They are re-
markably fine for details and execution; indeed they are so exact
that I was able directly to recognize by the reticulation of the wings,
and the arrangement of the veins in the triangle, a genus which I
had never seen from North America before, and of which only a
short time ago a species was described from Oregon by the Baron De
Selys Longchamps. As I had the pleasure since to receive from Mr.
Uhler a specimen from Georgia, the verification of this interesting
drawing was confirmed in the most doubtless manner. I believe this
drawing is a test for the degree of confidence we can give to all the
others. ;

Family AUSCHNINA.

Ls

1. Anax Junius. Male No. 61, LeConte; male No. 4, fem.
No. 6, Br. Mus. April 15, 3, March 23, ?. Flies swiftly, not com-
mon. (The notes given always from the copy in the Br. Mus.)

2. Anax longipes.

This species is not figured by Abbot, but was described by myself
from a female in the collection of Mr. Escher Zollikofer in Zurich,
Switzerland, sent to him from Abbot. I should remark that I find
this statement repeated in the Synopsis of N. American Neurop-
tera, in my manuscript description, but not in the catalogue manu-
script I composed at the same time, of all species communicated to
me by Mr. Escher Zollikofer. ‘This species has been newly redis-
covered as Mr. M’Lachlan told me, and is a very distinct species.
8. Aischna Abboti spec. nov. Hagen, Stett. Ent. Zeit.,
xxiv, 873,55. Female No. 1, Br. Mus., May 12. Common also in
summer and autumn.

Eyes of the female sky-blue, of the male green; front above green,
with a black T spot; eyes behind black spotted with yellow; dorsum
of the thorax green, with a brown stripe each side; sides brown; feet
brown; abdomen green; first segment with a large dorsal brown spot,
second segment with a large basal quadrangular brown spot, split be-
hind by a green line; each side in the middle of the spot a small trian-

1874.] 351 | [Hagen.

gular green spot; segments three to eight, with similar brown spots,
smaller on segments six to eight; ninth seement each side with an
apical green spot; tenth segment brown; appendages very short,
rhomboidal, broad; wings with a yellowish green tinge; pterostigma
small, narrow, rufous ; membranule grey.

Length 90 mill.; alar exp. 130 mill.; pterostigma 54 mill; append.
2 mill.

The description is made from Mr. Abbot’s drawing, which is well
finished, together with some notes by Mr. Abbot on the foot of the
sheet. The description given by me in the Stett. Zeit., is incorrect
in several places, and carefully revised again from my notes and a
diagram of the pattern of the abdomen. The very short rhomboidal
appendages are very unusual, and induced me chiefly to describe this
species only represented by a drawing. ‘The dimensions are very
large, and taken from the figure; they are doubtless of the natural
size, as all other figures by Mr. Abbot. The supposition that per-
haps the appendages are figured from a broken specimen seemed to
be inadmissible, as the species is stated to be common through the
greater part of the year. Perhaps 4. Abbot: belongs as female to
the supposed male of 4. virens, the female of this species not being
well known.

4, Hischna heros. Female No. 59, LeConte.

The eyes are blue.

5. Auschna virens. Male No. 58, LeConte.

This figure is very interesting; Mr. Uhler supposed it to repre-
sent 4. clepsydra, but the size is much too large, and the pattern of
the color different. The membranule in 4. clepsydra is darker on
the anal margin, in the figure darker on the opposite margin. I am
almost sure that Abbot’s species is 4. virens, but this species is not
yet represented in any collection from Georgia. I possess them from
Venezuela, Panama, Cuba, and perhaps from Florida. Their occur-
rence in Georgia would not be exceptional, as several southern spe-
cies have a similar distribution.

6. Aischna quadriguttata. Male No. 12, Br. Mus., Mar.
22. Not very common.

7. Aaschna furcillata Say. Male No. 51, LeConte.

The shape of the abdomen of the male with the third segment very
much contracted, and the inferior appendage widely emarginate down
to the middle, induce me to identify Abbot’s figure with this species,
not before known from the Southern States. All specimens known are

Hagen. ] aoe [March 25,

from near Boston, Mass., except one female from Detroit, Mich.

There would be no doubt at all, if I had not discovered a single

pair of a nearly related species from Druid Hill, a locality near

Baltimore, Md., 4. Antilope Hag. A single female, the locality of

which is not known, in my collection, communicated to me lone

ago, belongs to the same species. In 4. Antilope the abdomen
is not so much contracted in the third segment, the inferior append-
age not so widely emarginated, the superior ones nearly straight, the
number of post-cubital veins less (four instead of six). The female
figured by Abbot has a yellowish tinge around the nodus, wanting in
the three females of 41. furcillata I have seen.- The descriptions of

4. furcillata are imperfect, and made from only two males.

“ischna furcillata Say, Journ. Acad. Philad., vi, 15, 7; Edit.
LeConte, 1, 391, 7. Hagen, Syn. N. Amer. Neur., 131, 25;
Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1873, 272, 33.— Gynacantha qa
rifida Rbr. Neur., 209, 1.

Male, eyes green (Abbot): labium dull luteous, the margin brown,

a deeply impressed middle line black ; the lateral lobes brownish in

the middle; labrum dull luteous, the anterior margin black, emargin-

ate in the middle; front dull luteous, above with a black T-shaped
spot, large, triangularly dilated at the base, sloping down a little
on the sides of the front; antenne black; vertex inflated, dull lute-
ous, darker on top, with black hairs; occiput dark, a little excavated
before, with black hairs; eyes behind black, sinuated posteriorly ;
dorsum of the thorax brown, villous with brown, on each side an
elongated quadrangular band, somewhat oblique, and smaller trans-
versal one above it near the wings, both green ; more outside, near the
black humeral line, an elongated spot and a smaller one above, also
green; dorsal carina black, elevated; the sinus brown; the sides of
the thorax greenish, with two oblique black bands, the anterior
broad, its superior third suddenly narrowed; the posterior on the
suture, somewhat irregular, both connected beneath, and also with
the humeral line; thorax beneath brown with large black lateral
spots; axillary callus of the wings green ; abdomen cylindrical, thin,
the base inflated, the third segment very much contracted ; abdomen

dark brown, seoments three to eight, with a double spot at tip, a

smaller double on the middle, and a triangular spot at base; all

spots green (Abbot); on second segment the spots are larger, and a

small double spot more between the apical ones (Abbot) ; segment

nine with a larger double spot at tip; segment ten dark brown; seg-

1874.] 858 [Hagen.

ments one and two with larger yellowish spots besides ; segments three
to eight with an obscure (green?) spot each side; abdomen beneath
brown; earlets rounded, flattened, with a double series of small black
spines on the border; apical margin of the last segment rounded,
with excavation before the tip; superior appendages as long as the
two last segments together, black, ciliated inside, narrow, foliaceous,
curved inwards and downwards; the square between them ovoid;
basal third narrower, cylindrical, with two small. inferior teeth, one
before the middle, the other at the end of the basal third; beyond
the middle rectilinear, flattened, sides parallel, rounded at tip; in-
ferior appendage black, about half as long, widely emarginated down
to its middle, the two parts narrow, sharp, curved upwards a little;
anterior piece bifid, forming two strong spines; anterior hooks ovoid,
large, with a basal interior elevation; posterior hooks cylindrical,
recurved on tip; sheath of the penis black, deeply excavated, with
two lateral strong erect horns, flattened and strongly incurved;
feet long, thin, black, femora rufous above, tibize with moderate
spines; wings hyaline, with a very slight yellow basal tinge on all
wings, veins black, the costa and the transversal veins near the costal
margin to the nodus yellow; membranule whitish grey; pterostigma
short rhomboid, broad, rufous, covering one and one-half areolets;
thirteen antecubitals, seven postcubitals on the anterior wings; eight
antecubitals, seven postcubitals on the hind wings; triangle with one
transversal vein, two series of discoidals; areolets in the wing rather
large; nodal sector single; anal angle of the hind wings marked 5.
one transversal in the anal triangle. ®

Length of the body without app. 53 mill.; abdomen 38; super..
app. 5; pterostigma 2; poster. femur 9; alar. exp. 72; head 8.

Female. Head, thorax, legs and wings similar to the male; abdo-.
men more inflated on the base, the third and the following equally
contracted, the following ones thicker, spotted just as the male; in
Abbot’s figure the spots are larger, greenish white, except the basal.
ones on the second segment, which are yellowish green, as in the
male; the eyes are figured darker, brownish, the spots on the thorax
also darker; last segment short, cut straight; the appendages as long
as the last segment, black, short, flat, straight, rounded on tip; vul-
var-hames short, black, with two long black palpi; last seement be-
neath produced, covered with spines; twelve to thirteen antecubitals;
six to seven postcubitals on the anterior wings.

Length of the body 50-54 mill.; abdomen 34-38 ; append. 1}; alar..
exp. 66-70.

PROCEEDINGS B. S. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 23 JULY, 1874..

Hagen.] $54 (March 25,

Hab. One male in the Harris Collection, the type of Say, from
Massachusetts, and another from Sutton, Mass., June 15, 1865; the
male type of Rambur in De Selys’ collection ; one male from Milton,
Mass., in the Museum collection; a female from Brookline, Mass.,
June 8, 1864, in the Museum of the Society of Natural History, and
three in the Museum collection, two from Massachusetts, and one
from the Detroit River, Mich., where according to H. G. Hubbard,
the species is common in August. Finally Georgia from Abbot’s
drawings. This species is a very rare one in collections; De Selys
forms for it his genus Gompheschna.

A number of nymph from the Detroit River belonging, as Mr.
Hubbard presumes, to this species, have a very peculiar appearance»
by their variegated coloration. The general color is dark grayg but the
two basal and the eighth segment of the abdomen are pale whitish.

8. Aischna Antilope spec. nov. Female, No. 51, LeConte.

This species is very similar to Z. furcillata, but differs as follows:—

Male. 1. The labium is entirely luteus.

2. The head is more orbicular, the eyes less flattened
above. :

3. The vertex is yellow on each side.

4. The dark bands on the sides of the thorax are less de-
veloped; the first is brown, narrower, *abbreviated,
the superior half wanting; the second one is black-
ish, but narrower; the thorax below has only black
lines instead of black spots.

5. The femoragright rufous throughout.

6. The abdomen is more inflated, ovoid at base, the third
seoment less contracted, and the abdomen gradually
tapering from the contraction, much narrower on tip.

7. The pattern of the coloration similar, but the apical
spots on the segments larger, quadrangular; the last
segment even with large spots on sides.

8. The last segment much more impressed on tip, and in
the middle a well developed crista, only indicated in
AS. furcillata.

9. The superior appendages of the same shape and length,
but straight, not bent down or inwards; the inferior
appendage much narrower, the two branches with an
apical distance of a little more than one millim. (two
and one half in . furcillata). The genital parts in

1874.) 899 [Hagen.

the second segment of the abdomen similar, but not
sufficiently visible, for certainty.

10. Costa of the wings more largely yellow, base of the wings
without any yellow tinge; pterostigma luteous; only
four postcubitals in the anterior, five to six in the
hind wings; twelve antecubitals in the anterior,
seven in the hind wings; anal triangle without trans-
versal vein.

Female. Head similar to the male; the color of the dorsum of
the thorax obliterated, but there are the larger spots indicated; the
thorax of an uniform pale brown color; the black bands on the sides
less marked; feet as in the male; the shape of the abdomen com-
pared with the female of 4. furcillata is less dilated, not so ovoid at
the base; the segments seven and eight more dilated; the pattern of
the coloration similar, but developed in a different manner; on seg-
ments two to seven the basal spots wanting, the four others after the
transversal line large and quadrangular; the middle ones separated |
only by the longitudinal dorsal line, the apicals contiguous on the
apical margin, a little wider separated before by brown; segment
eight with all spots nearly confluent, only a small basal blackish
transversal band; segments nine and ten colors obliterated, nearly
pale throughout; segments two and three with a very small basal
yellow spot on the middle; all the other spots somewhat luteous;
sides of the abdomen, the part beneath, and the venter, largely
luteous; vulvar laminz luteous, palpi blackish, the seta brown; wings |
similar to the male, but a marked dark luteous tinge around the
nodus; anterior wings with nine to ten antecubitals, and three to five
postcubitals ; hind wings with six antecubitals and four to five post-
cubitals. All the areolets in the wings larger than in Z. furcillata.

The dimensions of both male and female are the same as in #W.
fSurcillata.

The drawing of Abbot agrees very well with the spots of the
abdomen, thorax and head, and the yellow tinge around the nodus ;
the areolets are, however, given larger than in the male of 4. furcit-
lata, and has antecubitals.

Hab. Druid Hill, near Baltimore, Md., by Mr. Uhler, one male
and one female in very bad condition, probably from the same local-
ity. One female in my collection without any locality, even the most
general, from a merchant in Europe.

Hagen.] 356 [March 25,

_9. Aischna janata? No. 26. Brit. Mus., male, March 26, rare.

I gave this determination as doubtful, Stett. Zeit., xx1v, 373, as
there exists no specimen of this very rare species in European collec-
tions. Even now I have only seen two pairs, both from Massachu-
setts. My determination was made from Say’s description, and a
new comparison is necessary.

Family CORDULEGASTERINA.

10. Cordulegaster Sayi. Male, No.9. Brit. Mus., March
30, near Ogechee River, not common.

I have not yet seen specimens from Georgia, besides the typical
pair from Abbot in the British Museum. I have also seen one pair
from Maryland; also males from Connecticut, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, White Mts., where this species is more common, and Port
Neuf in Canada. The northern specimens are smaller and darker.

11. Cordulegaster maculatus. Female, No. 8. Brit. Mus.,
March 20, rare.

I have seen a female type from Abbot in the Brit. Museum, one
female from Maryland and one from the United States in my collec-
tion, a male, probably from New England, in Harris’ collection, and
a male from Woburn, Mass. The species seems to be rare.

12. Cordulegaster obliquus.

I possess a male from Abbot, and I saw two smaller ones from Con-
necticut and Orono, Me.,in Dr. Packard’s collection. The female
has been taken in Rock Island, Ill., according to manuscript state-
ments by the late B. D. Walsh. The full comparative descriptions
of these species are retained for another paper.

Family GOMPHINA.

13. Progomphus borealis. DeSelys, Trois. Addit. au Syn-
opsis de Gomphines, 1873, 36. Male, female, No. 52, LeConte.

The discovery of this genus, hitherto not represented in the fauna
of North America, is very interesting. ‘The only male described by
De Selys is from Oregon, and I have not seen it, but the descrip-
tion agrees; nevertheless, as the specific differences of the Progom-
phus species are rather obscure, and as the two localities, Oregon
and Georgia, are very distant, perhaps the species from the latter
State may prove distinct. All I can say now, is that I am unable to

1874.] 85 76 [Hagen.

find differences between P. borealis and Abbot's species. It is worthy
of notice, that Mr. Cabot in his monograph of the immature state of
the Gomphina, p. 6, has described some nymphe from Wareham,
Mass., supposed to belong to a species of Progomphus.

Male. The description is made from a male from Georgia in Mr.
J. Riding’s collection. |

Head pale yellow; an obliterated darker transversal band on the
front, near the epistoma; rhinarium and an ill-defined middle part
of the epistoma obscure; a transversal brown band above on the
front, just before the ocelli, the middle part of it rounded, produced
without reaching the anterior margin of the front; antenne dark
brown, the tip of the three basal joints palely annulated; space be-
tween the eyes-dark brown; vertex broad, short, deeply excavated
in the middle, yellow, the sides and front margin brown; occiput
yellow, ciliated behind with pale hairs, broad, the border rather sharp,
slightly emarginated, darker on the sides; eyes behind brown, each
side near the margin two inferior yellow spots; thorax brown, the
dorsum with an anterior transversal band connected with an oblique
band, both yellow and converging, not reaching the sinus; farther out-
wards an inferior yellow humeral line and a yellow superior spot;
erista of the thorax yellow to its bifurcation; sides of the thorax
brown, with two ill-defined oblique yellow bands; beneath pale brown,
behind the posterior feet a larger blackish spot each side; abdomen
slender, cylindrical, the base and the last segments enlarged; seg-
ments two to seven with a dorsal spear-shaped fascia, reaching the
apical margin in two and three, gradually shorter in the others; seg-
ments one to three largely yellow, the following much less so; seg-
ments seven and eight each side with an inferior yellow middle spot ;
venter black ; earlets compressed, yellow, the band rounded; last seg-
ment half as long as the penultimate ; apical margin rather recurved,
cut straight in the middle of the margin, more obliquely above the ap-
pendages ; superior appendages yellow, a little darker at base, nearly
twice as long as the last segment, broad, flat, the apex rounded in-
side, curved slightly outwards, ending in a sharp black point; inferior
appendages black, shorter, cylindrical, stronger to the inwardly bent
fusiform tip, with two superior small teeth just before tip; outside
somewhat before, a short black tooth; genital parts on the venter
of the abdomen with a short erect luteous middle spine ; first hooks
not visible (perhaps not existing), second hooks large, yellow, taper-
ing to the strongly inwardly bent black, sharp tip; sheath large, erect,

Hagen.] 858 [March 25,

orbicular, hollowed inside, darker on the border, which is notched in
the middle; bands of the second segment enlarged in the apical half
and rather excavated ; feet short, black, anterior femora beneath
bright yellow, the others brownish; extreme base of tibie yellow ;
trochanter rufous; wings hyaline, extreme base dark brown, forming
a short brown band to the first antecubital vein in the second space;
veins blackish; costa yellow to the pterostigma, which is large,
oblong, blackish rufous, covering five areolets;’ membranule rudi-
mentary, whitish; anal angle prominent; fifteen to sixteen ante-
cubitals, nine postcubitals in the anterior wings; twelve antecubitals,
ten postcubitals in the hind wings; triangle in anterior wings with
three transversals, united in the middle, in hind wings with one or
two parallel to the interior side; interior triangles with one trans-
versal vein; two series of discoidals, commencing with three.

Length without app. 47 mill.; abdomen 34 mill.; super. append.
24 mill.; pterostigma 4 mill.; alar exp. 68 mill.

Abbot’s figure has the body 53 mill. long, all yellow, very bright;
otherwise it agrees very well, even in the details of neuration.

The differences of De Selys’ P. borealis are as follows: the basal
dark band on the wings is a little shorter; twelve postcubitals of the
anterior wings; the abdomen long, 41 mill., just as in Abbot’s figure ;
the segments eight to ten, with yellow spots; feet not so dark. A
diagram of the appendages, kindly sent by Mr. M’Lachlan, does not
show the two superior small teeth before the tip of the inferior ap-
pendage ; otherwise they are not different.

Female according to Abbot’s figure similar to the male in colors
and shape; the abdomen not so slender in the middle, the yellow
fascize on segments two to seven larger, the tips broad, reaching the
apical margin; appendages yellow.

Hab. Georgia, one male and Abbot’s drawings.

14. Gomphus pallidus. Male, No. 54; female, No. 55,
LeConte.

I possess a type specimen of the female from Abbot, agreeing with
the figure, and I have no doubt that the male belongs to it, as I
compared one long ago sent by Abbot to Escher Zollikofer. Never-
theless this male I believe to be identical with one in my ccllection
from New Orleans, which is the type of my G. pilipes. I possess,
even now, no more material to decide the question. ‘This species
seems to be rare.

1874.} 359 [Hagen.

15. Gomphus pilipes, quoted by me Stett. Zeit., xx1v, 373,
belongs to the male in Escher’s collection in Zurich, and is perhaps
doubtful.

16. Gomphus spinosus. Male No. 11. Brit. Mus., June 6.
Very common.

I saw a type specimen from Abbot in Mr. Escher’s collection.

17. Gomphus dilatatus. Male No.14. Brit. Mus., May 24.
Not very common.

I possess a male type from Abbot.

18. G. minutus. Female No. 21. Brit.’Mus., March 29.
Common. Male, No. 53, LeConte.

I possess a male type from Abbot, described in the monograph.

Family CORDULINA.

19. Macromia teeniolata. Male, No.2. Brit. Mus. Flies
mostly in the evening, not very common, June 20. Male, No. 60.
LeConte. In Synops. Cordulines, p. 91.

De Selys supposes the male in my collection with the anterior trian-
gles without any transversal vein an anomaly, but Abbot's figure,
otherwise correct for the details of neuration, represents the triangles
also without transversal vein. ‘The eyes are bright green, the spots
sulphur yellow. The species seems to be very rare, at least not rep-
resented in American collections.

20. Macromia transversa. Male, No. 53; female, No. 54,
LeConte; female, No. 10, Brit. Mus., March 27. I have seen a
female sent by Abbot to Mr. Escher Zollikofer.

There was no male in European collections, and the description of
the male was taken from Say’s paper. This species is widely dis-
tributed. I have seen it from Vermont, Massachusetts, New York,
Pennsylvania, Washington, South Carolina, Georgia, and nymphe,
which I am unable to separate from the typical ones, from Detroit,
Michigan. ‘The abdomen has elongated yellow dorsal bands on seg-
ments two to seven.

21. Epitheca princeps. Female, No. 3. Brit. Mus., May 7.
Flies very high and swift, and is difficult to take; the eye of the male
is green ; rare.

Abbot’s figure is very large (length 84 mill.; alar exp. 123 mill.),
perhaps somewhat magnified, The largest specimen I have seen is a
male from Georgia, communicated by Abbot to Mr. Escher Zollikofer

Hagen.) ; 360 [March 25,

‘dength 72 mill.; alar exp. 102 mill.). I have seen the species from
De Plaines River, Ill. (Walsh), a very large male from New Haven,
Conn. (S. 1. Smith), Maryland, Georgia and Pecos River, Western
Texas. De-Selys has placed the species in the genus Cordulia.

22. Epitheca filosa.

I possess a male from Georgia communicated by Abbot to Mr.
Escher Zollikofer. I have seen specimens from New Jersey and
Charles Co., Md., August 6-8, Uhler. :

23. HEpitheca linearis. Male, female, No. 57. LeConte. ©

Of this species I have seen only two males from St. Louis, Mo., and
Northern Illinois, and a female in bad condition from Pennsylvania
(Uhler). I have no doubt that the figures by Abbot belong to this
species. ‘The eyes and front of the male are green, the vertex rufous;
the body seems to be rufous brown, the dorsum of the thorax green ;
a basal lateral yellow spot on segments five to six. The female is
colored ‘rufous brown, the appendices long (34 mill.), slender, of the
same color, wings as in the male. The dimensions similar.

24. Cordulia sp. nov. Male, No. 20. Brit. Mus., March 29.
Rare.

The figure resembles C’. cynosura Say, but the anterior margin of
the wings is brown, the base without a darker spot; alar exp. 70 ~
mill. Apparently an undescribed species.

25. Cordulia cynosura (lateralis Burm.). Female, No. 20.
Brit. Mus., March 6. Not very common.

I have seen specimens from Massachusetts, Illinois, Ohio, Pennsyl-
vania, Louisiana, Florida.

26. Cordulia semiaquaca. No. 22. Brit. Mus., March 19
Not common. No. 44, male, female, LeConte.

I have seen a typical specimen from Abbot in the collection of Mr.
Escher Zollikofer. I have seen this species from Massachusetts, New
York, Washington, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida. In Abbot’s
ficures the eyes are brown; and the lateral yellow spots of the abdo-
men very bright.

Family LIBELLULINA.

27. Tetragoneuria costalis.

The typical specimen is in De Selys’ collection.

28. Pantala flavescens. No. 76. Brit. Mus. July 8.
‘Common. —

This species is spread over nearly the whole world; in the United
States Maryland is the northern limit.

1874.] 861 [Hagen.

29. Tramea Carolina. Male, female, No. 50, LeConte.

I have seen a typical specimen sent by Abbot to Mr. Escher
Zollikofer. The northern limit for this species is New York.

30. Celithemis Eponina. No. 27. Brit. Mus., August 7.
Rare. Malé, No. 42, LeConte.

I have seen ‘a typical specimen sent by Abbot to Mr. Escher
Zollikofer. Massachusetts and the lakes are the northern limit for
this species.

31. Plathemis trimaculata. Female with brown, and male
with pruinose abdomen. No. 79, No. 80, female No. 78. Brit.
Mus., July 18. Common. |

I saw typical specimens of all different forms communicated by
Abbot to Mr. Escher Zollikofer.

32. Libellula semifasciata, Male, No. 77. April 2, June
29. Not very common. Brit. Mus. No. 41, male, female, LeConte.

I possess a female type from Abbot.

33. Libellula pulchella. Male, No. 43, LeConte; No. 3,
male with pruinose abdomen. Brit. Mus., Sept. 8. It is the rarest
of all the Libellule.

The last statement is somewhat remarkable as indicating the south-
ern limit for this widely distributed species. I possess specimens
from Frederic Co., and Baltimore (Uhler), Md., from Pennsylvania»
New Jersey, New York, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Maine; from
the Western States I have specimens from Chicago and Rock Island,
Ill., from Dallas and Ware, Texas; from Ogden, Utah, and Mr. Uhler
has stated the occurrence in Mississippi. Only the southeastern part
of the Western States is not represented in the distribution of this
species.

34. Libellula deplanata.

I possess a specimen from Abbot; see Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.,

XV, 265. j
- $5. Libellula auripennis. Male, No. 16. Brit. Mus., April
20. Common. Male, female, No. 45, LeConte.

I possess a type from Abbot.

36. Libellula Lydia. Male, No. 5; female, No. 7. Brit.
Mus., April 20. Rare.

I possess a male and female from Abbot.

37. Libellula Axillena. Male, female, No. 46; male, adult,
No. 47, LeConte.

T have strong doubts about the difference of LZ. Lydia and L. Axil-

Hagen.] 362 | {March 25,

lena. L. Lydia is always larger, the tip of wings more colored; I
have seen it from Louisiana, Texas, Georgia, South Carolina, Florida.
Of L. Azillena I possess a typical male from Abbot, from Louisiana
or Florida. The specimen from Georgia, agreeing very well with
the figure No. 47, is the smallest I ever saw, but I am not yet able to
find any sure specific difference.

88. Libellula incesta. Male, No. 55, female, No. 47,
LeConte.

These drawings of Abbot, both male and female, have been iden-
tified as L. plumbea, by Mr. Uhler, the first describer of this species,
I only know L. plumbea froma male kindly communicated by himself,
and I have never seen the female. To contradict the founder of the
species would seem rather hazardous, nevertheless as the figures do
not agree with the description given by Mr. Uhler, I believe I am
correct. Z. plumbea is of smaller size, the wings with a ferrugineous
tinge upon the costal margin and on the tip of the female. L. incesta
is a rare species in collections. I possess the male from South Car-
olina and Dallas, Texas, and two of uncertain locality, one of them,
probably erroneously, marked Massachusetts. The male agrees very
well with Abbot’s figure. According to Abbot’s figure the female
is the size of the male, brown, thorax with a large bright yellow
band between the wings, commencing at the abdomen and taper-
ing on the dorsum of the thorax to the prothorax; abdomen bright
yellow, with a large dorsal fuscous band, not reaching the first seg-
ment; segment eight to nine, brown; the sutures of all segments
and the lateral margin finely brown; appendages short, dark brown;
feet brown; wings exactly as in the male, hyaline, the costal margin
from the pterostigma to the tip infuscated; pterostigma black, long.

39. Libellula plumbea. Female, No.17. April 27. Com-
mon. Brit. Mus.

I gave this statement Stett. Zeit., xxIv, p. 375. I do not know
that my determination is correct.

40. Lepthemis hematogastra.

I saw one male in the collection of Mr. Escher Zollikofer, com-
municated to him by Abbot.

41. Mesothemis simplicicollis. A teneral male, No. 18.
Brit. Mus., April 25, June 15. Brit. Mus., male, female, No. 49,
LeConte.

I have seen a type from Abbot, and possess specimens from Geor-
gia. The species is common nearly everywhere east of the Rocky
Mountains, also in Mexico and Cuba.

a

We... 363 [Hagen.

42. Mesothemis longipennis. Male, No. 23, female, No.
24. Brit. Mus., May 23. Not very common. Male, female, adult,
both pruinose. No. 40, male, female, No. 56. LeConte.

Ihave seen a type trom Abbot in Mr. Escher Zollikofer’s collec-
tions, and I possess specimens from Georgia, and numerous other
localities. This species is even as common and widely distributed as
the foregoing one.

43. Diplax albifrons. Male; female, No. 81. Brit. Mus.,
September 1; male; female, No. 48. LeConte.

These drawings of Abbot are not so well finished as of the other
species, and not sufficiently so for a sure determination. I believe
them to represent D. albifrons, chiefly because I have seen a type of
this species from Abbot.

44, Diplax elisa. No.22. Brit. Mus. June 9. Rare.

45. Diplax amanda. Male, No. 29, female, No. 30. Brit.
Mus., March 29, April 20. Common. Male; female, No. 39. Le-
Conte. |

I:possess a female from Georgia, but have never seen a male, which
according to Abbot’s drawing, is exactly similar to the female in size
and color; the appendages are yellow.

46. Diplax ornata. Male, No. 39. LeConte.

I possess this species from Pennsylvania and Florida.

47. Diplax minuscula. Male, female teneral and male,
female adult pruinose, No. 38. LeConte.

I have seen this species from Georgia; it is quite an interesting fact
that the adult female becomes also pruinose.

48. Perithemis Domitia var. chlora. Male, female, No. 18.
Brit. Mus., June 21. Frequent near Savannah River, Burke Co., not
a common sort.

49. Nannophya bella. Male, female, No. 82. Brit. Mus.,
April 20. Very frequent.

I have seen this widely spread species from different localities.

50. Nannophya maculosa.

I have seen only two males from Abbot in Mr. Escher Zollikofer’s
collection.

Family CALOPTERYGINA.

51. Calopteryx angustipennis, Male, No.19. Brit. Mus.,
April 18. Briar Creek, rare.
I saw in the British Museum a male sent by Mr. Abbot; a female

Hagen.] 3 64 (March 25,

isin my collection. There are no other specimens known of this
rare and interesting species.

52. Calopteryx dimidiata. Female, No. 26. Brit. Mus.,
April 25. Not common.

I saw a male and female sent by Abbot to Mr. Escher Zollikofer.

53. Calopteryx maculata. Male, No. 25. Brit. Mus., April
16. Common. Male, female, No. 65. LeConte.

I saw a specimen sent by Abbot to Mr. Escher Zollikofer.

54.. Hetzrina septentrionalis.

A male sent by Abbot is in the British Museum.

55. Heteerina tricolor. Male, No. 30. Brit. Mus.

I have seen specimens from Georgia.

Family AGRIONINA.

56. Lestes rectangularis.

I saw specimens from Dalton, Georgia.

57. Lestes hamata (L. forcipata, Syn. N. Am. Neur.). Fe-
male, No. 63. LeConte.

I possess a female type from Abbot.

58. Lestes forcipata (L. hamata, Syn. N. Am. Neur.). Male,
female, No. 62, LeConte.

This is only a supposition, the drawings are not sufficient for a sure
determination.

59. Argia fumipennis. Male, female, No. 21. Brit. Mus.,
April 18. Common. Male, female, No. 64. LeConte.

60. Argia tibialis (Agrion fontium, Syn. N. Am. Neur.).
Male, female, No. 63. LeConte.

I have seen a specimen from Abbot in Mr. Escher Zollikofer’ s col-
lection. :

61. Argia bipunctalata.

I saw a specimen sent by Abbot.

62. Agrion hastatum. Male, female, No. 22. Brit. Mus.,
April 26. Not very common. Male, No. 62, female and the orange
var., No. 64. LeConte.

I saw specimens sent by Abbot to Mr. Escher Zollikofer.

63. Agrion positum. Male, No. 64. LeConte.

The figure is not sufficient for certainty. I saw this species from
Georgia.

64. Agrion Ramburii.

I saw specimens from Georgia.

1874.] 365 [Hagen.

65. Agrion signatum. Male, female, No. 62. LeConte.

The figures are not sufficient for a sure determination, but as I pos-
sess a male sent by Abbot, the identity is probable.

66. Agrion spec. Male, No. 63. LeConte.

A determination is.not possible; the species is a light blue one,
similar to A. civile and F’. Doubleday.

There are of the above quoted sixty-six species, thirty-six spe-
cies figured in the copy of the British Museum, and thirty-four in
Mr. John LeConte’s copy. Fifteen species only are represented in
both copies, so that fifty-four species are figured by Abbot and
LeConte, twenty-five in both sexes; twenty-one the male only, nine
the female.

Mr. Scudder read a paper on the species of the Genus
Pamphila, which will appear.in the “ Memoirs.”

Mr. 8. H. Scudder remarked that the Polar eacdinen
had brought home two specimens of butterflies, both the
Argynnis polaris. ‘They are probably the most northern
specimens ever taken.

April 1, 1874.

The President in the chair. Forty-three persons present.

Profs. Kuppfer, Ganin, Kowalewsky, and Mr. J. T. Gard-
ner, U. 8. Geol. Survey, were elected Corresponding Mem-
bers. Messrs. R. R. Andrews, Fr. Blanchard, B. 8. Codman,
M.D., H. T. Codman, H. Coleman, M.D., G. R. Crotch, E. P.
Cutler, James Delano, Geo. Dimmock, Wm. W. Dodge, S.
W. Garman, C. E. Hamlin, D. A. Hamlin, Chas. H. Higbee,
Ernest Ingersoll, W. P. Lawrence, D. M. Little, Philip
Little, H. K.. Morrison, John Murdock, W. E. Norton, Henry
A. Page, Chas. G. Weld, C. O. Whitman, Arthur E. Wilson
and Chas. Wilson were elected Resident Members.

Putnam.] 366 [April 1,

The following paper was read : —

REMARKS ON THE FAamity NemMopuip™ By F. W. PutTNAM.

In 1803, Russell, in his ‘“ Fishes of Coromandel,” figured a fish on
plate 39,1 which Swainson in 1839 names Xiphasia setifer, but does
not give any description, evidently knowing the fish only from the
ficure by Russell, though he referred it to his subfamily Ophidonide
in Which he also placed the genera Cepola and Nemotherus.

Dr. Kaup, in 1858, communicated a paper to the Zoological Soci-
ety of London, in which he describes (accompanied by a figure)
under the name of Nemophis Lessoni, two specimens of a fish. in the
Paris Museum. The locality whence these specimens, which were
“nine Paris inches in length,” were obtained was not known. Dr.
Kaup states that the specimen he examined was in “ poor condi-
tion,” which will account for the supposed absence of the ventral fins,
but he calls particular attention to the peculiar character of the large
canine teeth, and states that the fish is so unlike the other “ ribbon-
shaped fishes,” with which he confounds it, as to form a distinct
family, for which he proposes the name of Nemophide.

Dr. Giinther, in his third volume of the Catalogue of Fishes in the
- British Museum, published in 1861, places Kaup’s genus Nemophis,
which he knew only from Kaup’s figure and description, in the family
Blenniidz, though he states that “the position of this singular fish
cannot be exactly determined.”

In the next volume of his Catalogue, published in 1862, Dr. Gin-
ther characterizes a genus under the name of Xiphogadus, based on
the figure given on plate 39 of Russell, and places the genus in the
group of Brotulina in the family Ophidiide. For this fish he adopts
the specific name of setifer, and quotes Swainson’s generic name of
Xiphasia with an exclamation mark, probably intending thereby to
indicate that the name is not admissible on account of its construction.

In 1864, Dr. Bleeker described under the name of Xiphasia trachy-
pareia, a fish which Dr. Giinther, in the Zoological Record for the
same year, and under the heading of Blenniide, genus Xiphogadus,
remarks on as follows: — “ Dr. Bleeker has had the good fortune to

1 There is not a copy of Russell’s work in any library in Boston, Cambridge or
Salem, and as I have never seen the plate referred to, I know it only from the de-
scription given by Gunther, who also states that the single specimen observed by
Russell was fourteen inches in length, and was from Vizagapatam.

1874.) : 867 (Putnam.

rediscover the fish (or at least one closely allied to it) which was
figured by Russell (i, pl. 33 [39]). It proves to be a Blennioid, near
Peitroscirtes. He considers it also possible that Nemophis of Kaup
may be a fish allied to it. Dr. Bleeker prefers to adopt the name of
Xiphasia(!)”

This paper by Dr. Bleeker is reprinted, with a plate representing
the fish of natural size, in the publications of the Amsterdam Acad-
emy of the following year. The habitat of the specimen, which is
about eighteen inches in length, is unknown.

In the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, ©
for 1865, Prof. Gill described and figured a new genus of fishes
under the name of Plagiotremus, from a specimen five and one-half
inches in length, collected by Dr. Stimpson in the China Sea. From
the description given, it is evident that this fish is closely allied to
Nemophis of Kaup, as Prof. Gill states, and he therefore places it as
a subfamily of the family Nemophide. Prof. Gill also considers the
family as allied to the Blennioids. He further mentions that in Mr.
Brevoort’s collection there is a species of Nemophis from Madagascar.

In the Zoological Record for 1865, Dr. Giinther, in noting the
genus Plaqiotremus of Gill, which he refers to the Blenniidz, makes
the following statement: “ Mr. Gill thinks that this remarkable fish
should be united with Nemophis into a family Nemophide; but it
would appear to the Recorder that it shows sufficient affinities to
Xiphogadus, with which it should be compared.”

The Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1868, contains a
paper by Lieut. Col. Playfair on a collection of fishes from Madagas-
car, in which is described as a new species, Xzphogadus madagascari-
ensis, from a specimen eleven and one-half inches long, which was
taken, in a partially digested condition, from the stomach of another
fish caught in the Mouroundava River.

The final reference I have to make in this summary of the history
of this family is the following quotation from Dr. Giinther, as the
Ichthyological Recorder of the Zoological Record for 1868, published
in 1869, where under the family of Blenniide he gives the follow-
ing paragraph: —

‘“« Nemophis. The Recorder has recently had an opportunity of
examining nine examples obtained in various parts of the Indian
Ocean, and is convinced, 1, that Xiphogadus is identical with
Nemophis of Kaup (who overlooked the ventral fins); and, 2, that
although the examples examined by him may belong to two distinct

Putnam.] 868 [April 1,

species, differing only in the extent of the snout, there is no evidence
to show that the fishes described by Riippell [? Russell], Kaup, and
Bleeker, are specifically distinct. He makes this observation on
account of Col. Playfair having described as a fourth species a
Xiphogadus madagascariensis, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1868, p. 11. Having
examined the typical specimen (which is in a very bad state), the
Recorder may add that it cannot be made the type of a distinct
species.” :

To this history I have the opportunity of adding a few remarks
and lines of description made after examining two small specimens
contained in the Agassiz Collection, one of which was collected in
the China Sea, and the other from an unknown locality.

It will, from the foregoing, be seen that the name of Xiphogadus
must, as Dr. Giinther himself admits, at least give way to Nemophis,
and, if the strict law of priority is to be followed, that of Xiphasia,
proposed by Swainson and adopted by Bleeker, must take precedence
of both, and as it would add still further to the very great confusion
in the names of fishes if every name not perfectly constructed is to
be given up, I prefer, with Dr. Bleeker, to adcpt the name proposed
by Swainson.

That the family is allied to the Blenniide, especially.to the genus
Petroscirtes, is probable, but the very singular structure of the closely
united intermaxillary and maxillary bones, the latter being the seat
of. the canine teeth when they are present, taken in connection with
the elongated and scaleless body, the simple rays to the long dorsal
and anal fins, with the rudimentary character and forward position, or
entire absence of the ventral fins, indicate a well-marked family, as
proposed by Dr. Kaup and adopted by Prof. Gill.

NEMOPHIDZE.

Nemophide Kaup, 1858. Nemophide, subfamily Plagiotrematine
Gill, 1865.

Body long, slender; abdominal portion short. Dorsal and anal
fins long. Pectorals normal. Ventrals, when present, forward of
the pectorals, and connected with the humeral arch. Branchiostegal
membranes united, and leaving but a small gill-opening. Maxillaries
closely united to the posterior edges of the intermaxillaries, and
forming an even border to the mouth above.

1874.] . 369 (Putnam.

XIPHASIA.

Xiphasia Swainson, 1839. Nemophis Kaup, 1858. Xiphogadus
Giinther, 1862.

Body greatly elongated, slightly compressed, scaleless. Fin rays
sunple. Dorsal commences over the eye, and is continuous to the
caudal, with which it is united. Anal commences just back of the
vent, and is continuous to the caudal with which it is united. Caudal
of few rays. Ventrals reduced to three simple rays. Branchiostegal
rays six; the inner ones small. Gill-opening small, and placed
principally above the base of the pectoral fin. No pseudobranchia.
Gills four, with an opening behind the last; gill-rakers not developed;
lower pharyngeals small, narrow and separate, with very few, small,
pointed teeth. Border of the mouth above formed by the intermax-
illaries, maxillaries, and a fleshy portion behind. Intermaxillaries
broad, short, and closely united to the wide and short maxillaries. A
single row of distinct, pointed, flattened movable teeth on the inter-
maxillaries and in front of the under jaw. A firmly imbedded curved
canine tooth in each maxillary. (On one side of one specimen there
were two of these teeth, as represented in the figure of the bone.) A
large fixed eanine tooth on each side of the under jaw, which, when
the mouth is closed, passes into a cavity under the line of union of
the intermaxillary and maxillary. Vomer and palatines without
teeth. Anterior nostril slightly tubular; posterior one near the
upper margin of the eye. Four mucous pores on the head between
the eyes. Bones of the head thin and membranous. Opercular
bones very thin and closely united.

The dissection of the internal organs was not satisfactory, owing to
the condition of the specimen, but showed a large liver extending
over the intestines to about the centre of the abdominal cavity. The
stomach was not distinguishable from the intestine, and formed with
it three loops, followed by a short straight course to the anal opening.
No pyloric appendages. Air-bladder? (if present very small and
delicate). The peritoneal membrane silvery, and seen through the
abdominal walls.

Xiphasia setifer.
Xiphasia setifer Swainson, Nat. Hist. Fish, 1, p. 259,1839. Ophi-
donde. (Based on the figure given in Russell’s Fishes of Coro-
mandel, 1803. Plate 39.)

PROCEEDINGS B. §. N. H.— VOL. XVI. 24 SEPTEMBER, 1874.

Putnam.] 370 [April 1,

Nemophis Lessoni Kaup, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 168, and figure, 1858,
Also Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 301, and figure, Oct., 1858.
Nemophide. (Two specimens in Jardin des Plantes, 255 mm.
long. Locality unknown. Kaup overlooked the ventrals, and
his figure is not accurate in giving the commencement of the
dorsal, and in omitting the caudal.)

Nemophis lesson Ginther, Cat. Fish., 111, p. 296, 1861. Blenntde.
(After Kaup.)

Xiphogadus setifer Giinther, Cat. Fish, 1v, p. 374, 1862. Ophidiide.
(Based on Russell’s figure, plate 39; and states that the speci-
men figured by Russell was 14 inches long, and from Vizaga-
patam, Hast Indies.)

Xiphasia trachypareia Bleeker, Nederl. Tydschr. Dierk., p. 194, 1864;
and with a plate in Versl. en Mededeel. Akad. Wet. Amsterd.,
XVII, p. 193, 1865. Blennude. (The habitat of this specimen
is unknown. The figure probably represents an adult specimen
about 18 inches in length, and agrees very well with the young
specimens I have examined, except that Bleeker’s figure repre-
sents the abdominal portion one-fourth longer in proportion to
the head than in my specimens, and the body as not constricted
back of the vent; but these differences may be all owing to
age.)

Xiphogadus (trachypareia), Giinther, Zool.’ Record., 1, p. 158, 1864
(1865). Blennide.

Nemophis sp. Gill., Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., N. Y., viz, p. 140, note,
1865. Nemophide. (Mention of a specimen from Madagascar.)

Xiphogadus madagascariensis. Playfair, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 11, 1868.
(The specimen, which is 114 inches long, was taken from the
stomach of a fish from the Mourounda River.)

Nemophis, Giinther, Zool. Record, v, p. 150, 1868 (1869). Blenniide.
(The several described species of Nemophis and Xiphogadus are
stated to be one, and Giinther mentions that he has examined
nine examples obtained in various parts of the Indian Ocean.)

Head obtuse, arched, flat between the orbits. Eyes large; the
upper margin of the orbit forming the arch of the head; diameter of
the eye equal to the interorbital space, and to nearly one-third the
length of the head. Mouth nearly horizontal, extending to beneath
the front margin of the eye. Body just back of the vent slightly
constricted, not as high as the front part of the abdominal portion, or

as the head, and tapering gradually to the caudal fin. The width of *

[Putnam.

871

1874.]

Xiphasia setifer. Young, natural size.

a. Head enlarged and skin removed to show the maxillary and the canine teeth.

6. Maxillary from the left side, enlarged and showing the canine teeth, which
in this instance were two in number, though normally there is but one.

c. Front view of intermaxillaries and the right maxillary, enlarged to show the

line of union.

Putnam.] ota [April 1,

the head is less than one-half of its length, and its length is equal
(in small specimens) to the distance from te base of the ventrals to
the vent.1 The length of the head is contained from ‘thirteen and
one-half to nearly sixteen times in the total length.? Pectorals with
ten rays, slightly pointed, and a little longer than one-half the length
of the head. Venitrals slightly less than one-half as long as the head,
Dorsal rays of nearly equal length throughout, and not quite equal
to one-half the length of the head, situated at moderate distances
apart, the last ray connected by a membrane to the caudal. Anal
rays of about the same length and distance apart as the dorsal, the
last ray united by its membrane to the caudal slightly beyond the
line of union of dorsal and caudal. Caudal with ten rays, the cen-
tral being longer than the others, forming a short pointed fin.2 Color
in spirits light brown; lighter on the abdomen where the silvery
peritoneum shows through the walls; numerous dark dots on the
body along the base of the dorsal and anal fins, and on the head;
dorsal, anal and caudal fins dark, so that when the rays are not ex-
tended they form a black border from the head between the eyes,
round the caudal forward to the vent.

Indian Ocean and China Sea.

Agassiz Collection. No. 2463. China Sea, Capt. David Ranlett,
1859. (One specimen. 6.4 inches.)

Agassiz Collection. No. 2474, Habitat? Andrew Garrett (No.
31.) (One specimen. 6.6 inches.)

In order to include all the references to this family, as at present
understood, I abstract the principal characters by which Plagiotremus
is distinguished from “Xiphasia from Prof. Gill’s description of the
genus and species he has referred to the family. As has been pre-
viously stated, the genus Petroscites (Bennechis C. and V.) among
the Blenniide has affinities with the Nemophidz, and may prove to
be another genus of the family, but I have not specimens at hand for
examination.

1Jn the figure given by Bleeker the abdomen is one-quarter longer than the head.

2Ina specimen 6.4 long the head is contained thirteen and one-half times in
total length; in another, 6.6 long, nearly sixteen times; Bleeker gives the head as
contained sixteen and one-half times in a specimen about 18 inches long, and
Playfair gives seventeen times in a specimen 11.5long. Ginther also states that
the nine specimens examined by him differed in the length of the snout.

3 Bleeker gives the following ray formula, D. 121 + C.12+A.110,= D.C. A. 243;
P. 14; V. 2.

’

1874.) 8373 | [Putnam.
PLAGIOTREMUS.

Plagiotremus Gill, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist., N. Y., virr, p. 138, 1865
Nemophide, subfamily Plagiotrematine. Plagiotremus, Giinther,
Zool. Record, 11, p. 191, 1865 (1866). Blenntide. (Giinther
here states that the genus has affinities with Xiphogadus.)

Dorsal fin begins over the operculum, and is coterminal with anal,

neither fins being united to the caudal. No ventral fins. Canine
teeth in under jaw only.

Plagiotremus spilistius,

Plagiotremus spilistius Gill, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., vii, p. 140,
pl. 3, f. 1, 1865.

Head twice as long as high; about an eleventh of the total length.
Caudal well developed, and with the outer rays about twice the
length of the inner. Body uniform purplish. Pectoral fin with a
dark spot at base of upper rays. Dorsal fin with several rows of
blackish dots.

China Sea, Dr. Wm. Stimpson. (One specimen. 54 inches long.)

Mr. S. H. Scudder announced that the American Academy
of Arts and Sciences had recently addressed a memorial to
the Legislature, urging a new and thorough scientific survey
of the State. Through the rapid advance of science, the
published results of the old survey, undertaken a generation
ago, have become insufficient; and the interests of science
and general education, as well as the material prosperity of
the Commonwealth, demand a more thorough and systematic
study of our natural prodncts and resources. He suggested,
therefore, that a committee of seven should be appointed
with full power to support the memorial of the American
Academy on the part of the Society.

The proposition was warmly supported by other members
of the Society, and the President and Messrs. John Cum-
mings, W. H. Niles, F: W. Putnam, B. Joy Jeffries, Edw. S.
Morse and A. Hyatt, were chosen as a committee to prepare
and present to the next Legislature a petition in aid of the
Academy’s memorial.

Wells.] 3T4 [April 8,
Section of Microscopy. April 8, 1874.
Mr. Bicknell in the chair. Eleven persons present.

Mr. Stodder exhibited scales of Petrobius maritimus and —
Amathusia Horsfeldit, to show that the so-called “beads”
were the results of imperfect observation and illumination.

Mr. Bicknell exhibited and explained his achromatic con-
denser, made by Mr. Tolles after the design of Mr. Bicknell.
Its focal distance is ;4,, and its aperture 150°. Its most im-
portant variation from other condensers is in the position of
the stops, the diaphragm-plate being placed close to the
front lens, which gives a power of controlling the illuminat-
ing ray greatly superior to that possessed by other condenser.

Mr. Samuel Wells exhibited a heliostat, remarkable chiefly
for the small expense at which it was constructed.

Tt was made from a marine clock, capable of running like a watch,
in any position; the hands being removed, a pulley of 4 in. diameter
is slipped on to the arbor of the hour hand; on the wood work at the
top of the clock is fastened bearings for a small shaft, carrying at its
upper end the plane mirror intended to follow the movement of the
sun. On this shaft is a pulley one inch in diameter, deriving motion
from the pulley on the hour hand arbor by a cord. A support at-
tached to the side of the clock carries a subsidiary mirror directly

above the revolving mirror. The clock is hung on a board, hinged .

so as to be capable of elevation to an angle equal to the complement
of the latitude. The face of the clock is turned to the north. The
revolving mirror is adjusted to the declination of the sun so as to re-
flect the day to the north. The ray is received on the subsidiary
mirror, which reflects it in any required direction.

The cost of the heliostat was less than twenty dollars, and its per-
formance sufficiently accurate for microscopic purposes.

[1874. 875 (Kneeland.

April 15, 1874.

The President in the chair. One hundred and twelve per-
sons present.

Dr. Samuel Kneeland read a paper on the geology, geog-
raphy, and scenery of the Union Pacific Railroad, illustrated
by specimens of ores, fossils, and minerals found along the
route from Cheyenne to the Sierra Nevada, with lantern
illustrations of such of the scenery as best displayed the
geological features. |

After pointing out the geographical features of rivers, plains, lakes,
and mountains along the route, he drew attention to the fertility of
Eastern Nebraska, especially along the valley of the Platte River,
well adapted for cereal grains, fruits, and vegetables. In Western
Nebraska and Wyoming the alkali region begins, and is unfit for
agriculture; but, when properly watered, one of the finest and largest
grazing countries in the world — the sterility not depending on the
alkali, but on the absence of water to carry it off; this extensive re-
' gion is probably the residue of the evaporation of a large inland sea,
whose waters were charged with alkaline salts from the surrounding
mountains, in a basin without an outlet.

From Omaha westward, for about one hundred and twenty miles,
there are the carboniferous and secondary limestones and cretaceous
strata; then the tertiary marls and clays to the mountains west of
Cheyenne, the mountains themselves here having a nucleus of red-
dish felspathic granite, probably of Laurentian age.

The Laramie or Black Hills, with Sherman at their top, formed
the western shore-line of an immense fresh water lake on the eastern
slope of the mountains during the middle and upper tertiary, the
eastern shore of this lake extending to the vicinity of Grand Island;
this lake occupied an area, now almost waterless, of more than
one hundred thousand square miles. The nearly level character of
these plains shows that the upheaval of this plateau was gradual and
of long continuance, embracing the five hundred miles between the
Missouri and the mountains, the lofty ranges bursting through at a
comparatively recent period, draining off the waters with an immense
denudation, here and there great thicknesses of clays, marls, sand,
and sandstones being left high on their sides, and sometimes reach-
ing to the very crest; the effects of this denudation are now seen in

Kneeland.] 376 [April 15.

the pyramidal, castle-like and fantastically shaped forms, known as
“buttes,” of various colors, horizontally stratified, and hundreds of
feet high, showing what was once the general level of the country,
now so nearly washed away. The track of the road here is, there-
fore, for hundreds of miles over the bed of a tertiary lake.

The strata on the west correspond to those on the east of the
ranges, showing that they are great anticlinal folds, whose strata
slope in opposite directions, the numerous deep valleys being worn in
the fracture of the central line of elevation.

The “ Laramie Plains ” is a mountain prairie, at an average eleva-
tion of six thousand five hundred feet, comprising an area of six thou-
sand seven hundred and fifty square miles, and an excellent grazing
region. Beyond these plains traces of coal begin to be seen. The coal
at Carbon, eighty miles from Laramie, is very near the track, abun-
dant, of excellent quality, a compact tertiary lignite. The coal ex-
tends for many miles in all directions, showing that this desert was,
at a comparatively recent geological epoch, covered with luxuriant
vegetation. At Green River occur the great bluffs of bituminous
shales, mentioned in Hayden’s Report for 1872, p. 337, which have
recently been profitably used for the extraction of an excellent min-
eral oil. ;

He showed pictures of the Echo and Water cafions, near Salt
Lake, including the Salt Lake, all of which region, including the
Salt Lake basin, was once, according to Hayden, a vast fresh water
lake; the waters were slowly evaporated, leaving the terraces to
mark the changes and the former levels of the lake — briny, indeed,
not from the sea, which had been shut out from this region long
before, but from salt springs and concentration in this closed basin.
The lake itself is very old, and part of the great water area once
extending from the Wahsatch Mts. on the east to the Sierra Nevada
on the west, from the mountains of Columbia on the north to those of
Colorado on the south. The researches of Fremont, Stansbury, the
Pacific Railroad geologists, and Hayden, all confirm the above con-
clusions.

ERRATA ET ADDENDA.

Page 109, line 112. For “ Myiadestes townsendi” read ‘“‘ Phainopepla ni-
tens.” ;
Page 109, line 33. For “ capalis’’ read “ carpalis.”
Page 118, line 15. For ‘‘36” read “37.”
Page 241, line 5. For “ black, edged” read “ black-edged.”
Page 243, line 30. For “ borealis’’ read “‘ Faustina.”
Some of the nests and eggs described in the paper of Dr. Brewer, pp. 106-111,
were described by Dr. Coues in the ““American Naturalist,” after its presentation
but before publication.

INDEX TO VOL. XVL

Abastor erythrogrammus, 307.
Acidalia albogilvaria, 194.
cacuminaria, 195.
rubrolinearia, 28.
subalbaria, 28.
Acronycta albarufa, 239.
lithospila, 240.
dactylina, 239.
Actiturius batramius, 320, 324.
Actodromus Bonapartei, 330.
maculatus, 320.
minutilla, 330.
Xgialitis melodus, 330.
semipalmatus, 330.
vociferus, 324.
AXgiothus linaria, 308, 329.
eschna Abboii, 350.
antilope, 354.
furcillata, 351.
heros, 351.
janata, 356.
quadriguttata, 351.
virens, 351.
AGASSIZ, PRorF. LOUIS.
193, 210, 211, 225.
Agelaius pheeniceus, 323.
Agrion spec., 365.
hastatum, 364.
ositum, 364.
amburi, 364.
signatum, 365.
Aix sponsa, 319, 323, 325.
ALLEN, J. A. Metamorphism of Lig-
nite beds in Dakota and Montana,
246; geographical variation in North
American squirrels, 276. ;
Amber in North America, 296.
Ameiva 6-lineata, 307.
Ammonites, 166.
Ampelis cedrorum, 321, 328.
Anarta melanopa, 244.
quadrilunata, 244.
subfuscula, 244.
Anas Breweri, 263.
boschas, 264, 319, 325, 331.
maxima, 263.
obscura, 331.
Anax Junius, 350.
longipes, 350.
Ancistrodon piscivorus, 306.
Anisopteryx pometaria, 163, 204.
vernata, 204.

Tributes to,

ANNUAL MEETING, 1. .
Reports, 1, 10.
Anser albatus, 331.
cerulescens, 331.
Gambeli, 331.
hyperboreus, 331.
Anitenor, 63.
unicincta, 63.
Anthus ludovicianus, 321, 328.
Antrostomus carolinensis, 308, 314, 327
vociferus, 314, 320, 327.
Aquila audax, 70.
Bonelli, 70.
canadensis, 321, 329.
chrysetus, 70.
nevia, 70.
nzvioides, 70.
pennata, 71.
vulturina, 70.
Archibuteo lagopus, 72.
sancijohannis, 329.
Arctomys caligatus, 294.
flaviventer, 294.
monax, 294.
Ardea herodias, 314, 327.
Ardetta exilis, 327.
Argia bipunctalata, 364.
fumipennis, 364.
tibialis, 364...
Argynnis polaris, 365.
Arietidz, evolution of, 166.
Arizona, on some birds of, 106.
Arnioceras, 167.
Ashantees, 335.
Asteroceras, 169.
Astur atricapillus, 309, 329.
Asturina nitida, 308.
plagiata, 107, 308, 327.
ATWOOD, CApT. N. E. On New Eng-
land Fishes, 377.
AUSTIN, E. P. List of Mt. Washington
Coleoptera, 265.
Aythya americana, 319, 331.
valisneria, 331.

Baza lophotes, 53.
Bdellostoma, 156.
cirrhatum, 160.
polytrema, 160.
Bignonia capreolata, 306.
Blue Ridge, crystalline rocks of, 115.
Bonasa umbellus, 324.

(377)

878

Botaurus lentiginosus, 324.

Bovuvsk, T. T. Remarks on the death of
Louis AGASSIZ, 210.

Branta bernicla, 331.

canadensis, 319.
Hutchinsi, 331.

BREWER, T. M., M.D. Description of
some nests and eggs of Arizona birds,
106; on the Hermit Thrushes, 115;
hybridism among the ducks, 263; on
the nesting and eggs of Lagopus leu-
curus, 348.

Bubo virginianus, 314, 324.

Bucephala albeola, 319, 329.

americana, 329.

Bucephalus cuculus, 170.

BURBANK, L. S. Surface geology of
North Carolina, 150.

Buteo albicollis, 64.

augur, 66.
brachypterus, 67.
brachyurus, 67.
borealis, 66, 324
erythronotus, 67.
ferox, 67.
jackal, 67.
Kublii, 64.
lineatus, 66, 324.
leucorrhous, 65, 86.
maguirostris, 65, 86.
melanops, 63.
montanus, 106.
nitida, 64.
pennsylvanicus, 65, 325.
scotopterus, 64.
Swainsoni, 67, 309, 325.
vulgaris, 67.
Butorides virescens, 327.
By-Laws, amendments to, 295.

Cabomba carolina, 306.

Cairina moschata, 264.

Calidris arenaria, 331.

Calliphora vomitoria, 137 et seq.

Caloceras, 168.

Calopteryx angustipennis, 363.
dimidiata, 364.
maculosa, 364.

Cambarus pellucidus, 209.

Campephilus principalis, 308, 309, 314,

324

Camptogramma fluviata, 19.
Cardinalis virginianus, 308, 309, 311, 315,
323.

Carolina, geology of North, 150.
Carpodacus Cassinii, 109.
purpureus, 319, 328.
Carya oliveformis, 306.
Catalpa bignonioides, 306.
Catharista atrata, 308, 327.
Catocala Faustina, 243.
residua, 242.
Celithemis Eponina, 361.
Celtis mississippiensis, 306.
Celuta helane, 307.
vermis, 307.
Couture carolinus, 308, 309, 310, 316,
324.
Cephaloon lepturides, 275.
tenuicorne, 275.

Cephaloon ungulare, 275.
Certhia americana, 321.
Ceryle alcyon, 324.
Chetura pelagica, 318, 320, 327.
Chamepelia passerina, 307.
Charadrius virginicus, 320, 330.
Cliaulelasmus streperus, 331.
Chlorosea, 31.
nevadaria, 31.
Chondestes grammaca, 309, 310, 311, 326.
Chordeiles pe etue, 321, 327.
Chroecocep ais atricilla, 328.
philadelphica, 329.
Chrysomitris pinus, 328.
tristis, 323. {
Chthamoctistes cumulus, 170.
Cidaria albopunctata, 202.
glaucata, 20.
nubilata, 20.
Circaétus gallicus, 72.
thoracicus, 72.
Circus zruginosus, 55.
cinerarius, 56.
cyaneus, 55.
Gouldii, 57.
hudsonius, 324,
Jardinii, 55.
macropterus, 56.
Maillardi, 55.
maurus, 56.
melanoleucus, 56,
Mulleri, 56.
pallidus, 56.
poliopterus, 57.
ranivorus, 55.
spilonotus, 55.
Cisthothorus stellaris, 325.
Cleora wmbrosaria, 23.
Cocculus carolinus, 306.
Coccygus americanus, 318, 321, 327.
erythropthalmus, 318, 327.
Colaptes auratus, 324.
Coleoptera of Mt. Washington, 265;
new species of, 272.
Collurio borealis, 329.
excubitoroides, 309, 317, 323.
Coluber confinis, 306.
Colymbus septentrionalis, 329.
torquatus, 329.
CONSTITUTION, amendment, 332.
Contopus virens, 314, 321, 327.
Conurus carolinensis, 308, 314, 324.
Cordulegaster maculatus, 356.
obliquus, 356.
Sayi, 356.
Cordulia sp. nov., 360.
cynosura, 360.
semiaqua, 360.
Coroniceras, 168.
Corundum, 332.
Corvus americanus, 324.
carnivorus, 324.
Coturniculus Henslowi, 311, 326.
passerinus, 326.
Cotyle riparia, 326.
Crayfish, brain of the blind, 209.
Crepidodera robusta, 274.
Crinoids, 245.
Cupidonia cupido, 324.
Curvirostra americana, 321.

oe

ai ie i el

s
SAE A ine I A ta

879

Cyanospiza ciris, 307, 308, 309, 327.
cyanea, 313, 315, 318, 320,
327.
igneus, 315.

Cyanura cristata, 310, 311, 324.

Cychlophis zstivus, 307.

Cygnus americana, 331.

buccinator, 331.

Cymindis cayennensis, 53.
subcristatus, 53.
Verreauxi, 53.

Cynomys columbianus, 294.
Iudovicianus, 294.

Dafila acuta, 319, 331.

Demiegretta estiva, 318, 326.

Dendroica Bellii, 309, 311, 326.
Blackburniz, 319, 330.
castanea, 330.
cxrulea, 311, 313, 326.
cerulescens, 319, 330.
coronata, 311, 320, 328.
discolor, 326.
dominica, 308, 309, 311, 318,

326

Iudoviciana, 307.
maculosa, 319, 330.
palmarum, 319, 320, 330.
pennsylvanica, 319, 320, 326.
pinus, 326.
striata, 330.
tigrina, 321.

. virens, 330.

Diadophis Arnyi, 307.

Dianous nitidulus, 272.

Diplax albifrons, 363.

amanda, 363. {j
elisa, 363.
minuscula, 363.
ornata, 363.

Dolichonyx oryzivorus, 321, 330.

Doreatoma pallicornis, 274.

Drepanodes panamaria, 39.

DwiGuHt, T. JR., M.D. Exhibition of
anatomical specimens, 112, on the ac-
tion of the intercostal muscles, 113;
structure and action of striped mus-
cular fibre, 119.

Hehiodon dentatus, 346.
Ectopistes migratoria, 319, 324.
Elanus leucurus, 53, 308, 309, 327.
melanopterus, 53.
Swainsoni, 54.
EMERSON, GEO. B,
AGASSIZ, 211.
Empidonax acadicus, 313, 327, 320.
flaviventris, 330.
minimus, 313, 318, 330.
Traillii, 313, 327, 320.
Encheliophis, 346.
tenuis, 347.
Epitheca pilosa, 360.
linearis, 360.
princeps, 359.
Epurea flavomaculata, 273.
Eremophila alpestris, 309, 321, 323.
Eremotherium, 339.
Ereunetes pusillus, 331.
Erismatura rubida, 325.

Eulogy on Lovis

Eunemoria, 30.

tricoloraria, 30.
unitaria, 30.
Eurhinosea, 34.
flavaria, 35.
Euspiza americana, 310, 320, 326.
EKutznia dorsalis, 306.
Faireyi, 306.
proxima, 306.
Eutrapela falcata, 39.

Falco alaudarius, 47.
anatum, 325.
ardesiacus, 46.
aurantius, 45.
cenchris, 49.
cenchroides, 47.
cervicalis, 44.
chicquera, 49.
columbarius, 325.
communis, 44.
Cuvieri, 45.
femoralis, 46.
lanarius, 44.
leucophrys, 49.
lithofalco, 46.
lunulatus, 45.
polyagrus, 309, 325.
punctatus, 47.
ruficollis, 49.
rufizularis, 45.
rupicoloides, 47.
rupicolus, 47.
sacer, 44.
severus, 45.
sparverioides, 49.
sparverius, 48, 324.
subbuteo, 45
vespertinus, 49.

Falconidz, catalogue of the Society’s

collection of, 43.

Fantees, 335.

Farancia abacurus, 307.

Fidonia guadripunctata, 199.

Fierasfer, 343.

dubius, 344.
Homei, 345.

Florida cxrulea, 328.

Fulica americana, 325.

Fuligula viola, 264.

Fulix affinis, 329.

collaris, 329.
marila, 329.

Galeoscoptes carolinensis, 318, 320, 325.
Gallinago Wilsoni, 324.
Gallinula galeata, 327.
martinica, 328.
Gambetta flavipes, 331.
melanoleuca, 331.
Garzetta candidissima, 327.
Geometride, 13, 194.
Georgia, Odonata of, 349.
Geothlypis philadelphia, 326.
melanops, 316.
trichas, 316, 320, 326.
Geranoaétus melanoleucus, 68.
Geranospiza, 73, 82.
cerulescens, 62, 84.
gracilis, 62, 84.

‘

380

Glaucidium, 73, 91.
ealifornicum, 94.
ferrugineum, 100.
gnoma, 103.
infuscatum, 102.
Jardini, 99.
Lansbergii, 98.
nanum, 104.
passerinum, 94.
pumilum, 97.

_ Ssiju, 105.
Gleditschia monosperma, 306.
Gold Coast, natives of, 335.
Gomphus dilatatus, 359.

minutus, 359.

pallidus, 358.

pilipes, 359.

spinosus, 359.
Gorytodes trilinearia, 24.

uncanaria, 24.
Graculus dilophus, 308, 331.

floridanus, 308, 319, 327.

GRoTE, Auc. R. Descriptions and

Notes on the Noctuids, 239.
Grus americanus, 331, 319.
canadensis, 325, 319.
Guiraca cerulea, 308, 318, 326.

Hadena arctica, 241.

HaGEn, H., M.D. The origin of the
“ Tailed Man,’ 192; on Amber in
North America, 296; the Odonate
Fauna of Georgia, 349.

Haldea striatula, 337.

Halia 4linearia, 26.

tripunctaria, 26.

Haliaétus albicilla, 68.
icthyaétus, 68.
leucocephalus, 68, 324.
leucogaster, 68.
vocifer, 68.

Harpagus bidentatus, 54.
diodon, 54.

Harporhynchus Bachmani, 307.

Bendiri, 308.
crissalis, 108.
curvirostris, 108.
rufus, 325, 320.

Harpyhaliaétus coronatus, 72.

Hedymeles ludovicianus, 330, 321.

Helderberg rocks in N. H., 295.

Heliaster indus, 69.

leucosternus, 69.
sphenurus, 69.

Helinaia Swainsoni, 307.

Heliostat, a simple, 376.

Heliothis pulchripennis, 241.

Helminthophaga celata, 333, 309.

chrysoptera, 326.
luciz, 107.
peregrina, 330.
pinus, 312, 326.
ruficapilla, 330.

Helmitherus vermivorus, 312, 326.

Helotarsus ecaudatus, 72.

Hemerophila latifasciaria, 33.

Herodias egretta, 327.

Herpetotheres cachinnans, 52.

Hesperide, ocelli in the, 165.

Hesperomys aureola, 307.

palustris, 307.

Hesperumia, 37.
ochreata, 37.
Hetzrina septentrionalis, 364.
tricolor, 364.
Heterodon cognatus, 306.
Hibiscus glandiflorus, 306.
Himantopus nigricollis, 328. .
Hirundo horreorum, 320, 326.
Hitcucock, Pror. C. H. On the
Helderberg rocks of N. H., 295.
HBolopus Rangii, 245.
Homo caudatus, 192.
Hunt on Amber, 301; the deposition of
clays, 302.

Hunt, Dr. T. STERRY. On the crys-_

talline rocks of the Blue Ridge, 115;
on Dr. Genth’s researches on corum-
dum, 332; on the stratification of
rock-masses, 237.
Hyart, Pror. A. Evolution of the
Arietide, 166.
Hybernia olivacearia, 200.
strigitaria, 201.
Hydrochelidon fissipes, 327.
Hylocichla, 115.
Hylotomus pileatus, 314, 324.
Hypsipetes speciosata, 22.
viridata, 21.
Hyria occidentaria, 29.

Ibis alba, 307.
falcinellus, 328.
Ibycter americanus, 51.
ater, 51.
Ichthyoborus nigricollis, 69.
Icteria virens, 320, 326.
Icterus baltimore, 320, 327.
spurius, 320, 327.
Ictinia mississippiensis, 327, 308, 309.
plumbea, 54
Ieracidea berigora, 50.
novezealandia, 50.
occidentalis, 50.
Terax cexrulescens, 50.
eutolmus, 50.
sericeus, 50.
Iphiclides Ajax, 117.

Junco hyemalis, 311, 312, 321, 328.

Kaupifalco monogrammicus, 64.

Kneeland on the natives of the Gold
Coast, 335; on the ‘‘ Sea-serpent,”’ 337;
on the scenery and geology of the
Pacific Railroad, 374.

Lagopus leucurus, 348.
Lanivireo flavifrons, 313, 326.
solitaria, 330.
Larentia cumatilis, 20.
12-lineata, 19.
perlineata, 20.
Larus argentatus, 329.
Delawarensis, 329.
LECONTE, Dr. JouN L. New Coleop-
tera, 272.
Lepthemis hematogastra, 362.
Lestes forcipata, 364.
hamata, 364.
rectangularis, 364.
Libellula auripennis, 361.

Pas

ee ee

asl

Libellula Axillena, 361.
deplanata, 361.
incesta, 362.
Lydia, 361.
plumbea, 362.
pulchella, 361.
semifasciata, 361.
Lignite beds, metamorphism of, 246.
Limosa fedoa, 331.
hudsonica, 331.
Liparide, 114.
Liparis lineatus, 114.
vulgaris, 114.
Lophodytes cucullatus, 325.
Lophophanes bicolor, 308, 309, 311, 312,
323

Lophortyx Gambelli, 110:

Loxia americana, 308, 329.
leucoptera, 308, 329.

Lygosoma laterale, 307.

Lynx canadensis, 307.
rufus, 307.

Macaria californaria, 27.
sectomaculata, 198.
unimodaria, 196.

Macromia tzniolata, 359.

transversa, 359.
Macrorhamphus griseus, 330.
Mamestra cinnabarina, 241.

laudabilis, 241.

legitima, 241.

Man, origin of the so-called “ tailed,”’

192

MANN, B. PICKMAN. A monstrous
female imago of Anisopteryx pome-
taria, and remarks on the pupa, 163;
explanation of a previous paper on
Anisopteryx, 204.

Mareca americana, 319, 331.

Martynia proboscidea, 306.

McCrapy, PRor. JOHN. Observations
on the food and reproductive organs
of Ostrea virginiana, and a new par-
asite, 170.

MEETINGS of the General Society, 1,
43, 112, 113, 114, 119, 136, 166, 210, 245,
276, 296, 332, 337, 365, 374.

MEETINGS of the Section of Entomol-
ogy, 111, 117, 163, 194, 265, 349:

MEETING of the Section of Micros-
copy, 376.

Melanerpes erythrocephalus, 310, 316,
324.

Melanippe Kodiakata, 23.

Meleagris sylvestris, 314, 324.

Melhierax musicus, 62.
olyzonus, 62.
incolni, 330, 311.

melodia, 310, 311, 321, 328.

palustris, 311, 321, 328.

Melospiza

MEMBERS, CORRESPONDING,
TION OF, 118.

Bendire, Capt. Charles, 113.

Ganin, Prof. » 365.

Gardner, J. T., 365.

Kowalewsky, Prof., 365.

Kuppfer, Prof., 365.

ELEC-

MEMBERS, RESIDENT, ELECTION of,
113

Andrews, R. R., 365.
Blanchard, Fr., 365.
Codman, Dr. B. S., 365.
Codman, H. T., 365.
Coleman, Dr. H., 365.
Crotch, G. R., 365.
Cutler, BE. P., 365.
Delano, James, 365.
Dimmock, Geo., 365.
Dodge, Wim. W., 365.
Garman, 8. W., 365.
Ham, S. F., 113.
Hamlin, C. E., 365.
Hamlin, D. A., 365.
Higbee, Chas. H.,, 365.
Hunt, Dr. T. Sterry, 113,
Ingersoll, Ernest, 365,
Lawrence, W. P., 365.
Little, D. M., 365.
Little, Philip, 365.
Morrison, H. K., 365.
Murdock, John, 365.
Norton, W. E., 365.
Page, Henry A., 365,
Richards, C. A., 113.
Warren, R.S., 113.
Weld, Chas. G., 365.
Whitman, C. O., 365.
Wilson, Arthur E., 365.
Wilson, Charles, 362.
Winslow, S. W., 113.

Mergus americanus, 319, 331.
serrator, 331.
Mesothemis longipennis, 363.
Simplicollis, 362.
Metamorphism of Lignite beds, 246.
Metanema aurantiacara, 34. :
Metrocampa virido-perlata, 38.
Micrastur, 73.
concentricus, 52, 81.
leucauchen, 80.
Mirandollei, 51, 77,
ruficollis, 51, 78.
semitorquatus, 51, 76,
Micredus austinianus, 273.
Micropalama himantopus, 331.
Milvago chimachima, 50.
chimango, 50.
Milvus egyptius, 69.
afiinis, 69.
govinda, 69.
indus, 69.
isurus, 69.
migrans, 69.
regalis, 69.
Mimus polyglottus, 323.
Mniotilta varia, 320, 326,
Molothrus pecoris, 323.
Monson, Mass., phenomena at the
quarry of, 41.
Morphnus guianensis, 71.
harpyia, 72.
MORRISON, H. K. New North Ameri-
can Lepidoptera, 194.
Mt. Washington, Coleoptera of, 265.

382

MURRAY, ALEX. A gigantic squid on
the coasts of New Foundland, 161.
Musca carnaria, 136.
domestica, 136.
harpyia, 136, 148.
Muscular fibre, structure of, 119.
Myiadestes Townsendi, 109.
Myiarchus crinitus, 311, 320, 327.
Myiodioctes canadensis, 319, 330.
mitratus, 312, 326.
pusillus, 330.
Myriapods from Massachusetts, 111,
Myxine, 127.
glutinosa, 135.

Nannophya bella, 363.
maculosa, 363.

Nauclerus forficatus, 52, 308, 309, 327.

Nelumbium luteum, 306.

Nemophide, 366.

Nemophis, 366.

Neotoma floridana, 307.

Nettion carolinensis, 319, 331.

NILES, PRoF. W. H. Phenomena at

Monson Quarry, 41.

Nisus approximans, 60.

badius, 61.
cirrhocephalus, 60.
Cooperi, 59, 324.
erythronemius, 58.
fringillarius, 58.
fuscus, 324.

gabar, 61.
madagascariensis, 58.
melanoleucus, 57.
minullus, 60.
niger, 61.

_ novehollandie, 57.
palumbarius, 57.
pica, 59.

yi, 57.
rufitorques, 60.
rufiventris, 58.
sphenurus, 61.
soloensis, 61.
tachiro, 58.
tinus, 59.
torquatus, 60.
Toussenelli, 58.
trinotatus, 60.
virgatus, 60.

Noctuide, 239.

Numenius borealis, 331.
hudsonicus, 331.
longirostris, 320.

Nyctalea acadica, 309, 329.

Nyctea nivea, 329.

scandiaca, 309.

Nyctherodias violaceus, 327.

Nyctiardea Gardeni, 327.

Nyssa uniflora, 306.

Odonota of Georgia, 349.
(ineis semidea, 117.
OFFICERS for 1873-5, election of, 12, 43.
Ophibolus doliatus, 307.

Evansi, 307.

Sayi, 307.
Ophidium, 339. F

Broussonetii, 341.

Ophidium Holbrookii, 340, 342.
marginatum, 340, 342.
Rochii, 342.
Vasalli, 343.
Ophisaurus lineatus, 307.
ventralis, 307.
Oporornis agilis, 319, 330.
ieee 311, 312, 318, 320,
Ortyx floridanus, 316.
virginianus, 323, 324, 361.
Osceola elapsoidea, 307.
sues virginiana, natural history of,
170.
Oyster, natural history of, 170.

PACKARD, A. S., JR., M.D. Phale-
nide of California, 13; occurrence of
rare and new Myriapods in Mass., 111:
transformations of the House Fly, 136;
on the brain of the blind cray-fish, 209,

Panagra subminiata, 25.

Pandion carolinensis, 324.

haliztus, 52.

Pantala florescens, 360.

Parula americana, 326.

Parus atricapillus, 317, 329.
carolinensis, 308, 311, 322, 323.
septentrionalis, 317.

Passerculus savanna, 323. ?

Passerella iliaca, 311, 321, 328.

Pelecanus erythrorhynchus, 328.

Pelidna americana, 330.

Perissoglossa tigrina, 319, 330.

Perithemis Domitia, 363.

Pernis apivorus, 52.

ptilorhynchus, 53.
Petrochelidon lunifrons, 320, 326.
Peucea exstivalis, 307, 309, 310, 317, 326.

carpalis, 109.

Phalenidz of California, 13; new Amer-
ican, 194. ;

Phalaropus fulicarius, 331.

hyperboreus, 381.
Wilsoni, 327.

Phalcobenas megalopterus, 50.

Philohela minor, 324.

Picus borealis, 307.
pubescens, 324,

Villosus, 324.

Pinicola canadensis, 309, 329.

Pipilo alberti, 110.
erythrophthalmus, 311, 313, 323.
mesoleucus, 110.

Plagiotremus spilistius, 373.

Platalea ajaja, 307.

Plathemis trimaculata, 361.

Plectrophanes lapponicus, 309, 321, 329.

nivalis, 309, 319.
pictus, 309, 329,
Plotus anhinga, 307, 308, 327.
Podiceps cornutus, 329.
cristatus, 329.
Holbollii, 329.
Polioptila cerulea, 320, 325.
Poliornis liventer, 64.
poliogenys, 64,
rufipennis, 65.
teesa, 65.
Polyboroides, 83.

383 .

Polyboroides radiatus, 62.

Polyborus tharus, 51.

Polyxenus fasciculatus, 111.

Poocetes gramineus, 323.

Porzana carolina, 325.

jamaicensis, 308, 327.
noveboracensis, 327.

PourTALES, L. F. Remarks on Cri-
noids, 245.

Progne subis, 320, 326.

Progomphus borealis, 356.

Protonotaria citrea, 308, 309, 311, 320,
326.

Psiloceras planorbis, 168.

Puffinis obscurus, 307.

Purnam, F. W. Remarks on the Li-
paride, 114; Notes on Myxine, 127;
notes on Bdellostoma, 156; on Ophid-
iide and Fierasferide, 339; on the
Nemophide, 366.

Pyrangra estiva, 315, 326.

hepatica, 108.
rubra, 313, 320, 326.
Pyrocephalus mexicanus, 107.

Quercus lyrata, 306.
virens, 305.
Querquedula discors, 319,331.
Quiscalus zneus, 322, 324,
major, 307.

Rallus elegans, 325.
virginianus, 325.
Recurvirostra americana, 328.
Regerhinus uncinatus, 53.
Regina Grahami, 307.
Regulus calendula, 320, 330.
satrapa, 321, 328.
Reithrodon humulus, 307.
Rhinogryphus aura, 308, 324.
Rhyacophilus solitarius, 324.
RipGwAy, ROBERT. Catalogue of the
Ornithological Collection of the So-
ciety, Falconidez, 43; revision of the
genera Micrastur, Geranospiza, Ru-
pornis and Glaucidium, 73; the Wa-
bash Valley and its avian fauna, 304.
Rostrhamus hamatus, 55.
sociabilis, 54.
Rupornis, 73, 85.
griseocauda, 88.
leucorrhous, 90.
magnirostris, 86, 87.
nattereri, 88.
pulcherani, 89.
ruficauda, 89.

Sarcophaga carnaria, 136.

Sayornis fuscus, 311, 322, 324.

Scelospiza Francesil, 61.

Sciuride, geographical variation in, 276;

list of N. A., 286.
Sciuropterus hudsonius, 289.
volucella, 289.

Sciurus Alberti, 285, 287.
carolinensis, 278, 287, 313.
cinereus, 285, 286.
Douglassi, 280, 281, 288.
Fremonti, 280, 288.
fossor, 287.

@

Sciurus hudsonius, 277, 279, 280, 282, 288,
leucotis, 287.
Iudevicianus, 278, 287, 313.
niger, 286,
Richardsoni, 280, 288.

Schinia rectifascia, 242.

Selidosema juturnaria, 38.

Scolecophagus cyanocephalus, 309, 329.

ferrugineus, 329.

Scolopendrella americana, 111.

Scops asio, 314, 324.

Scotochroa atra, 274.

ScuppER, S.H. a new method of ar-
ranging entomological illustrations,
112; on a fossil insect from England,
112; rabbit-cats, 114; on Iphiclides
Ajax, 117; on the larve of Cineis sem-
idea, 119; ocelli in a Hesperian, 165;
on Abbot’s paintings of insects, 295.

Sea-serpent, 337.

Seiurus aurocapillus, 313, 318, 326.

ludovicianus, 311, 318, 319, 326,
noveboracensis, 312, 313, 318,

328.
Setophaga ruticilla, 326.
Sialia sialis, 322, 323.
Sicya crocearia, 36.
Sitta carolinensis, 311, 323, 328.
pusilla, 307.
Spatula clypeata, 331, 319.
Spermophilus annulatus, 293.
Beecheyi, 279, 293.
Douglassi, 279, 293.
elegans, 292.
erythrogluteia, 292,
Franklini, 291.
grammurus, 279, 282, 285,
293.
Harrisi, 290.
kodiacensis, 292.
mexicanus, 291.
mollis, 293.
obsoletus, 291.
allidus, 291.
arryi, 285, 292.
paencea ae, 291.
ichardsoni, 282, 292.
spilosoma, 291.
tereticaudus, 291.
13-lineatus, 279, 291.
Townsendi, 293.
Sphyropicus varius, 312, 321, 329.
Spilornis bacha, 72.
cheela, 72.
holospilus, 72.
Spizaétus cirrhatus, 71.
melanoleucus, 71.
nipalensis, 71.
occipitalis, 71.
ornatus, 71.
tyrannus, 71.
Spizella monticola, 311, 321, 328.
pallida, 309.
pusila, 313, 323.
socialis, 326.
Squatarola helvetica, 330.
Squid, a gigantic, 161.
Stelgidopteryx serripennis, 318, 320, 326.
Sterna antillarum, 327.
Forsteri, 327.

384

Sterna hirundo, 327.

regia, 327.
Stratification of rock-masses, 237.
Strix pratinicola, 309, 324.
Sturnella magna, 317, 324.

neglecta, 309, 311, 317, 324.

Symphemia semipalmata, 331.
Syrnium nebulosum, 314, 324.

Tachycineta bicolor, 320, 326.
Tachyporus jocosus, 272.
Tamias dorsalis, 281, 290.

lateralis, 250.

Pallasi, 281, 290.

pallidus, 281, 289.

quadrivittatus, 261, 280, 282, 289.

striatus, 277, 281.

Townsendi, 281, 290.
Tantalus loculator, 307, 308, 328.
Taxodium distichum, 306.
Tecoma radicans, 306.

stans, 306.
Telephorus oriflavus, 273.
Telmatodytes palustris, 323.
Tephrosia canadaria, 33.

Jaleataria, 32.
nigroseriata, 32.
Tetracis parallelia, 38.
Tetragoneura costalis, 360.
Thryomanes Bewickii, 308, 309, 310, 323.
Thryothorus ludovicianus, 308, 309, 311,
323.
Tramea carolina, 361.
Tringoides macularius, 324.
Trochilus colubris, 318, 327.
Troglodytes don, 323.
hyemalis, 321, 323, 328.
Tropidonotus erythrogaster, 306.
transversus, 306.
W oodhousei, 307.

Tryngites rufescens, 331.
Turdus alicie, 115, 330.

auduboni, 115.

fuscescens, 115, 330.

Turdus migratorius, 322, 323.
mustelinus, 115, 326, 325.
nanus, 115.
Pallasi, 115, 312, 330.
silens, 115.
Swainsoni, 115, 330.
ustulatus, 115.

Urubitinga zequinoctialis, 63.
anthracina, 63.
meridionalis, 63.
unicincta, 63.
wzonura, 62.

.

Vireo flavifrons, 312, 318, 320.
noveboracensis, 320, 326.
olivaceus, 318, 320.
philadelphicus, 320.

Vireosylvia gilva, 313, 326.

olivacea, 313, 326.
philadelphica, 330.
Virginia elegans, 307.
valeria, 307.
Vulpes fulvus, 307.
virginianus, 307.

Wabash Valley, 304.

WALKER PRIZES, award of, 113.

WATERSTON, REY. > JG. Ours
AGASSIZ and the Humboldt Anni-
versary, 225.

WELLS, SAMUEL. Ona simple helios-
tat, 376.

ae anoee ia icterocephalus, 309,
323

Xiphasia 366, 369. 5
setifer, 369.
Xiphogadus, 366.

Zenaidura carolinensis, 322, 324.
Zonotrichia albicollis, 311, 312, 321, 328.
teuconhae 311, 312, 321,

ee ee ee re

RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31 uy
= = =i ee =
WA E 8 : e :
SS 2 = 2 7: 3
\ > : . |
* we 3 ze E 5 4
LILSNI - SMITHSONIAN INSTITU
> ” = _
ae : o yk gg
Pe. . a = w , Je
4 RN = a
G SW 3 = cS = c
= . oO 2 iidey),
ey EN Es O aay a ae
.RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVW
wes ey mz ih Pie z ;
i ¢ W ° w O <o
aS : : : :
a a 2 8 E
- = E fe =
Sclnee = Se a oO
= : wn Z w” . £ q
LILSNI NVINOSHLINS SS3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITL
ae (9) Ze ee ” = a
ot = ess - = < NG
Vey Ver a Vitis Re ros Vy, Z y = z was
Y Le IP : SB A
fp 3 ELH 2S F 2
y a Oo ti = 9 a
yp * 2 “iy * = =
7 = > . = > =
” ae wm agate 3 w” /
,RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION. NOILALILSNI! S3I1uYVi
ee 9) > op) a op)
is aa es ” a
oe = ties ss oc
ac = & = a5
a : S = rs) =
Shh sai Uaaleat a os z i
LiLSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3!dvugdi1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _
fos = fe ca | ae
105) ~ w = 188)
=o) = Pe) =. 2 Ay
ies = a a ic
ii a o saa
De eee o Z wee
\RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NVINOSHLINS S3IY¥VvYy
7) eae w = ” an
= ee = <x. = Jie :
= o i Ae. a3 “
e 2 3 ae ig.
2 iE Zi E 2 te
pas = 5 = > |
th 2 ” z ; J
_ NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU
rate fp = ” S |
” wd w Lu wo Gulz:
a a a i 2 ae
= a
S WN fc = S ‘-
—_ “i wm faa faa a 4°
iS) Bt — O ea @) Nos}
‘RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IUVE
= i SON = a AG = <ASVA
ON; = <w AS “ay O quuSW MS oo VY Sas
on kK “ff I - pg 5] (arin om ) 2) Pe) a fey }
a 5 to sg 2 GE) 5 ERM 2 By:

ioe 7 , a. ee 2 ve f
= ; < =

o Cie = = [= = Wy
WY oO Be FS) ae oO lp 4.
. SE E 2, E Ge
NS = = a = S
. ’ (e9) ‘
ILSNI_NVINOSHLIWS EIB RAR LES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

Z a Zz a P 2

Ys

4 = 4 - Viiy,,*

eS ee a < Own.

= & = e =

eae oO — co - ~~

ai : : :
RIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVY

“2 z ,

S e S 5

e ft af i aw i =

eae >

EY MY = : 2

i py wast am E-

22) G

2 Z Z

NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLINS SA3I1uVvudl

ie A i INSTITU]
= = ee < \
tg 5 1 uf fg = Zz
(Moy “4a a
oy * 2 Gy = E
Gb = > il = =. =
ma?) ma ” bs Tp)
ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS
; ny > ad 3S oN nes
as ores Ll - WwW
St Se ne = me
Gf 3 : : :
be if = ce
f& Gj vat fe = oc
_ o tify wo) = = co
g cy % Rigo 3 ae igen Se
ILSNI_NVINOSHLIWNS S3IYVYdIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU
| Bae) e. 2 Le z Bi ir
> é] eI >] = > o)
3 SP, 5
> Ke > rag ~,
= E ed ee Sad
m g ae a ; ae
oa. = ” =< pup
R | ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sa ldyv
— 73 tf, =
: 2 yy? :
8 8 Wh ? g
z 2, i. i ce z
> SY = —
Z Se : :

NVINOSHLINS S3!IYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUT

NOILALILSNI
NOILNLILSNI
NOILNLILSNI

RIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

>

N

NVINOSHLINS S3I1YWY
"

YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN
YvudiT_ LIBRARIES

TITUTION
ITUTION

‘WANNA
3 9088 01276 3959